diff options
Diffstat (limited to '43451-8.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 43451-8.txt | 14733 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 14733 deletions
diff --git a/43451-8.txt b/43451-8.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e90b18a..0000000 --- a/43451-8.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14733 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Discovery and Conquest of the Molucco -and Philippine Islands., by Bartholomew Leonardo de Argensola - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - - -Title: The Discovery and Conquest of the Molucco and Philippine Islands. - Containing their History, Ancient and Modern, Natural and - Political: Their Description, Product, Religion, Government, - Laws, Languages, Customs, Manners, Habits, Shape, and - Inclinations of the Natives. With an Account of many other - adjacent Islands, and several remarkable Voyages through - the Streights of Magellan, and in other Parts. - -Author: Bartholomew Leonardo de Argensola - -Translator: John Stevens - -Release Date: August 12, 2013 [EBook #43451] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DISCOVERY, CONQUEST PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** - - - - -Produced by Tamiko I. Rollings, Jeroen Hellingman and the -Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net/ -for Project Gutenberg (This file was produced from images -generously made available by the Digital & Multimedia -Center, Michigan State University Libraries.) - - - - - - - - - THE - DISCOVERY - AND - CONQUEST - OF THE - Molucco and Philippine Islands. - - CONTAINING, - - Their History, Ancient and Modern, Natural and Political: Their - Description, Product, Religion, Government, Laws, Languages, Customs, - Manners, Habits, Shape, and Inclinations of the Natives. With an - Account of many other adjacent Islands, and several remarkable Voyages - through the Streights of Magellan, and in other Parts. - - - - Written in Spanish by Bartholomew Leonardo de Argensola, Chaplain to - the Empress, and Rector of Villahermosa. - - Now Translated into English: And Illustrated with a Map and several - Cuts. - - - - LONDON, Printed in the Year, 1708. - - - - - - - - TO THE - HONOURABLE - Edmund Poley, - OF - BADLEY, - IN THE - County of SUFFOLK, Esq.; - - -Sir, - - -Reiterated Favours claim a Repetition of Acknowledgments; should -the latter be as frequent as the former, they might prove rather -troublesome to you, than acceptable. I have therefore resolv'd -once for all to express how sensible I am of the many Obligations -I lye under. You would not perhaps be pleas'd, should I go about -to enumerate them, because great Minds never look back upon what -Courtesies they have bestow'd, being always intent upon what farther -Acts of Generosity they may perform. - -Among the many other Testimonies of your Bounty, there is one I am here -oblig'd particularly to mention, which is your having admitted of the -Dedication of so small a Work as the Translation of Cieza's Travels in -Peru. Your Acceptance of that Part has encourag'd me to prefix your -Name to the Whole, now grown up into two Volumes, that it may honour -them both in the Front, as it gives Reputation to the first in that -Place, where it shall remain as a Demonstration of your Condescension, -as this is of your Right and my Gratitude. I shall therefore avoid -any Repetition of what is there said, or adding more here to display -your Merit. Neither am I capable of giving your Character, nor will -you consent to it, which puts me upon a Necessity of cutting short; -lest my own Inclination and your Desert insensibly draw me on to -attempt what I am not qualify'd to go through with. True Virtue can -be no more conceal'd than the Splendor of the Sun, nor does it stand -in need of outward Ornaments to set it off; you have render'd your -self too conspicuous to be unknown, and can receive no Addition from -my poor Endeavours. The Design of these Lines is, at the same Time, -to honour my Work with your Patronage, and to express my Acknowledgment -and Gratitude for all Favours already receiv'd; wishing this may stand -a perpetual Monument of both, and to you all Increase of Happiness; -and I shall always own my self - - - Sir, - - Your most Obliged, and most - - Devoted Humble Servant - - JOHN STEVENS. - - - - - - - - AN - Advertisement - Concerning this Work in general. - - -It will be needless to trouble the Reader with a tedious Introduction, -shewing the usefulness of this sort of Books, several others having -already treated of that Subject, no less Learnedly than Fully, so that -it would only be repeating what has been frequently said already, -and what most Men are sufficiently convinc'd of; besides that, it -is not design'd to fill up this small Volume with Perswasives to buy -it; but rather to proceed directly to the matter propos'd. But, lest -the Design should be misapprehended, it will be necessary, in as few -Words as may be, to make all Persons sensible of it. Nothing is more -certain, than that many curious Pieces have escap'd the search of -those who have publish'd Volumes of this Nature, either because they -are grown extreamly Rare; or, perhaps, those who Translated were not -Masters of the Languages in which they were Writ, or else for want -of sufficient Information; since, as no Man can know all Things, -neither can any be acquainted with all Books. These are the Things -now design'd to Entertain the Publick, with assurance that nothing -shall be offer'd, but what is valuable, and approv'd of by Learned -and Ingenious Persons. It is needless, and even impracticable, in this -First Part to give a Catalogue of the Books intended to be Translated; -needless, in Regard that being very rare, few are yet acquainted -with them; and impracticable, because several not yet known to the -Undertakers, may hereafter come to Hand: As also, by reason that -some which are not to be found in England, are now sent for Abroad, -and considering their Scarcity, and the Hazards of the Sea, it is -impossible to determine when they will be had. Besides, it is not -convenient to Publish the Names of such Books, at a time when so many -are gaping to catch at any thing they can hope to make an Advantage -of, tho' others have acquir'd some sort of right to it, by declaring -they have such a Work in Hand. Every Piece that is Publish'd, will, -it is hop'd, Recommend it self, and be an Inducement to the Buyer -to purchase the next, for which reason it will be superfluous to -add any thing in their Commendation. Neither is this Work confin'd -to Translations, the Undertakers having already a prospect of some -Original Manuscripts of the same Nature, Written by Ingenious and -Able Persons, who have Travel'd, and not taken care to publish -their Observations. The Translations will be out of all Languages, -which can afford any thing answerable to what is proposed, that is, -excellent in it self, and never before seen in English. - -As for the Method here intended, it is to Publish every Month, as much -as will make a Book of Twelve Pence, or Eighteen Pence, according -as it can be contriv'd, without breaking off abruptly, to leave the -Relation maim'd and imperfect, for as scarce any of the Books to -be Translated are so small as to come into the compass of a Month, -so of necessity they must be divided into several Parts, according -to their Bulk. Now each Month being Sold Stich'd, every Buyer may -afterwards Bind them up when he has an Author compleat, and therefore -great care shall be taken, that the one may end, and the next begin, -so as to cause no Obstacle, or Confusion in Binding. All the Books -shall be adorn'd with proper Maps, and useful Cuts, that is, not with -Representations of Battels, or Draughts of Places made according to -the Engravers Fancy, but with true Delineations taken upon the Spot, -where any such are to be had; the real Habits of the People; Birds, -Beasts, Plants, &c. Whether every Month will afford any of these, -cannot be promised, since they are to be inserted in their proper -Places, for substantial Information, and not dispers'd at Will to -embellish the Book, and divert the Ignorant. Therefore some Months -will contain more, others fewer, and some perhaps none, with assurance -that the Charge shall not be spar'd where they are requisite, and such -are to be had as can be vouch'd to be Genuine. Thus every Person will, -at so small a Price, as has been mention'd have a Taste of the Author -propos'd to be Translated, and of the Performance, before he launches -out more Money to purchase the whole, and has every Month something -New to Divert and Inform; which, tho' at first it may look slight, as -being a Stitch'd Pamphlet, will soon grow upon into a Compleat Work, -as if Printed all at once, and be no less becoming any Gentlemans -Study, or Library. No Author is design'd to be Abridg'd, but fairly, -and carefully Translated at large; but if any should hereafter be -thought fit, for any particular Reasons to be so dealt with, it shall -not be done without the Advice and Approbation of sufficient Judges, -and the Publick shall have Notice of it, that no Man may have just -cause to Complain he is any way Impos'd on. Every Author shall have -a particular Preface giving some Account of Him, and his Work, with -a fair Title, for the Binding of him up conveniently into a Volume, -and every Month, as has been said, so contriv'd, that there may be no -Casma, or other Eyesore in the Book. A small number will be Printed -on a large fine Paper, for such as are more Curious, at one half more -than the Price of the Common Sort. - -The next Book Publish'd in this Collection, will be Diarium Italicum: -Or, Singular Remarks upon Ancient Monuments, Collections of Rarities, -&c. made in a Journey through Italy: With variety of Cuts and -Figure. By the R. F. Bernard de Montfaucon, Monk of the Order of -S. Benedict, of the Congregation of S. Maur. - - - - - - - - THE - PREFACE. - - -Our Author, Bartholomew Leonardo de Argensola, was a Learned Clergyman, -and as such employ'd by the President and Council of the Indies to -Write this History. He calls it, The Conquest of the Molucco Islands, -without Enlarging any further in his title, tho' at the same time his -Work contains their first Discovery, their Description, the Manners, -Customs, Religion, Habit, and Political and Natural History; with -all the Wars, and other Remarkable Accidents in those Parts, since -they were first known to Europeans, till their Reduction under the -Crown of Spain. In Speaking of them he Occasionally runs out to give -the same Account of the Philippine Islands, and of several others -in those Eastern Seas. This is frequent in Spanish Books, wherein we -generally find much more than the Titles promise, contrary to what is -Practis'd with us, who strive to fill up a Title Page with abundance -of Inviting Heads, the least part whereof is Treated of in the Body -of the Work, or at best so Superficially, that scarce any more can -be made of them there, than was in the Frontispiece. - -For the Compiling of this Work the Author, being Employ'd by -the Authority abovemention'd, had the Command of all Authentick -Manuscript Relations, which were either in the Kings Custody, or in -Private Hands; besides the Testimony of such Persons then Living, -as had been Eye-Witnesses to any part of what he delivers. His Design -was only to Write the Conquest of those Islands, by King Philip the -Third of Spain; but considering how few were acquainted with them, -and that of Consequence most Readers would be at a loss to know where, -or what these Moluccos were, he Judiciously Resolv'd to bring down his -History from its proper Source. To this End he begins with the Antient, -and Fabulous Original of their Kings; then comes to the Discovery of -them by Europeans, and proceeds to the Wars between them, and with -the Natives, for the Possession of those so much coveted Dominions. - -His Description of them is very Exact; That of the Cloves, their -principal Commodity, no less Curious; and that of the other Product -and Animals, Inferior to neither. The Wars carrying him over from one -Place to another; he gives a short Account of the Islands Papûas, -and that of Celebes. The Spaniards, to avoid passing through the -Portuguese Sea, attempted to settle Trade at the Moluccos, by the -way of the Streights of Magellan, which gives occasion to Argensola -to entertain us with a particular Account of the Spanish Fleet sent -into the said Streight, under the Admiral Sarmiento, which has been -hitherto very Imperfectly Deliver'd in English, tho' very Remarkable, -and full of Surprizing Accidents. In short, not to stretch out this -Preface, with the Subject of the Work, we shall find in it a brief -Description of the Island Sumatra; of the vast Empire of China; of -all the Philippine Islands, and those of Ceylon, Banda, Java, and many -others of less Note. Nor does he omit to speak of the Dutch Voyages; -and Undertakings of Sir Francis Drake, and other English Adventurers; -and Embelishes the whole with such variety of pleasing Incidents, -that few Books of Travels afford so much Profitable Entertainment, -with such good Authority. - -No Author ever had a better Reputation, among all that Understand, -and have had the good Fortune to Meet with him; for being so -Valuable, he is extraordinary Scarce, rare to be met with in -Spain, and consequently much more in England. This may perhaps be -the main Reason why he has not yet been Translated, and being so -Valuable, he cannot miss of that Reception which he has found in -the Original. But it is not intended to prepossess the Reader, who -is left to make his own Judgment, and therefore a long Preface is -designedly avoided, that he may the sooner enter upon so Useful and -Diverting a Work. It is not improper, nevertheless, to Advise the -Reader not to take notice of some Reflections in Point of Religion, -and in other Cases, considering the Book was Writ by a Spaniard, -and that it was not proper to Omit, or Alter any thing, where a Fair, -and Entire Translation is promised. Besides, That these are very few, -and inconsiderable, and consequently not worth observing, as indeed -the generality of Judicious Readers will be suffciently satisfy'd, -and this Caution is given for their Sake, whom perhaps Passion, -or overmuch Zeal may move to condem a Work on such an Occasion, -when they can find no other matter to Carp at. - - - - - - - - THE - HISTORY - OF THE - Discovery and Conquest - OF THE - Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. - - - BOOK I. - - -[Author's Introduction.] I write the Conquest of the Molucco Islands -by King Philip the III. of Spain, and the reducing of their Kings to -their former Subjection, to his Predecessors, by Don Pedro de Acunha, -Governour of the Philippine Islands, and Admiral of the Spanish -Fleet; a Victory worthy the Foresight of such a Godly Monarch, the -Application of those worthy Statesmen that compose his supreme Council, -and the Valour of our Nation; not so much on account of the Wealth, -and Fertility of those Countries, as for that it took from the Northern -Nations all occasion of Sailing in our Seas, and Debauching the new -Converted Asiaticks, and the Inhabitants of our Colonies Trading among -them. The Celerity with which the Expedition was concluded, does not in -the least diminish the Glory of the Event; which, for that very Reason, -might rather deserve a place in a more ample Relation. I am sensible -of the Dangers I expose my self to; but am no less satisfy'd, that I -shall find some to stand by me. The most famous Painters, and Carvers, -have generally a great value for Heads, Arms, and other Limbs, which -have been drawn to perfection from the Life, by which they compose -all the Parts, when they design some excellent Piece. The ignorant in -those Arts have no Esteem for such Fragments, being only taken with -the entire Statue, or Picture, consisting of all its Limbs, without -examining the Defects there may be in each of them. The Relation I -undertake to write of these Islands will find the same Esteem, and -be expos'd to no less Contempt; for the Judicious, who understand how -History is Compil'd, will value this part drawn to the Life; whereas -those, who, as they say themselves, Read only to divert the Time, -will make little account of it, as being more fond of some Romance, -full of Monsterous Events; or of some bulkey Work, bearing the Title -of a History, treating of numerous Armies, and mighty Slaughters, and -bestowing the Success, not where Providence gave, but where they would -have it. This is the Reason why many Things, worthy to be known and -preserv'd, remain bury'd in Oblivion; because being left for General -Histories, there are only slight Sketches of them Drawn at the Time -when they hapned, by those who had a share in them, so that when -these Manuscripts are to be made use of, either they are not to be -found, or else they reduce the Writer to a necessity of subscribing -to whatsoever either Self-Love, or any other Passion dictated to -the Authors of such Memoirs, without any possibility of examining -into the Truth. To obviate this Inconveniency, in a matter of such -moment as that of Ternate, the Capital of the Molucco Islands, I was -Commanded to write an Account of it, at a time when they were still -living who acted in and directed it: And I have such full Information -of all that is requisite for this purpose, that I hope Truth will -make amends for my want of Ability. This is as much as I have thought -fit to Advertise the Reader, without entering upon the Advantage he -will reap by perusing this Relation; because, if he is well affected, -all I can say for it will be superfluous; and if otherwise inclin'd, -tho' I endeavour to set him right, he will never conceive it. - -[Kings of the Moluccos.] Among the fourteen most potent Princes, who -Lord it over the Archipelago of the Molucco Islands, under the Title -of Kings, those of Ternate and Tydore boast of a Divine Original; -such Liberty to be vain do Men take upon them, or so much do they -ascribe to obscure Antiquity. [A Fable of their Original.] There is -an ancient Tradition among those People, look'd upon as Sacred, That -they were once Govern'd by a most Ancient Prince, called Bicocigara, -who sailing along the Coast of Rachian, perceiv'd that among some -craggy Rocks there were grown up abundance of Rotas, so they call -a sort of solid Canes, which, when small, they make use of instead -of Ropes. He lik'd them, and order'd they should be cut down, and -brought into his Vessel. His Subjects going to fulfil his Orders, -and having search'd all the place, return'd to their Master, desiring -he would look again, least his Eyes deceiv'd him, for they could -meet with no such Canes. Bicocigara, who saw them distinctly from -his Boat, was positive with his incredulous People, and order'd them -again to be brought; but to decide the matter, went himself Ashore, -where immediatly they appeared to them all. He commanded them to be -cut down, and as they went about it, Blood ran from the Canes that -were cut. Being astonish'd at that Prodigy, he discover'd close to -the Roots of them four Eggs, which look'd like a Snakes Eggs, and at -the same time heard a Voice, proceeding from the hollow of the Canes -cut down, which said, Keep those Eggs; for from them shall come four -excellent Governours. He took up those fatal Eggs, with Religious -Respect, and carry'd them home, where they were kept in the best -place of his House. In a short time, from the four Yolks proceeded -four Rational Chickens, being three Men, and one Woman, who afterwards -Reign'd, the first of them Bachian, the second in Butan, and the third -over the Islands call'd Papuas, lying East from the Moluccos. The -Woman was Marry'd to Prince Loloda, who gave Name to the Country of -Batochina, not far from the great Boconora. This Fable has gain'd such -Reputation, that they honour Bicocigara as a Hero, worship the Rocks, -and adore the Eggs. The truth of it is, that the cunning Man, by this -prodigious Superstition, Sanctify'd his own Race, and gain'd Kingdoms, -and Respect for his four Children. So Greece feign'd, or beleiv'd, -that Leda Conceiving of the Adulterous Swan brought forth the Eggs, -from which came Castor, Pollux, and Helena. Fortune, when she raises -Men to a high pitch, perswades those she designs to Crown, to lay the -Foundation of their Majesty on Fables, resembling true Misteries, -so to perswade the Multitude that they are somewhat Divine, and to -distinguish the Royal Race by a peculiarity even in the Universal -Law of being Born into the World. Of this Race thirteen Idolatrous -Kings succeeded one another in Tydore, down to Sultan Tydore Bongue, -the first that receiv'd the Mahometan Alcoran, tho' intermix'd with -Idolatry, which lasted above Eighty Years, and being confounded among -the Precepts of that abominable Sect, bred Divisions, and Distractions -among the People. Afterwards, when the Commander Brito arriv'd in that -Island, as we shall soon see, he found a Caciz, or Priest, taught them -the new Superstition, and that many oppos'd him, on account of the -old Fable of the Eggs, which the Persian Morabout could never Decry; -so great is the power of Error transmitted from our Fore-Fathers. - -King Tydore Bongue's Successor, was his Son Cachil Boleyfe, no less -[A false Prophesie.] Supersticious than the Father, but in another -way. He pretending to the Spirit of Prophecy, gain'd such Reputation, -by the Experience and Foresight of his Riper Years, that he came to be -Honour'd by his Subjects as a Prophet; or by the least Credulous, as a -Person of singular Prudence, so that all Men gave Ear to him, as to an -Oracle. Puffed up with this Vanity, he pretended to Fore-tell future -Events; which when no particular Persons, or set Times are appointed, -is a safe way of Predicting, without Danger of being found False; -either because in process of Time something Accidentally happens, -that may be adapted to the Prophecy, or in regard, that is always -expected which will never come to pass. For this Reason, as in most -Countries there are some current Notions of future Expectations, -conceiv'd upon trivial Occasions, rather than any Observation of the -Stars; therefore Boleyfe us'd to tell those about him, That the time -would come, when Iron Men should arrive at Ternate, from the remotest -parts of the World, and settle in its Territory; by whose Power the -Glory, and Dominion of the Molucco Islands should be far extended. - - - -In the Reign of King John the first, of Portugal, his Son, Prince -Henry, [First Discoveries.] having employ'd several Persons on -Discoveries, John Gonzales, and Tristan Vaz found the Island of Madera, -in the Year 1419, and others soon after those of the Azores, and Cabo -Verde, and ran along the Coast of Guinea and Africk. Afterwards, -in the Reigns of King Edward, and Alonso the V. those Discoveries -were continu'd, till under King John the II. they proceeded as far -as the Cape of Good Hope, and a Hundred Leagues beyond it, along -the Coast, call'd Rio del Infante. The honour of this Discovery is -due to that famous Seaman Bartholomew Diaz, if we may believe the -Manuscript Memoirs of Duarte Resende, for the Historian Barros. This -rais'd Emulation in the Spanish Nation, already engag'd in such -Voyages, as having Discover'd the Western Islands, call'd Antilles, -or Caribbee Islands. This Discovery occasion'd a Controversy about -the Right to them, Portugal pretending to, and Spain defending its -Possession. After much Contention, the Difference was adjusted by Ruy -de Sousa, and Don John his Son, and Arias de Almada, Commission'd by -Portugal, who in the Year 1404. agreed with the Spanish Embassador, -That, since this inferior Globe, consisting of Earth and Water, -answers to the Degrees into which the Celestial Sphere is divided, -it should be equally parted between the two Kings, by a Meridian Line -drawn through the North and South Poles, and compassing the Land and -Sea, so as to cut them into two halves. It was appointed, That the -Share to the Eastward should belong to the Crown of Portugal, and the -other to the Westward, to that of Castile; and that it should be so -mark'd down on the Sea Charts; the Line passing through a fixt Point -on the Earth, which was to be the Boundary of both Nations. This -was by mutual Consent settled 360 Leagues West from Cabo Verde, -and so the Line, or Meridian, fell upon the Country we call Brazil, -about the most Westerly part of the Mouth of the River Maranhao, -which disembogues there to the Northward. This Line cuts through that -Country, and to the Southward runs off beyond the River of Plate, -from whence the Spaniards begin to reckon their Degrees of Longitude -Westward, and the Portugueses Eastward, 180 belonging to each of them, -for as much as the whole Circumference of the Earth contains three -hundred and sixty Degrees. - -[Vasco de Gama discovers India.] Vasco de Gama, employ'd by King -Emanuel of Portugal, to Discover and Conquer India, prosecuted this -Enterprize, look'd upon by Ptolomy, as impracticable; he travers'd -the main Ocean, within the Portuguese Division, where he Discover'd, -and since the Portuguese Commanders have Conquer'd so many Kingdoms, -Nations, and Islands, so distinct in Customs, Manners, Laws, Languages, -and Colours. They returning home admir'd what they had seen, and -lay'd it down in Maps, but stretching out the Longitude, that is the -Distance from West to East, beyond what it really was; thus Craftily -providing for the Controversy which might arise upon this Occasion, -as it soon happen'd, through the Falshood of the Sea Charts. - -[Portugueses Pretentions to the Moluccos.] By virtue of this practice, -and by the Pope's subsequent Authorizing of it, the Portugueses -pretend that the Molucco Islands, and those of Banda, and Amboyna, -are within their Bounds, as they were adjudg'd, and settled by -experienc'd Sailers, calculating the Extent of that Meridian, -and they even stretch it 15 Degrees further. Resende complains, -That Magalhaens, whom the English call Magellan, magnify'd the -Opinion conceiv'd of the Eastern Seas, when in the Year 1519 he went -away Disgusted into Spain. Magellan grew up in the service of Queen -Ellenor, then serv'd King Emanuel, and went over into India with that -Alonso de Albuquerque, of whose Bravery, and Conduct, we have written -Histories, besides what Fame, and Tradition have deliver'd. This Man, -not satisfy'd with the first Conquests, sent Antony de Abreu, Francis -Serrano, and Ferdinand de Magalhaens from Malaca, with three Ships, -to Discover the Molucco Islands. All these three Commanders steer'd -several Courses. We shall soon speak of Magellan again. Antony de -Abreu arriv'd at Banda, and returning towards Malaca, richly Laden -with Spice of that Country, Serrano was parted from him in a Storm, -and Shipwrack'd on the Islands of Lucopino, signifying Islands of -Tortoises, so call'd from the Plenty and Bigness of those Creatures. - -There the Tempest left the Portugueses, only their Lives and Arms -sav'd, [Serrano cast on the Islands of Lucopine.] for their Junck, -which is a sort of light Vessel, was Stav'd. The Lucopine Islands were -Horrid, by reason of their want of Water, and being Desert; for their -Rocks lying under Water, and the many Sea Robbers that frequent them, -and always keep Sentinels posted to discover any Sailing by, that they -may fall upon, and plunder them. Had not Hunger and Thirst threatned -the Portuguses with speedy Death, they had reason to expect it at -the Hands of those Pyrats; but that which had been the Destruction -of others, at this time prov'd their Safety. Those Miscreants had -observ'd the Shipwreck, and Rowing up in a Vessel call'd a Caracoa, -as it were to a certain Booty, drew near to those who had so narrowly -escap'd perishing in the Sea; but the Malaca Pilots, and Mariners -were not ignorant of their design. They acquainted their Captain -with the Danger, desiring him to take such Measures as might be -for his own, and their Safety. Serrano, like a Man of Valour and -Discretion, having view'd the Shore, conceal'd his Men in a hidden -Place. The Pyrates landed to pursue them; but as soon as ever they -were at some distance from the Shore, the Strangers rush'd out, and -possess'd themselves of the Caracoa. The Barbarians thus surpris'd, -reflecting on their Mismanagement, and perceiving they were lost Men, -gave over the thoughts of Robbing, and had recourse to Intreaties, -throwing down their Bows and Arrows, and begging they would not leave -[His Escape.] them in that Island, but rather take pity, and pardon -what they had done; and promising, if he would carry them off, to -conduct him to another place, where Strangers were well receiv'd, and -there was Trade. Serrano granted their Request, and admitted them, -and having repair'd the shatter'd Junck, and Embarking together, -they directed their Course to the Island of Amboyna, where they were -well receiv'd by the People of Rucutelo, who were ancient Enemies to -those of Veranula, a Neighboring City of Batochina, with whom those -of Rucutelo coming to a Battle, they obtain'd [Arrives at Amboyna.] -the Victory, through the Assistance of the New-comers. The Fame -of this Success flew over to the Molucco Islands, at the Time when -Boleyse Reign'd in Ternate, and Almanzor in Tydore, who were both -not long before Idolaters, and then Mahometans. These two were at -Variance about the Limits of their Dominions, and understanding that -the Portugueses were at Amboyna, each of them desiring to Strengthen -himself against his Enemy, sent Embassadors, and Ships, to invite, -and bring over to them those Forreign Soldiers; thinking it also -convenient upon other accounts, to enter into Alliance with those -People, whose great Actions were then so fresh in the Mouths of all -Men. Boleyse was quicker than Almanzor, and sent ten Ships for Serrano, -with a Thousand well Arm'd Soldiers for their Defence, the whole under -the Command of his Kinsman Cachil Coliba. The Tydore Embassadors -return'd from Rucutelo disappointed. It is but a short Cut between -Amboyna, and Ternate, and therefore Boylese's Ships soon return'd -with the Portugueses. That King went out attended by his Subjects, to -receive the new Guests; all of them concluding, That they went to see -the fulfilling of their so long expected Prophecy. Serrano Landed in -bright white Armour, and his Companions in the same manner. [Settles -at Ternate.] When the King saw them, he embrac'd every Man, with -a Countenance full of Pleasure and Admiration, shedding Tears, and -lifting up his Hands to Heaven, bless'd God, and gave hearty Thanks, -for that he had granted him to see that which had been Predicted so -many Years before. These, said he, my Friends, are the Warriers you -have so long wish'd for, on account of my Prophecy. Honour them, -and let us all vie in Entertaining them; since the Grandeur of our -Country depends on their Arms. The Portugueses, well pleas'd to be -thought worthy of a Prophecy, the Beleif whereof was a Politick -Invention, conducing to their Reputation, made no less Courteous -Returns, expressing their singular Affection. They settle Amity, -and Trade in the Moluccos; whence they spread it to the adjacent, and -remoter Islands, which it will be now requisite breifly to Describe, -for the better Understanding of this History. - -[Archipelago describ'd.] The Eastern Archipelago, not to speak of -the Division of those Oriental Parts into Northern, and Southern, -Contains so many Islands, that the certain Number of them is not yet -known. Hence Modern Authors distribute it into five Divisions, being so -many Archipelagos, under the names of Molucco, Moro, Papuas, Celebes, -and Amboyna. The Name of the First, in their Language, is Moloc, -signifying, the Head, because it is the Chief of all about it. Others -will have to be Malucco, which, in Arabick, imports, the Kingdom, -as the Principal of them. It Contains five most Remarkable Islands, -all of them under the same Meridian, one in sight of another, their -whole Extent being 25 Leagues; the Equinoctial crossing them, so that -the most Northern of them has but half a Degree of Latitude that way, -and the most Southern, one Degree on the other side. Near to them, on -the East, is the Island Gilolo, by the Portugueses call'd Batochina de -Moro, and by the Moluccos, Alemaera. Among all the others lying about -them, call'd also Moluccos, as we say the Canaries, the Terceras, or -the Oreades, these are the most Remarkable, for their great Plenty -of Spice. The Names of them, beginning with the Northermost, are, -Ternate, Tydore, Motiel, Machian, and Bachian; by the ancient Heathens -call'd, Cape, Duco, Moutil, Mara, and Seque. This last, which is -Bachian, is divided into many Islands, seperated from one another by -little Channels, Navigable only in small Vessels; for which reason, -as also because it is under one Soveraign, it has but one Name, and -all the Molucco Islands are Subject to three Kings. They are divided -by small Arms of the Sea, and some Desert little Islands, as also by -their Antient Enmity. The Coast both near the Shore, and farther off -at Sea, full of Dangerous Shoals; among which there are some Inlets, -where the Ships Ride in Safety. The Soil of them all is generally Dry -and Spungy, sucking up all the Water, tho' it Rains never so much, -and in many Places the Brooks that run down from the Mountains do not -reach the Sea. According to that grave Historian John de Barros, these -Islands afford an ill Prospect, and are no way pleasant to behold; -because the Sun being always so near them, sometimes passing over -towards the Northern, and some times towards the Southern Solstice, -the natural Damp of the Earth fills them so full of Trees, and -Plants, that it thickens the Air, and hinders the Sight; for by -reason of the Earthly Vapours, the Trees are never naked of Leaves; -but before one falls another has sprung out; and the same is among -Herbs. Others affirm, they are Pleasant to look to, but not Healthy, -especially for Strangers, who are all subject to the Disease call'd -Berber, which is common in that Country. This Malady swells the Body, -and disables the Limbs, but is cur'd with Cloves, the Wine of the -Philippine Islands, drank with Ginger, and the use of a certain Herb, -known to the Natives; and the Dutch do it with the juyce of Lemmons, -a Remedy found by their own Apprehension, and Experience. - -Providence has stor'd these Spice-Islands with Bananas, Coco-Nuts, -[Product of the Moluccos.] Oranges, Lemmons, Lignum-Aloes, Sanders, -Cinamon, Mace, Mastick-Trees, but above all, with abundance of Cloves, -and other Plants; all of them valuable for their Fruit, or delightful -for their Ornaments. They have neither Wheat nor Rice; but Nature gave -them Industry, and Matter to supply this Defect. They beat a sort -of Tree, like the Wild-Palm, with Mallets made of strong Canes; and -those dry Trunks, so batter'd, yield an extraordinary white Flower, -coming from the bruized Pith; which they mould up in square Pipkins, -and this is the Sagu, or Landan, so made into square Loaves, [Sagu.] -like the Castile Sope. This Plant is about Fifteen Foot high, and -from the Top of it sprout out some Branches, like those which produce -the Tamarinds. These bear a Fruit like the Cypress-Nuts, in which -there are certain fine Hairs, which if they touch a Man's Flesh, -burn it. From the tender Branches of the same Plant cut, flows the -Liquor which serves them for Drink, putting the Ends of the said -Branches so cut into narrow Mouth'd Vessels, which are fill'd in a -Night, and the Liquor so gather'd, is like Milk Whipped, and Frothy, -which they call Tuac. When Drank new, it is Sweet and very Fat'ning; -boil'd like new Wine it tastes like Wine, and after grows sharp as -Vinegar. The same Advantage they reap from two other Plants call'd -Nipo, and Coco; the last of them yields also Oyl, Boards, and Timber -to build Houses. They also Drink another pleasant Liquor, which -Nature has shut up in the Hollow of the Canes they call Bambooes, -so large that the Knots are a Yard a sunder. They abound in Flesh; -but the People are more affected to Fish; notwithstanding Hugo, the -Dutchman, says they want both. Providence afforded them no Mines, -either of Gold, or Silver; whether it was a Punishment, or Mercy we -do not decide. Neither have they found any, of other less precious -Metals; but not far from them is Lambuco, an Island abounding in -Iron and Steel; whence, and from the Mines of Sula and Butva, the -people of the Maluccos bring them, to make their Caampilanes, which -are sharp heavy Cymiters, and their Crises, being small Daggers. The -Portugueses and Dutch have now furnish'd those Islands with small -Fire-Arms, and Cannon of all sorts known among us. - -Ternate is the Capital City, and Court of that King, near to which -a [A burning Mountain in Ternate.] dreadful burning Mountain -Flames out, about the Equinoxes, because at those Times the Winds -blow; which kindle that natural Fire, on the Matter that has fed -it so many Ages. The Top of the Mountain, which exhales it, is -cold, and not cover'd with Ashes, but with asort of light cloddy -Earth, little different from the Pomice-Stone burnt in our Fiery -Mountains. Descending thence to the Foot of the Hill, which stretches -out like a Piramid, down to the Plain; it is all uncooth, being thick -with Trees, whose Verdure is spar'd by the Flames, and the very Fire, -Waters and Moistens them with Brooks, which it draws together in the -Hollow of the Mountain, and forces it to Sweat, and pour out. - -[People of Ternate.] The Natives Differ from one another, as it were -through a Miraculous Bounty of Nature; for it has made the Women Fair -and Beautiful, and the Men, of a darker Colour than a Quince; their -Hair lank, and many anoint it with sweet Oyls. Their Eyes are large, -the Eyebrows long, which, and their Eye-lashes, they colour Black. Of -Body they are Strong, much addicted to War, and sloathful for all other -Employments. They are long Liv'd; grow grey earlie; and are as Active -by Sea as by Land; Officious, and Courteous to Strangers; but when -they grow Familiar, Importunate, and Troublesome in their Requests; -in their Dealings, all bent upon Interest; Jealous, Fraudulent, and -False. They are Poor, and therefore Proud; and to name many Vices in -one, Ungrateful. - -[Religion, Manners, Laws.] The Chineses possess'd themselves of these -Islands, when they subdu'd all those Eastern Parts; and after them the -Javeneses, and the Malayes, and lastly the Persians, and Arabs; which -last, together with their Trade, Introduc'd the Mahometan Superstition -among the Worship of their Gods; from whom some Families boasted they -were descended. Their Laws are Barbarous: They have no limited Number -of Wives. The King's chief Wife, call'd in their Language Putriz, -enables and gives the Right of Succession to which her Sons are -preferr'd, tho' younger than those by other Mothers. Theft is not -pardon'd, tho' never so inconsiderable; but Adultery easily. When -the Dawn appears, Officers appointed by Law for that purpose, beat a -sort of broad, flat Tabors about the Streets, to awake Marry'd People, -who they think deserves this Care from the Government, on account of -Procreation. Most Crimes are punish'd with Death; in other Respects -they Obey the Will, or Tyranny of the Conqueror. - -[Their Habit.] The Men, on their Heads, wear Turkish Turbants of -several Colours, with abundance of Feathers on them. The King's ends -above like a Miter, and serves instead of a Crown. For their other Garb -they all wear Wastecoats, which they call Cheninas, and Blew, Crimson, -Green, and Purple Breeches. Of the same they make their Cloaks, or -Mantles, which are short, Soldier-like, thrown over, or knotted on -the Shoulder, after the Ancient Roman manner, known by the written -Descriptions, Statues, and other Monuments of those Times. The Women -are Proud of their Hair; sometimes they spread, and sometimes they plat -it, sticking abundance of Flowers among the Ribbons, which hold it -together; so that in their Dress, they are not encumber'd with loose -Viels, Plumes, or Feathers. All that variety adorns them without Art; -they wear Bracelets, Pendants, and Necklaces of Diamonds and Rubies, -and great Strings of Pearls, which are not forbid even the meanest, -no more than Silks, wherein the Women particularly are Clad after -the Persian and Turkish Fashion; and all this costly Attire is the -Product of the Neighbouring Lands and Seas. Both Men and Women in -their Habit show their natural Haughtiness. - -[Language.] The variety of Languages among them is great, for -sometimes one Town does not understand the People of the next; the -Malaye Tongue is most us'd, as easiest to pronounce. This Diversity of -Languages shows, that those Islands were Peopled by several Nations. In -those Parts all Antiquity, and the Art of Navigation are ascrib'd to -the Chineses. Some affirm, That the People of the Molucco Islands -are Descended from the Jaos, who settled there being invited by -the Fragrancy of the Spice. They loaded their Vessels with Cloves, -till then unknown, and holding on that Trade, carry'd it to the -Gulphs of Arabia, and Persia. They Sail'd about all those Countries, -transporting Silks, and Porcelance, the Product, and Manufacture of -China. The Cloves were by the Persians, and Arabs transmitted to the -Greeks, and Romans. Some Roman Emperors had a design of Conquering -the East, till they should come to the Spicy Countries; so covetous -were they of that Commodity; and believing they all came from China, -call'd all those People Chineses. The Spaniards formerly brought them -among other Goods from the Red-Sea. The Kings of Egypt for some time -possess'd themselves of all the Spice which they Transmitted from -the [How Cloves were brought into Europe.] Hands of the Asiaticks -into Europe. This the Romans continu'd, when they reduc'd Egypt into -the Form of a Province. Long after, the Genoeses, Transferring the -Trade to Theodosia, now Caffa, handed them about to all Parts; and -there the Venetians, and other Trading Nations, had their Consuls, -and Factors. They afterwards were convey'd over the Caspian Sea and -Trabisond; but this Trade fell with the Eastern Empire; and then the -Turks carry'd them in Caravans of Camels, and Dromedaries to Berytus, -Aleppo, Damascus, and several Ports on the Mediterranean. The Sultans -of Egypt brought them back to the Red-Sea, and thence to Alexandria, -down the Nile. The Portugueses having Conquer'd the East-Indies, took -them from Egypt, and brought them in their Fleets by the Cape of Good -Hope, sinking and taking all Ships that attempted to carry any to Grand -Cayro. For that purpose they kept Squadrons on the Coasts of Arabia -and Persia, and at Cape Guardafu. By this means the Trade of Egypt was -surpress'd, and all the Spice brought on the Kings account to India, -and thence taking a prodigious compass, to Lisbon. He who is Master at -Sea will be possess'd of this Wealth; by which, and other Commodities, -we see that is made good, which some write Themistocles was wont to -say, That he has all things who has the Sea. - -The Kings, Boleyfe, of Ternate, and Almanzor, of Tydore, contended -about Entertaining Serrano, and each of them courted him to build a -Fort in his Island. It is well worth Observation, To see how eagerly -these Kings sought after, and begg'd for that which they were soon -after to be averse to. They writ about it to the King of Portugal; -but Antony de Miranda coming to the Moluccos, besides a wooden Fort, -or House he built at Talangame, erected another at Machian, an Island -belonging to the two Kings, by which means he satisfy'd the Request of -both. Soon after Cachil Laudin, King of Bachian, made Application to -Don Tristan de Meneses, on the same account. Don Tristan was come to -the Moluccos to Load Spice, and with a design to carry away Francis -Serrano, and to induce Boleyfe to consent to it, he perswaded him, -it was requisite that Serrano should go to Portugal, to prevail upon -King Emanuel to order the Fort he desir'd, to be built upon Ternate, -and not elsewhere. Boleyfe approv'd of his design, and to that end, -sent Cachilato, as his Embassador, with Serrano. Don Tristan set out, -and his Ships being dispers'd in a Storm, was oblig'd to return to the -Moluccos, and to Winter in the Wooden House above mention'd; but as -soon as the Monson blew, he put to Sea again, and touching at Bachian -was inform'd, That they had kill'd some Portugueses, of Simon Correa's -Vessel in that Island. This troubled him, but he dissembled it, and -proceeding on his Voyage, return'd to Malaca, by the way of Amboyna. - -[Brito at the Molucco's.] Antony de Brito, appointed by the Governour -of India to succeed Serrano in that Post, Sail'd from Cape Sincapura, -through the Streights of Sabam, with 300 Men, and some experienc'd -Commanders. He touch'd at Tuban, a City in the Island of Jaua, and -went over to another, call'd Agazim, a Mart in those Parts, opposite to -the Island Madura. Its nearness inviting him, he sent a Roving Vessel -thither to get some Information what Course he was to Steer. Seventeen -Men there were in the Vessel Landed on the Coast, and went up along the -side of a River, cover'd with beautiful Trees, whose Fruit deceiv'd the -Sailers; for they attracted with the pleasant sight, and unexpected -satisfaction, forgot to secure their Vessel. The Natives observing -the Opportunity, first took the Vessel, and then all the Men, whose -Ransom prov'd afterwards difficult, tho' the Lord of the City favour'd -it. Brito sail'd directly for the Moluccos, and touching at Bachian, -sent Simon de Abreu in all haste to burn a Village, and kill all the -Inhabitants, in Revenge for Simon Correa's Companions slain there; -that King Laudin might understand, they should not escape unpunish'd, -who wrong'd the Portuguese, and that since his Island was the first -that took up Arms [King of Ternate Dies.] against them, it should -also be the first that felt their Vengeance. He executed his severity -without any Loss, tho' that King did not forget the Obligation he -laid on him. Brito went on to Tydore, and was Inform'd by Almanzor -of the Disorders there were at Ternate, because Boleyfe was dead, -and it was suppos'd he had been Poyson'd. He being near his Death -order'd, That during the Minority of his eldest Son Cachil Bohat, or -Boyano, the Queen his Wife, who was Daughter to the King of Tydore, -should Govern; and that Cachil Daroes, Natural Son to the said Boleyfe, -should Act jointly with her. The Queen who was Crafty, suspecting that -her Father Almanzor might under that colour aim st some Advantage, to -the Detriment of her Son, call'd her Subjects together and told them, -That it was enough for her to take care of her Sons Education; and -therefore she laid the greatest stress of Government on Cachil Daroes. - -The King, and the Governour Daroes, expected the Commander Antony -Brito, as the Kingdoms, and the young Kings Protector. They went out -to [A Fort Built at Ternate.] meet him in a Fleet of Carcoas, with -the Noise of that Barbarous Musick of Brass Basons, and Tabors. He -Landed, shewing State, and appearing worthy of that Applause; visited -the Queen, the King, and his Brothers; and after the Ceremony of -Condoling the Death of Boleyfe, ordering Affairs in Conjunction with -Daroes, he approv'd of that Form of Government, and upon all occasions -Defended his Province against that of Tydore. To do this with the -greatest Security, he pitch'd upon a proper spot of Ground, according -to the Rules of Fortification, which were not then very perfect, -no more than Military Discipline. The Foundation being dug, Brito, -in the presence of the King, and all the People, laid the first Stone -of the new Fort, with his own Hand. This happen'd on Midsummer Day, -and therefore he gave the Fort the Name of St. John Baptist; and tho' -it was built for the Defence of Ternate, yet in Brito's mind it was -Dedicated to the service of the Gospel, and its Ministers. He us'd -endeavours to send away the Caeiz he found there spreading of Mahomet's -false Doctrine, as an Obstacle to the True; but the War which is there -always settled and natural against Tydore, obstructed these Designs; -tho' at the same time the Troubles of those two Revengeful Nations -increas'd the Revenues of Portugal, by contributing of their Spice: -and the desire of Superiority brought them into Subjection. However, -in Portugal Brito had a Successor appointed him, and he was inform'd, -That the other was already sailing for the Moluccos; and there was need -enough of them both, and of doubling their Forces; because Spain still -insisted upon taking those Countries as its Right, and Brito began -to be hated, on account of his offering Violence to the Royal Family. - -At the same time Magellan having Sail'd 600 Leagues towards Malaca, -[Magellan goes over to Spain.] was in certain Islands, whence he -corresponded with Serrano; who having thriv'd so well in Ternate, -with Boleyfe, sent his Friend word what Kindness, and Wealth he had -receiv'd from him; advising him to return to his Company. Magellan -consenting, resolv'd to go to the Moluccos; but in case his Services -were not Rewarded in Portugal, as he expected, he would take the way -directly for Ternate, under whose King Serrano grew so Rich in Nine -Years. He consider'd, that since the Moluccos were 600 Leagues East -from Malaca, which make 30 Degrees, little more or less, they were out -of the Portuguese Limits, according to the antient Sea Chart. Returning -to Portugal, he found no Favour, but thought himself wrong'd, and -resenting it, went away into Castile, carrying with him a Planisphere, -drawn by Peter Reynel; by which, and the Correspondence he had held -with Serrano, he perswaded the Emperor, Charles V. that the Molucco -Islands belong'd to him. It is reported, That he Confirm'd his Opinion -with Writings, and the Authority of Ruy Faleyro, a Portuguese Judiciary -Astrologer, and much more with Serrano's. - -Hereupon the Emperor gave him the Command of a Squadron, with which -he sail'd from Sanlucar, on the 21st. of September, 1519. He stay'd -[Sets out on his Discovery.] four days at the Canaries, where a -Caravel overtook him, with private Intelligence, that his Captains -went with a Design not to Obey him particularly John Cartagena, -who had the same Commission as Magellan. He bravely seem'd to take -no notice, and sailing away with a fair Wind, being pass'd Rio de -Janeyro, in the Province of Santa Cruz, commonly call'd Brazil, -the Sea growing very cold, and much more the River of Plate, which -is in 35 Degrees of South Latitude, the Captains question'd him -about the Voyage, since they could nor find the Cape, or Streight, -they went in search of. He answer'd, as to Men that were entirely -Subordinate to his Direction and Authority, That they must go on, -for he knew what he was about, and the Coasts of Norway and Ireland -were in a greater Latitude, and yet Ships sailed along them. These -Contests lasted almost all the Voyage, and increas'd with the cold and -dreadful Winds, and the hideous sight of the Mountains of Snow and Ice, -grown old, which they met in the Latitude of 52 and 53 Degrees. They -magnify'd these Difficulties, alledging, That it requir'd six, or -seven Months to come from Castile, cross the Line, and run all along -the Coast of Brazil, through such diversity of Climates, in each of -which the Weather vary'd. That this was throwing away Men and Ships, -which were more valuable than all the Cloves in the Molucco Islands. - -The Astrologer, Ruy Faleyro, being Distracted, was left in the -Mad-House [He discovers the Streight of his Name.] at Sevil; -and in his Place went Andrew de San Martin, to whom Magellan gave -Ear, as to what he said of the Weather; but not in other Cases, -as some lay to his Charge, and with such Moderation and Integrity, -as becomes Christian Piety. Nor is it to be believ'd, That Magellan -should consult such a Deceitful a Science as Judiciary Astrology, -upon such difficult Points, or should prefer it before Astronomy, -amidst such dreadful Dangers. The Hardships became intollerable; -and Discord so far prevail'd with the Captains, John de Cartagena, -Gaspar Quesada, and Lewis de Mendoza, that they resolved either to -Kill, or Secure Magellan. This Conspiracy coming to his Ears, as he -lay at the Mouth of the River of St. Julian, having contriv'd what was -to be done, as John de Barros writes, he caus'd Lewis de Mendoza to be -Stab'd, which was done by Gonzalo de Espinosa. Next Gaspar de Quesada -was Quarter'd Alive; and a Servant of his, who was concern'd, had his -Pardon. Cartagena he condemned to a lingering Death, leaving him in -that Desert Country, with a Clergy Man, guilty of the same Crime, which -was High Treason against their King. So say the Portuguese Histories; -but the Spanish inform us, That they were privately proceeded against, -and the Judgment was Read to them. This done he made some Speeches -to Justify the Fact, and Comfort his Companions. Cartagena, and the -Clergy-Man, who were left with some Provisions, got away a few days -after, in one of the Ships of the same Squadron, which return'd to -Spain. Magellan overcoming incredible Difficulties, found the Streight, -and Passage, which makes the Communication between the two Seas, and -preserves his Name to this Day. He there took Giants above fifteen -Spans high, who wanting raw Flesh, which they us'd to feed on, soon -Dy'd; then he passed the Streight successfully. But tho' he got under -the Equinoctial, either by reason of the Currents, or the Faultiness -of the Sea Charts, he Sail'd round about, and almost in sight of the -Molucco Islands, yet could never come at them. He Touch'd at others, -where he was oblig'd to Fight; and went on to those of Zebu, or the -Manilas. At this same time his Friend Serrano was sailing for India, -and tho' it happen'd in several Places, yet they both Dy'd on the -same Day, and much after the same Manner. - -It would be superfluous to dilate upon the Story of Magellan, his -tedious Navigation, and the many Difficulties he met with, before and -after he pass'd through his Streight into the Pacifick, or South-Sea; -his Arrival at the Island of Zebu, and perswading the Idolatrous -King to embrace the Christian Faith, and the Battles he fought on -his account, with his Enemies; for besides that these things are -Related by very good Authors who Treat of the Discovery of the Molucco -Islands, which was the main Object of his desperate Undertaking, we -must be brief in repeating them, to show how eager several Princes, -and Nations were for these Islands, and the Notion they had of what -great Consequence they would be to them. - -The King of Zebu was Baptiz'd, rather to make his Advantage of the -Spanish Arms, than out of any Zeal, or that he knew the Faith he -Embrac'd. He took the Name of Ferdinand in Baptism, to flatter his -Godfather, who [He is Murder'd with others.] was Ferdinand Magalhaens, -himself. After obtaining several Victories by his Assistance, thinking -he could shake off the second Yoke he expected those Strangers might -lay on him, he turn'd against them. He contriv'd an Entertainment, -in Honour of Magellan and Thirty five Spaniards being at it, he -fell upon them at a time appointed, with a Multitude of Barbarians, -and confounding the Feast, murder'd his Guests, who handled their -Arms to defend themselves, which only serv'd to render their Deaths -more Honourable. The rest of the Spaniards, who escap'd because -they were at Sea, for their better Government under that Misfortune, -presently chose Barbosa, a Kinsman of Magalhaens, for their General, -and Lewis Alfonso, a Portuguese to be Captain of the Ship, call'd the -Victory. The perfidious King, thinking to conceal his Treachery and -Apostacy, as if it were possible to keep it secret, sent to invite -Barbosa, saying he would deliver him the Jewel he had promis'd for the -King of Spain. John Serrano, thinking it a Rashness, to trust a Man -again, whose Hands were still Bloody with the late Execution, disswaded -Barbosa from accepting of the Invitation; but was not regarded. Barbosa -went with the other Guests, and Serrano himself, who, to show it was -not Fear that mov'd him to give such Advice, was the first that got -into the Boat. They were conducted into a Wood of Palm-Trees, where -the King expected them, with a small Retinue, the Tables being spread -in the Shade, amidst the Musick of Bag-Pipes. When they were seated, -and began to Eat, a great number of Archers that lay in Ambush, -rush'd out, and shot our Men. They saved Serrano, whom they lov'd, -not out of Kindness, for they show'd him bound to those that were at -Sea, demanding for his Ransom, two Brass Guns, and then he told them, -the Slaughter that had been made. Our Men, not trusting to them, any -longer, set Sail, and did not only see the Indians carry Serrano back -to their Town, but soon after heard mighty Shouts in it; and it was -afterwards known that they gave them when they killed Serrano, and -ran to throw down a great Cross, set up before the New-Church, which -they could not perform. The Spaniards wanting Men, burnt the Ships, -call'd the Conception, and chose John Caravallo for their General, -and Gonzalo Gomez de Espinosa, Captain of the Ship the Victory. They -came to Borneo, on the Coast whereof they found those Peoples Fleet -of Carcoas, Painted, and the Prows of them like Serpents Heads gilt. - -The Soldiers appear'd well Arm'd, who having spy'd our Ship, acquainted -[Soldiers of Borneo, and Reception of Spaniards.] their King with -it. He order'd 2000 of his Guard to go out, and receive them, before -they reach'd the City. These Men came brandishing their Bows and -poison'd Arrows, Trunks, Cymitars, and Sheilds, and wore Breast-plates -made of Tortois Shells, and encompass'd an Arm'd Elephant, on whose -Back there was a wooden Castle. When the Spaniards came up the -Elephant stoop'd down, and six arm'd Men coming out of the Castle, -put Gonzalo Gomez de Espinosa, who was then General, into it. Thus -attended, he went to Visit the King, in whose Presence his Secretary -spoke to him through a Trunk, and Espinosa gave him an Account of the -King of Zebu's Perfidiousness. All condol'd the Accident, and our Men -taking Leave Sail'd away for the Molucco Islands, being reliev'd with -what they wanted, and furnish'd with able Pilots. - -Not far from Borneo, they met 150 Sail, whereof they took two Junks, -[Spaniards at Tydore.] in which they found an Hundred Men, five Women, -a Son of the King of Luzon, and an Infant two Months Old. This they -thought would be a sufficient Ransom to recover their Companions; so -they let go the Prince upon his Parole, he promising to restore them -the Captive Spaniards. They had some Storms; but arriv'd at Tydore, -on the 8th of November 1521. When Almanzor heard the salute of the -Canon, he sent to enquire what People they were, and presently after -he came to our Ships in a little Boat. His Shirt appear'd woven with -Gold and Silk, a white Cloth which trail'd being girt over it. About -his Head a fine Veil of several Colours, made like a Persian Miter: -Being Aboard the Commodore, the Relations of that Voyage say, he -stopp'd his Nose with his Fingers, either at the Smell of our Meat, -or of the Ship. Mahometanism was newly come into his Island, and -most of his Subjects, especially those Inhabiting the Mountains, -ador'd Idols. He bid our Men wellcome, gave them good Words, and -afterwards was as kind in his Actions; and being inform'd of their -past Sufferings, gave them leave to load Cloves. They presented him -with a Chair of Crimson Velvet, a Robe of Yellow Velvet, a great -Loose Coat of false Cloth of Gold, a piece of Yellow Damask, four -Yards of Scarlet Cloth; Handkercheifs, and Towles, wrought with Silk, -and Gold; Drinking-Glasses, Glass Beads, Looking-Glasses, Knives, -Scizers, and Combs. They gave his Son another parcel of Gifts, and -a Cap, and did the like by his Cachiles and Sangiacks. When they -ask'd the Kings leave in the Emperors Name to Trade, he granted it, -adding they should kill any that offer'd to hinder them. He seriously -view'd his Majesty's Picture and Arms on the Standard, and desired -to see our Coin. And pretending to be an Astrologer, or Soothsayer, -or as others say, having Dreamt, or Guess'd it, or being told it by -Chinese Priests, he said, He knew the Christians were to come to his -Lands for Spice; and desired that they would not leave him. [Ally with -that King.] They treated about an Alliance, and when they were agreed, -two Tydores brought something in their Hands to the Ships, which they -afterwards understood was the Alcoran, tho' at first they did not, -because cover'd with Silks, and Strings. Almanzor lay'd his Hands -on it, and then on his Head, and Breast; and this was the Ceremony -of his Swearing Friendship, and Fealty to the Crown of Castile, and -that he would allow them Cloves, and all Commerce for ever. Then the -General Espinosa, in the Emperor's Name, before an Image of the blessed -Virgin, swore to protect them both in Peace and War, and presented -King Almanzor with Thirty Indians he had taken Prisoners. Soon after, -as some Authors affirm, Corala, Prince of Ternate, Nephew to Almanzor, -came to Tydore to swear Fealty in like manner, as did Luzuf, King -of Gilolo, of whom it is Written, That he had Six Hundred Sons, and -that Almanzor had Two Hundred Wives. These Kings Writ to the Emperor; -ratifying their Fealty, and Sebastian del Cano sail'd away in the -Ship, the Victory, by the way the Portugueses use, with the Letters -and Instruments; the General Espinosa returning towards Panama, for -Castilla del Oro on the Continent of America, to pass thence to Spain. - -At this time the new Governor, Don Garcia Henriquez, was under Sail, -to succeed Antony Brito, and being come to Banda, waited for the Monson -to carry him to Ternate. Monson is the Name by which the Portuguese -[Monson, what it is.] call the Wind, which blows six Months to carry -them to India, and then six Months again to bring them back. There he -furnished himself with all Necessaries for the Fort built by Brito. He -had need so to do, for he received Advice, That Spanish Ships were -sailing thro' the Bays, and openest Parts of the Archipelago. He -sent to discover them, by the Industry of his Soldiers, and being -receiv'd at Ternate, view'd the Fort, and observ'd the posture of -the Government. He proposed a Peace with Cachil Almanzor, King of -Tydore. We shall have frequent Occasion to repeat these Words Cachil -and Sangiack. Cachil is perhaps deriv'd from Katil, which in Arabick -[Cachil and Sangiack, their significations.] is the same as among us, -a Valiant Soldier. In the Molucco Islands they Honour their Nobility -with this Title, which is something more than Don in Spain. The Title -of Sangiack, which answers to that of Duke, or Earl, might come -from Senchaq; which in the Turkish Language, imports a Commander: -To conclude this Peace, he thought it convenient to secure the Royal -Family; which he accordingly executed, and though he colour'd it with -fair Pretexts, they plainly perceived this was an Introduction towards -Oppressing them, and show'd a mistrust. We may safely affirm, This was -the first Distaste which, as being a notorious Wrong, [Portugueses, -why hated.] disturb'd that Nation, and from that time they grew Cold, -and Jealous, thinking themselves oblig'd to seek Revenge; and this -Action was the occasion of all the ensuing Slaughters, as we often -see a great Fire rise from one small Spark. - -Cachil Daroes endeavour'd to obstruct this Peace, as Tutor, and -Governor, fearing the Trade of Cloves would be transferr'd to Tydore, -to the Destruction of the Infant King's Dominions. But notwithstanding -this Opposition, the Peace was concluded, upon certain Conditions, as, -That the King of Tydore should deliver a Ship he had taken, the Canon, -and some [More of their Outrages.] runaway Portuguese. Almanzor, -who stood in need of a Peace, and the Friendship of the Portuguese, -to gain the Affection of Cachil Daroes, propos'd to Marry him to -one of his Daughters. Don Garcia believing that this Union among -them would produce that of their Forces, and less Submission to -the Portuguese's Dominion, to obstruct this dangerous Alliance, -sent to the King of Tydore to borrow the Canon. That King excus'd -himself, alledging, that he had lent it a few days before, to the -King of Bachian. Cachil Daroes complying with him, agreed to all the -Articles. Don Garcia being dissatisfy'd, waited an opportunity to -break all that Contrivance, and be Reveng'd. Almanzor fell Sick, and -desir'd Don Garcia to send him a Physician; who sent an Apothecary, -and he either not understanding Physick, or, as was believ'd, by order -of Don Garcia, kill'd the Patient. Manifest tokens of Poyson afterwards -appear'd. The Funeral was order'd, and at the same time the Commander, -Don Garcia, appear'd in the Morning, in a parcel of Carcoas, before -Tydore. He sent Baldaya, the Clerk of the Fort, to demand the Canon, -threatning War, in case of denial. The Regents excusing themselves at -that time, with just Reasons, and particularly the Funeral Solemnity, -when they were in the Height of the Ceremony of Burying their King, -they heard the Shouts of Don Garcia's Men giving the Assault. The -Portuguese enter'd the City, firing the Houses, plundering and killing, -which oblig'd the Tydores to abandon their King's Body, and fly to -the Mountains. During their Absence, Don Garcia seized the Canon, and -carry'd it away to Ternate. Those who had fled return'd, with some -Apprehension, and found the City ruin'd hideous, and almost reduc'd -to Ashes; but recovering from their Fright; they proclaim'd Cachil -Raxamira, the Son of Almanzor, King. They committed the Education -of him to Cachil Rade, his Kinsman, the War being declared between -Ternate and the New King of Tydore, who was seasonably supported by -the Spaniards that came to his Country. - -[Spanish Ship first round the World.] The Ship Victory returning into -Spain, with the Letters from the King of the Molucco Islands, which -the Emperor receiv'd, he was more fully convinc'd, that these Islands -were within his Limits. Their Wealth, and his Right to them were so -lively represented to him, that he order'd another Squadron of four -Ships, two Galloons, and an Advice Boat to be made ready at Corunna, -to be Commanded by the Commendary Fray Garcia de Loaysa, a Gentleman -of Biscay, and under him, as Vice-Admiral, Sebastian del Cano, and -the Captains Don Rodrigo de Acunna, James de Vera, &c. They Sail'd on -the Eve of St. James the Apostle, 1525, touch'd at Gomera, and running -along the Coast of Guinea, could not make Cape St. Augustine for want -of Wind. By reason of this Calm, all agreeing to it, he alter'd his -Course to the Cape of Good Hope. A Portuguese Ship guided them to - -[Another Squadron passes Magellans Streights.] the Island of -St. Matthew, which is Desert, and full of lofty Orange Trees, where -they saw Hens, the Track of wild Boars, and some Portuguese Words -carv'd on Trees, which shew'd they had pass'd that way. The Ships -leaving them, they pass'd Cape St. Augustine, making for the Streights -of Magellan. In this Course they endur'd Storms, and Err'd in their -Accounts. Sebastian del Cano struck on a Shoal, and was reliev'd. The -Galloons and Advice Boat made New Spain. The Admiral, by the Advice -of Cano, pass'd the Equinoctial, upon information, That in 12 Degrees -of South Latitude, he would find certain Islands that were rich in -Gold and Silver. All the Men sickn'd, the Admiral, and Cano dy'd, -with some others. The remains of the Squadron choosing Toribio de -Salazar for their Commander, return'd under the Line; but he dy'd at -the Islands de las Velas, now call'd Ladrones, or of Thieves. After -some Strife, Martin Iniguez, and Ferdinand de Bustamante succeeded him, -and agree'd to Command by turns. Thus divided they came in sight of -Mindanao, and thence to the Molucco Islands, took in some Refreshment -at Cope, a Town of the Island Moratay, whence they went on to Camafo, -of Morotoja, whose Sangiack is Subject to the King of Tydore. - -[War betwixt Spaniards and Portugueses.] They proceeded through -the Gulph of Camafo, where they were Inform'd by the Ship of Don -George de Meneses, who had been forc'd thither by the Currents, that -the Portugueses held the Fort of Ternate, and Don Garcia made War -on Tydore. Iniguez, and Bustamante offer'd them the Assistance of -Spain, by which, coming so opportunely, they gain'd the Affections -of them all, and furnished themselves with Necessaries. Don Garcia -being already provided against the new Enemy, gather'd some Carcoas, -and tho' he could not perswade Daroes, the Tutor, to go along with -him, oppos'd the Spaniards. First the Portuguese sent an Admonition, -wherein he offer'd them Peace, and Entertainment, as Subjects to the -Emperor, who was so near Ally'd to the King of Portugal; protesting, -That the Molucco Islands were within his Limits. This avail'd -nothing, and Daroes Embarking in 12 Carcoas, with Emanuel Falcao, -sent that Protestation in Writing, and in case it was Rejected, to -declare War. The Spanish Commander receiv'd the Lawyer that was to -make the Protestation, with much Civility [Portuguese and Spanish -War.] and Respect, and answer'd, That the Molucco Islands belong'd -to the Crown of Castile, and therefore he, in the Emperors Name, -required Don Garcia not to break the Peace establish'd between their -Kings. After all they were oblig'd to have recourse to Arms. Iniguez -Landed on Tydore, strengthen'd the Works, and furnish'd them with -Canon. The Portuguese follow'd, and both sides Firing, there was a -great Slaughter; but those of Ternate retir'd so disorderly, that -the Tydores remain'd Victors. However neither the Protestations, nor -the War ceas'd, the Spaniards urging Magellan's Discovery, and the -Portuguese, Serrano's, and Brito's. The Tydores and Spaniards took some -Carcoas belonging to Gilolo, in which they kill'd a Portuguese, and -some Ternates, as also a Champan Laden with Provisions for Talangame. - -In the Philippine Islands they give the Name of Carcoas to a sort of -[Carcoas, what sort of Vessels, and others.] Vessels that use Oars, -open, and bigger than our Barks, and are Steer'd by two Rudders, the -one ahead, and the other astern. The Ternates call'd them Janguas, -which differ from the Carcoas only in having two Half-Moons of Wood, -Painted, or Guilt, rising above the Keel at the Head and Poop. About -100 Men Row in each of them, to the sound of a Tabor, and a Bell. They -carry twenty Soldiers, and six Musketiers. The rest are employ'd -about four or five little Brass Guns. Both the Men that Row, and the -Soldiers are Arm'd with Campilanes, that is Cymiters, and Shields, -and abundance of Calabays, and Sagus, being long Canes burnt in the -Fire, to harden them; which they throw, without tacking, as the Moors -do their Darts. Their way of Fighting is to come within Gun-shot, -and as soon as they have Fir'd, both sides fly with all speed, till -they have Loaded again, and then return to the same Post. They set -three Men to each Gun, the one Levels, the other Charges, and the -third Fires it. This is the way among the Islanders; for when they -have to do with Europeans, our Example has Improv'd them in the Art -of War. But in their Carcoas they are always expos'd to be kill'd by -our Cannon, because they have no Fights to cover them; and the same -is in the Champanes, which differ but little from the others. - -The Victory we have spoken of Encourag'd the Tydores, and with the -Assistance of the Spaniards, they Arm'd, and falling upon Gaca, a -Town of Ternate, Plunder'd and Burnt it; but at their Return, they -met with Martin Correa, whom they Fought, plying their Carcoas, the -Success remaining doubtful. Whilst this War was at the hottest, Don -George de Meneses [Don George de Meneses at Ternate.] came from the -Papuas to Ternate, to whom Don Garcia presently resign'd the Post, tho' -the Hostilities continu'd, with Burning and Slaughter on both sides, -which it was expected would be greater when the Portuguese Succours -came from Malaca, and the Castilian from Spain. The new Portuguese -Commander in Chief, and Martin Inniguez came to a Conference, and -with much Courtesy, and desire of Peace, concluded a Truce, which -lasted not long, tho' not on account of the main cause. - -There were many Battles between the Spanish and Portuguese Nations, -from Gilolo and other adjacent Islands, about the Possession of the -Moluccos, and they were under several Commanders, the Event whereof -we shall see in its Place. Therefore, and because others have Treated -of them Copeously, they shall be now pass'd by, that we may return -to the Actions of those Kings, which ought to be distinctly deliver'd -now at the Beginning, for the better Understanding of the Causes why -they came to be Lost. - -[King of Tydore makes Peace.] The King of Tydore was less Supported -by Spain than he had been before, and was therefore oblig'd to -sue for Peace, laying some Burden of Tribute, on his own Revenue -proceeding from the Cloves. He also promis'd never to admit of any -Spanish Succours; besides some other Conditions, which put an end to -the Wars for a time. - -We have already observ'd, That Cachil Boleyfe, King of Ternate, -left three lawful Sons, viz. Cachil Bayano, Cachil Dayalo, and -Cachil Tabarija. The Eldest of them was not above six Years of -Age; besides whom there [Daroes, and the Queen govern Ternate.] -were seven Bastards, the Eldest of them, Cachil Daroes, was Governor -of the Kingdom, in Conjunction with the Queen. When Brito, in the Year -1521, Built the Fort, to secure the Subjection of the Island, tho' he -had another Pretence for it, he took the Infant King, and the Queen -his Mother, into it. She generously resenting this Violence, as not -able to endure, that they should oppose the course of her Government, -which she manag'd, together with her Step-Son, loudly Complain'd, and -Threatned, as a Queen, and as a Mother. She wanted no Conveniencies -for the Education of the Children; but there being Wrong disguiz'd -among all that seeming Kindness, neither her Family, nor the Nurse, -nor the Perswasions of Great Persons, could appease her Anger. The -Natives observ'd the Difference of the Portuguese Domination, and -that since their building of that Fort, they us'd intolerable Rigor, -and consequently began to grow cold in their Affection, [Portuguese -Insolent.] and to slacken in their Respect; especially when they -perceiv'd that Brito's Successor continu'd to keep the Royal Family -under Oppression. The young King was bred up in the Fort, till he -was of Age to enter upon the Government of his Kingdom; and being -18 years old, soon dy'd, not without the usual suspition of Poison, -but it was affirm'd to be given by private order of Cachil Daroes. O -the wonderful Effects of the Desire of Rule! - -Sultan Bayano being Dead, order was taken that the People should -immediatly Swear Cachil Dayalo; but Don George found also means to -get him into the Fort; the Mother demanding him, as fearing his Death, -by the example of the Elder. Don George condescended, not so much in -compliance [They Insult the Natives.] to her Fears, as to oblige -Cachil Daroes, with whose Government he was well-satisfy'd; and it -was he that had interven'd in, and advis'd that way of Breeding the -Princes. Soon after there happen'd an Accident, which broke off their -good Intelligence; for Daroes grew jealous of the Commander in chiefs -Behaviour, observing him much to favour Cachil Bayaco, a Man of note, -whose Friendship he was suspicious of, and he with reason fear'd, -that the Commander would in time value Bayaco more than him. This -well grounded Fear grew up in his Breast, till it turn'd to down -right Hatred, and he contriv'd to kill Don George. The Design could -not be carry'd on so private, as to be conceal'd from him, and he -to disappoint it, retir'd into the Fort. Daroes puffed up with the -Applause of the People, sent immediatly to require him to deliver up -Bayaco, to try him upon some Complaints he had against him, being his -Judge, as Governour, and oblig'd to do Justice. Don George was desirous -to save Cachil Bayaco, and to that purpose assembled the Alcayde, and -other Officers. Some said he ought to deliver him, others advis'd to -appease Daroes by fair means. Bayaco, who hated him so mortally, that -he woul'd chuse any sort of Death, rather than fall into his Hands, -being lock'd up in a Room of the Fort, understood that his Case was -doubtful, for they Consulted without any great Privacy. This made -him Resolve what to do, and going to a high Window, he threw himself -out with such Fury, that he beat himself to Pieces. Don George was -troubl'd at the Accident, and thought himself oblig'd to Revenge it; -which he began upon finding a Sow kill'd, either to spight him, or -because the Neighbours were Mahometans, and had done it as she graz'd, -or went about the Courts of the Fort. This was a rediculous Occasion, -but of Moment enough among those People; Enquiry was made who had -kill'd her, and it appear'd, or Don George would have it, that the -Fault belong'd to Cachil Baydua, a near Kinsman to Cachil Daroes, -very Learned, and Zealous in the Law of Mahomet, as also a Caciz, -or Priest, and of great Authority in the Kingdom. He was seiz'd by -Don George, and carry'd into the Fort, without regard to the publick -Peace. Daroes, in a great Consternation, went with the chief Men of the -Kingdom, to desire he would release that Sacred Person. Whilst they -were discoursing this Point, Peter Fernandez, a mean Fellow, Servant -to the Commander in Chief, by his Masters Order, or of his own Accord, -in the Presence of them all, went up to Cachil Baydua, and rubb'd -his Mouth, [Rudeness.] and Face with a fat Collop of the same Sow, -neither the Opposition he made, nor his Complaints to God, and the -Commander in Chief availing him; but on the contrary, the Portugueses -laugh'd out aloud, approving the Action by their Applause. Daroes on -his part, cast himself on the Ground, and Weeping, prevail'd to have -Baydua restor'd to him, whom, Don George being satisfy'd, or appeas'd, -and taking Security, sent to his House. Daroes attended him, and all -the Prime Men; and Baydua, by Reason it is an Abomination among them to -touch Swines-Flesh, presently used their Purifications; and the more -to express his Concern, voluntarily left the Island for some Years, -and travel'd about all the others in the Neighbourhood, preaching, -and magnifying the Affront offer'd to one of Mahomets Priests, thus -stirring up the Natives, and perswading them to Unite in Defence of -their Honour. - -This Accident, which as a Disgrace to their Religion, exasperated -the People, was seconded by another much worse, which quite render'd -the Portugueses Odious. The contrary Winds kept back the Trading -Galeon, [Portugueses become odious for Rapine, &c.] that us'd to -carry the Soldiers Pay, and their Wants increasing, they began to -seek Relief, breaking into the Natives Shops, and Store-Houses, -and taking away their Provisions, without Paying for them. Daroes, -offended at it, order'd, That no Provisions should be brought into -the City to sell, and that the Shops which dealt in them, should be -shut up. This was accordingly done, and reduc'd those in the Fort -to such Distress, that the Soldiers mutinying, rail'd at their own -Commander, and the Governour of India, demanding Relief with their -Arms in their Hands. Don George being hard press'd, and blaming -the Avarice of his Country Men, sent some Carcoas with Soldiers, -under the Command of Gomez Ariaz, to barter Goods in the adjacent -Islands for Provisions. They Landed on an Island near by, where, -being desperate with Hunger, they Plunder'd the Town of Tabona, -the Inhabitants whereof, no longer able to endure such Affronts, and -Robberies, running to Arms, fell upon them, and kill'd the greatest -Number, and most of the rest being Wounded, were Disarm'd. They -embark'd for Ternate, where their Wounds and Nakedness spoke what had -befallen them, as much as their Words. Don George, who, besides his -being naturally Passionate, was now quite enrag'd, threatned Daroes, -That if he did not deliver up the principal Actors in this Mischief, -he would seek his Revenge other ways. He was obey'd, and tho' Cachil -Daroes knew that all the Fault belong'd to the Portugueses, yet he -deliver'd up the Governor of Tabona, and two other Chief Men of the -Place, to Don George, thinking he would be satisfy'd with keeping them -Prisoners for [Barbarous Cruelty.] some Days. As soon as they were -brought before him, he order'd the Hands of the two to be cut off, -and that they should be then set at liberty. The Governors Punishment -was answerable to the Cruelty of him that was his Judge; they ty'd -his Hands behind his Back, and exposing him on the Shore, set two -fierce Woolf-Dogs upon him, he having no way to withstand their Fury, -made several vain attempts to slip aside from them, and endeavour'd to -defend himself with what little Power was left him in those Limbs that -were not Bound. The Multitude with Horror beheld the Spectacle, touch'd -with Compassion, and admiring the Inhumanity of the Punishment. The -wretched Man attempted to Fly, but perceiving that the arm'd Soldiers, -had shut up every way, on the Land side, he cast himself into the -Sea, the only Refuge accidentally left him, to seek some uncertain -Hope of Safety. However the Dogs being already blooded, left him not; -but barking and howling, bit and tore him, tho' he still swam with his -Legs. At last, being desperate, and almost in the last Agony, he took a -horrid Resolution and fell upon those fierce Creatures with his Teeth; -such was the Effect of Pain and Despair. Thus the unhappy Man took -hold of one of the Dogs by the Ear, and holding fast, sunk with him to -the Bottom. The like Barbarity had never before been seen in any of -those Countries to which the Portugueses Traded; and by it they lost -the Reputation they had before gain'd, to their great Applause, that -they inflicted Punishments, as it were by Compulsion, and Oblig'd to -it, and that with Mildness, and Compassion, to shew their Generosity. - -[Conspiracy to destroy the Portugueses.] This Action brought them -into general Hatred, and all the People of the Molucco Islands being -exited by Cachil Daroes, contriv'd to kill Don George, with all -the Portugueses and Spaniards, and so deliver themselves from their -Yoke. Daroes undertook to Unite all the Kings of those Islands in a -League against the Christians; sent away trusty Persons to stir up -the Confederates; and particularly to Cachil Catabruno, Governor of -Gilolo, during that Kings Minority, advising him, at a Time appointed, -to rise in Arms against the Spaniards inhabiting his Dominions, and -then to kill the Infant King, and Usurp the Crown; for the compassing -whereof he promis'd his Assistance, for they should both make that -their common Cause, because he design'd the same Slaughter upon the -Portugueses, and upon the Infant King Sultan Dayalo, whom he would -Succeed in the Throne, and never submit to any Spanish Tyranny. At this -time the Voice of the Gospel resounded in the Ears of the Barbarous -Nations of the Archipelago, by the Preaching of the Religious Men -of the Orders of St. Augustin, St. Dominick, and St. Francis, and of -Father Francis Naverius, a Jesuit, and his Companions; Churches were -built, and therefore God, who was taught by them, would not suffer -the Ministers of the Gospel to be extirpated. Don George was inform'd -of the Conspiracy, and the Preparations that were making to put it in -Execution, which he kept to himself. Daroes, the better to disemble it, -never absented himself, but resorted to the Fort, and paid Visits to -the Governour; sometimes when sent for by him, and others, of his own -Accord. He sent one Day desiring he would come to him, and bring Cachil -Tamarano, Admiral of the Island, and Cachil Boio, the chief Justice -of the Kingdom, to treat about some important Affairs. Cachil Daroes -knowing nothing of Don George's Design, took those two Cachils with -him, and went away to the Fort. Don George receiv'd them courteously, -[Daroes and others put to Death.] and with a chearful Countenance; but -being come into a Room where all Things were prepar'd for the Purpose, -they were seiz'd and put to the Rack, on which they discover'd the -Conspiracy. Immediately he pass'd Sentence upon them in Form, and at -the same time caus'd a Scaffold to be erected, adjoyning to the Fort, -on the Outside, where the People were already gather'd in a Crowd. Then -Cachil Daroes being brought out, and plac'd high on the Scaffold, a -Cryer proclaim'd his Crimes, and the Penalty he was condemn'd to. His -Head was cut off, and his Companions put to a less honourable Death; -but what that was, no History or Relations inform us. - -The Queen and all the Natives, were so terrify'd by this Action, -that [Natives fly, and streighten the Portugueses.] they fled out -of the City, to a craggy strong Mountain at the Town of Toruto: -Thence the Queen sent to demand her Son, whom the Governour kept as -a Prisoner; but he not answering her Letter, she was so offended at, -and jealous of his Silence, that she caus'd Proclamation to be made, -forbidding all the People of the Island, upon Pain of Death, to sell -any Provisions, or other Necessaries, to the Portugueses. Her Orders -were readily obey'd, and the Portugueses press'd by Hunger, found -it a more powerful Enemy, than those they had wrong'd. Their Skins -began to shrivel, they grew Lank and Weak, and must have perish'd, -had not Gonzalo Pereyra arriv'd then with the Trading Galeon. Gonzalo -Pereyra came from Malaca to succeed Don George de Meneses in the -Post of Ternate; and improving the Opportunity, touch'd at Borneo, -where he visited the King, with whom, the Spaniards not obstructing, -he settled perpetual Peace and Amity; thence he set out immediately for -Ternate, where he arriv'd in Safety. He presently took Possession of -the Fort, and paid the weak Soldiers. The Queen went to visit him, -and to complain of Don George, [New Governour.] and demand her -Son Cachil Dayalo, which was her greatest Concern. Gonzalo Pereyra -answer'd her generously, promis'd to do her Justice; and to begin, -secur'd Don George in the Principal Tower, to appease the Queen, -engaging i i. Word, That he would restore her Son, as soon as the Fort -was in a good Posture. He sent to intreat her to return to the City, -and former Amity; that Justice might be peaceably administer'd. She -seeing some Effects of his Promise, in the Imprisonment of her Enemy, -and the Expectation of Releasing the King her Son, turn'd past Sorrow -into Joy, return'd to Court, and Gonzalo Pereyra reform'd Abuses, -repair'd the Fort, and built Bastions of Square Stone, which till then -had been unhew'd, the Queen furnishing Workmen and Materials. Still -Cachil Dayalo was detain'd in the Fort, without being restor'd to -his Liberty; and the Queen and People help'd to build the Fort, as -the sure Means of obtaining their King's Liberty. Gonzalo Pereyra, -when he thought it a proper Time, resolv'd to execute some Orders he -had brought from Goa, which were the same that had before endanger'd -the Disturbance of those Kingdoms. - -[Fresh Uproars caus'd by the Governour.] Some Governours, says -the Portuguese Historian, Couto, only study to enrich themselves, -impoverishing the Provinces, and their King; for no Prince can be -rich, if his Grandeur depends upon poor Subjects. The Governour -now perceiving that all Things were quiet, and he had little or no -Dependance on those People, made Proclamation, that none should buy -Cloves in those Islands, but the King, his Master's Factors. At the -same Time he order'd, that his Officers should enter the Houses of -marry'd Men, which are the Richest, and take away all their Cloves; -and this not only among the Natives, but in the Habitations, and -Colonies of the Portugueses, paying for it after the Country Rate; -and that they should break all their Weights, Scales and Measures, -and other Implements of this Sort, all which he caus'd to be publickly -burnt. The Island was again in an Uproar, and the Portugueses were -for quitting it, because it was to no Purpose to live there, if they -were depriv'd of that Trade. Most of the Portugueses repair'd to the -House of Ferdinand Lopez, a Priest, who was the Bishop's Vicar in -the Fort, and ought to have given them an Example of Modesty. There -one Vincent Fonseca, a seditious Fellow, heading the Mutiniers, they -resolv'd to require the Governour to permit them to live in their -former Liberty; and in case he should not Consent, they would depart -the Fort, and the Country, and go over to the Spaniards, or else to -the Mahometans, and Idolaters Towns. Some there were, who boggled at -the Crime of abandoning the Service of their King, together with the -[Portugueses mutiny.] Fort; and voted it would be less Harm to procure -the Governour's Death, by Means of the Natives. Whilst they were thus -unresolv'd, the Governour sent to seize Vincent de Fonseca, for some -disrespectful Words he had spoken upon this Occasion, to another -Soldier who was viewing the Guards. The Multitude, who had already -given themselves up to the Direction of Fonseca, were as much concern'd -at his Imprisonment, as if every one of them had been put into Irons; -and as generally in such Mutinies, they are not without some specious -Pretence, tho' it be but superficial, many of the Seditious, being -incens'd, and resolute, repair'd to the Queen's Palace, where they -were easily admitted, and some of them to more Privacy with certain -Counsellors of her's. There they represented the Hardship of depriving -them of the Trade of Clove, without any Demerit on their Side. But, -said they, they may as well deprive us of this common Air, of this -Light, and of the Benefit of our Senses. Our Kings give no such Orders; -but they proceed from the Avarice of the Governours and Commanders, -who tyrannize over us, and this Man more than all his Predecessors, -being come to destroy, that which he was sent to preserve. He has no -Design to restore your Majesty your Son; but on the contrary we are -satisfy'd he contrives to destroy both the Son and the Mother. Her -he will secure, as soon as he has brought his Works to perfection, -that he may not be again kept from Provisions. If you will stand up -for your Country, and kill the Commander, we shall not obstruct it, -but on the contrary shall be as vigorous to act against him, as we -are ready to promise it. - -The Queen and her Councellors were well pleas'd, hoping by that -[The Queen stirs up her People.] means to get rid of Tyrants, as -they call'd them, and therefore would not let slip so favourable an -opportunity to compass their Ends. The Queen assembled the prime Men -of the Island; represented to them the Condition it was in; put them -in mind, how King Boleyfe her Husband, protected the Portugueses, -who came thither in Distress; how they had sworn Amity, and solemnly -given their Hands upon it; the Honour and Kindness he show'd them; and -that for their sakes he forfeited the good will of the Neighbouring -Princes; that after he had receiv'd them, he maintain'd Wars, and -sustain'd losses, even to the hazard of his life, to protect them; -that he treated them as affectionately as if they had been his own -Children; and how they, in return for his Entertainment and Favours, -as soon as the Breath was out of his Body, presum'd, said she, to -lay violent Hands on me; from whose Tyranny and Oppression I escaped, -by absconding long among the Rocks, and Brambles. My Children, they -snatch'd from their Nurses Breasts, to confine them in Prison; in their -own Kingdom, and among their Subjects. When Cachil Bayano came to age -to govern, they poyson'd him. They now design after the same manner -to destroy his Brother, a lawful King, as if he were some run-away -Slave. See what regard a parcel of intruding Strangers have for your -Fortunes, your Houses, your Daughters, and your Wives, in your own -Country, and in my Presence. Any one of these things ought to be a -sufficient motive to cast off the Yoke we laid upon our Necks through -our own Credulity. What then will not they all together oblige us to -do? But besides all this, what ought we not to do, seeing our Religion -affronted? Our Temples polluted? Our Priests trampled on? And all our -selves in general despis'd? Can you have a greater Testimony of the -justice of your Cause, than to see the Portugueses themselves on your -side? Do not let slip this Opportunity, my Friends, stand by them, -since they promise to assist us. Deliver by their means your King, -your Country, and your Religion; that all these may be afterwards -rescu'd from them, and we may exclude such ungrateful Guests. - -These and other Exhortations made by the Queen, as Mafeus writes in -[Conspiracy against the Governor.] his Latin History, were receiv'd -with Abundance of Tears, and they all engag'd to put their helping -hands to the execution of what had been concerted; and fixt the day and -hour. Great Dissimulation was us'd, and the Queen forwarded the work of -the Fort with much application, without sparing any Cost, giving out, -so as it might come to the Governour's Ears, That the King her Sons -Liberty depended on the finishing of the Fort. This was the effect -of Motherly Affection. The appointed Day being come, the Natives -appear'd in Arms, just during the scorching Heat of the Noon-day; -Some hid themselves in a Mosque, behind the Fort; others in a Wood, -not far off, all of them ready to assault it, upon a Signal given, -they being to enter at a Breach, which was not yet made up. Some -of the Arm'd Islanders slily mixt themselves among the Masons, and -Labourers, and among the King's Servants, who were going and coming -with kind Messages between the Son and the Mother, and by this means -convey'd him his Arms, and being us'd to talk to him freely at other -times, they had then the Opportunity of acquainting him with the -Design, and advising to be in a readiness to fall on boldly in due -time. Thence they went to the Governour's Apartment, where he was -taking his Afternoons Nap in all possible Security, his whole Family -being asleep. The Ternates burst the Doors open with their Shoulders, -and rush'd upon the Governour, whom the noise had awak'd. He defended -himself with his Sword and Buckler for a considerable space; but his -Enemies being numerous, and all [His Death.] pressing forwards, -they cut him in pieces. A Woman-slave of his hearing the Hubbub, -shreek'd out, which with the other Noise brought the Islanders out -of the Mosque, without expecting the Signal. They laid hold of a -Portuguese they met, but he broke loose, and escap'd their Fury by -flight. The Slave continu'd crying out, Moors, Moors. With this the -Governour's Servants came running arm'd, and going up to the chief -Tower, where their Master was wont to divert himself, found all the -Murderers there, whom they laid hold of, and cast down headlong, and -then shut the Gates of the Fort. Then they rang the Bell, the sound -whereof, and their not hearing the Signal, discourag'd the Ternates -who lay in Ambush, so that they slunk away into the City. - -The Portugues Conspirators went slily dissembling into the Fort, and -finding the Governour dead, requir'd the rest in his place to admit of -the Alcayde, or Constable of the Fort, because the King of Portugal had -so order'd. They refus'd him, and particularly the Vicar, who took upon -him [Fonseca made Governour.] to head them all, and prevail'd so far -that they chose Vincent de Fonseca for their Governour, who immediately -took Possession of the Fort, and beginning to go on in the Tyrannical -Design of Gonzalo Pereyra, left the Trade of Clove as it was before; -but secur'd King Dayalo. No notice was taken of the Governour's Death, -as being executed by the consent of them all. The Queen insisted to -demand her Son, since she had furnish'd all Necessaries for that -Work; Vincent Fonseca refer'd the Answer to the Marry'd Men. All -those Nations are of opinion that the discreetest among them are -the Marry'd Men, both on account of their Age, and as more faithful -Councellors, because they have a greater interest in the publick Good, -and therefore it is usual to refer to them all Debates and Answers -in matters of Difficulty. They all voted, That the Queen should not -have her Son deliver'd to her, because it was convenient to keep him -as an Hostage, fearing the second part of what had been concerted, -and that their Friendships would last no longer than till it could -be executed. But to palliate the true cause of detaining him, they -answered, That they must first acquaint the Governour of India. In -the mean while the Mother did not cease to weep, and to intreat. She -fed upon these Hopes, grounded on the Hatred the Portugueses still -retain'd for Pereyra, and on the Generosity she had us'd in restoring -the Trade of Clove, and other means. The most prevalent of these -seem'd to be the gaining the affections of the Marry'd Portugueses, -to whom that Affair was referred, and under-hand of Vincent Fonseca -himself, by rich Presents, and extraordinary Gifts. But she was -soon undeceived, for Fonseca offered her such Reasons or Excuses, -as proved his Tyrannical Design; alledging, that having already sent -to consult the Governour of India about the King's Liberty, it was -not in his power to come to any Resolution in that affair, till the -Answer came from Goa, for they would cut off his Head, should he go -about to act of himself. The Queen perceiving that neither Gifts, -nor Intreaties would prevail to get her Son, she resolv'd to use Force. - -She stir'd up all the Neighbouring Kingdoms against the Portugueses; -[The Queen recovers her Son by force.] and order'd the Provisions -to be all remov'd, that none might come to the Fort, either by Sea or -Land. Those within began to feel the want of all Necessaries, to such -a degree, that they su'd to the Queen for Peace, which was concluded, -and they gave up her Son, which was the only thing she aim'd at, -without regarding the inconveniency of losing the Fort. The Queen -having obtain'd the King's Liberty, granted the Portugueses all the -Conditions they demanded, and was so throughly appeas'd that the -Christians continu'd their Settlements and Colonies, and Trade, and -Provisions were restor'd. The Queen put the Government into the hands -of her Son, who at first shew'd some Severity and Harshness towards -the prime Men, and discover'd some Weaknesses, which till then his -Confinement had either conceal'd, or suppress'd. These things render'd -him so odious, that the case was alter'd, and they would have been -glad he had been Prisoner again. The Mother could not curb his ill -Inclination, for the extravagant Youth's deprav'd Nature would not -allow of it. - -At this time three mean Fellows of the Portugueses Colony, went -to those of the Natives to rob; besides which they ravish'd some -Women. The [Portuguese Robbers kill'd.] Islanders would not bear with -that Insolence; but those who had been wrong'd in revenge kill'd the -Offenders. Vincent de Fonseca hearing of it, magnify'd the Heinousness -of the Fact, without mentioning his Countrymens Guilt, and order'd -strict Enquiry to be made after the Slayers. What Care ought Princes -to take to secure the Affection of their Subjects. The King was so -hated, that certain Natives went to the Governour, and being conducted -into a private part of the Fort, because they were Men of Quality, -they assur'd him that the King had been the Occasion of the killing of -those Portugueses, grounding the Accusation on their own Surmises, and -aggravating the Offence with other Circumstances, in such manner, that -had Fonseca lov'd the King, he could not but have believ'd them. He -presently contriv'd to seize him; but being impatient, and despairing -of securing him by Art, had recourse to Force. The King did the like, -tho' [King of Ternate flies.] sensible how little Assistance he could -expect from his People, however he arm'd a few Vessels, and falling -upon some Christian Towns, took several Prisoners. The Governour on -the other Hand, without sparing Ternate, attacked what Towns he could, -so that Cruelty and Rapine were again in use, even to assaulting of -Cities, the very Sufferers approving of it, and pleas'd with their -Losses, that so they might be reveng'd of their King. He fearing -that the Hatred they bore him, might occasion his being seiz'd and -deliver'd up to Fonseca, went over to Tydore, where that King for the -present entertain'd and assisted him, as a Friend and Relation. The -Governour sent with speed to call the King's younger Brother, named -Sultan Tabarija, who was fled with some Malecontents, and with the -consent of [Sultan Tabarija made King.] all the rest of the People, -who were before no less dissatisfy'd, proclaim'd him King, with all -the Forms and Ceremonies us'd in that case. Many approv'd of it, yet -some were scandaliz'd. The same Division reign'd among the Portugueses, -remembring the unjust Election of Vincent de Fonseca, and that he was -the first and main instrument of the Death of Gonzalo Pereyra. Fonseca -himself was not at Peace with his own Conscience; but so full of -Apprehensions and Dread, that he was never unarm'd, disconsolate, -melancholy, and attended by all those ill Symptoms, the Memory of -Guilt produces in the Mind; and he could wish he were discharg'd of -the Burden he had taken upon him. The new King Tabarija began his -Reign shewing Kindness to all Men, and cherishing the Portugueses, -which offended his absent Brother; and administer'd occasion to -irritate the Kings of Tydore and Ternate against him so hastily, -that he immediately broke the Peace, and declar'd himself their Enemy. - -[Tristan de Atayde Governour of Ternate.] At this time Tristan de -Atayde came to Ternate, whose Presence brought all Things into better -Form. He appeas'd the Queen, and commending Tabarija's Government, -gain'd his Affection. Trade went on without any Obstruction. Vincent -de Fonseca imbark'd for India, and was seiz'd by the Viceroy of Goa, -for the heinous Crimes he had committed in the Molucco Islands, -whence a full Account of them was sent with him; yet he was not -punish'd, but liv'd quietly for the future. Ternate flourish'd under -this mild Government; the King, his Subjects, and the Portuguese -Officers being united; but all those Garrisons so remote from the -Head, being Receptacles of seditious Persons, who are contriving -Innovations to disturb the Peace, and thrive by Discord, there wanted -not some Promoters of such Changes, who perverted Tristan de Atayde, -and divested him of his former Mildness. About the beginning of his -Government two Carcoas of Barbarians plunder'd and almost destroy'd -the City Momoya, the Inhabitants whereof were Idolaters, in the -Island Moro. The Lord of it a powerful Sangiack, and good Moral Man, -tho' a Heathen, made his Escape. Gonzalo Velloso, a Portuguese, was -then not far from his City, following his Trade, and going thither, -upon his paying a Visit to the Sangiack, he told him the Havock that -had been made, complaining of the dangerous Neighbourhood of the -other Islanders, and asking his Advice, how he might be reveng'd and -secur'd for the future. Velloso, God directing his Tongue, told him, -That the surest way was to sue for Peace to the Commander in chief -of the Moluccos, and entertain Amity with the Portugueses, for if his -Enemies once saw he was supported by their Power, no King nor Sangiack -would dare to offend him. He assur'd him that the King of Portugal sent -them for that End, being oblig'd to put down Tyranny and Oppression; -but that for the obtaining that benefit more fully, it was requisite -he should become a Christian; for by that means he would save his -Soul, and secure his Escape, which was the least important of the -[A Sangiack converted.] two. Velloso said so much to this Point, -and the Spirit which directed, suggested such important Truths, that -the Sangiack at first admiring them, approv'd and submitted to them, -and grew very earnest to be admitted to Baptism. He desir'd Gonzalo -Velloso to be assisting to him, and gathering some of his Family -and Friends, they set out for Ternate, the Sangiack himself staying -behind for their Answer. The Heathens came with Velloso to Ternate, -where they were generously received, and entertain'd by Tristan de -Ataide. Having heard what they came about, he put them all into the -Christian Habit, appointing Clergy-men to instruct and Catechize -them. Being thus prepar'd, they receiv'd Baptism with extraordinary -satisfaction, the Commander in chief being their God-father. Then -he commended the Sangiack's Resolution, shewing how advantageous -it would be to him to become a Son of the Church, and reject the -abominable and foul Ceremonies of Idolatry, in which he had liv'd. He -sent him word, to appoint the Day and Place for being Baptiz'd, and -he would see all perform'd as he should direct, for which Reason he -left it to his Choice. The Messengers returning to Momoya, were not -only proud of having embrac'd the Christian Faith, but of the good -Usage they receiv'd from the Governour and other Christians, telling -the Sangiack all that had happen'd, and the Answer they brought -him. The Sangiack, led by his own inclination, and encourag'd by -their Account, imbark'd in some Carcoas with the greatest Splendor -of Musick and Gayety he was able. Being come in Sight of Ternate, -Tristan de Ataide went out to meet him with no less Pomp. He lodg'd and -entertain'd him accordingly, and order'd a Learned and Religious Man -to Catechize and instruct him. Some Days after when the Cathecumens -were fitted for it, they receiv'd Baptism, with publick Rejoycings, -and greater Solemnity than had ever been seen in Ternate. There -was not a Christian but what brought Palm-Branches and Flowers from -that natural Garden of the Island; besides Musick, Dancing, Firing -of great Guns, and even the very Barbarians rejoyc'd. The Sangiack -in Baptism took the Name of Don John; he stay'd some Days rejoycing -and Feasting with the Portugueses, and then return'd home, taking -along with him the Priest that instructed him, call'd Simon Vaz, -to improve him in the Knowledge of the Faith. That Priest liv'd with -him some Years in his City, leading an Exemplar Life, and exercising -himself in Works of Officious and pure Charity, by which means he -converted great Numbers of Heathens, and particularly the Inhabitants -of Momoya. But being alone, and the Number of those God was pleased -for his Glory, to bring to him increasing very fast, he sent to -Tristan de Atayde for another Priest to assist him in that Function, -and he accordingly sent F. Francis Alvarez. They both in a short time -converted the Infidels of that Part, throwing down all the Pagodes, -so they call'd their Idols, cleansing those Places, and converting -the Houses of Abomination and Darkness into Churches of the living -God. Tristan de Atayde so far favour'd the new Don John, as to send -along with him some Portuguese Soldiers to defend his Person and Fort, -and this Prince maintain'd very friendly Correspondence with him. His -End we shall soon see and admire in the Sequel of this History. - -The People of Ternate at the same time took another Course, for they -[Portugueses serve the King.] hating Sultan Tabarija, and desiring -his Death, talk'd with the Governour in private, and gave him to -understand that his Life was in Danger, for Tabarija contriv'd to kill -him, as had been done by Gonzalo Pereyra, that so he might seize the -Fort, turning out the Portugueses. The Governour hearing his Life, -and the Fort were both in Jeopardy, and calling to mind the yet fresh -Example of his Predecessor, easily believ'd the Design, but cunningly -dissembled. He contriv'd that some Portugueses on account of real -or pretended Differences should have Recourse to the King's Favour, -as sometimes they us'd to do, and should prevail upon him to come -to the Fort to speak for them. He was apply'd to by some, and like -an innocent Man suspecting nothing, went to the Fort to intercede -for them. He was immediately seiz'd and loaded with Irons, and being -brought to Trial, the same Persons that contriv'd his Imprisonment, -appear'd as Witnesses against him. After a tedious Examination, -or show of it, the Result was, that he should be sent to India to -justifie himself. He imbark'd with a safe [His Conversion and Death.] -Conscience, and his Cause being examin'd before the Viceroy Antony -Barreto at Goa, he was clear'd, and confessing the Holy Spirit had -taken that method to draw him to Salvation, was Baptiz'd in that -City with great Satisfaction, by the Name of Don Emanuel. In his -Return homewards, expecting the Monson at Malaca to put to Sea, he -dy'd with extraordinary Tokens of a sincere Christian; and having -no lawful Heir, appointed King John the Third of Portugal to succeed -him in all his Kingdoms. The Will was afterwards carry'd to Ternate, -where the great Ones and Commonalty accepted of it, owning King -John for their Soveraign. This was perform'd with Acclamations in -the Streets and publick Places, as also in the Courts of Judicature, -taking Possession with the Royal Standard of Portugal display'd, and -all other usual Solemnities and Ceremonies. In the Year 1549, Jordan -de Freytas carry'd the publick Instruments of the Possession to Lisbon. - -To return to the Course of the History when Tristan de Atayde -had Imbark'd King Tabarija for India, he sought out for a Bastard -Brother of his call'd Aerio, born of a Javanese Mother. The Lad -was then ten years of Age, bred by his Mother in a retir'd manner, -at a Pleasure-House encompass'd with perpetual Greens, the natural -Disposition being improv'd [The Melancholy Tree, and Flower.] by Art, -which so far prevail'd that the Flower so wonderful for its Fragrancy -and manner of growing call'd Triste, or melancholy; found only in -Malabar and Malaca, abounded in this Ladies Gardens. She ador'd the -Sun, and brought up her Child in that Folly, that he might forget the -Rudiments he learnt at Goa, when in the Colledge of the Jesuits. The -Idolaters believe, or feign, that a most beautiful Daughter of -Parizataco, a Satrapa, or Nobleman, fell in love with the Sun, and -that he after complying with, and obliging her, setled his Affections -on another, and the first not able to endure that another should be -preferr'd before her, kill'd her self. From her Ashes, for in those -parts they still retain the Custom of burning dead Bodies, sprung that -Melancholy Tree, say they, whose Blossoms or Flowers still preserving -the Memory of their Original, have such a Hatred for the Sun, that they -cannot bear his Light. This Plant is call'd in the Canarine Tongue -Parizataco, from the Indian Womans Father, who was Metamorphos'd -like Daphne, tho' on other Account. The Malayes call it Singadi; -the Arabs, Guart; the Persians and Turks, Gul; the Decanines, Pul; -and the Portuguese, Arvore Triste; that is, the Melancholy Tree. It -shoots out abundance of slender Branches, regularly divided by Knots, -from each of which two Leaves sprout, opposite to one another, like -those of the Plum-Tree, but soft like Sage, and cover'd with a white -Down. From each Leaf sprouts a Nib, or Nipple, whence five Heads -shoot out small at the end, each of them adorn'd with four smaller -round Leaves; from each little Head proceed five Flowers, the fifth -in the midst of the other four; among them the white Flowers visibly -grow out, being bigger than Orange Flowers, and so fast after Night -fall, that the Motion of them is perceptible. This Fruitfulness lasts -all the Night, till the Appearing of the Sun renders it barren, and -causes all the Flowers and Leaves to drop off, the Boughs remaining -wither'd. On a sudden all that Fragrancy ceases, which enrich'd the -Air with all the sweet Odours of Asia, included in this alone; till -the Sun leaving the Horizon again, the Plant again flourishes in its -beloved Darkness, as if it then retriev'd the Wrong it receiv'd from -the Light. The Asiaticks are excessively fond of Perfumes, which is -an Argument of their Lasciviousness. Great Taxes are laid in several -Provinces, on all sweet Scents. - -The Portugueses came arm'd to that House, where the aforesaid Princess -[Portuguses sent to fetch Aerio.] bred her Son, and demanded him in -the Name of Tristan de Atayde; she would willingly have hid him, but -could not, and therefore began to excuse her self, and beg they would -leave him. It avail'd nothing, for the Messengers had Orders not to -return without him, and to gain her Consent, swore they would carry -him to reign in the stead of Tabarija, and that as soon as he came -to the Fort, he should be received as King, both by the Ternates and -Portugueses. Some Relations tell us, that then the Mother, shedding -Abundance of Tears, streightly embracing the Prince, cry'd out, -saying, Were I assur'd that you took him away to reign peaceably, [His -Mother's Speech to keep him.] without any Opposition, or Apprehension, -well belov'd and obey'd by his Subjects, and in settled Prosperity, -undisturb'd by any Frights; yet would I rather see him grow up and -continue in a private Life, without burdening himself with any publick -Concern, than that he should reign to please your Humour; this was -my Intention in retiring with him, and I would gladly conceal him -from all humane Conversation. If so, what can I think of what you -now promise me? Will it be reasonable, that I deliver you my Son -to receive the Crown, and that you at the same time design him for -Imprisonment and Fetters, from which nothing shall, or can possible -deliver him but Poison and false Accusations, which have brought his -Brothers and Parents to their End? What Security have I from Fortune, -that she will in this Child be reconciled to that Family, which she has -condemned to immortal Enmity with the Europeans, in Requital for having -friendly entertain'd them; and decreed that, instead of the Protection -it hop'd to find in your Arms, you should lay on it an intollerable -Yoke? Leave us then, both Mother and Son, to employ our selves about -the Works of Nature, since costly Experience has so fully undeceived -as to the Effects of Fortune. Permit us to divert the Thoughts of -them, with the Quiet, and Improvements of these Gardens. Let us -be allow'd to want that which so many seek after. James de Couto, -in his Decades relates this Fact, and the Mother's Lamentation, and -Words. The Portugueses, no longer able to give Ear to those dismal -Reflections, which did not savour of a barbarous Woman, ran up to -her, and forc'd away her Son, whom she struggled to defend. He, -says the same Author, observing his Mother's Tears, and the Reasons -she alledg'd for not parting with him, and having some anticipated -Notion of the Sweetness of Reigning, which he had not yet tasted, -stood gazing on her and them, full of Confusion. The Rudeness, and -Insolence of the Soldiers put an End to all; for tho' they had no -such Orders from their Commander, being deaf to, and weary of hearing -the Complaints of [The Portuguese murder her.] a Disconsolate Woman; -they at the same time seiz'd the Son, and laying hold of the Mother, -cast her headlong out at the Window: The new King was carry'd to the -Fort, and at the same time that the Subjects swore Fidelity to him, -they with general Lamentation celebrated his Mother's Obsequies, -which were perform'd with greater Solemnity, than even those of the -Principal Queens. This Inhumanity exceeding even the Canibals, and -consequently unworthy the pretended Portugueses Bravery; being bruited -Abroad in the Neighbouring Provinces, produc'd that just Hatred which -was of Force to unite; and actually drew into a Confederacy all the -Kings of the Archipelago, against the Portugueses. They assembled -[Confederacy against them.] in Council, and in the Meeting concerted -their Design, declaring that the Oppression they were under, was -intollerable, the Portugueses making and deposing Kings to their -own Humour and Fancy, insulting those Crowns which had given them -the Power they had abus'd, contrary to all Laws of Humanity, without -allowing the Natives so much as a Vote in Elections. Having agreed -upon the Enterprize, they provided all Things for the Execution, -whilst the appointed Time came, which they diligently made as short -as might be, and expected with Dissimulation. - -The Spanish and Portuguese Fleets at this Time continu'd their Voyages -to the Archipelago, their several known Ways; the Spaniards from New -[Difference about the Moluccos, between Spain and Portugal.] Spain to -the Phillippine Islands; the Portugueses along the Coasts of Africk, -and so to Malaca. Both Sides exercised their Power, and carry'd on -their Trade with Ambition, and, as some say, with Cruelty; but the -most bloody Theatre of continual Tragedies, was Ternate and all the -Molucco's. There both Nations of Castile and Portugal decided their -Quarrel by the Sword, whilst their Kings in Europe only contended by -Dint of Cunning, and Cosmography. At this time the Matter was not so -plain, as when the Cosmographers and Commissioners on both Sides, lay'd -down the Meridian, whereby to assign each of them one half of the World -to their King. For the Admiral Christopher Columbus returning from his -first Discovery of the West-Indies, in the Year 1493, Pope Alexander -the VIth. granted the Investiture of them, for the Crown of Castile, -to their Catholick Majesties, King Ferdinand, and Queen Isabel, or -Elizabeth; and to obviate the Differences that might arise between -the two Crowns, to the obstructing the Propagation of the Gospel, -by the same Apostolical Authority, which in that spiritual Capacity -is not limited to any part of the Globe, he divided it betwixt those -two Crowns, ordering a Line to be drawn along the Heavens to cut -both the Poles, distant on the Earth one hundred Leagues from the -Islands of the Azores and Cabo Verde. By Vertue of this Division, the -Emperor pretended that the Molucco Islands were within his Limits, -ever since Gonzalo Gomez de Espinosa, his Commander in chief, -Sebastian del Cano, and his Companions, who went with Magellan, -took Possession of them for his Crown. Pretending at the same Time, -that they were the first Christians that arriv'd at the Moluccos, and -that then he was own'd as Sovereign by Sultan Corala, King of Ternate, -who reign'd before Sultan Bongue; by Sultan Almanzor, King of Tydore, -by Luzuf, King of Gilolo, and other Princes, who all swore Fealty -by their Idols, and the Alcoran; and that Gonzalo Gomez admitted -them, and swore to the Observance of what had been agreed on, in his -[Arguments for Spain.] King's Name, before an Image of the Blessed -Virgin. He urg'd, that by Mathematical Demonstration, and the Judgment -of Men learned in that Faculty, it appear'd, that the Moluccos were -within the Limits of Castile, as were all others, as far as Malaca, -and even beyond it. That it was no easy Undertaking for Portugal -to go about to disprove the Writings of so many Cosmographers, and -such able Mariners; and particularly the Opinion of Magellan, who was -himself a Portuguese. And that in Case he might be thought partial, -because of his being disoblig'd in Portugal, that Exception did not -lie against Francis Serrano, who was also a Portuguese, and had been -favour'd and cherish'd. That to say the Sea Charts had been maliciously -contriv'd, was a groundless Objection, and not probable. Besides that, -in Relation to the Article of Possession, on which the Controversy -depended, it was only requisite to stand by what was writ by, and -receiv'd among Cosmographers. - -In Answer to this, King John of Portugal, deny'd the Fact of the -Discovery, [Portuguese Answer.] as to its Precedency; for Serrano's -was in the Year 1511, and that of Magellans Companions nine Years -later, in 1520. He declar'd the Globes, Astrolabes, and Sea Charts -to be partial, and that in Case they were rectify'd, drawing the -aforesaid Meridian, according to Rules of Astrology, his Limits would -not only comprehend the Moluccos, but reach far beyond the Philippine -Islands. He offer'd King Tabarija's last Will on his Behalf; and -said, that if the Line were fairly drawn, observing Eclipses, as -had been done sometimes, the Truth of his Assertion would appear. To -this they added, the Papers of the Geographer and Astrologer, Andrew -de S. Martin, by which it appear'd, that he sailing with Magellan, -his before unattempted Voyage, had observed several Eclipses, and -Oppositions. Among the rest, on the 17th of December, 1519. He in the -River call'd Rio de Janeyro, took an Observation of a Conjunction of -Jupiter and the Moon; on the first of February 1520, another of the -Moon and Venus; soon after another of the Sun and Moon, after passing -the Streights, another Opposition of the Sun and Moon, and others -at other times; all which, tho' calculated by him to the Meridian -of Sevil, avail'd nothing to his Design, which was to prove that the -Molucco Islands did not belong to Portugal; for which Reason he found -Fault with John de Monteregio's Tables and Almanacks. All these Papers -were preserv'd by Edward Resende Factor at the Moluccos, a learned -and curious Man. They said, that since there was then a Treaty about -the Possession of those Islands; in a Case of that Consequence it was -not proper, to avoid alledging, and examining the Grounds of their -Property, to prevent the Decision of the Sword, which was the Court -where that Controversy was pleaded; and when once it comes to that -pass, there was no Possibility of standing to speculative Writing, -which not being made good by Experience, must at least be look'd upon -as uncertain. - -The Possession of the Molucco Islands was of great Consequence to -the King of Portugal, for carrying on the Trade of Spice, and being -inform'd of the War still maintain'd between his Subjects and the -Emperor's, in those Parts, he daily us'd fresh Endeavours to bring -that Business to some Conclusion, that so the War might cease. The -Emperor had not so much Intelligence of what his Commanders did in -Asia; because the Portuguese suffer'd no Ships, but their own to pass -by the Cape of Good Hope; and the way of New-Spain, that Voyage was not -much frequented, and therefore not so well known; and besides all this -he then stood in need of a great Sum of Money. In the Year 1525, there -was a Treaty at Segovia, [The Difference adjusted.] by his Majesties -Order, for composing of this Difference, and in 1526 it was held at -Sevil, where the Portuguese Embassador; and the Licenciate Azevedo of -that Kings Council, were met by the Bishops of Osma, President of the -Council of the Indies, Doctor Laurence Galindez, of the same Council, -and Don Garcia de Padilla, first Commendary of Calatrava, on the -Emperor's side, as Commissioners, and Plenipotentaries, besides the -Lord-High-Chancellor, and the Popes Nuncio, Mercurio Gatnara. After -many Meetings, and much Strife, to which there were also Civilians, -Geographers, and Mariners admitted; all which only puzzled the Cause, -whence ensu'd Law Suits, Arbitrations, and other Fruitless Negociations -in Spain, and Wars in Asia between the Ships of both Crowns: After all -this there was a Cessation, and Quietness, the Emperor Mortgaging those -controverted Islands to the King of Portugal, for 350000 Ducats. This -was concluded at Zaragoza, on the 22d of August 1529, as his Imperial -Majesty was going over to be Crown'd in Italy. The Line of Division -was again examin'd, and what Parts of the Earth it is to run through; -the Times of Payment were fix'd, with other Conditions, and Salvos -of the Right on both sides, that so neither Oblivion, nor the Kindred -between the two Kings might confound it. - -By Relations Written in those Days it appears, that the Emperor -consulting [Spaniards against quitting the Moluccos.] Peter Ruyz -de Villegas, a grave and learned Gentleman, about this Mortgage; -his Answer was condemning it, and declaring, That his Majesty had -better to have Mortgaged any other of his Kingdoms, than that of the -Moluccos, Trapobana, or Malaca, or any other in the East; all which, -in his Opinion, belong'd to his Majesty; and the great uncertainty -of State Affairs. Many others advised the Emperor to repay that great -Sum to the King of Portugal; and what is yet more, the Representatives -in the Cortes of Castile, propos'd that the Emperor should make over -to them the Molucco Islands for six Years, by way of Farm, and they -would pay King John the Mortgage Money, and bring the Trade of Spice -to Coruna, and after the six Years his Majesty should carry on that -Trade. The Emperor hearing of this Innovation, order'd a stop to it, -and that no further Progress should be made in fitting out the Fleet -design'd for the Moluccos, under Simon de Alcazova, and forwarded by -the Bishop of Ciudad Rodrigo. - -Orders, and Letters Patents, were drawn and sealed, for both Nations -to forbear Hostilities, but the Emperor's Subjects never receiv'd -Commands from him to withdraw their Forces for any other Enterprize, -nor did they [War ceases between Spaniards and Portugueses.] know what -had been agreed on in Spain, any other way than by the Account they -had from the Portugueses who had receiv'd Orders from their King, to -conclude a Peace, and to Ship off the Spaniards by the way of India -for Spain. This Agreement put an End to all Judicial, and Military -Contention. Since then the Vicissitude of Times has invested all the -Right, and Title in our King. So that, according to grave Civilians, he -might, as they say, invert the Titles, or possess by them all, without -confounding the Right; Heaven having design'd him to be Sovereign of -such a vast Monarchy, and given him that Hereditary Zeal, which makes -him offer his whole Power to oppose Hereticks and Sectaries, and to -spread the Faith, and its perfect Politicks among such Multitudes of -Souls as have received it, in so many barbarous Provinces. For this -same Reason it will be superfluous to examine any further into the -Limits assign'd by that Law, which could never be settled. - -This Accommodation being concluded, the Portuguese Fleets, without -[Portugueses Possession of the Moluccos.] any Opposition from those -of Castile, peaceably possess'd themselves of the Islands of Ternate, -Tydore, Bachian, and the others about them. From the first of these, -as their Head in Spirituals, our Priests went Abroad to preach the Word -of Truth, which was receiv'd by several Kings and Nations, leaving but -inconsiderable Remains of Idolatry, and other Sects. Whole Cities, -whose Soveraigns chose to continue in their Darkness, not regarding -their Prince's Example, which uses to have the Force of a Law, threw -down their Idols, and consecrated Profaneness, dedicating their -Temples to the True God. The Kings of Portugal built Garrisons, and -Factories for the Christians to inhabit; sending their Commanders and -Officers, who curbed the Kings, and the Sangiacks their Subjects. Some -Governours there were, who besides the Care they took of propagating -[Conversions.] the Gospel, and maintaining Peace in those Parts, -endeavour'd by endearing Means to attract the Barbarians to love -our Habits, to affect our Ways of Entertainment, and the European -Affability and Conversation, and gently inclin'd them to our Customs -and Manners, which in some Places made them look upon that as a Sort -of Equality, when it was no better than Servitude. The powerful -Union of Justice and Religion was however the most prevalent; but -the Commanders and Governours being defective in the first of these -Virtues, on which inward Felicity and Government depend; the Subjects -lost the second, and return'd to their former Blindness, as appears -by what has been already said, and more fully by what is to follow, -since we are now come to the Election of Sultan Aerio, in whose Days -Ternate was utterly lost, and could never be recovered either by Force -or Art, till the Reign of our Sovereign Lord the King; a just Reward of -his Piety and Zeal. The lawful Queen, by those People call'd Putriz, -was as much concern'd for Aerio's Mother's Death, as for any of her -own Sons. She was present at her Funeral, and lamenting immoderately, -curs'd the Domination of the Portugueses, calling it Tyranny. All the -Machinations of those who study'd Revenge were known to her, and she -forwarded them with her Advice; for as they said, nothing now remain'd -of the former Moderation of the Governours sent thither out of Europe, -nor of that Regard and Respect they used to have for them. - - - The End of the First Book. - - - - - - - - THE - HISTORY - OF THE - Discovery and Conquest - OF THE - Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. - - BOOK II. - - -The Alliance concluded betwixt the Kings of the Archipelago, and -particularly Vaygamano, Vaigeo, Quibibio, and Mincimbio, reigning -in the Islands Papuas, was follow'd by such an Accident, that tho' -the Minds of the Confederates had not been already so well dispos'd, -nor the Blood of those Innocent Kings so newly spilt, it would have -consummated the Hatred they had conceived against the Portuguese -Nation. All the Ports of the Molucco Islands were so well secur'd, -and the Passage for Provisions so wholly stopp'd up, that Tristan -de Atayde despairing of Relief, sent Captain Pinto to Mindanao, -[Pinto sent for Relief.] and the Neighbouring Islands, to furnish such -things as were absolutly necessary for the Support of Life, there being -nothing to be had within his Liberties. Pinto sailing in a good Ship, -arriv'd at Mindanao, visited the King, by whom he was well receiv'd; -and he having seen his Credentials, and consulted the Sangiacks -of his Council, establish'd Peace and Amity with him. He sold the -Commodities he carry'd at his own Rates, and buying and barterring, -loaded with Provisions to his own Content; thence he went over to the -Island Seriago, where he was no less successful with the King. In this -Island, that their Friendship might last for ever, they concluded -the Peace with a barbarous Ceremony, which when practis'd in those -Parts, they never break the Articles. The Parties being met, certain -Officers appointed for that Purpose, draw a Quantity of Blood from -[Barbarous Custome.] their Arms, and each drinks the other's, as a -Gage of Affection; believing they convey it into their Souls, by that -horrid Draught. This Contract so ratify'd, produc'd such Confidence, -that their Ships repair'd to our Ports, and ours to theirs, with all -possible Security, without any Let or Prohibition. Pinto perceiving -what a Multitude of the Natives resorted to his Ship, resolved to -make a Prey of them; and the last Day, Forty of them coming Aboard -to Trade, he perswaded them to go down into the Hold, on Pretence of -showing them its Bulk and Conveniencies, and as [Villany of Pinto.] -soon as they were down, shut the Hatches upon them; this he practised -several times, till at last, tho' he observ'd them close, one of them -forcing his Way out, leap'd into the Sea, and swam ashore. He went -directly to the King, whom he acquainted with the villanous Practice; -The King justly enrag'd, to see Friendship so newly contracted, and -confirm'd by the most sacred of Tyes, in his Opinion, so perfidiously -violated by the Portugueses, thinking Religion affronted, immediately -order'd all the Ships that were afloat to be brought together, and -such as were finish'd in the Docks, to be launch'd; all which being -well equipp'd, stor'd with Guns, and full of those furious Barbarians, -encompass'd the Portuguese Ship, attacking her on all Sides. Pinto -was beginning to weigh his Anchors, having seen the Ships in Motion, -and the Men hasting Aboard; he defended himself with only 25 Soldiers, -who had scarce time to handle their Arms; for the Natives of Seriago -began already to Board, and those who were Prisoners under Deck had -prevaild, but that the Mariners loos'd their Sails. At this time -there fell a dreadful Storm of Rain, with such amazing Thunder and -Lightning, as if the Heavens had been rent asunder. The Seriagos -quitted the Portuguese Ship, endeavouring to recover the Shore in -their own Vessels, with their Sails rent, the Hulls shatter'd, and the -Rigging disabled; and to get off the better, they threw over-board -their Cannon and Arms, being in danger of sinking. This Tempest -lasted two Days, during which Time, Pinto's Ship could not escape, -his Men and he being so far spent, that they had neither Strength -nor Courage to stand by their Tackle; they let the Ship drive with -the Sea, and threw over-board their Provisions, Merchandize, Guns, -Arms, Cloaths, and all they could come at; and being convinc'd of the -Justice of the Judgment, for having broken their Faith, and solemn -Engagement they had made, arriv'd at Ternate astonish'd, dumb, and out -of Countenance, thinking they were still in the Storm. Such are the -Effects of a guilty Conscience, which presently provokes God's Wrath. - -All the Kings of the adjacent Islands were soon acquainted with -the [Leagues against the Portugueses.] Perfidiousness of those -few Portugueses, that they had transgress'd the sacred Laws -of Hospitality, and always made a mischievous Use of Benefits; -whereupon they immediately concluded their League, to be exercised -like desperate Men. They presently made Proclamation, forbidding, -under most severe Penalties, the conveying of any Provisions to the -Portugueses, either by Sea or Land, that so they might be reduc'd to -quit all those Provinces, and fly into India, and since they could not -batter the Fort, for Want of great Guns, they should starve it out; -enjoyning all Persons of all Ages, and both Sexes, to be vigilant -in observing this fatal Decree, that so the Trading Galeon might not -afford them the Comfort of hoping for Relief. Then considering that the -main Motive of their exercising such Tyranny, was the Spice of Cloves, -wherewith Ternate, and all the Moluccos abound, the Natives resolv'd -to set Fire to all the Trees, endeavouring that the Conflagration -should be so Universal, as that the Moluccos might ever after remain -barren. They well knew that this was contriving their own Ruin; -but they look'd upon it as a pleasing and advantageous Destruction, -so they might but be reveng'd of their Enemies. - -[Reflection.] The Crop of Cloves makes the Wealth of the Molucco -Kings, much more than the Taxes their Subjects pay; and tho' Rage, -and Despair put Fire into their Hands, to burn their Country, it -might happen, as sometimes Mistakes prove advantageous, that what -they design'd to render their Fields Barren, might make them more -Fruitful. It is well known that course Ashes mix'd, and scatter'd on -the Face of the Earth often Fertilize it. Nothing is more frequent in -Europe than to burn the Stubble, and Straw upon barren Lands; because, -either the burnt Earth gathers some Unknown Strength, and produces -good Pasture, or else the Fire consumes its Rankness, and exhales -the superfluous Moisture. Perhaps the intense Heat opens several -Passages, and dilates the close Pores, and hidden Veins, thro' which -the Nourishment flows, and thence the Earth receives it in all Parts, -to make it capable of a new Product; or else it hardens, and closes -the Vents which were open'd, that so the thin Waters, or the continual -Intenseness of the Sun, or the piercing Cold of the North-East Wind, -which is chilling, may do it no Harm. Besides, Nature having chosen -that only Part of the World to produce this sort of Fruit, in which -there has never been observ'd any Failure, or Intermission, it could -not be believing that a Momentary Violence should utterly cause it to -cease. However the Design of those People was not to renew those Spicy -Groves, but entirely to destroy them. This shows how mischievously -they were bent against themselves, and against all Nations. It will -be therefore convenient in this Place to treat of the Cloves at large. - -[Account of Cloves.] The first that made any Account of it, were -the Chineses, who attracted by the Scent, began to load their Junks -with it for the Gulphs of Persia and Arabia. Pliny was acquainted -with, and defines it, saying, It is a long Pepper; and calls it -Garyophillum. The Persians gave it since the Name of Calafur, it does -not belong to us to decide which of these Words was derived from -the other. The Spaniards formerly call'd it Girofe, and afterwards -Clavos, because they are like Nails, which bear the same Name. The -Head of the Clove, having four small Teeth that cross it, resembles -a Star. The Natives of the Moluccos call the Tree Siger, the Leaf -Varaqua, and the Fruit Chamque. The Plant is not unlike our Bay-Tree, -but bears a greater Head. When it begins to blossom, it spreads a -most delicious Fragrancy, and on the very Top like the Myrtle, from -one single Stock produces an infinite Number of Clusters, like those -of Elder, or the Honey-Suckle. At first coming out they are White, -as they grow up Green, and the third Season, when Ripe, makes them -Red; this Variety of Colours, by inward Virtue, showing the several -Terms that bring it to Perfection. Those that remain on the Clusters, -which they call Mother Cloves, continue there a year, growing larger -and stronger. They either thresh the Branches to gather them, or -else shake them with Cords they have made fast above, drawing from -below, after the Ground about is clean'd; but it is naturally clear -from Weeds, for this Sovereign Tree suffers no sort of Herb to grow -about it. It draws all the moisture so powerfully to it self, that -all Roots about are destroy'd, or starv'd. It bears at eight Years -standing, and lasts an hundred. Some say it would hold longer, were it -not strip'd with such Violence, which it avenges by growing Barren; -but they are mistaken, for in the Islands of Bachian, they lop the -Branches, that they may produce more Cloves, and the low Branches bear -least. From these they gather the Cloves with their Hands, and they -only bear when the Monson blows. They yield their Fruit from September -to February every two Years. Others say once in three; because when -they gather the Clove, besides that the Plant is much impair'd, they -break off those Buds, which produce the Blossoms of the Cloves; but -then they afford certain hopes of another Crop. The Truth of it is, -that Nature allows them a Year's respit, during which they rest like -the Olive-Trees in Europe. They are gathered when Ripe, and their -Ripeness appears by being Red. Being spread in the Sun, in three Days -they dry up, and contract a blackish Ash-colour. [Mistake of Avicen.] - -Avicen, by his leave, was deceiv'd, when he said that the Gum -of the Clove Tree is answerable in its Virtue to Turpentine; for -Experience has prov'd the contrary. Besides, that Trees excessive -hot or cold, yield no Gum, but only those which are temperate between -both. Sea-Water Feeds, and Fresh does them Harm. A certain Historian -Writes, that they yield Fruit twice a Year; if by it he means the -middle Crop, which is very small, we grant it; but if he speaks of the -most Fruitful, as the Triennial, which with general Amazement produces -enough to serve all Nations, the Belief of his Assertion will remain -in the Author himself. These Plants make amends for their delay in the -Abundance of their Product; which is such, that after enriching all -Nations with it, the K. of Spain's Revenue out of it, Yearly amounts to -two Millions of pieces of Eight, little over or under. It is generally -reckon'd that only the five Molucco Islands produce all the Clove, -because of the prodigious Quantity they yield. They always amount to -Four Thousand Bars, each Bar of Ternate being four hundred Weight, -and three quarters, and this for that Island; but the third of the -whole taken for the King amounts to six thousand Bars, and every common -Bar is better than five hundred Weight of ours. Perhaps the Word Bar -might come from the Greek Baros, signifying a Load. The Cloves grow -also in the small Islands of Ires and Meytarana, about Ternate; those -of Pulo and Cavali near Tydore, and in Gilolo, Sabugo and Gamoconora, -Towns of Barachina; as also in the Islands of Amboyna and Veranula, -more in this last than in all the others, but they are weak, and -smaller. The Clove Trees grow up without any Help or Art, like all -Trees coming from Rocks, and they made the only Woods in these Islands, -which sucking in all the moisture Heaven affords, it is a wonder -to see any other Plant near. When they have a mind to Transplant a -Clove Tree, they set it where many Weeds grow, that it may thrive the -sooner, by the help of the Moisture, and Virtue it sucks from them, -and as the Tree thrives those Plants perish. For the same reason -Cloves are ill Neighbours to full Vessels. The Ring Doves, whereof -there are great numbers in Gilolo, eat many of those Cloves which -grow Old upon the Tree, then flying they purge in the Air with the -Motion, and from their Excrements dropping on the Ground Clove Trees -grow up. Heaven has given them so plentifully only to these Islands, -abstractly from all the World beside; being at first not valu'd, or -known by the Natives. This is what they would have destroy'd by Fire, -that it might be totally annihilated; because the Flames gather more -Strength among combustible Matter, than other Violences, to which -sublunary things are subject. - -Since we are now upon the Description of the Moluccos, and in regard -[Moluccos describ'd.] that those delightful Provinces are so remote -from us, we will go on with what is remarkable in them, to show -the desperate Fury of those People, who had condemn'd them to the -Flames. All the five Molucco Islands are almost round, and of the -same Shape. The compass of the biggest is not seven Leagues. They -have all Crags, of a wonderful Height, cover'd with an odoriferous -Fragrancy of wild Cloves; and about them several Cities, Towns -and Forts. Their exact Roundness is the Reason they have no good -Harbours for both the Monsons of Norwest and South. Only Ternate -forms the Port they call Talangame, and a League from it, that of -Toloco, where Ships ride safe, and with their Boats close to the -Shore. The Forts were not erected in either of them, because they -should not be remote from the King's Court. Both these Ports look -to the Eastward, and have ridges of Rocks that break off the Sea, -and secure the Vessels. That of Ternate, opposite to the Fort admits -of Caravels, at high Water and spring-Tides, which being unloaded -ride where they will. This Ridge of Rocks is of a sort of Stone, -that turns into Coral, which when old hardens, and shooting out -many Branches, knits together, and turns again into Stone, whereof -excellent Lime is made. It is so contriv'd that those who come to it -by Sea, think they see noble Structures erected for the Defence of -the Harbour. The Mountain, which rises in the midst of Ternate, two -[Burning Mountain.] Leagues in Height, and cover'd with Palm, and -other rare Trees, has on the Top of it a Mouth or Cave, that seems to -reach down to the very Center. A Man can hardly be seen from the one -side to the other. Within it is a Square Spot, like a Threshing-Floor, -made of Stones and loose Earth. Some curious Persons have view'd it, -and among them one Gabriel Rebelo Factor, and Alcayde of the Fort; -who having sounded it, tying together several long Fishing-Lines, -found it was 500 Fath. deep. At the Bottom gushes out a beautiful -Spring, tho' no Man has dar'd to Tast of it, or try whether it is -Sweet or Sower. The loose Floor shakes with the Fire in the Bowels of -the Mountain; whereof the first Account was given by Anthony Galvam, -who Observ'd it in the Year 1538, when he was Commander in Chief over -these Islands. He went up to see that Wonder in Nature, at a safe Time, -for he could not have done it in April, or September, when the Sun -moves from one Hemisphere to the other, and crosses the Equinoctial, -which cuts half a Degree of Ternate, because of the Winds then kindling -the Flames. Had Pliny, when he went out of Curiosity to see the Burning -of Mount Vesuvius, in Italy, taken another opportunity, he had not been -Burnt to Death, as his Nephew writ to Cornelius Tacitus. It stinks, and -casts out Smoke, Sulphur, and Red-Stones, as it were out of the Mouth -of a Canon; shewing the Mountain to be hollow at the Foundation. It -causes Earthquakes, and Noise; and the Flames, and burnt Stones, have -reach'd to the City, and Fort, and even to the Islands of the Meaos and -Casures, twenty Leagues from Ternate. The Smoke is of several Colours, -because the Moisture and Corruption of the Earth exhales it thick, and -diversify'd, which is help'd by the ill Quality of the Air, and that, -with the falling of the Excrements the Fire casts out upon the Springs, -corrupts the Waters, and destroys Health. Going up this Mountain two -thirds of the Height, it is all Green and Fruitful; but the Top is -excessive Cold, without any sort of Fowl, or Birds, but abundance -of Flyes. Thence is descry'd a spacious Sea, and an infinite Number -of Islands; because the Purity of the Air, free from Exhalations, -as is said of the Top of Mount Olympus, represents curious Objects -to the Sight, and favours it without any Let, the greater part of -the Year. Where the Thickness of the Trees Terminates, a Spring of -fresh Water gushes out, so very cold that there is no Drinking of it, -but by Sips. At the Top, some distance from the Mouth, which casts -out the Flames, they at this time tore away a piece of the Mountain, -whence for two Days abundance of Water flow'd; great pieces of Rocks -roul'd down the side of the Hill, to the Sea; forming Concavities, -and bearing down Trees, and Ruins. The same Mountain, on the Top, -has a spacious sweet Pool, encompass'd with Trees, wherein there are -blew, and gold-Colour Alligators, above a Fadom long, who, as soon -as they hear People stirring, plunge down to the Bottom. - -These Islands know no Difference of Summer and Winter; nor is there -[Seasons.] any settled Rainy Season, but it generally Rains more -with the North-East, than with the South Wind. The Molucco Islands -breed Snakes above 30 [Snakes.] Foot long, and proportionably thick; -but they are neither Quick of Motion, nor Venomous. Those who have -seen them affirm, That when they want Sustenance, they chew a certain -Herb Nature has shown them, and climbing the Trees by the Sea-side, -cast into it what they have chew'd; many Fishes come to Eate it, -and being made Drunk, lye helpless upon the Water; then the Snakes -launch out upon them, and satisfy their Hunger, till they are full of -those stupify'd Fishes. The Crocodils on the Land are [Crocodils.] -the fiercest of Monsters; the Ancients write almost the contrary of -those of the Nile. These in the Sea are so Timorous, that they suffer -themselves to be bound under Water. A Crocodile has been taken that -had four Eyes, and a very little Heart. Here are also found certain -Insects, which they [Insect.] call Cuzos, living on Trees, on whose -Fruit they feed: They are like Rabbits, their Hair thick, harsh, and -curl'd, of a brightish Brown; their Eyes round and sprightly; their -Feet small; and a very long Tail, by which they hang, the better to -reach the Fruit; and they stink like Foxes. - -In the Desert Parts there are Wild-Fowl; some of the Tame are the -same we have in Europe. The Parots, in their Tongue call'd Nores, -of several [Parots.] Colours intermixt, Cry excessively, but Talk -well. An Islander affirms, That at this time, when the People were -Conspiring, a Parrot in the Air cry'd, I Dye, I Die; and beating his -Wings, fell down Dead. A Relation tells us of another, that came from -Amboyna, on the Mast of a small Vessel, when they went to take him, -he cry'd out, Sebastian, Sebastian, who was his Master, and came -to his assistance. There are great flocks of [Birds and Fishes.] -black Geese, with Parrots Feet; Martins, Swallows, Feldefares, -Thrushes, and Sparrow-Hawks. The variety of Fish is infinite; the -Sea-Cow, like that of Brazil; a sort of Crab, one part whereof Eaten, -kills in 24 Hours; this is on the Sea-shore, under certain Trees, whose -shade suffers no Grass or Herb to grow; those who Sleep in it Sicken, -and it dries and parches up the very Ground. There is another sort -of Crabs, not unlike Lobsters, but with less Claws; they have strong -white Teeth, with which they break the Shels, to eat the Almonds; -they breed among Rocks, are taken at Night with Light; their Body, -Claws, and all the Flesh, is like that of a Lobster. Near the Tail -they have a Bag, full of a certain Substance delicious to the Tast, -for which they are as much valu'd as Pullets. - -[Strange Sticks.] All over the Moluccos there grows a sort of reddish -Sticks, which burn in the Fire, raise a Flame, and are like a burning -Cole, without wasting; They look to be of a Stony Nature, moulder away -betwixt the Fingers, and are easily broken by the Teeth. Not far from -the Fort of Ternate, is to [Tree of Butter-Flies.] be seen the Plant -call'd Catopa, from which there drop Leaves less than the common sort; -the Stem whereof, on a sudden, is form'd into the Head of a Worm, -or Butter-Fly; the Body and Fibers coming from it, make Feet, and -the Leafy Part, Wings; so that it soon becoms a perfect Butter-Fly, -and at the same time a Leaf. This Tree buds out every Year, like a -Chestnut-Tree, and from the Buds proceed these Worms, which run upon -Threads fastened to the Leaves. Nature was profuse with those People; -especially as to the Cloves, which I distinguish from the Long-Peper -Pliny perhaps spoke of, when he nam'd the Garyophillum. But since -the Profit of that so highly valu'd Product, was to occasion such -bloody Wars, such incredible Voiages, from all Parts of the World, -that the real Dangers, are even beyond human Belief; it may well be -controverted, whether it were [A good Remark.] most for the publick -Tranquility, that this Spice should be known, or ever conceal'd; -for its Plenty and Virtue, which awaken'd the Avarice of the remotest -Nations, has glutted those Seas with the Wracks of Ships, and Fleets, -and call'd thither Armies of Rebels, making their passage through -Streights before unknown, in the Sight of Mountains cover'd with -blew Ice and Snow, as never reach'd by the Suns bright Beams; and -yet they venture at all, not out of any Zeal of promoting Religion, -or Civility, but only to load with that Spice, which has occasion'd -Disobedience and Superstition. This is the precious Commodity, which -gives Power and Wealth to those Kings, and causes their Wars. A Wonder -of Nature, which plainly shows it has created nothing so harmless, -but what is abus'd by human Malice. This is the true Fruit of Discord, -rather than the fabulous Apple of the three Godesses, since for it -there has been, and still is, more Fighting, than for the Mines of -Gold. Had this happen'd in the Days of the Greek, or Latin Poets, -how much more would thay have spoken of our Moluccos, than they did of -the Islands Gorgones in the Ethiopick Ocean? Let us stop a little to -reflect on the Dangers Mortals expose themselves to, rather, perhaps, -to please their wanton Appetites, than to confirm their Health. - -[The Confederates meet.] The People of Ternate, Tydore, Bachian, and -all the Neighbouring Princes, being impatient to put in Execution their -desperate Design, chose the King of Tydore for their Head, to joyn -with him of Ternate, that had been expell'd on account of the Death of -Gonzalo Pereyra. Among the Relations usually collected by the Christian -Curiosity of the Religious Men of the Society, we find that these -Kings met in the little Island, which divides Ternate from Tydore, -before they went each of them to his proper Post for performing what -was stipulated in the Confederacy, and there the King of Tydore, as -Chief of the League, spoke to them in this Manner. I cannot mention the -Occasion of this our Union, without shedding Tears, for the Joy [King -of Tydore's Speech.] of the Success, which we look upon as present, -produces the same Effects it would do, were we already Victorious. Our -Forces are assembled to deliver us from the Spanish Yoke, punishing -those Men with the Hazard of our Total Ruin, whom neither our Benefits -could oblige, nor our Threats correct. They are the great Robbers of -the World, who usurp it, by shrowding their Avarice under specious and -godly Pretences. In vain have we endeavour'd to moderate their Pride -by Means of our Modesty and Submission. If they meet with Wealthy -Enemies, the Portugeses show themselves Covetous, if with Needy, -they are Ambitious; this is the only Nation that equally seeks after -others Wealth and Miseries. They rob, kill, and subdue, taking away our -Dominions under false Titles, and think they have no settled Peace, -till they have reduc'd the Provinces into Desarts. We possess the -most fruitful Islands in Asia, only to purchase Servitude and base -Subjection with their Product, converting this blessed Bounty of Heaven -into Tribute paid to the Ambition of Intruding Tyrants. Experience has -show'd us, how odious our Valour has been to the Christian Commanders, -whom, for the same Reason, we must never hope to find more modest, -or less our Enemies. Assure your selves then, and remember, both -Kings and Subjects, both you who seek Glory, and you who provide for -your Safety, that neither of these is to be had without Liberty, nor -this without War; nor is the War to be maintain'd without Courage and -Unanimity. The Power of the Portugueses is increased, and on it their -Reputation depends. Having then discover'd the Mystery, and Cause of -this Tyranny, who is there that will not prepare to try the utmost -of Fortune, to purchase the greatest of human Felicities, which is -Liberty. Other Nations, which when they hear of our Resolution, will -call it Despair and Savageness; if they weigh it with the Occasion, -will rather Commend than go about to find Excuses for us. Besides, -every Man knows what is fit for his Religion, his Honour and his -Country, better than those who judge of these Things at a Distance. In -short, What is Life worth without Liberty? - -Those incensed Kings made suitable Returns to these Words, and -having taken proper Measures to commence and carry on the War, went -away in their Vessels, without losing Time, or admitting of Delay; -as well knowing the many Dangers a great Undertaking is expos'd to, -which depends on Secrecy, and is imparted to many. - -On the Day appointed, all the Natives departed the City of Ternate, -[Ternate City abandon'd and burnt.] with their Families, not in good -Order, as in Transmigrations, but raging, in Confusion, and loaded with -their Children, and a few Necessaries, having before sent away their -Effects to other Islands. To convince the Portugueses of their Design, -and that the People of Ternate abandon'd the Country, they set Fire to -the City in several Places; the Flames began to take hold and spread, -till they met, and of many small ones became one general Conflagration, -with hideous Noise and Cries; for not only the Houses were burnt, which -had for so many Ages belong'd to their Forefather, and Ancestors, but -all that attracts the Affection to our Native Country, the Temples, -all their worldly Treasure, and the Bounty of Nature; for the open -Country began now to feel the Desolation, the Caves, Lakes and Springs, -the Rocks, and the very Sea it self shin'd, boil'd up and crack'd, -and the Fire receiv'd into the subterraneous Caverns, lying in the -hollow Mountains, pierced into the deepest Recesses, roaring and -overturning Stones and Trees. In the mean while, the People travell'd -towards the Desarts, looking back to view the Effects of their Revenge. - -[Resolution of the People.] Tristan de Atayde, amaz'd to behold -that dreadful Practice, having arm'd some Soldiers, sent Messages to -The Queen and Governours, to propose some Accommodation, and appease -that inhumane Rage. He promis'd to make Satisfaction, and that all -Things should be set right, but it avail'd nothing; for they rather -grew more furious, and would not hearken to any Proposal, or admit -of Treaty, that might make them slacken in their Resolution. Being -come to those Places which Nature has made strong among the Rocks, -they arm'd, and in Parties fell upon the Christians, lying in wait for -them when they went out for Wood or Water, and killing or wounding -them by Surprize. The Edict was put in Execution throughout all -the Islands at the same Time, destroying all the Portugueses that -were in them. In the City Momoya, they kill'd eight that were with -F. [Portugueses slaughter'd.] Francis Alvarez, but he fled to a Ship, -after receiving several Wounds. In the Island of Chion, the Head of -Moratay; they also slew the Priest, Simon Vaz; an Infidel rushing -into his Chamber, broke in Pieces the Picture of the Blessed Virgin, -he found there painted on a Board; but Heaven suffer'd him not to go -unpunish'd, for his Hands drop'd off on the Spot, and he dy'd a few -Days after. It was further observ'd, that within a Year there was not -one left alive of all his Race, which was destroy'd in War, and by -other Misfortunes and Calamities; as the last of them was fishing, a -Needle Fish sprung out of the Water, and struck him with the Snout in -the Eye, whereof he dyed. The whole Town perished miserably within a -few Years. Tristan de Atayde soon receiv'd the News of this Slaughter -of the Portugueses, and so successively of the others, throughout all -the Islands. He encourag'd his Men, and labour'd to hide his Concern -for being shut up among so many Enemies; he regulated the Distribution -of Provisions; sent out several Spies, to get Information of the -Enemies Motions and Designs: and order'd the Guard upon King Aerio, -who was in the Fort, to be always watchful, for the more Security, -leaving only the Nurses, and other Women that attended him. Then he -again employ'd other Persons to propose a Peace to the Queen, and the -King of Tydore, with ample Commission to offer advantageous Conditions, -which were to be immediately perform'd; but all prov'd ineffectual, -for an Accident which soon happen'd confirm'd the Enemies Obstinacy. - -Catabruno, Governour of Gilolo, and Tutor to the Infant King, finding -[King of Tydore poison'd.] his Usurpation establish'd by Time, and a -good Disposition in the Minds of his Accomplices, poison'd the King; -and possessing himself of the Palace and Forts, ascended the Throne, -making the Subjects swear Allegiance to him. Tho' no Man in all those -Eastern Parts expected any other Event, yet was it look'd upon as -most certain, that Tristan de Atayde was consenting to the Poisoning, -and his Usurpation; besides other Circumstances produc'd so prove his -Guilt, it was notorious, that Atayde sent Catabruno a Robe of blew -Velvet, which he wore the Day he rebell'd, and was sworn King. God -so order'd it, that as soon as he was possess'd of the Kingdom, -he broke his Faith with Tristan de Atayde, and confederated with -the other United Princes, proving the greatest Enemy the Portugueses -had; for he fitted out numerous Fleets wherewith he warr'd on all the -Christians of those Islands, threatning and tormenting them that they -might renounce their Faith. - -At this time the Governour of India, tho' there were some Troubles -at [Galvam sent to govern the Moluccos.] Goa, and in other Places, -sent Succours to Ternate, because it was towards the End of Summer, -and one must of Necessity go to succeed the Governour. Antony Galvam -was the Man appointed, who laid out above 10000 Ducats of his own -towards restoring the Places that had been burnt, by which it may be -truly said, he redeem'd the Moluccos. He was desirous, not only to -People, but even to enlarge Ternate, and to this Purpose he treated -with some poor marry'd Men, and needy Families, to go over with -him and their Wives and Children to those Islands; the same he did -with Men and Women, who were lewd Livers, that they might mend their -Lives in another Country, and embrace the legal State of Matrimony; -to which End, he lent them Money, and provided Necessaries for their -Voyage. In the meanwhile, the Tyrant Catabruno, assembled his Forces, -and mov'd against the City Momoya, where the Sangiack of it liv'd, -who had been before an ignorant Idolater, but then a Christian -Prince. He finding himself inferiour in Power, retired into a Fort, -with his Wife, Children [Momoya taken.] and Family. Some Portugueses -sent him by Tristan de Atayde, not daring to trust themselves shut -up there with him, withdrew into the Mountains, where they were soon -kill'd, pursuant to the Edict of the League. Catabruno enter'd the -City, without any Opposition, where he exercis'd his Cruelty, because -the wretched Inhabitants would not quit it; and many new converted -Christians recanted for Fear, or thro' the Violence of Torments. Being -Master of the City, he laid Seige to the Fort, giving it several -furious Assaults, which Don John withstood, making a resolute Defence, -and in some Sallies return'd Victorious; yet his Example prevailed -[Amazing Action of an Indian Convert.] not on his People, as it -usually does where it meets with generous Souls; so that this Prince -soon discover'd how faint-hearted most of them were; he suspected that -servile Fear would degenerate to such Baseness, that they would deliver -him up to his Enemy, and therefore like a brave Man, he presently bent -his Thoughts to secure the Salvation of his Soul. He knew Catabruno -valu'd himself upon his Zeal for the Law of Mahomet, and therefore -spar'd the Lives of all Christians that Apostatiz'd, putting to Death -such as prov'd stanch and constant; he fear'd his Wife and Children, -being pusilanimous, would fail in the Confession of their Faith, -and being fill'd with this Spirit, drew his Cimiter, ran to them, -and shedding Tears, which were not the Effect of Cowardice, slew -them one after another, first telling them his Reasons for so doing, -and that tho' in the Eyes of the World he might appear inhumane, yet -considering the Salvation of their Souls, what he did was a Religious -Magnanimity, and therefore they ought rather to thank him for it. This -was a mistaken Notion; and to go through stitch with it, he would, -still persisting in the same Error, have kill'd himself, but that he -was hinder'd by his own Servants, who to purchase the Tyrant's Pardon, -deliver'd up to him that Christian Prince, who had been so ill advis'd -by his Zeal. Being brought before Catabruno, who was inform'd how -cruelly he had slain his Wife and Children, he ask'd him, Why he had -undertaken so barbarous and inhumane an Action? Don John answer'd -him with great Courage and Undauntedness. At that Time, and in my -Thoughts, I had more regard to the Salvation of their Souls, than to -the preserving of their Lives. I mistrusted [His Words.] the Sex, -their Age, and your Torments, and would not hazard their persisting in -the true Faith. Souls are Immortal, and I took nothing from my Children -that they can feel the want of, or which Time, or your Sword would not -have depriv'd them of; the latter we should all have been thankful to, -as the Instrument of the Divine Will. But I much more dreaded your -Pardon and Mercy, by which you might have perverted their Minds, with -those Soothings which please frail Mortality. I being more resolute, -tho' expos'd to all your Fury, am so far from fearing the Effects, -either of your Torments or Intreaties, that I shall look upon you as -God's Executioner, and were it his Will, that you should take away -my Life, I should receive a greater Benefit from your Sword, than -from your Mercy. Catabruno, enrag'd at his Answer, order'd him to be -kill'd; but the Tyrant's own Friends, who lov'd Don John, the Sangiack, -carry'd him out of the Room, and contriv'd he should have his Liberty, -and be restor'd. Their Intreaties prevail'd on Catabruno, and he liv'd -many Years after in his own Dominions, with a Christian Constancy, -confessing his indiscreet Zeal, which had caused his own Sword to -deprive him of Wife and Children. A Mind truly worthy the best Part of -Europe, and not to be the Product of the most remote barbarous Nations; -and highly commendable, had it been directed by more solid Rules, -to curb that Fierceness, so opposite to all natural and divine Laws, -which looks upon such horrid Murders, as a Piece of Piety. - -Tristan de Atayde was troubl'd at these Misfortunes, which were almost -[Several Actions.] under his Eyes; tho' he wanted not for others -nearer, for the People of Ternate being now Masters of the Island, -burnt all the new and old Towns, belonging either to themselves, or -the Christians, and amongst others, those of Trutupalate, Calamata, -and Isico, yet they met with brave Opposition in them all, and they -cost much Blood. Twice our Men went out to Fight the Tydore Fleet, -which came within sight of the Fort, and tho' they both times retir'd -Shatter'd, and well Beaten, the Barbarians had not much cause to Boast -of their Victory, for Abundance of them were kill'd, and scarce any -went off unhurt. The Confederates fitted out other numerous Fleets, -wherewith they much Streightened the Christians in the Fort, till -Antony Galvam arriv'd, who was at this time Sailing. But Relief came -before, Don Stephen de Gama, sending a Galeon laden with Provisions -and Ammunition to Ternate, under the Command of Simon Sodre. The -Galeon arriv'd safe, and with it the Support of those Disconsolate -People. They took Heart, and ventur'd to go abroad, spreading -themselves about the Island, and going into the Woods, met with ruin'd -Buildings, the remains whereof still smoked, and when it was Dark, -they observ'd the high Flames on the Mountains. However they made -Incursions upon the Barbarians and throughout all the Islands there -were hourly Engagements, either with the Christian Inhabitants, or -the Soldiers of the Forts; and at Sea they heard the Martial Musick, -which Sounded whilst they Sail'd, or Fought Manfully, and at that -time was dreadful. - -In the mean while Captain Alvarado, a Spanish Gentleman, sent by -Ferdinand Cortes to Ternate, that the Valour he had shown in those -Parts, serving [Spaniards at the Papuas.] God and his King, might -not lie idle, discover'd the Islands of the Papuas, and fought those -Barbarians with Resolution, tho' the Portuguese Histories assign -the Honour of this Discovery to Don George de Meneses who arriv'd at -them in the Year 1526, as we have seen. The great Commander Alvarado -also Discover'd other Islands, call'd Gelles, in one Degree of North -Latitude, and East from Ternate, 125 Leagues from Batochina. The -Natives of those Islands are like those of the Moluccos in Colour, -Habit, and Customs, differing only in Language, which is peculiar -to themselves. - -Antony Galvam sail'd from Malaca with the proper Monson, with [Galvam -Fights at Sea.] the Men, and all Necessaries to fight, and settle -Colonies. When he was past the Island Borneo, and the ridges or Rocks -which lie under Water, in sight of that Coast, as F. Marta, the Jesuit, -writes to the Governor Gomez Perez, and appears by his Papers, in -Sight of Malaca he Discover'd a great Fleet of Carcoas, and other -Chinese Ships, with Sails made of Canes, and Palm-Tree Leaves wove -together. He was soon satisfy'd, that they were the Auxiliaries which -had joyn'd the Janguas of Tydore and Catabruno, who, with the expell'd -King of Ternate, were Cruzing to meet the Portugueses, or Spaniards, -that should come into their Seas. Galvam order'd his Men to be in a -Readiness, to clear his Guns, and prepare all Things, doing the Duty -of a Commander, and of a Soldier. The Enemy drew up in three Lines, -each of its particular Nation, as if the Portugueses had many Ships. He -was himself in the Trading Galeon, and with it a Pink, and another -small Vessel, wherein, among the Marry'd Men, and Families unfit -for that Service, there were some few that could take up Arms. The -Infidels drew near, but without Artillery, the Gilolo Archers let fly -a great number of Arrows upon our Men, and then one Line shearing off, -the other discharg'd, the Air resounding, being peirc'd by the Darts, -and Calabays, or Staves hardned at the Fire. Galvam not regarding the -Danger, tho' at first he defended himself with Fights and Planks; -when he thought they had spent most of those flying-Weapons, among -which they fir'd some Muskets, he began to play his great Guns, -tearing their Vessels, and destroying the Men. He Sunk a considerable -number, and Took several, because they fought disorderly, relying, -as it were a Land-fight, on the Multitude of their Soldiers, as ours -did on their Valour, and Experience. But Galvam, whose Business it -was to get to Ternate, held on his Voyage, and arriv'd [Arrives -at Ternate.] there as he desir'd. His Men landed in that dismal -Solitude, among Smoke and Ruins. The Joy of those who were in the -Fort, and the extraordinary Relief, coming quite unhop'd for, were -an Encouragement to them all. The Clergy came out to receive him, the -Soldiers shouting amidst the Divine Hymns, confounding the Procession, -and their Satisfaction. It was a Pleasure to behold, and they gazed -on him as a Deliverer sent from Heaven. Tristan de Atayde resign'd -his Post, and Antony Galvam took Possession, enquir'd into the Nature -of the Confederacy, and the Fame of his Arrival being spread Abroad, -Things began to mend. To this Purpose he arrested Tristan de Atayde, -and afterwards sent him to Goa. He had before sent Messengers to the -Queen, to acquaint her with his Arrival, and the End of it, which -was to serve her, and retrieve all the Mischiefs an inordinate Desire -of Revenge had occasion'd. In the mean while he began to repair the -City, the Colonies, Churches, Keys, and Houses, distributing those -Families he had brought with him. Nor did he neglect Husbandry, -but planted Vines brought from Portugal, which he soon saw grown -up into substantial Vinyards. He deliver'd to the Clergy the new -Constitutions drawn up by Cardinal Henry, afterwards the last K. of -the House of Portugal. He offer'd Peace to all that would comply, -sent Religious Men to inculcate to those who liv'd like Outlaws, the -Love of their Country, its re-establishment, and how dishonourable -it was to them to make choice of a Life like that of wild Beasts, -only for a cruel Satisfaction. - -[Strength of the Natives.] The Queen, who not to speak of her -natural Fierceness, expected to see her Son restor'd, and set at -Liberty, and to drive away the Portugueses, would not give Ear to any -Accommodation. The greatest Burden of the War lay then upon Tydore, -where the Confederate Kings, with the deposed Dayalo, a most Fierce -Man, gather'd above Fifty Thousand Fighting Men; but they had not yet -enclosed that City with a Wall and Ditch, being satisfy'd with having -built a Fort upon high Rocks, whence they spread abroad to pick up -the Fishermen, and other Portugueses that went out from Ternate to -get Provisions, and thence they infested that dangerous Coast. Galvam -fearing lest the Prolonging of the War should reduce him to the former -difficulties, sent other Messengers to treat of Peace, and perswade -those obstinate Kings, to Publish an Oblivion of all past Wrongs, -without taking Notice of the late engagement, offering them mighty -Presents, to purchase Commerce at the Price of them. They being puffed -up with some good Success, and their mighty Power; would not hearken -to any Proposals Peace; but on the contrary, as Maffæus Writes, they -return'd an Answer very abusive to the Portugueses. Galvam imploring -the Assistance of Heaven, so managed the Affair, that it was look'd -upon as amazing, even by such as view Things impartially. Nor would -it be credible, unless comfirm'd [Galvam sails over to Attack them.] -by other Enterprizes of his suitable to this. He had only four Tall -Ships, and a few smaller Vessels in the Port; these he speedily form'd -into a Squadron, putting in 400 Men, 170 of them Portugueses, the rest -to make up the Number, Slaves, and the common sort of Ternate. He -left Tristan de Atayde with some Men to defend the Fort, and secure -Sultan Aerio, and sail'd away himself for Tydore, without meeting any -Enemy, the reason of it not known, and lay by in a safe Place, about a -Musket-shot from that Island. Being come to an Anchor, he took a full -View of the Multitude that guarded the Shores, considering the Nature -of the Country, and Situation of the City. Having called a Council -of War, he resolv'd to Storm the Fort on the high Rock, then little -regarded, the Confederates thinking themselves safe. He made a Speech -to them in plain Terms, without any Rhetorical Ornaments. These are the -same People, said he, we have so newly Vanquish'd, to restore whom to -the Liberty they desire, would be a matter of small moment, did they -when possessed of it allow the Freedom of preaching the Gospel. This -is the Cause we are imbark'd in. Who then can doubt of Victory, or -not wish to Die for the obtaining of it? As these Enemies are the -same we Defeated, so are we the same Victors; so that I need not have -Recourse to Foreign Examples, to encourage you. Their Disobedience -and Restlessness is of a long standing; it will be but reasonable -that our Arms add one Victorious Day to so many Turbulent Years, that -so we may lay the Ax to the Root of Rebellion. They call us Tyrants; -that does not at all trouble me; because after the Victory, we shall -have the Opportunity of dispelling that Slander by our Moderation. - -They would not suffer Galvam to put an end to his Speech, all of them -[The manner of the Attack.] pressing earnestly to Fight, and he -resolving to make himself Master of the Rock, as he had contriv'd, -pick'd out 120 Portugueses, and made out 300 from among the Rest, -leaving the Remainder to secure the Ships, and keep the Enemy in -Play, if they should attack them; making show of a greater Number, -by appearing in several Places, and shouting, by which such as fear -are easily imposed upon. In the mean while, Galvam having taken a -Native of Tydore, and oblig'd him to serve for a Guide, set out at the -fourth Watch in the Night with his Men, through by-ways remote from -the City, over-grown with Brambles, and scarce practicable, and with -the greatest silence he could came to the Top of the Mountain. The -Portugueses had march'd the greatest Part of the Way by the first -Dawn of Day, and resting them a little from the Fatigue, descry'd -the Enemy's shining Helmets and their Feathers on them. Galvam -then beginning, all the rest raised the Cry, To Arms, to Arms. The -Confederates, with Horrid Shouts, which resounded on the Rocks, -and in the Woods, made ready for their Defence, notwithstanding the -surprize; but soon perceived they should fall a Prey to our Men. The -Fight began, and King Dayalo, enrag'd for that he had been depos'd, -appear'd the foremost with some Troops, to secure the Passes, and -advanced to meet the Portugueses in a Plain. They avoided him not, -and both Parties mixing, much Blood was spilt. Dayalo was visible by -his bright Helmet, adorn'd with Variety of standing high Feathers, -[King of Ternate Kill'd.] and his Body cover'd with a Steel Coat of -Mail, brandishing with both Hands a Lance, as like a small Yard of a -Ship, and charging with desperate Fury; but happ'ning to rush in among -our Pikes and Musketiers, unadvisedly, he receiv'd several Wounds on -all Sides, and fell down raging. He was wonderful strong, and started -up immediately; concealing his Wounds and Pain, and beginning a fresh -Charge in the first Ranks, for fear of discouraging his Men. He Fought -a considerable Time; but not being Dress'd, and the Action causing -the Blood to run the faster, his Eye sight fail'd him, and he dropt -a second Time, saying to his Guards, Move hence as fast as you can, -and carry me carefully that the Dogs, so he call'd the Portugueses, -may not have the Satisfaction of cutting my Body in Pieces. His -Soldiers did so, not without great Danger; and he soon after he had -been carry'd off, gave up his haughty Soul. His Forces daunted by -this Accident, turn'd their Backs, hiding themselves among the Rocks -and Brambles, [The Indians routed.] throwing down their Arms, and -getting off through almost inaccessible Ways. Others return'd to the -City, and meeting some Troops that march'd to their Assistance, made -them return another Way. The Portugueses follow'd the Chace, killing -such as fled, and Galvam came to the Fort, with the Loss of only -one Slave. This Victory, which happen'd on the Feast of St. Thomas, -the Apostle, in the Year 1537, humbled the Pride of the Confederates; -was ascrib'd to the Intercession of that Apostle, and they observ'd -a solemn Thanksgiving. The Fort was fired with good Advice, for the -Citizens and Traders, seeing the Flames so near, abandon'd their -Houses, and departed the City with the flying Multitude. Galvam was -now coming down from the Hill, having drawn together his Men, and -form'd them into small Bodies, with sound of Trumpets and Singing, -to make his Victorious Entry into that City, now void of Defendants, -and full of Wealth. Considering that the Avarice of the Victorious -Soldiers spur'd them on to take Possession of that inestimable Booty, -for all the [Tydore burnt.] Merchants had brought their Effects to -Tydore, as the safest Place. Galvam order'd to set Fire to the Houses, -all which were consum'd with their harmless Treasure, in Sight of -those who had hop'd to be Masters of it; only the Provisions being -providentially sav'd. - -Of the People of Tydore as many were taken as did not in Time save -themselves by Flight; as also a Junk in the Port, and several other -small Vessels. The Enemies afterwards perish'd in other smaller -Actions. The daunted King, hasted Home to secure their own Lands, -disolving the Confederacy, and being sufficiently warn'd, gave Ear to, -and [Peace concluded.] embrac'd Proposals of Peace; taking leave of -him of Tydore, and agreeing with Galvam, whose Vertue and Discretion -gain'd so much upon Cachil Rade, that King's Brother, that he came to a -Conference with him and concluded a Peace upon certain Conditions. The -King of Tydore oblig'd himself to restore Galvam the Cannon; not to -assist the Enemies of Portugal; not to permit the Clove to be dispos'd -of into any other Hands than the Portuguese Officers; and to sell it -as was usual at Ternate. Galvam went over next to subdue Gilolo, and -the other Kings, all which he compass'd successfully. The Queen also -submitted, either on Account of the King of Tydore's Falshood, or that, -as she said, she grew weary of the War, or else because the depos'd -King was kill'd. Catabruno was appeas'd by Galvam's good Behaviour, -and accepted of Conditions, among which the chiefest was, that Galvam -should set Sultan Aerio at Liberty. Thus the Confederacy was dissolv'd, -and the Maluccos laying down Arms, submitted again. Provisions were -furnish'd as before, and the Crops, and Trade of Spice were restor'd. - -[Sultan Aerio King of Ternate.] Sultan Aerio attended by the -Christians and Gentiles, Dancing, and making other demonstrations -of Joy, went from the Fort to his Palace, where he remain'd with -his Guard, and Family. Before he Marry'd, tho' he never wanted for -Concubines, he in Person took a Progress to the principal places -in his Dominions of Ternate, Moutil, and Machian. Those in the Fort -attended and assisted him, together with the Sangiacks, who went all -about that Archipelago, first on that side they call Del Moro, that -is towards Batochina, and is distant from the Moluccos 60 Leagues -Northward, beginning at the Isles of Doe, two Leagues to the Point -of Bicoe. All these are Inhabited by Wild People. - -[Batochina, that is Gilolo describ'd.] Batochina is 250 Leagues -in Compass, and Subject to two Kings, which are those of Gylolo, -and Lolada. This last is Ancienter than all those of the Moluccos, -or in those Seas, and formerly was the most Powerful; but now the -Weakest. The Inhabitants of the North part of Batochina are Savage, -without any King, Laws, or Towns, living in Deserts. Those on the -East-side have populous Towns, on the Sea Shore; and tho' they speak -several Languages, yet they understand one another. This Coast they -call'd Morotia, that is, Land Moor. The other Islands opposite are -call'd Morotay, that is, Sea-Moor, and all those Isles breed deceitful, -brutal and dastardly Men. Only the City Moncoya is Warlike. It ever -wanted Laws, Weights, Measures, Coin, Gold, Silver, and all other -Metals, and a King; but it is overstock'd with Provisions, Arms, Idols, -and Devils speaking in them. The Women Till the Land. Each of these -Towns is Govern'd by a Magistrate chosen by the People; they pay him -no Taxes, but have Regard to his Descent. The Molucco Kings conquer'd -them, and every one kept what he could get; the better part belongs -to him of Ternate, and less to the King of Tydore, whose Dominions -were enlarg'd by the Power of Spain. They went on to establish their -Possessions among the Papuas, or Papous, East from the Moluccos, -being Islands little resorted to, because many of them are all -encompass'd with Flats and Shoals. The Natives of them are Black, -like the Cafres; they wear their Hair wound about in large curl'd -[Papuas, or Papous.] Locks, their Visages lean and ugly. The Name -of Papuas in their Language signifies Blacks, being a stern People, -enur'd to Labour, and fit for any piece of Treachery. All their -Islands are subject to Kings, and abound in Gold, which they do -not Transport, because no Man lays up any more of it than is us'd -in their Ornaments. Among these Black-men there are some as White -and fair as the Germans; if these go out in the Sun, they are struck -blind, tho they do not look at it. Those in Spain are call'd Albinos; -yet some of them are strong, and can behold any Object. Among these -Papuas there are many deaf. As to the Extent of this Country, if we -may believe the Accounts of Spanish Pilots, who have sail'd that way, -these Islands run along a vast Continent, which terminates at the -Streights of Magellan. These Kings entertain Friendship with Ternate, -whither they sent Embassadors, and as much as was here subject to -the Moluccos, had no Share in the desperate Fury of the League. So -did those of Celebes to the Westward, being many notable Islands, the -great Island Celebes it self, as also Mindanas; so those of Bisaya, -abounding in Iron; Mascaga, and Masbate, which have much Gold, as -well as Mindanas; that of Sologo, and others producing Provisions, -Spice, Sanders, Eaglewood, [Other Islands.] Cinnamon, Camphire, -Tortoshell, Ginger, and Long Pepper. Some of these Islands are subject -to the King of Borneo, others to those of Tydore and Bachian, but -the most to him of Ternate. The People are generally treacherous; -many of them go naked, painting their Bodies in Falcage, and other -Figures; their Hair long, hanging on their Backs, or else knotted, -and cut short over the Forehead, like our Peasants; their Faces large; -their Teeth well shap'd and black; and their Ears bor'd. The Natives -of [Celebes.] Celebes are filthy, and vile in their Behaviour; the -Æquinoctial passes over their Island, which is full of little Towns; -a whole Race living in every House. On their Walls they hang the Hair -of those they have kill'd in War; and the greatest number of them -is most Honourable. There are among them several sorts of Monstrous -Productions. One of these is a Tree bearing a vast Head, the shade -whereof kills any Man that lyes down under it on the West-side, unless -he immediately lye down on the East-side; the same shade at only a -Yard distance being an Antidote against its opposite Malignity. In -these Towns there are horrid Stews of Sodomy; tho there are no such -at Ternate; but they have gone as far as Amboyna, which lyes South -of it. Among the Moluccos there are many Islands subject to their own -Chiefs, full of excellent Waters, and delightful Banks. Formerly they -were free, afterwards conquer'd by the Kings of Ternate and Tydore; -against whom they also rebell'd, and submitted to the Queen of Japara, -and many Christian Towns were subject to the Portugueses. They yield -above 2000 Hundred Weight of Cloves Yearly; which the Jaos are Masters -of, none being to obstruct them; they go over and Barter, and carry -it away in their Junks. We speak elsewhere of their Fertility. Our -Relations tell us, they produce a fort of Reeds, or Canes, above -fifty fathom long, and no thicker than a mans little finger. South -from Amboyna lye the Islands of Banda; and about 300 Leagues to -the Eastward; some affirm, there is one which is all over an entire -Mine of Gold, and the Natives not above a Yard high. If this be so, -and these the true Pigmies, who will look upon the Battels mention'd -in Homer's 3d Iliad, betwixt them and the Cranes, as Fabulous. Those -scatter'd Dominions were again united and submitted to Sultan Aerio, -whose Marriage Solemnities, Building of Masques, Publick Festivals, -and other Works of Peace, we must pass over in silence, as not proper -for our purpose, they being only a pleasing sort of Digressions. - -[Mezquita Governs at Ternate.] The Kings of Portugal sent several -Commanders in Chief to Ternate, and last in the Year 1570; James Lopez -de Mezquita, who had commanded on the Molucco Seas, took Possession -of the Fort. In his Time Sultan Aerio, a courteous and affable Man, -continu'd in Subjection to Portugal, valuing himself upon being true -to his Word in all his Actions. Nevertheless, there wanted not some -ill-meaning Persons, who mislik'd his Government, and pretended that -he did not exercise his Power legally. They said, he had given way -to those Vices, into which luxurious Princes are wont to fall; those -being generally the Fruits of a long Peace. They fancy'd, he retained -the Memory of past Tragedies; and particularly his Mother's inhuman -End, and therefore persecuted our Religion; tho at the [Pretences -to destroy King Aerio.] same Time the Memories of those Days do -not charge him with any Temporal Disobedience, or want of Fidelity; -but they rather compar'd him to Massinissa, King of Numidia; and say -the Portugueses ought to have respected him, as the Romans did the -other. The Commander hearing of those Abuses, and fearing greater might -ensue, some Religious Men encreasing his Jealousie, he endeavour'd to -redress them by Friendly Admonitions, and other Contrivances. Those -Methods had no effect on him, for he answer'd, he was in his own -Dominions, where, without offence to the Portuguese Sovereignty, he -might live as he pleas'd. Mezquita resolving to try harsher means, -since the others did not at all move the King, nor make him uneasie, -as relying on his Innocency; began to deprive him of his Revenue, -and the Income of the Spice; threatning also, that he would, in all -other Respects, execute the last Will made by his Brother Tabarija, -wherein he appointed the King of Portugal for his Heir; or at lest -would treat him so like an inferior Person, that he should scarce be -able to assume the Name of King; for such is the Punishment they are -lyable to, who do not observe that Decorum which was inviolable in -their Ancestors. - -Cachil Babu, Son to Sultan Aerio, taking a Progress about this Time, -through his Father's Islands, a Subject came to complain to him -against certain Portugueses, who had taken away his Daughter; for -which fault he order'd them all to be kill'd, as if they had been -accessary to the ravishing of the Maid. He had no Directions, nor -so much as the consent of King Aerio for this exorbitant Command, -which took no effect. On the contrary he afterwards so generously -resented it, that he order'd the Prince to be seiz'd, and would have -punish'd him severely, had he not been hindred by those the wrong was -offer'd to. This plain Demonstration was [The Portugueses seize and -send him to Goa.] not sufficient to divert the Portuguese Commander -from imputing the Sons Fault to the Father, contrary to all Reason -and Likelihood. All discreet Methods us'd by well-meaning Persons to -reconcile them two, failing; James Lopez by his King's Authority, which -generally is most unreasonable, the farther it is from the Prince, -from whom it is deriv'd, presum'd to imprison the Sultan; being dragg'd -away from a Pleasure-House, where he was passing the Heat of the Day, -among his Women; His Subjects lov'd him, and their Resentment for this -wrong was proportionable to their Affection; nor did the Portugueses -approve of the Fact. The Commander perceiving that all Men were against -him, and that after all Enquiries and Examinations, the King's Cause -still appear'd the better, and his Fidelity was more visibly made out, -he gave him his Liberty, to the great Satisfaction of his Kingdoms, -which were attentive to the Event; but upon Condition he should go to -Goa to clear himself, where he expected they would cut off his Head, -upon the Informations he would send against him. The King set out, -and before he came to Malaga, the Viceroy [The Viceroy acquits him.] -writ to him, begging he would return to his Kingdom, for he was fully -convinc'd of his Innocence, and promis'd to punish the Causer of those -Troubles; but at that Time, for some Considerations, was satisfy'd -with reproving him. The K. returning to Ternate, the Commander was -sent Prisoner to Goa, and had been more severely punish'd; but that -Fortune preserv'd him, to be an Instrument of the loss which has -lasted till our Days. - -Within a Year after his Imprisonment he was restor'd to his Command -in Ternate, where be again practic'd against that King; for there -are some [Pretended Reconciliation.] Dispositions which never part -with the Jealousies they have once conceiv'd. Ternate was as it were -the Metropolis in Religious matters, and King Aerio had never offer'd -any Affront to us either in Spirituals or Temporals, for which Reason -there never wanted some grave Persons in his Court. These Zealously -reconcil'd them two, and that perfectly, as to outward Appearance, -and that their renew'd Amity might be lasting, the King assur'd -the Commander upon Oath, according to his Sect, that he would never -privately harbour the least Jealousie of him; but before he admitted -of any, would discover it to him, that so he might either receive, -or make Satisfaction; to the end no Accidents might revive any -Mistrusts. The [Falshood of Mezquita.] Commander made the King the -same solemn Promise, both of them being thus pacify'd, and in the -Opinion of all those who mediated betwixt them, so Friendly, that -none could imagine such perfect Amity could ever be dissolv'd. But -there being nothing less permanent among Men than Reconciliations, the -Portuguese Commander reassuming the Hatred which never was extinct, -or perhaps so much as lay'd aside, resolv'd to destroy Sultan Aerio -when only five Days were elaps'd since the Re-establishment of their -Friendship sworn to on both sides. This could not be kept so private, -as not to come to the Sultan's Ears; but the Consideration that he -was a King, his own Sincerity, and the fresh Reconciliation, made -him think he was secure. But if the Nature of Man be such as not -to forgive when it has done a Wrong, what can be less secure than -injur'd Innocence? The Commander feigns himself Sick, and sends to -desire the King, that since he is not able to wait on him in his -Palace, he will be pleas'd to honour him with a Visit in the Fort, -there to confer with his Highness about some important Affairs -which concern the King of Portugal, his Master, and are not fit to -be communicated to any other. All the Answer the King return'd, -was to go himself to Visit the Sick Man, tho' he had Information -better grounded than on bear Surmises, that Martin Antonio Pimentel, -the Commanders Nephew, had Orders to murder him, as soon as ever he -came into the Fort. [Aerio's Innocent Bravery.] He could not prevail -upon himself to believe a Treacherous Design; so far does Innocence -prevail over a generous Soul. But when he saw that at the Gate, they -stopp'd his Guards, the Sangiacks and Cachiles, that attended him, -he then began to be convinc'd of the Villany, yet went on without -being disorder'd, and showing an undaunted Countenance. And tho' he -could not forbear dropping some Tears, when he took leave of his Sons, -however he presently compos'd his Countenance, so that he was not at -all dismay'd, tho' in the Commanders Nephew's Looks he saw visible -Tokens of his Unkles Commission. He would have complain'd to the -Commander of the Disrespect of those who stopp'd his Attendance, but -they would not suffer him to go on. The Mask being now laid aside, and -the true Design appearing, in Violence he call'd out to the Sangiacks, -but the Gate was shut against him and them. Pimentel came up to him -with a Naked Ponyard, and begg'd his Pardon like an Executioner. The -King, without showing any Surprize, or Disorder, Bid him consider what -he was going to do; for there were many left to revenge his Death, -besides his Sons and Subjects, all the Kings of the Archipelago, as -well the Sovereigns who were in Alliance, as those who ow'd Fealty -to the Crown of Portugal. This Instance, said he, will make them -dread every Capricious Humour of a Commander in chief. If still that -Jealousie survies, which has so often been prov'd groundless, I will -deliver my self up to the King of Portugal; and if my Death be of such -Consequence to you, yet respite the Execution but a little, for at my -Age, Time will soon perform what your Swords are to do. They [He is -murder'd.] now began to fall upon him, and he seeing a Brass Cannon, -on which were the Arms of Portugal, clasping his Arms about it, said, -Christians, at least show some respect to these Arms; for you kill -a King that has paid the greatest Deference to your Crown. This last -Testimony of his Innocence was of no Force to appease those Murderers; -though formerly in Rome, the embracing the Statues of the Emperors was -sufficient to deliver Slaves from being punish'd by their Masters. It -may be a Question whether his Soul was sav'd; for there are those -who affirm, he intreated the Murderer to permit him to be Baptiz'd; -who answering, It was then too late, without granting his Request, -or any Respite, ran furiously upon that Antient Prince, who made -no Resistance, and stabb'd him in several Places. They carry'd the -Body into a Vault. The King's Kindred and Servants heard the Noise, -and suspecting the worst; went away in great Disorder, to the City, -where there was already a confused Rumour of what had happen'd, and -being Distracted, ran shrieking about the Streets, where nothing was -to be heard but Weeping, Threats, Complaints and Disorder. - -The Principal Queen, with the Kings other Wives, and Slaves, his -Sons, and Brothers, laying a side all State, came out of the Palace, -already surrounded by the Multitude, in Confusion and Dispair, -and being follow'd by most of the Portugueses, who no less abhorr'd -the Fact, ran to the Fort, crying out to let them see their King, -as still doubting of what they heard. [Mezquita's Inhumanity.] -The Commander appear'd in Armour on the Wall, and said, They should see -him immediatly; and then came up a Soldier, bringing the Kings Head -with the Royal Turbant on it. After him came others, with his Arms, -Legs, and Body cut into small pieces, all which they hung upon the -Battlements in the sight of his People. Afterwards they Salted them, -as if the perpetuating of the Wrong had been requisite. This was -what most provok'd the injur'd People, who no longer able to behold -so inhumane a Spectacle, and being beside themselves, and fearing -more Mischief, return'd with their Family. The Sons out of Respect -to their Fathers Body, went away from Ternate to several Islands, -tho' in Reality they departed to excite others by their Presence, -representing the Hideousness, and Horror of the Fact; and to dispose -their Revenge. For the present they were satisfied with sending to -complain of the Commander in Chief. - -[Complain'd of at Goa.] Their Embassador arriv'd at Goa clad in White, -which is the Mourning of the Molucco Islands, and upon the Faith of -his Credentials, acquainted the Viceroy with the whole matter; proving -the Innocency of the Murder'd Sultan; representing the Wrong done to, -and the Sorrow of his Family, and Kingdoms, who so passionately Lov'd -him; and beseeching him, in the name of them all, to Right them against -the Man, who with the Power and Authority of the Portuguese Arms, had -Violated the publick Faith and the Laws of Nature. The Viceroy gave -him a favourable hearing, tho' by that Time the matter was otherwise -represented at Goa, at least among the Portuguese Nation. They said, -That King Aerio going to visit the Commander [False pretences of the -Portugueses.] in Chief, Martin Antonio Pimentel, went in with him, -and they contended in Words upon some Point, when the Portuguese -answering him angrily, they fell to their Weapons, and the King was -kill'd in the Quarrel. They added, That he was Advis'd so to do, -by some of our Religious Men, who were offended at the Persecution -of the Christians, and the Obstructing of the King of Portugal's -Service. Pimentel made his Defence with the Original Letters, of -those who perswaded him to commit the Fact, and who afterwards sav'd -him. However the Viceroy did not Reject the Plaintifs; but promis'd to -Right them; and to shew that he design'd them farther satisfaction than -a bare Promise, he sent away the necessary Supplies for the Security -of the Fort of Ternate, and Nunno Pereyra de la Cerda, a Gentleman -of Courage, and the necessary Sagacity to succeed the other in a Post -where all things were in Confusion. He also writ to King Sebastian of -Portugal, acquainting him with the Death of King Aerio; how Cruelly -and Unjustly he had been kill'd; what a Revolution there was cause -to fear it might produce; whom he had sent to succeed Mezquita; the -Orders he had to Secure him, as also Pimentel, if he could find him. - -[Pereyra succeeds Mezquita.] Nunno Pereyra arriv'd at Malaco with -the Molucco Embassador, whence, at the proper Season, they Sail'd to -Ternate, where as soon as they Landed, order was taken for Correcting -the Insolency of those in the Garrisons, who robb'd, and obstructed -Trade. When he had settled these Affairs, he seiz'd the late Commander -in Chief, James Lopez; but did not punnish him there, in the sight -of those who had been wrong'd, which would have appeas'd them. The -new Commander sollicited the Kings Sons to return to Ternate, and -endeavour'd to give them, and the Kingdom Satisfaction. He easily -convinc'd them, that the Publick was no way guilty of their Fathers -Death, but only the Commander Mezquita, who should be severely -punish'd. That [He fawns.] he deliver'd them the Kings Body, to -be Bury'd with due Honour. That they should settle the Succession, -offering it to Cachil Guarate, Aerio's Eldest Son. He told them, -the King of Portugal did not send his Commanders to be Enemies, but -Protectors of the Royal Family and State of Ternate, and therefore -they should make use of his Arms, as their own. They return'd apparent -Thanks for what Pereyna did, and being indifferently satisfy'd with his -Promises, took the Kings Body. A few Months after, on the Day appointed -for the Barbarous Obsequies, Embassadors from the neighboring Kings, -and Kingdoms landed at the City, who all repair'd to the Palace, -clad in White, with the dead Kings Sons, and Brothers, the Sangiacks -and Soldiers, and the Chiefest of them, going into the Room where -the Coffin was before the Mourners, who are Officers of the Grave, -began their Lamentations [Revenge vow'd.] and Cryes, they all swore -upon the dead Body, to take a Revenge suitable to the Wrong; but -because this Resolution requir'd a more deliberate Preparation, they -suspended it for a Year. It is reported, that Heaven anticipated them -within that time, punishing Pimentel, striking him to the Heart with -the Disease call'd Berber, whereof he dy'd swelling up, and raving. - -[Assembly of the Indians to consent.] The Funeral Rites being -perform'd, the Prince took leave of Nunno Pereyra, to go over to -the Island Ires, where they have a most stately Country-House, and -the principal Mosque. There they all met on pretence of Diverting -themselves after their Sorrow, tho it was now almost two Years since -the occasion of it happened. The Cachilas and Sangiacks repair'd -thither under the same Colour, and without loosing any Time, they -proposed the Uniting the Forces of their Kingdoms, and shaking off -the Portuguese Yoke. What shall we, said they, value the Portugueses, -if once we come to be sensible of our own Strength? What can we Fear, -or not Dare to attempt? The Portugueses value him who Robs most, and -is guilty of the greatest Crimes and Enormities. The forcing away of -our Product, their one lewd Pleasures, and our Wrongs, are Occasion -for them to make War; ours are our Country, and the Defence of our -Parents, our Wives, our Children, and our Liberty. It is necessary to -expedite the Execution, because a Secret is not lasting among many, -and in Affairs of this Nature, there is more Danger in Consulting, -than even in Execution. We have been already too long in Confusion, -without a Head. No Man contradicted; but neither Cachil Guarate, -the Eldest of the Brothers, nor the Second, durst take upon them so -difficult an Enterprize. Cachil Babre, the Third, undertok it, with the -usual Ingagement, either to Conquer, or to Dye. They presently lifted -him up, with general Applause, and his Election being made publick, -the Kingdom easily submitted to him, through the desire of Revenge; -tho' according to the Custom of the Molucco Islands, as soon as the -King has any Son born, they swear him his Successor, in his turn, -and there was then no need of any other Oath, yet they again swore to -Cochil Babu. This done, they went out to their Mosque, in Procession, -to offer Sacrifice. A Boy went foremost with a naked Sword on his -Shoulder, and with the other Hand [Sacrifice.] leading a Kid, which -was to be the Victim, with the little Horns Gilt. The Alcoran forbids -Sacrifising; but these Islanders receive the Rites of Mahometanism -so confus'dly, that with them they also retain those of their ancient -Idolatry, and intermix the Ceremonies. He that conducts the Sacrifize, -is, according to their Custom, follow'd by part of the Kings Soldiers, -with their Pikes advanc'd, and after them goes one holding up on high a -small Gold Vessel, or Pan, with burning Coals in it, the Frankincense -they throw in Smoking. Next to him was the new King, over whose Head -they always carry an Umbrello, made of Feathers of several Colours, -in shape of a large Semicircle. The King was encompass'd by those -Soldiers, that are given him by his Subjects by way or Acknowledgement, -like the Turkish Janizaries. In this Order they came to the Mosque, -at whose Gates, whensoever they are to enter, they find Kettles -and Pots full of Water, to wash their Hands and Feet before they go -in. As soon as the King was upon the Threshold the Musick play'd, -and they spread Milk-white Carpets, as is the Custome: Kneeling on -them, they mutter out their vain Prayers, bowing their Heads down to -the Ground. In the midst of the Mosque stands a Pulpit, cover'd with -white Cloth. Instead of a Bell, there hangs up the holy great flat -Drum, which they beat with Sticks; tho each Mosque has a great Bell, -without a Clapper, which they strike with a Stone, or piece of Iron, -when requisite. All that hear it, of what Condition soever, repair to -the Temple, with Pikes, Shields, Cymitars, and Muskets. The profane -Sacrifice being ended, they conducted the new King to the Harbour; he -went into his Carcoa, with his Family, and the other Sangiacks, and -[The King's Carcoa.] great Men, into many others. The King's is so -contriv'd, that there is a Gang-way all round it, made of Canes. There -are two Slaves to each Oar; others do the Service of the Vessel, and -near every one lies a Number of Arrows. Instead of Oars they use a -sort of great Paddles, like Spoons, with which they also lade out the -Water the Vessel takes in. On the upper part they make Musick with -their Tabors, and Sounding-Basons of Metal, according to which they -Row faster or slower, as we Dance to our Musick. In the same Place -there are seven Brass Guns; a considerable number of Pikes advanc'd, -longer than ours, and a Bed adorn'd with Quilts interwoven with Gold, -and by it hung the King's Helmet, Breast, and Back Plates. He sat, -or lay on that rich Bed, the Servants of his Bed-Chamber Fanning him -with a large Wing, made of various colour'd Feathers of the Birds -that fly about his Islands; thus he Coasted about, the Sea and Shore -resounding with Guns, Shouts, and Barbarous Instruments. - -At the same time that they seem'd to be wholly taken up with Sports and -Diversions, in the Island Ires, they Vow'd an irreconciliable Enmity -[War Proclaim'd.] to the Portuguese Nation, with the same Solemnity -as they had sworn Allegiance to their King; and this Secret having -been inviolably observ'd, when the new K. thought convenient he caused -it to be Publish'd throughout all his Dominions, which consists of -seventy two Islands in that Archipelago, betwixt those of Mindanao, -on the North; Bima and Corca on the [Dominions of Ternate.] South; -and the Continent of the Papuas, or Papous, otherwise call'd New -Guinea on the East: The Inhabitants whereof pay him their Tribute -in Gold, Amber, and Birds of Paradise; all which Provinces have -been Usurped from other Kings, on whose Ruins his Pride is swollen -so high, that he stiles himself in his own Language, Emperor of the -Archipelago. In most of them there were at that Time some Christian -Towns, Churches, and Preachers, and the Gospel was receiv'd in the -eight principal Nations. Idolater and Mahometan Embassadours came -from them all to acknowledge, and swear Fealty to Cachil Rabu. In this -great Assembly the Desire of Revenge was made the Cause of Religion, -and in it began the longest Persecution the true Faith has undergone -in our Days. It will be therefore requisite, distinctly to describe -the remote, and neighbouring Countries and Nations that carry'd it on; -and the Strength, and standing Forces, [Forces of the Kings of Ternate -and Provinces.] they have ready at all times upon any Occasion. - -The sixteen greater Towns of Ternate furnish their K. with 3000 Arm'd -Men; the Island of Montil, distant from it six Leagues South, 200; that -of Machian, eight Leagues distant, 1500; that of Caioa four Leagues -from Mechian, the same way, 300; those of Gazea, twelve Leagues from -Caioa, 300; those of Xula, fifty Leagues from Ternate, 4000; those -of Burro, seventy Leagues distant, 4000; those of Veramula eighty -Leagues from Amboina, and are the same Number of Leagues in compass -50000; those of Buaro, and Manipa, lying betwixt those of Veranula -and Burro, 3000; those of Na, Nolo, and New Guinea, which are many, -and very populous, fifty Leagues East from Ternate, send no certain, -but numerous Forces; that of Ires, where the King then was, 400; -and pays Tribute in Amber, and Birds of Paradise. Those of Meaos and -Tasure, on the North, 400. Those of Doe, distant thirty Leagues some -way, 900. Those of Rao and Saquita, seventy Leagues North, 1000. The -great Batochina, or Gilolo, four Leagues from Ternate, 10000. The -large Island Matheo, contains several Kingdoms, thirty Leagues to the -Westward, each of them subject to its own King, and all of them to him -of Ternate; send him Arm'd Troops. Totole and Bool 6000 Men; Guayduda -7000; Gorontano and Iliboto, 10000; Tomine, 12000; Manado, 2000; Dondo, -700; Labague, 1000; Fulo, and Jaqua, 10000; Gape, Tobuquo, and Butu -are all subject to him, and the number of their supplies is uncertain; -but Sanguien and its King, 40 Leagues from Ternate, serve him with -3000 Men. This was not the standing Force, which without adding to it -the uncertain number, nor the multitude of slaves, amounts to 120300 -Men. This particular F. Martin sent to the Governor Gamez Parez, -and the original was deliver'd to me. Since then, that Kings Power -is increased, and because more Formidable, by reason of his Alliances -with several Princes, entering Amity with some, and Oppressing others, -and practising the Rules of Tyranny among them all, as Artfully as -was formerly done by Greece, Rome, and Carthage. Of their Game, Fish, -Rice, Sagu, and other Stores of Fruit and Spice, and the Royal Mines, -we shall speak when the Subject in Hand requires it; and so of their -Weapons, of which last it is to be observ'd once for all, that those -they Dart, are all poison'd, and the Fire-Arms differ not from ours. - -For managing of this great Design, the King privately sent about -his Brothers, [Pereyra prepares his Defense.] and Sangiacks; but -so great an Army could not be contracted from such distant Parts, -without being heard of by the Christians, and particularly Nunno -Pereyra. He suspecting that the Desire of Revenge still prevail'd in -the injur'd Parties, and that the first Effects of it would fall upon -his Fort, tho' the Sultan's Murderer was not then in it, strengthned -it proportionably to the Siege he expected. Prudence supplies the -Place of Prophesy. The Fort was not then erected, which is since to -be seen in Ternate, on a high Ground of difficult Ascent, next the -Sea, and the Back of it defended by a Lake, next the Mountain; being -three Miles distant from the first Fort: It was afterwards built -to defend themselves against great Fleets; not satisfy'd with that -they had before on the Plain, [The Portuguese Fort.] next the Sea, -made of dry Stones, without Mortar; which being since improv'd in all -Respects, is now built with Lime, the Walls a Yard and half thick, -and Fifteen in Height; Forty in Length next the Sea, with a round -Tower at each Angle, like the ancient Spanish Fortresses. Nunno -Pereyra endeavour'd with all possible Diligence, to shut up in it -the greatest Number he could of all the Christian Families, and to -be in a Readiness to stand the Siege, which soon ensu'd. He sent -Advice to India and Portugal of the Intelligence he had receiv'd, -demanding Succours, as in a certain Danger; but it could never have -come in Time; for some Part of those Forces being assembled in the -Island Ires, the Rest staying on Botochina, in that Part which is -properly call'd Gilolo, and is remote from the Portugueses, they -there began to persecute Christianity by publick Decree. - -The Apprehension of these Mischiefs, had much perplex'd all the -Governours of those Provinces, because it was daily confirm'd by -visible Proofs of an open Insurrection. James Lopez de Marquita was -already kept Prisoner in the Fort of Benastarim at Goa, those confin'd, -and the Viceroy expected Orders from Spain to dispose of him, and the -Forces; because it was fear'd the King of Ternate might make use of -the great Supplies which could be sent him from China; especially if -that were certain which was then discoursed in Spain. It was reported, -[Project of abandoning the Philippine Islands.] That the Council of -State, observing that the Philippine Islands were rather an Expence, -than an Advantage to the Crown, being many, and hard to be maintain'd, -had propos'd to King Philip, to quit them, and withdraw the Court of -Justice, and the Garrisons that defend them. They added the Example of -the Chineses, who abandon'd them, tho' they are such near Neighbours, -and can relieve them with as much Ease, as if they were joyning to -their Continent. That as Spain governs them, the Loss they occasion -is considerable, without any Hopes that it can ever be alter'd for -the better; a vast Quantity of Silver being sent thither from New -Spain, both for the usual Expences, and to buy Commodities; that so -all that Treasure is convey'd by the Hands of the Chineses into the -Heart of those Dominions, render'd intractable by the Severity of -their Laws, by [Reasons for it.] which they are trench'd in, as it -were with Fortification, against all Commerce with Strangers. They -alledg'd that a Monarchy dispers'd, and divided by so many Seas, and -different Climates, could scarce be united; nor could humane Wisdom, -by settled Correspondence, tye together Provinces so remov'd from one -another by Nature. That these Arguments are not the Ofspring of Wit, -but of Experience, and Truths obvious to the Senses. That all such as -might be urg'd against them, were only grounded upon Honour, and full -of a generous Sound, but difficult in the Execution; and therefore the -best Expedient, was for the King to strengthen himself in Europe, where -his Forces can be ready to meet all Dangers, without being expos'd to -the Hazards of the Sea, and the Dominions of others. Each of these -Arguments was so fully represented by the Officers of the Revenue, -that the Proposal was thought worthy to be debated and consider'd; -and had God permitted the King to exclude the Philippine Islands his -Monarchy, leaving them expos'd to the first that would take Possession, -the Moluccos had so far been strengthen'd, as to become unconquerable. - -The same Thing has been propos'd at other Times, and in the Days of -King Philip the IIId. who sticking to his Father's Answer, has always -rejected that [King Philip rejects it.] mischievous Advice. That most -prudent Monarch answer'd, That the Philippines should be maintain'd, -in the same Manner they were, and the Court should be invested with -more Authority, that Justice might prevail, for he laid the Stress of -Government, on its being upright, and impartially administer'd. That -in the same manner the Troops should be kept up there, and maintain'd -out of the Revenues of New-Spain, or any other of his Kingdoms, -since all the Treasures discover'd, or still hid in the Bowels of the -Mines, ought to be apply'd to the Propagation [His Reasons.] of the -Gospel. For what would the Enemies of Christ say, if they perceived -that the Philippine Islands were left destitute of the true Light, -and its Ministers to propagate it, because they did not produce rich -Metals, and other Wealth, like the Rest of the fruitful Islands in Asia -and America? That all the Power of Kings, ought to be subservient to -this Sovereign End, as becomes Sons of the Church, and Promoters of the -Apostolical preaching, which is continu'd by Succession. That since -he had refused to mitigate the least Point of his Severity towards -his Northern Subjects, or to grant them Liberty of Conscience; why -should he remit any thing among Heathens, and Mahometans, which were -the Harvest God had assign'd him, to enrich the Church with those -Children, so remote? Thus the Project was put down, and this has -always been the glorious Resolution, when mistaken Zeal, or worldly -Interests have propos'd the quitting of those Dominions. This seems -to have been a peculiar Providence of Heaven, which knew how soon -they were all like to belong to the same Master, and that the Right -and Conquests should be all United in his Person, the one being the -Means to recover the other, as has been seen in our Days. - -[Product of Asia.] King Philip was govern'd by this Religious Motive; -but there were others urg'd by such as were acquainted with the Riches -of Asia, which are chiefly Diamonds, Rubies, large and Seed Pearl, -Amber-Greece, Musk, Civet, Camphir of Borneo and China, Vermillion, -Coral, Quick-Silver, Copper, fine Muslins, and Calicoes of Cambaya and -Bengala, Carpets, Coverlets, and fine Quilts. Persian Silks, Brocard, -Ivory, Rheubarb, Cardamome, Cassia Fistula, Frankincense, Benjamin, -Wax, China-Ware, [Arguments against quitting the Philippines.] -Lake for dying, and Physick, Cloves, Mace, Gold, Silver, Medicinal -Plants, Aloes, Eagle Wood, Calamba, Ebony, and very many more rare -Trees, Drugs, Spices, and Ornaments. All this they said, Venice lost, -when the Trade was remov'd to Portugal; and this same stir'd up the -Sultan of Egypt, as well knowing therein consisted all substantial -Wealth, to enter into a Confederacy with all the Kings of India; who -were already alarm'd by the Portuguese Fleets; so that they at the -common charge fitted out a Navy of Galleys, and other Vessels, in the -Port of Suez furnish'd it with Cannon, and put aboard 3000 Mamelucks, -besides a great Number of Venetian and Genoese Renegadoes. With this -Power the Sultan enter'd India, in the Year 1508, and tho' the King -of Cambaya assisted him, he was vanquish'd by the Portugueses in the -Port of Chaul. They urg'd, That at present these Riches are still more -valuable, and that if the Trade of them were once brought into the -Way of the Philippine Islands, it would save all the Dangers met with, -by the way of Amboyna, Banda, Borneo, and the many Shoals about them, -as also the many Storms those narrow Seas are subject to. For the Clove -particularly was brought by the Portugueses, in their Trading Galeon, -which goes from Goa to the Moluccos, to pay their Garrisons. In this -Ship they every year carry'd away to Malaca and Goa, 24000 Quintals, -or Hundred Weight of Cloves, little more or less. At those Ports it -was dealt to Persians, Turks, Chineses, and Africans, so that scarce -the third Part came to Europe. The King of Achem, in Sumatra, secur'd -another Part, whence it was sent to Alexandria. All these Commodities, -when they come to Malaca, pay eight per Cent. The Spice that comes -into Spain is distributed into all the Kingdoms of Europe; and it -might be easily contriv'd, say these People, to bring the greatest -Part to Spain from the Philippine Islands; which would be one of the -noblest Projects, that will be thought of for the improving of the -Revenue, considering what a great Price Clove bears in Spain, and how -cheap it is in the Molucco. This was the Opinion when those Islands -belong'd to another Master, and it was no easie Matter to divert the -Trade of Spice, and other Goods, from the usual India Voyage. Besides -the Religious Men of the Orders of St. Augustin and St. Dominick, -had already propagated the Faith in those and other Islands, whence -that which flourish'd, and advanc'd in Ternate and Tydore was Fed. - -Cachil Babu sail'd with his Brothers, and a great Number of Vessels -from Ires for Ternate, with much Joy, and forebodings of Victory; -greater Forces continually joyning him, through the earnest Desire they -had all of delivering those Parts from the Portuguese Domination. As -soon as ever they arriv'd at Ternate, they landed, and immediately -invested the Fort, which they call'd the Seat of Servitude. [Portuguese -Fort besieg'd.] They assaulted the Houses of the Portugueses, and -that so suddenly, that though they had Notice before, and lived in -Fear, they scarce stood upon their Defence. Rage and Success made a -more than Barbarous Havock. They set Fire to the Houses with Fury, -and popular Tumult; so that whatsoever was not within a Wall and -Ditch, perish'd that Day. Those in the Fort attempted to succour -their People; but greater Numbers of Ternates coming on, kill'd -some of those, who had sally'd out, not only with Darts of solid -Canes, which they cast most dexteriously, with Arrows, Cymiters and -Shields, which they us'd when Idolaters; but with Muskets and other -Fire Arms. The rest of the Portugueses routed, fled to their Fort; -for those who had gain'd Reputation by so many brave Exploits, were -that Day depriv'd of their Courage, by the Injustice of the Action -they had been concern'd in. They sent again to Goa to desire Relief, -and to represent the [Desolation.] Distress, not only of the Fort -of Ternate, but of all the others the King of Portugal held in those -Eastern Parts; for they had cast off Subjection to him in most of -them. They forgot not to mention the persecution of the Religion, -and the scarcity of Arms and Provisions, of both which the Ternates -had deprived them. These News were flown into India and Spain by -other Ways; and all the while the Siege lasted Goa sent Succours -to the Moluccos, in their trading Galeons; but [Tydore and Ternate -mortal Enemies.] the vast Distance, the many Shoals, and the violent -Storms those Seas are subject to, occasion'd the Loss of those Ships, -or put them by their intended Voyage. - -The Commanders in those Eastern Ports, who follow'd the Example of -those of Ternate were not Idle; for the Portuguese, tho' the reducing -of those Rebels succeeded not at that Time, did not miss of obtaining -other Victories, which should we relate them here, would make this -look more like a History of all India than of one small part of it; -besides that the Portugueses Nation has not wanted Learned Authors, -who have transmitted them to us, where they may be seen at large. The -Spaniards have also done the like, in a much more loftier Stile than -mine. We must therefore circumscribe our selves, and return to the -Moluccos, where the Besieged, as it were forsaken, and abandon'd by all -the Earth, endure the Hardships and Perils of Places so streightned. - -Thus all their Hopes, under Heaven, depended on their own Valour, -and the inviolable Friendship of the King of Tydore, so implacable -an Enemy to him of Ternate, that neither the Neighbourhood of the -Kingdoms, divided only by an Arm of the Sea, a League and half over, -in the midst whereof is a small Desart Island, which almost joyns them, -nor the ancient and reiterated Alliances, do in the least abate of -their Hatred, which seems to be fatal, and consequently unavoidable -betwixt those two Kings and Nations. - -However, the Ternates being always intent upon War, and thinking no -Practice [Practices of Babu with Tydore.] unlawful, that may secure -their Success, they ply'd their Weapons on one Hand, and on the Other, -carry'd on their Intrigues, for a Pacification with the King of Tydore; -not so much out of any Desire of coming to a Conclusion with him, as -to the End that being amaz'd with the Hopes of Peace, he might grow -slack in Relieving and Assisting the Besieged. They offer'd to restore -him some Places, taken from him during the late Wars; and to give him -those and others, as a Portion with a Daughter to the King of Ternate; -besides other Advantages, of which Accommodation the King of Bachian -was the chief Manager. To these fair Offers, they added Threats; and -both the Kings and their Nations agreeing in Religion, and it being -easy to cover any Occasion of War under fair Pretences; it happen'd -that the Tydores, at least while this Politick Game was playing, -did not afford their Succours with the same Zeal as they had done -at first; and that King, who till then had been a constant Friend, -upon another Consideration, deferr'd [Policy of the K. of Tydore.] -his coming to a Resolution. He waited, as well as the Besieged, -the Arrival of the Portuguese Succours, and several of his Carcoas -often touch'd at the Islands of Borneo, to enquire what Ships pass'd -that Way from India. They examin'd every Vessel they met, and every -slight Intelligence puff'd them up, or quite cast them down. In short, -both Parties protracted the Time, with so little Regard to any other -Principles, that all their Courage and Fidelity, depended on it alone. - -This is so certain, that the King of Tydore being just at the Point -of accepting the Wife, and Lands offer'd him by the Enemy, fell off -upon the News brought him, that a Galleon was seen sailing for the -Molucco Islands, and he rejected all the Proposals. It was afterwards -known to be bound for the Philippine Islands, and belong'd neither to -the Portuguese nor Spaniards; but to Venetian Merchants, who traded -between Manila and China, with several Commodities of their own -Country, and other Parts of the Levant; so that the King of Tydore, -and the Besieged themselves began to make fresh Reparations, like -Men that sharpen their Weapons, and fit their Armour. - -These Succours encourag'd them to several bold Attempts. The Besieged -made [Sallies, and the Length of the Siege.] a Salley, to nail up -the Enemies Cannon, and tho' few in Number, several Times assaulted -their Camp, still returning Victorious, without any considerable -Loss. They dismounted all their Cannon from the Walls, their Works -nothing availing them, because they were not made according to Art. The -Siege lasted five Years, the Portugueses sustaining it with notable -Resolution, and the Indians pressing with no less Obstinacy; nor would -the Hunger, Thurst, Nakedness, and the Hardships of the Seasons have -been tollerable, had not they been common to both Parties. Extream -Want, was the Occasion of several signal Exploits of that Valour, -wherewith they defended their Lives, and the Fort. This produc'd -Rage and Admiration in the Enemy; and an affectionate Compassion -in the Women of the Island; among whom they found Advice, Secrecy, -Intelligence and known Favour. So great is the Power of Persecuted -Virtue, that it prevails, even upon those Enemies, who harbour the -Memory of a Wrong, to convert it, first into a Desire of forgetting -it, and without long Interposition of Time, produces a Zeal to support -that Valour they first hated. - - - The End of the Second Book. - - - - - - - - THE - HISTORY - OF THE - Discovery and Conquest - OF THE - Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. - - BOOK III. - - -[Cessation of Arms.] Both Sides now took the Breathing of a short -Cessation; advantagious to Ternate for the Liberty of Trade, and -to the Portugueses, because it gain'd Time to their Hope of Relief, -which they concluded must be near at Hand, by Reason it had been long -expected. They were not discouraged by Events, those having prov'd -alternatively Successful and Unfortunate, and Victory was toss'd to -and fro; besides that the Interruption of Commerce had knit some the -closer together in Friendship. I could mention several Instances of -this Sort, contain'd in Letters, and other Spanish and Portuguese -Relations, sent by Religious Men from the Moluccos, to the Governours -of the Philippine Islands, whose Papers have, upon this Occasion, -been lay'd before me, for my better Information, for which Reason -we may make Use of some of them, without departing from the main -Subject. The gravest of the Greek and Latin Historians sometimes -intermix private Adventures, as it were short Episodes to divert the -Reader. The Example of great Masters is a sufficient Authority for -Learners, for which Reason I may well be allow'd this Freedom. - -One Duarte, a brave Ensign, had contracted strict Friendship with -Cachil [A Love Story.] Tudura, which was no way obstructed by the -Difficulties of the Seige, nor so much as interrupted. Duarte was wont -in the dead of the Night, to go safely into the City in the Habit of -the Country, and by the Help of the Language, being Master of it, -where he was privately admitted into his Friend's House, and well -receiv'd there on another Account by Tudurisa, his only Daughter, -who, being prevail'd on by the Love she bore Duarte, imbrac'd the -Christian Religion. The Father was not unacquainted with their Love, -but he also knew that it was attended by Modesty in Tudurisa, and -true Courtesy in Duarte. Returning to the Fort, he used to be taken -in the same dangerous way, by those Persons who had let him down -with a Rope. He brought with him some Intelligence and Provisions; -but he came not so entire himself, for the Indian Woman, who was to be -his Wife, had robb'd him of his Heart. Nuno Pereyra going the Rounds -miss'd the Ensign at his Post, and enquiring into it, understood the -Cause of his Absence; in Respect to which, considering the mighty -Power it often has over great Souls, he conniv'd at the Breach of -Martial Discipline, assigning that to the Passion, without reproving -the Lover. Whether he follow'd the Example we read of Quintus Fabius -Maximus, in the like Case, or on Account that Experience shows, there -is Nothing can hold a Lover so fast as the Presence of the lov'd -Object; Pereyra enjoining all Persons to keep the Secret, contriv'd, -without offending Tudura, that his Daughter should come privately into -the Fort, which she consented to, without many Perswasions. Having -so done, the Commander in Chief, calling his Ensign, said to him, -I am inform'd, that at certain Times, and that when the Danger is -greatest, you forsake us; but that it is not for want of Affection, -or not knowing the Duty of your Post; tho' we were not confin'd -to these narrow Walls, I would not punish your Failure, because -Mildness has ever been more efficacious for correcting of Generous -Souls, than Rigour. It will not be convenient for the Future, that -we be left without you, and in Fear for what may befall you: Here is -your Wife, and then she appear'd, brought hither without any Force, -or Opposition from her Father. Take her to you lovingly, and do not -suffer the Honour of Portugal, depending on these few Men, to want the -Bravery of so able an Officer. Duarte was amaz'd, generously out of -Countenance, full of Love, and knew not what to say; but was excus'd -by his Friends, and even by Nunno Pereyra. - -[Hopes and Despair of the Besieged.] It was now the Year 1575, -when the Besieged began to conceive some Hopes of their Deliverance; -because the Saugiacks and Cachils of the King of Ternate's Race -were divided into Factions, and there wanted not some among them, -who endeavour'd to draw the Portugueses over to their Party. These -Misunderstandings made them act less vigorously; and did not they -look on theirs as the Common Cause, the Design had succeeded. The -Portugueses in this Condition, despairing of all Relief, the Natives -of Ternate on the other Side of the Island, next those of the Meaos, -discover'd a Galeon coming from Malaca, having coasted about Borneo; -they concluded it was that which brought the Succours from Portugal, -and being assur'd it was so, they became unanimous again, and press'd -on the Seige; but Force little prevailing against the Resolution of -[Proposals of Accommodation, and Reasons for it.] the Besieged, Cachil -Tulo, by Permission, propos'd some Terms, which the Commander in Chief -had long listen'd to from the Wall. One Day making several Overtures, -Tulo told him, That the King, his Brother, was willing to put an End -to that tedious Seige, upon any Conditions. That to this Effect had -concluded a Peace with the King of Tydore, that he might not relieve -them for the Future. That the King of Bachian had joyn'd him for the -same Purpose; to the End, that since they were all convinc'd that -was their common Cause, they might with their joynt Power make their -utmost Efforts. That the Cessation which had lasted till then, tho' -advantages to the King, as encouraging the Trade with the Javaneses, -and Rumes, who came to Load Clove, must of Necessity cease. He -ask'd how long they would expose their Lives to the utmost Dangers, -only to gain an empty Name of Loyal Subjects, which, perhaps, would -never be known to him that was to reward it. He bid them consider the -Villany of his Father, King Aerio's Death, and that by their Obstinate -holding out they made the Murderers Cause more Criminal. That they -thus show'd they approv'd of anothers Treachery, whose Punishment they -would compass by other Means. That they ought to be very thankfull, -that the King would not involve them in the Guilt of that Wretch, who -contrary to his solemn Oath, to the Laws of Friendship, and the Honour -of the Portuguese Nation, or rather to Nature it self, had Murder'd -that King, who most inviolably observ'd the Faith he had engag'd to -him. Besides, that they were sensible how little Comfort uncertain -Hopes could afford amidst real Wants; and how impracticable it was -for Relief to come from so great a distance, through such boisterous -Seas, causing so many Shipwrecks, and which seem'd to have conspir'd -against those who had oppress'd and injur'd Ternate. - -He concluded his Discourse requiring the Commander in Chief, to deliver -up the Fort, or expect the utmost Rigour; for if he once refus'd the -Terms offer'd, and provok'd them, they would spare neither Sex, nor -Age. The Besieg'd were not free from Jealousie, that there was Fraud -in these Offers; [The Besieged Surrender.] yet, perceiving that -the Succours never came from India, either because retarded by the -African War, in which King Sebastian had engag'd himself, or by the -Difficulties of that dangerous Voyage; and believing that the two Kings -of Tydore and Ternate were reconcil'd, as Tulo told them, thinking he -of Tydore, without whose support they could not subsist, had forsaken -their Friendship, the Proposals were accepted by unanimous Consent, -after Nuno Pereyra had return'd a resolute Answer, suitable to that -Part of Cachil Tulo's Words, which contain'd any Threats, signifying -to him, how little they mov'd himself, or his Men; and that he would -hearken to no Conditions to the disservice of his God, or his King, -or to disparage the Bravery of his Soldiers, which had been so often -try'd to the cost of the Natives of Ternate; nevertheless upon some -other Considerations, he would [The Capitulation.] surrender the Fort, -provided that all the Portugueses might march out in a Body, Colours -Flying, with their Wives, Children, Slaves, and all their Goods, having -first Hostages given them to their content, that no Harm, or Injury -should be done them. That the King should secure them their Passage to -Amboyna, and find them Vessels; and that such as should happen to be -left in Dominions for want of them, should have no Ransome demanded of -them, either then, or at the time of their departure. That the Fort -and Guns should be deliver'd to King Babu, upon express Condition, -That he should hold it for the King of Portugal, and in his Name, -to whom he should restore it, whensoever he effectually punish'd the -Murder of King Aerio. The King easily Granted, and Swore to perform -all those Conditions, being eager to possess himself of the Fort, -before the Succours arriv'd, [The Fort Deliver'd.] which were now -near at hand. On the Day appointed, which was Saint Stephen's, the -Ternates took up all the advantageous Posts to view the Portugueses, -who march'd out as if they had been Conquerors; and no sooner were they -out of the Fort, than the Natives running in, possess'd themselves -of the Guns, with loud Laughter and Shouts, Scoffing at those that -left it; for the third Day after the Galeon arriv'd, well Mann'd, -and furnish'd with Guns, and all Necessaries, and James de Azambuja -in it, as Commander in Chief. They had thoughts of Recovering the -Fort, but it was too late, because the Enemy was possess'd of all -Things, without any Opposition. Pereyra then perceiv'd how great -an Obstacle Precipitation is to the chusing of the safest Advice, -and how infallibly it is follow'd by fruitless Repentance; since had -he delay'd but never so little longer, tho' it were only to weigh -the Enemies Proposals, who ought never to be suppos'd Sincere, -he might have sav'd himself and Destroy'd them. For this Reason, -tho' he wanted not an honourable Excuse, he resolv'd not to return -to Goa, having private Intelligence that the Viceroy would not fail -to secure him, in Order to cut off his Head. Azambuja protected him -in his Galeon, and he went over with many others to Amboyna. The rest -spread themselves throughout the Neighbouring Islands, in Vessels they -begg'd. Some return'd to Malaca, and only sixteen Portuguese Families -remain'd in Ternate for want of Shipping; who at first submitted to -the change of their Fortune: but could not afterwards comply with -the Difference there is betwixt Domination and Servitude. The King of -Tydore a [Portugueses settle at Tydore.] most trusty Friend to the -Spaniards in their greatest Affliction, offer'd them his Islands, -Houses, and Trade of Spice. He sent them a good Number of Carcoas, -which carry'd them over to his Dominions, and soon after assign'd -them a convenient Place to build their Houses and Churches. This -Colony was increased, and the Number of its Inhabitants augmented by -Sancho de Vasconselos, who sent others from Malaca, being Commander -in Chief of Goa and afterwards of Amboyna, in the Year 1578. At last -he came thither himself, and erected a Fort, a quarter of a League -from the City of Tydore, which gives its Name to the Island. - -[Tydore describ'd.] Tydore, in the Language of those Parts, which -was formerly spoken, signifies, Fertility and Beauty. Europeans -generally give it this Name; but its King, as appears by his Arabick -and Persian Subscriptions, Writes Tudura, and not Tydore. It is not -inferior to Ternate for Fruitfulness, and Delight, but far exceeds -it in Magnitude and Populousness; and yields the same Aromatick -Product. Curious Persons have there try'd to improve the Clove, -watering and pruning the Tree at proper Seasons, and it appears to -embrace the Helps of Art, by growing bigger, more active in its Vertue, -and the Scent stronger. The white Sanders here come to more Perfection, -than in any other of the Eastern Parts. In this, as well as the other -Molucco Islands are found those Birds, they, in their Language, call -[Birds of Paradice.] Manucodiatas, signifying Birds of Paradise, from -a Fable, credited by those superstitious People, that they came down -from Heaven. The Fort here was afterwards enlarg'd by Nuno Pereyra, -not far from the Port, and then by James de Azambuja. The latter did -not only contribute with his Industry, [Fort of Tydore.] but with his -Labour, carrying the Materials himself, when it was requisite to set -the Soldiers an Example, and forward the Work; which the King often -view'd, and was well pleas'd to see the Fortifications. He discours'd -familiarly with the Officers, advis'd with them in his Wars, and -comforted the Christians, and they far'd best, for from that Time -forward, there being none in Ternate, and that Fort in the Hands -of the Natives, the Heathens and Mahometans seem'd to be Superior -and Conquerors throughout all those Provinces. They strengthen'd -themselves with Works and other Preparations, erected Forts on high -Places, and bending their Minds against the Christians, put many to -cruel Martyrdoms; that so the Foundation of our Faith may be in all -Parts cemented with the Blood of the Faithful. They dismember'd the -Bodies, and burnt the Legs [Persecution.] and Arms in the sight of the -still Living Trunks. They impal'd the Women, tore out their Bowels, -and they surving themselves, beheld their still moving Flesh in the -Hands of their Executioners. Children were pull'd Piecemeal before -their Mothers Eyes, and Infants still in Embrio were rent from their -Wombs. It has been made out, that above 60000 Christians fell by the -Sword in only the King of Ternate's Dominions. This is asserted in -the Annual Relations of the Fathers of the Society, who preach'd -in those Parts. They give an Account of this dismal Persecution, -with all the Circumstances of the Cruelties; as how the persecuted -Persons fled to the Mountains, seeking for Compassion among the wild -Beasts, others cast themselves into the Sea, where they perish'd, -either devour'd by its Monsters, or swallow'd by the Waves themselves, -not being able to reach the other Islands. A considerable Number of -these religious Fugitives, as they swam met a Portuguese Ship, coming -to the Relief of those at Amboyna, and with dismal Voices cry'd out, -Help, Relieve us, for we are Christians. They carefully took them up -in their Boats, and having view'd them at Leasure, found that none of -them were above 12 Years of Age. Yet at this same Time, when cruelty -advanc'd God's Glory, Providence seem'd to act Counter in the very -Cities, and Deserts. Idolaters and Mahometans were converted, and our -Religious Men preach'd and catechis'd, without any Fear of Punishment, -which they rather coveted, and thought themselves unworthy of it; -encouraging one another with the Examples the Tyrant made, for several -Purposes. But all those People looking upon it as their Duty to seek -Revenge, their Cruelty gaining Applause under that Name, and Europe -being involv'd in Dismal Troubles, they met with no Opposition in -the Execution of their Vengeance, and the Calamity ran so high, that -in the space of thirty Years, they either quite obliterated, or much -obscured the Name of Christianity in those Eastern Parts, destroy'd -our Churches, and, like those who prepare to hunt wild Beasts, arm'd -themselves against the Faithful who liv'd in more security among those -savage Creatures, or in Deserts never penetrated by Men, feeding on -Herbs, and gaining Time, by that lawful Retreat for the sake of the -Gospel, for the Wrath of Heav'n, whose Executioners those Men were, -to pass over. Above 36 Towns, of each 800 Inhabitants in Gilolo and -Celebes a spacious and populous Country, and in those of the two Kings -of Sian and Sanguil, [Many Apostatize.] who profess'd Christianity, -with most of their Subjects, in the Kingdom of Cauripana; in that -of Bachian, whose King and his People were Sons of the Church; in -the Islands of Amboyna, where Forty Towns worshipped CHRIST, in the -Bosom of his Faith, and in those of Tydore, which were not without -this Light; in all those Places they fell off from Christianity, -and were utterly lost; first through the Insolency of the Portuguese -Commanders, and lastly on Account of the Death of Sultan Aerio; who, -as was prov'd, had given no real, nor so much as a likely Token of -Falshood, for which they might be provok'd to destroy him. However -the Christians dy'd with such Resolution, that the Persecuters took -not away any Life but what became a fresh Example of Magnanimity, -and perhaps Providence might permit that Accident of Aerio, with a -Design to advance the Churches Glory. - -[Augustin Nunez sent to Command at Amboyna.] Sultan Babu making his -present Victory an Instrument to obtain others, Ship'd his Men, in -Order to besiege Tydore and Bachian; and tho' he met with a vigorous -Defence in both Places, and the Portuguese Auxiliaries made some Amends -for his Superiority of Power, yet they submitted to the Tyrant. This -Revenge made him stick at no Cruelty. In November, this same Year, a -Galeon came to Malaca from India, to carry Succours for the Moluccos, -commanded by Captain Augustin Nunez, the Eldest and Bravest Commander -in those Days, as he made it appear in the Expedition of Chaul, when it -was besieged by Niza Molucco, when Don Luys de Atayde was Viceroy of -India, in the year 1578. The Galeon was stor'd with all Necessaries, -and in it James [James Lopez de Mezquita sent Prisoner to Ternate.] -Lopez de Mezquita, the Murderer of Aerio, design'd for Punishment, in -Satisfaction for the Wrong done. He was so strong, and fierce, that -to secure him, he was fetter'd with a great Chain, the End whereof -was made fast to a heavy Piece of Brass Cannon. Augustin Nunez had -Orders to convey him to the new King of Ternate, to be deliver'd -to him bolted, like a Criminal, that he might pass such a sentence -of Death on him as he thought fit, which should be executed in his -Presence, pursuant to the Orders sent by the King of Portugal. They -put him on double Fetters, Manacles, and Chains, and kept him in the -Steeridge. Augustin Nunez went to succeed Sancho de Vasconcelos, in -the Fort of Amboyna; but a storm rising, he was forc'd into the Port -of Japara, of Sunda, in the greater Java. The Galeon wanting water, -and Refreshment, he there sent for it; which the Native Javaneses -brought him in 40 Vessels. Among them came 150 Soldiers in the -Habit of Peasants, and Fishermen; who making many words as is usual -among Buyers and Sellers, drew the Ponyards they brought conceal'd, -and surprizing the Portugueses, fell on with such Fury and Cruelty, -that they [The Murderer kill'd.] kill'd them all. Among them dy'd -James Lopez de Mezquita, but fighting with extraordinary Bravery, -tho' held by his Chain, hinder'd by his Fetters, and other heavy -Encumbrances, and restrain'd by the Cannon, to which his Chain was -made fast. However he got a Sword and a Buckler wherewith he cut -down ten Javaneses, revenging on them the Death of the Portugueses, -and they on him, that of King Aerio of Ternate, which had occasion'd -so much Slaughter. Seventy three Christians were kill'd and above -the same Number of Javaneses, and their Vessels had been taken, -but that others came to their Assistance from the Shore in the Heat -of the Action, in which there were Men with Fire-Locks and Lances, -six Yards and a Quarter long, the Points of them poison'd. The Galeon -was taken without any Succour, nor was the Cannon of any Use. - -It is but reasonable that so manly and honourable a Death should, -as is usual, render all this Gentlemans Life honourable; and that his -Fetters, and Sufferings joyn'd to it, excite Compassion and Affection -in the minds of the [His Vindication.] Readers, so to blot out the -Hatred they have conceiv'd against him on Account of Sultan Aerio's -Death. It is to be observ'd, for his justification that it does -not appear, not is it reported, he was incens'd to perform that Act -through Interest, Ambition, or any other private Motives; but was -mov'd to it by Informations which perswaded him it was convenient, -for the Establishing and Advancement of Religion, and the publick -Peace. Very brave men must also be allow'd some Excesses of Fierceness, -which proceed from an extraordinary Force in the irascible Part of -the mind, and wherein Valour is subdu'd. When these Persons find -themselves encompass'd by great Numbers, and streightned by wrongful -Violence; if they are not to be daunted and overcome, it comes to pass -that Patience often provok'd turns that Courage into Fury and Rage, -which causes them to make mighty Slaughters, and Examples of Cruelty; -led to it not only by Passion, but also by Judgment and Thought, which -directs them to cause themselves to be dreaded even to Astonishment, -to save themselves and their People from other great Cruelties which -usually mean Souls attempt and practice upon those they stand much -in Fear of. Let this Reflection serve for a general Excuse to other -Offences of this sort mention'd, or blam'd in our History. - -This Accident, in as much as related to the Death of James Lopez de -Mezquita, was forgot, or at least not known for many Years, for in -1603 the King of Ternate demanded Justice of our King, against that -Man not knowing that God had summon'd him before a more upright -Tribunal. The News being brought to Malaca, the Commander Arias -de Saldana immediately [Peter Lopez de Sousa sent to Moluccos.] -sent away another Galeon, he call'd S. Peter and S. Paul, for the -Moluccos under command of Peter Lopez de Sousa, and a Galley with -150 Soldiers to relieve Sancho de Vasconcelos at Amboyna, where he -wanted Provisions, and was streightned. They sail'd in May 1579, to -touch at Borneo, there to take in all Necessaries for the Design. He -arriv'd on that Island in June, and found it in an Uproar, occasion'd -by the Spaniards [Spaniards at Borneo.] who came thither with Doctor -Sandi, Governour of the Philippine Islands in 30 rowing Vessels. He -took the City, and put the King to flight, who was a Lover of the -Portugueses, and from that time Manila began to be look'd upon as -a place of Arms, for the recovering of the Molucco Islands; and if -Sandi had then employ'd those, he carry'd to this other Expedition -against them, he would have found the Tyrant less settled, and -consequently his Revenge more easy. Vasconcelos died at Amboyna, and -James de Azambuja succeeded him, so that nothing came now from India -but fair Promises. In the Philippine Islands they had no Orders at -that Time to intermeddle in those Wars, because they then belong'd to -another Sovereign, and therefore they were only Lookers on to those -Martyrdoms, and Revolutions and employ'd themselves as they us'd in -Camboxa, Mindanao, Japan and China, and then particularly in Borneo, -without regarding those other Successes. - -Borneo lies between Malaca and the Moluccos, and according to the -Opinion [Borneo describ'd.] of Gerard Mercator, is that which -Ptolomy calls, the Island of Good Fortune. A Point of it lies under -the Equinoctial, and the greater Part stretches out to 6 Degrees of -North Latitude, taking up the two first Parallels. Thus it appears -to be above 400 Leagues in Compass. It abounds in Provisions, and -all other Necessaries for the Support of humane Life. And produces -abundance of Camphire, Agarick Diamonds, vast Numbers of Horses, -smaller than the Spanish; but it has not such plenty of Sheep, or -Kine: There is a general Resort of Trade in all its Populous Cities -and Ports. The Capital is Borneo, which gives Name to the Island, -built on a Spacious Lake the Sea Forms, like Venice, and said to -contain 23000 Houses: The King is a Mahometan; no man speaks to -him but by the Interposition of an Interpreter. The Natives worship -Idols. They are White, good Natur'd and sharp Witted. They have no -certain Fashion of Cloaths. Many of them wear Cotton Shirts, and -others of white common single Tabby, with red Lists. - -Sirelela, Brother to this King, came to Manila, where Doctor Sandi -being then Governour, he laid before him his Pretensions, and some -Means he had for bringing his Designs to bear; but he put the main -Stress upon [King of Borneo's Brothers at Manila.] his having a -greater Party there, than the King his Brother. He promised which -would be no difficult Matter, in Regard of the Hatred the People bore -the King, that he would make the Kingdom Tributary to the Kings of -Spain. The Governour having taken sufficient Precautions, condescended -to his Request, and arming as many Spaniards, and Philippines as he -thought convenient, with all Necessaries for a great Enterprize, ship'd -them, and arriv'd happily at Borneo. He attack'd it in several Places; -the best of the People immediately declar'd for the Brother. The -King thinking himself weakest at Sea, reserv'd his Forces for the -Land, and being deceiv'd [Spaniards overthrow that King.] in his -Expectation, was forc'd to fly, his Army being routed, without any -Remains to attend him in the Deserts, and Retreats of the Mountains, -where he liv'd miserably. Sirelela ascended the Throne; the Victorious -Spaniards return'd to the Philippine Islands loaded with Booty; and -among other Things, if we may believe Relations, brought 600 Pieces -of Artillery. However the depos'd King, a few Months after, got to -a Head again. No Man ought to Despair in Adversity, for Fortune is -nothing but the Will of God. Thus the King, with the Assistance of -the Portuguses, [He is restored.] recover'd his Throne, casting down -his Brother, and defeating him, till he was utterly destroy'd. Hatred -is frequently no less intense than Love among those whom Nature has -most closly link'd. In the Molucco Islands the War did not cease, -nor the general Malice against Christians. - -The News of what had happened there was not known in Europe, where, -and in Africk greater Dangers were apprehended; of the Event whereof -[A Prodigy.] Providence thought fit to inform our free Wills, by -stupendious Prodigies. On the 15th of June 1580, about the declining -of the Day, there appear'd to certain Sailers a Large Crucifix in the -Body of the Sun the Foot of the Cross standing on Mount Calvary, as -we see in common Pictures; on the Right Side of it a Figure clad in -White, and another on the left in a deep Red. The Crucifix ascended -upwards, and was still seen to mount till the Sun Setting, the Day shut -in. This was seen by all those who came in a Caravel, from the Island -of St. Michael ten Leagues before they came to that of St. George, -the Bishop whereof residing in that of Angla, sent the Affidavit of -it to King Philip the Second, which was receiv'd and much talked of -by the Judge Freytas, a grave Person. All the Men of the Caravel -sign'd it, as Eye-Witnesses, who affirm, That being touch'd with -it, they confess'd their Sins at the Sight of the Prodigy, begging -Mercy with Sighs and Tears. Our Understandings ought to stand amaz'd, -and praise, him that produces both what is Natural, and Miraculous, -and who by so many Warnings shows us, that he has reserv'd Times, -and Moments in his own Hand. - -King Sebastian, at that Time, had other Conquests in View. The Loss -or the Recovery of Ternate and the neighbouring Moluccos concern'd -him alone; but he referr'd that to the Governour of India; whilst -he himself, solicited by the Xerif Muley Mahomet, whom he design'd -to set upon the [King Sebastian prepares for the War in Africk.] -Throne of Morocco, tho' with a good Design, joyn'd the African Army, -with another of Catholicks, consisting of the Portuguese Gentry, -of Spaniards, Italians, and Germans. And, if we may believe those -who committed that Expedition to writing, he went over into Africk, -contrary to all the known Rules and Maxims of Martial Prudence, -which Proportions the Strength to the Undertaking, to ascertain the -Success and forecasts, in Case Things prosper, to secure and preserve -them. This he did upon the Assurances the Xerif gave him, that as soon -as ever the Portuguese Forces appear'd, the People would submit to -him. But God permitted that most Christian Prince [Is Kill'd there.] -to be kill'd, the Xerif perishing with him; and their Armies to be -routed, Muley Moluc the third Person remaining Victorious, tho' he -also dy'd in the same Battel, and was bury'd in triumphant Manner. The -Prodigies, and Fears of the wiser sort were verify'd in the King of -Portugal, and particularly that which happen'd before his Birth. It is -certainly reported, that the Princess Joanna his Mother, one Night saw -a great Number of Moors come into her Chamber, in the Palace at Lisbon, -clad in several Colours; [Prodigy.] she believ'd or fancy'd they might -be those they call Monetros, who are such as do the Duty of Guards -in the Royal Apartment. Some went out to enquire, and found them all -still, as husht as at other Times. The Princess seeing the imaginary -Moors come in again, swoon'd away in her Ladies Arms. Afterwards at -the proper Time, she was deliver'd of King Sebastian, whose singular -Virtues, supported by the Loyalty of his Subjects, might have -shin'd as bright as his natural Magnanimity, had not that hasten'd -his End. That was mourn'd for and lamented by all Christendom, and -brought Trouble to all its Princes, who began seriously to discourse -about the Successor to the Crown of Portugal. There they presently -swore [Henry the Cardinal King.] Henry, the Prince Cardinal, Unkle -to the late King, then Eighty Years of Age, and the last Lawful Male -of that Royal House, which began in another of his Name. Antony, -Prior of Crato, Son to Prince Lewis, pretended to succeed him, -and tho' declar'd illegitimate, there was a Party that follow'd -him. This Revolution, and the Hurry in such difficult Exigences, -were the Occasion, that Care was not taken to supply other Places, -much nearer than Ternate. Besides that dismal Accounts brought 5000 -Leagues, tho' they were represented by Demosthenes, would come cold -from his Mouth and scarce move the best dispos'd Prince, when never -so much at Leasure; and King Henry, had no Power, but only his Zeal -for Religion, to oppose the Tyranny practis'd in the Archipelago of -the Moluccos. The Cardinal King thought all his Forces little enough, -and necessary considering the extraordinary Jealousie he had conceiv'd, -upon our King Philip's declaring himself a Pretender to those Kingdoms, -and having order'd a considerable Army to make up to the frontiers, -which he had drawn together during the said Cardinal's Life. The -Generals were the Duke of Alva, and the Marquess de Santa Cruz, the -first at Land, the other at Sea; and in the mean while the ablest -Divines and Civilians of Europe, in all the Schools, and Parliaments -writ concerning his Right. - -[First English Voyage to the Moluccos.] The Year before, being -1579, about the Beginning of it, Q. Elizabeth of England, seeing the -Princes of Europe, particularly those in the Western Parts, make -Warlike Preparations, as being divided in Opinions; form Leagues, -and direct all their Designs towards the Kingdom of Portugal, she -to make some Diversion with Security, had on a sudden fitted out -four Ships, of eighteen Brass Guns each, and in them two hundred -Men, and ten young Gentlemen, who besides employing their Valour, -on such Occasions as it should offer, were to be very intent upon -the Business of Navigation for greater Ends. She appointed Francis -Drake of the County of Devon their Commander in Chief; who at his -own, or at the Charge of John Hawkins, from whom he stole a great -Quantity of Gold and Silver at S. John de Ulva, [Sir Francis Drake -his Voyage.] in the Year 1566, added some more Ships. He set sail -from the Port of Plymouth, for the South Sea, and to find out that -Streight of Magellan, scarce believed by the Vulgar, and declar'd by -several Cosmographers. He promis'd to sail as much as might be to the -Northward, and to take rich Prizes, infesting all those remote Seas, -and to return Victorious into England, through the same Streight. This -presumptuous Hope he grounded on his own Valour, on the Negligence of -the Spaniards, who are intrusted with the Places of Strength; on our -want of Ships; and above all on that Opportunity, or Season so full -of sundry and extraordinary Commotions. He touch'd on the Coast of -Africk, and refitted all his Ships at Cape Bojador. The Moors took -two of his Men, and a Portuguese Ship pay'd for it, he robbing her -at Cabo Blanco of an hundred Quintals, or hundred Weight of Bisket, -besides much Fish, and many Arms. He touch'd at the Islands of Cabo -Verde, where he took another small Portuguese Vessel, richly Laden -with Wine, Cloth, Holland, and several other Commodities, with Sylva, -the Pilot in it, who was well acquainted with those Seas, and better -on the Coast of Brazil. But six or seven Days after the Vessel sunk, -and not a Man was sav'd except only the said Pilot. Drake went on to -the River of Plate, and Winter'd for some Months in S. Julians Bay, -which is not well shelter'd, but expos'd to excessive cold Winds, -in 50 Degrees of South Latitude, where he lost some Men. - -One Thomas Haughton rais'd a Mutiny there, in order to Debauch the -Squadron, Drake laid hold of him, and struck off his Head. Here they -[Giants.] saw eight Indian Giants to whom the tallest Englishman -look'd like a Dwarf. They show'd their Bows and Arrows, and an -Englishman, who valu'd himself upon his Dexterity at those Weapons, -breaking the Peace establish'd with those People, let fly an Arrow -at one of them, which pierced him through, and he dropt; the others -in Revenge discharged theirs, and kill'd two of the English. The rest -then assail'd the Indians, but they fled so swiftly that they seem'd -not, to those English who saw and writ this, to set their Feet on -the Ground. They departed thence, as soon as the North Winds they -had expected to blow, and holding on their Course to the Southward, -in fifteen Days came to the Mouth of the Streight. From thence to the -second Narrowing they spent five Days, by reason of the Currents and -Shoals; at a small distance from them they found no Bottom. They met -with some Calms and Storms, and being come into the South-Sea had one -which lasted forty Days, and in it lost some Ships. The Vice-Admiral -return'd through the same Streight into England, where the Queen -order'd him to be Hang'd for having forsaken his Admiral; but he was -repriev'd till Drakes Return, and the Pardon'd, at his Request. He -went on with only his own and some other Ships, but wanted not Men, -Provisions, nor Ammunition, he took some belonging to private Persons, -and the Kings, loaded with the Plate they were bringing for Spain, -a Robbery of [Drake takes the Kings Plate.] great Consequence, -not so much for the Quantity of the Treasure, as for the Use it -is apply'd to in our Monarchy, which is the Advancement of the -Catholick Church, and which thereby ceas'd, and deplorable for the -unjust Abuses it was to be apply'd to in Scismatical Kingdoms. Having -wander'd, Steering various Courses, in which his Pilots made their -Observations by Sounding and their Charts, he touch'd at six Islands, -to some whereof he gave Names, in Imitation of the fabulous Heroes, -and even of true Catholicks, who assign such Names according to their -particular Devotion. One he call'd S. Bartholomew, another S. James, -and a third, which [He gives Names to Islands.] he thought larger and -more fruitful, New Albion, from the Ancient Name of England, this is -California. There he stay'd a Month and a half, refitting his Ships, -and sailing thence to those call'd de los Ladrones, or of Thieves, -in nine Degrees of North Latitude, kill'd 20 Indians, because they -attack'd him with 100 Canoas. Twenty Days after, he came to an Anchor -at the Molucco Islands, having before touch'd at others, without any -Action [Arrives at the Moluccos.] worth remembering. His Cruelties, -and Robberies might well gain him the Title of the greatest of Pyrates, -in those remotest Parts, as he had it in Europe. He came to Ternate, -but succeeded not at first, that People being War-like, and at that -time Arm'd by their own Malice, and an implacable King. He attempted -to barter for Clove, without his Leave, was inform'd how severely -he handled such as Transgress'd, and slighting the Advice, the King -came to hear of it, and order'd him to be Kill'd. It came very near -the Execution; but Drake, whose Genious well experienced in Frauds -was no Stranger to Dissimulation, retir'd to his Ships, to make his -Escape by Flight. Thence he contriv'd to appease the King, which was -no difficult Matter, by means of some Presents he sent him. With them -he purchas'd the good Will, and an Audience of that cunning Tyrant, -and going ashore several Times to visit him, agreed he should enter -into Amity with the Queen, and Nation of England, and that Factories -should be settled out of Hand. The King consented, and Drake promis'd -him the Protection and Arms of England; and taking with him, among -other Gifts, a rich Ring the King gave him for the Queen, he sail'd -homewards, with a great quantity of Clove. He met a Portuguese Ship -crossing the small Channel of Tydore, but either durst not, or thought -not fit to attack her, whether it was for being Inferior in Strength, -or out of a Desire of securing the new acquir'd Wealth. Scarce was -he got clear of Ternate, before the Winds began to toss him, in that -Sea full of Flats, whence they forc'd him, in order [Is in a Storm.] -to deliver him quite up to Tempests. He was oblig'd to lighten his -Ships, and among other Things of Value, threw over-Board a Cannon, of -an extraordinary Bigness, which the King of Ternate, hearing afterwards -of the Storm, caused to be taken out of the deep Sea. Then he built -a House before his Palace, on the Roof whereof he planted it openly, -and pointing over, either on Account of its Magnitude, or by way of -Ostentation, and in Memory of the first Englishman, that came into -his Kingdoms, from whom and the Sea he had taken that new offensive -Booty. Drake went on to the greater Java, where he laid in Provisions -of Cazabi, Plantans, and Floul, in exchange for Cloth. Next he put -into another Island, in four Degrees of North Latitude, where he -stay'd six Weeks. There he left a Woman, and two Men, all Blacks, -that belong'd to him, giving them Fire, Rice, and some Grain, that -they might People the Place. An Heroick Foundation of a Colony. Then -he continu'd his Voyage, turning in and out to several Places, with -unexpected Dammage to all those he touch'd at. - -It is to be observ'd, that it being possitively believed in Spain -and the Indies, [Reflection of the Spanish Author.] that none had -ever pass'd the Streights of Magellan, since the first Discoverer, -except F. Garcia de Loaysa, and one of the Ships sent by Don Gutierre -de Vargas, Bishop of Palencia, to the Spice-Islands, it was look'd -upon as incredible, that any Pyrates were come into the South-Sea, -especially through the Streight, and to the Islands of Ternate, and -that Archipelago. This Man was the first that open'd the Passage to the -Sectaries Hugonots, Lutherans, and Calvinists, who afterwards pierc'd -into those Seas, with Ship Loads of perverted Texts, Heretical Bibles, -and other Books of unsound Doctrine; but the Divine Providence has -given Proofs, that it is so much Offended at this Hellish Innovation, -tho' it permits Idolatry, and Mahometanism, that it has not suffer'd -those Souls which through its profound Judgments, lie involv'd -in the Shades and Darkness of Ignorance, to imbibe that Poyson, -till it sent them the Gospel in its Purity. It has Oppos'd those -new Apostacies making use of, as Instruments of Spanish Religious -Men, giving Strength to our King, who protects them, his main Design -being the Support of Religion. This Truth plainly appears in the many -Victories the Church has obtain'd through his Officers, and the Armies -maintain'd in the remotest Parts of the Monarchy, for the Propagation -of the Faith preach'd to the most distant Indians. - -But the better to demonstrate this true Forecast and Care, I think -it a [Reason for this Digression.] necessary Digression, so far from -being superfluous, to relate the Preparations made by the Viceroy Don -Francisco de Toledo, directing his Actions to this End, as became a -Minister who follow'd his Princes Designs, in Order to secure himself -against Drake's surprizing Celerity and Boldness; for as much of this -as concerns the Molucco Islands, obliges us to write it, and we will -slightly run over all the particular Passages. - -[Preparations of the Viceroy.] The Viceroy of Peru was of Opinion, -That in Order to secure the Indies, their Peace and Religion, and -for the removing, at first, of all Obstacles to its Exaltation, and -making Examples for a Warning, it was of the greatest Consequence to -erect Forts, as divine and humane politick Precautions, and to Arm -against that Pyrate, so to give a Check to the Northern Parts by his -Punishment. To this Purpose, and in Order to his Destruction, a more -exact Observation was to be taken of the Passes into the South-Sea, -and more particularly of the Way he was to take, to return into his -own Country. He was egg'd on by Fear, or the Loss of Reputation, -because some English Ships, Part of Drake's Squadron, ran along -the Coasts of Chile and Arica, obliging the People to Arm; it being -apprehended that Drake had erected Forts to secure the Passage, for -carrying on the Trade of Spice and Jewels, and the bringing in of -perverting Ministers with their poisonous Doctrines. For this Effect, -he pitch'd upon Peter Sarmiento de Gamboa, a Gentleman of Galicia, -who had twice already engag'd with that Pyrate. The first in the Port -of Callao near Lima, where he took from him a Spanish Ship, laden -with Commodities of Spain; the second a few Days after, pursuing -him as far as Panama. The Viceroy resolv'd he should go to discover -the Streights of Magellan, an Enterprize look'd upon as impractable -by the South Sea, by Reason of the many Mouths and Channels which -obstruct the Access to it, where many [Difficultie of the Streight of -Magellan.] Discoverers sent by the Governours of Peru and Chile have -been lost. Others have attempted it, entering from the North Sea, and -miss'd of the Streight; some were cast away, or beaten back by Storm, -and all generally despair'd of finding it. But now that Terror being -remov'd, they can take a fix'd Latitude, settle a Rumb, and steer -a safe Course to the Streight, so to secure the Passage before an -Enemy possesses himself of it. The Viceroy made Choice of two Ships, -which he took Care to see well rigg'd, arm'd and provided. Sarmiento -call'd the Bigger, Our Lady of Hope, which was Commodore; the other -being subordinate, had the Name of S. Francis. Two Hundred Seamen and -Soldiers were put into them, with virtuous and learned Religious Men, -fit for that Employ. [Sarmiento sent after Drake with two Ships.] -Captain John de Villalobos was appointed Vice-Admiral. Ferdinand -Lamero Head Pilot, and under him Ferdinand Alonso and Antony Pablo, -all of them very able Pilots in both Seas. These took an Oath of -Fidelity, and the Viceroy gave the Admiral particular Instructions, -the Purport whereof was, That they should pursue the Pyrate, fight -him till taken or kill'd, and recover the great Booty he had taken -upon the King's Lands [His Instructions.] and Ships, whatsoever the -Hazard might be, since they had sufficient Men, Arms and Ammunition -to overcome the Enemy. That they should sail into 50 or 54 Degrees -of South Latitude, as might be most Advantageous, about the Mouth of -the Streights of Magellan. That both Ships should have Lights out at -Night, that so they might not lose Sight of one another in the Dark, -but always keep together. He charg'd them to be unanimous in their -Consultations, particularly the two Commanders; which Direction was not -so well observ'd, as it ought to have been, thro' the Vice-Admiral's -Fault. They were commanded to lay down the Ports, and Seas in exact -Draughts. To take Possession of any Country they landed on for his -Majesty. When they met with any Towns of Indians, to mollify and -endear them by discreet Courtesy, and gain their Affections with such -Gifts, as should for that Purpose be deliver'd to the Commodore, being -Sissars, Combs, Knives, Fishing-Hooks, Buttons of several Colours, -Looking-Glasses, Hawks-Bells, Glass-Beads, &c. To carry with them some -Indians to serve for Interpreters; and so provided discreetly for -all other material Points. Then to encourage them he made a Speech, -intermixing it with Hopes and Exhortations. The Commodore having -conferr'd with his Vice-Admiral and Pilots, concerning the Design of -their Voyage; they agreed, That if any Stress of Weather should happen -to part the one Ship from the other, they should carefully seek one -another out, or make the Mouth of the Streight in the South-Sea to the -Westward, there to wait for one another. The next Day being Sunday, -the 11th of October, 1579, when they had all confess'd and receiv'd -the Holy Eucharist, they embark'd in order to introduce the Faith into -those Nations void of all Worship. On Board the Capitana, or greater -Ship, the General, or Commodore Sarmiento, F. Antony de Guadramiro, -of the Order of S. Francis, and Vicar-General of this Expedition; the -Ensign John Gutierrez de Guevara, Antony Pablos, and Ferdinand Alonso, -Pilots, with 54 Soldiers. In the other Ship, with John de Villalobos, -F. Christopher de Merida, of the said Order of S. Francis, Ferdinand -Lamero, chief Pilot of that Ship, [His Strength.] with whom, and -the Seamen and Soldiers, they made 54; and the whole Number in both -Vessels as was said above. - -They sail'd from the Port of Callao, belonging to the City of Lima, and -that Night came to an Anchor at the Island, two Leagues from Callao, in -[His Voyage.] 12 Degrees and a half of South Latitude. On the first -of November they pass'd in Sight of those they call Unfortunate, -in 25 Degrees, 20 Minutes, which were accidentally discover'd by -the Pilot John Fernandez, being bound for Chile the second Time, -immediately after Magellan's Discovery, since the Year 1520. They -are now call'd, the Islands of S. Felix, and S. Ambor. Here Sarmiento -observ'd the Difference, betwixt this Course, which he calls the True -one, and the Imaginary. This he noted down [His Care and Capacity.] -with extraordinary Curiosity, employing all the Care and Art of -his Pilots, and his own, which was not inferior to theirs, nor to -others in any Martial Knowledge, as will appear by his Treatises, -if publish'd, of Navigation, casting great Guns and Bullets, -Fortification, and Knowledge in Astronomy, for failing in all -Seas. They never quitted the Lead, the Astrolabe, and the Charts, -either in the Deep, in Ports, Bays, or among Mountains, and Currents, -which produc'd a very ample Relation he sent to King Philip, whence -we took this Abridgement. There he sets down the Points in the Heaven -answering to the Earth, the Dangers, Islands, Promontories and Gulphs, -Geographically and Corographically. He lays down the Rumbs that are to -be follow'd, and those to be avoided; and thus distinctly leads us into -and thro' the Streight, giving visible Signs, and also invisible of -the Winds for all Ports. At the first unknown Land, where he anchor'd, -they found the Latitude to be 49 Degrees and a half [Land at the -Mouth of the Streights.] South. They saw no People, but Tokens of -them, as the Prints of Mens Feet, Darts, Oars, and little Nets. They -climb'd up vast high Mountains, above two Leagues in the Ascent, over -Stones, some of them so sharp, that they cut their Shoes. Others, -to avoid them, made their way on the Boughs of Trees. From the -Top they discover'd great Channels, Inlets, Rivers, and Harbours, -and all the Land as far as their Sight could reach, seem'd to them -cut and rent asunder. They judg'd it to be an Archipelago. It is -to be observ'd, that our Discoverers give the Name of Archipelagos, -to Seas in the New World, which are strew'd thick with Islands, as -it were great Stones, like the Archipelago of Greece, so well known -to all Nations in the Egean Sea, which contains the Cyclades, tho' -the Name is not ancient. They perceiv'd the Channel to run on, Wide, -Spacious, Open and Clean; and were satisfi'd that Drake came out that -Way into the South Sea. They found the Latitude by three Astrolabes -to be 50 Degrees. The Harbour they call'd of, Our Lady of the Rosary, -and the Island of the most Holy Trinity. - -The next Sunday, Sarmiento order'd all the Men to land, in order to -take Possession, and perform'd all that is contain'd in the Authentick -Instrument [Sarmiento takes Possession of the Land.] of what happen'd -that Day, the express Words whereof are thus, - -'In the Name of the most Holy Trinity, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, -three Persons, and one only God, who is the Beginning, Maker and [The -Form of it.] Creator of all Things; without whom nothing that is Good -can be done, began, or preserv'd. And in regard that a good Beginning -must be in God, and through God, and in him it is requisite to begin, -to his Honour and Glory, and in his most Holy Name, Be it known to -all those who shall see this Instrument, that this Day, being Sunday -the 22d of November, 1579, this Royal Navy of the Mighty Renowned -Lord, King Philip of Spain, and its other Dominions, my Sovereign, -being arriv'd in this Country by Order of the most Excellent Lord, -Don Francisco de Toledo, Viceroy, Governour, and Captain General -of Peru, to discover the Streight of Magellan, under the Command of -the General Peter Sarmiento, the Land by him nam'd, Our Lady of the -Rosary, and the Bay of, The most Holy Trinity. The said Lord General -having landed with most of the Sea and Landmen belonging to his Navy, -and the Religious Men, he brought ashore a Cross, which he devoutly -worshipp'd, with all his Men. The Religious Men sang the Hymn Te -Deum laudamus, and he with a loud Voice, said, That in the Name of -his Majesty Philip the Second, our Lord, King of Castile and Aragon, -and their Dependencies, whom our Lord God long preserve, with the -Addition of greater Kingdoms and Dominions, for the Glory of God, -and Good and Prosperity of his Subjects; and in the Name of the most -Potent Kings his Heirs and Successors for the Time being; he, as his -Commander in chief, and Admiral of this same Navy, and by Virtue of -the Order and Instructions given him in his Majesty's Royal Name, by -the said Lord Viceroy of Peru, took, did take, seiz'd, and did seize -the Possession of this Land on which he is now ashore, and which -he has discover'd for evermore, in the said Royal Name, and of the -said Crown of Castile and Leon, as has been said, as being his own, -and really belonging to him, by Virtue of the Donation and Gift the -Holy Father Alexander the Sixth, Pope of Rome, pass'd Motu proprio, -in Favour of their Catholick Majesties Ferdinand the Fifth and Isabel -his Wife, King and Queen of Castile and Leon of glorious Memory, and -to their Heirs and Successors, of the one half of the World, being -180 Degrees of Longitude, as is more fully contain'd in the said -Bull, dated at Rome, on the 4th of May, 1493. By Virtue whereof, -these said Lands fall, lye, and are included within the Limits -and Meridian of the said Partition of 180 Degrees of Longitude, -belonging to the said Royal Crown of Castile and Leon. And as such -he takes, and did take Possession of these said Lands, and their -Territories, Seas, Rivers, Creeks, Ports, Bays, Gulphs, Archipelagos, -and of this said Harbour of the Rosary, where at present this Navy -is at Anchor. And he subjects, and did subject them to the Power, -Possession and Dominion of the said Royal Crown, as has been said, as -being their own Property. And in Token of Possession, or as it were, -drawing the Sword he had by his Side, with it he cut Trees, Branches, -and Grass, and remov'd Stones, and walk'd over the Fields and Shores, -without any Opposition; requiring such as were present to be Witnesses -thereof, and me the underwritten Notary, to give him a Testimonial -thereof in publick Form. And immediately, taking up a great Cross, -and the Men belonging to the Navy being drawn up in a martial Manner, -with Muskets and other Arms, they carry'd the Cross in Procession, the -Religious Men, F. Antony de Guadramiro, the Vicar and his Companion, -singing the Litany, and all the others answering. And the said -Procession being ended, the said Lord General planted the Cross on -a hard Rock, and rais'd a heap of Stones at the Foot of the Cross, -in Token, and as a Memorial of Possession of all the Lands and Seas, -discover'd, adjacent, and contiguous. And he gave the Name of Our -Lady of the Rosary to this Port, as has been said. And as soon as -the Cross was set up, they worshipp'd it a second Time; and they -all pray'd, beseeching and intreating our Lord JESUS CHRIST, would -be pleas'd that what they did might be for his Glory, and to the End -that our Holy Catholick Faith might be exalted and dilated, and the -Holy Gospel preach'd and spread abroad among these barbarous Nations, -which have hitherto been remote from the true Knowledge and Doctrine; -that it may defend and deliver them from the Frauds and Dangers of -the Devil, and from the Blindness they are in, that their Souls may -be sav'd. And then the Religious Men sung in Honour of the Cross, -the Hymn Vexilla Regis. Next the Father Vicar said Mass on an Altar -there erected, being the first that was ever said in that Country, to -the Honour and Glory of our Almighty Lord God, and for the Extirpation -of the Devil and all Idolatry. And he preach'd to that Purpose, and -some confess'd and communicated. And as soon as the Mass was said, -the General, for a more absolute Token and Memorial of Possession, -caus'd a large Tree to be trimm'd, and on it caus'd a very high -Cross to be made, and on it plac'd the most Holy Name of our Lord -JESUS CHRIST. J. N. R. I. And under it, Philippus Secundus Rex -Hispaniarum. Of all which, I John de Esquivel, Royal Secretary to -this Navy and Admiral Ship, do give Affidavit and true Testimony, -that it was so done as is said. Then follows Esquivel's Subscription.' - -[Sarmiento gives Names to Places.] Four Days after, Sarmiento, in -the Vice-Admiral's Boat, with the Pilots, Pablos and Lamero, and ten -Sailors and Soldiers, with Muskets, Bucklers and Swords, and four Days -Provision, set out of this Port to discover the Channels they saw, that -they might not endanger the Ships. Going out by the Ridges of Rocks, -he run along the Gulph, close to the Shore, all which he observ'd, -and sounded the Harbours, giving Names to them and the Mountains, -according to their Shapes, such as Sugar-Loaves, Pitchers, Guinea -Peppers, and the like. He observ'd the Trees, the Plants and the -Birds. At one Place on the Shore he found several Tracts of People, -and two Poniards or such Weapons made of Bone, with a Cross on the -Handles, near a small Stream of fresh Water, whose Sands are Red, -and therefore he call'd it the Red-River, which falls into a Harbour, -and that also took the same Name. They saw abundance of Fish, and -among the Shells thrown up by the Sea, vast Quantities of Oysters and -Mussels, and in those that were left upon the Rocks above the Water, -great and small Pearls, some Grey, others White. This Sort of [Pearls -despis'd for Hunger.] Fish, at certain Times, the Shells being first -open, gape with their Mouths, and receive the pure and substantial -Dew, which, as it were, impregnates them with Pearls, which are in -Colour answerable to the Nature of the Dew. If they receive it pure, -they produce them white; if disturb'd, they are of a Dark, or other -Muddy Colours. Sarmiento describes the Vexation that tormented him -and his Men; for being eager to satisfy their Hunger with Oysters -and Mussels, and they being unfit to Eat, because of the Hardness of -those Pearls they found in them, they threw them away, cursing the -Inventors of putting a Value on those Productions, or Hornynesses -of Fishes, which Nature had trebly hid in the Waters of the Sea, -in Shells, and in the Fish it self. They said, that true Wealth -consisted in tame Cattle, Fruit, and Corn brought up by Tillage, -as they had in Spain; for that precious Obstacle to feeding, then -not valu'd, depriving them of the Sustenance of the Shell-Fish, -and being forc'd to live ten Days on the Provision they brought for -four, the Fast made them all Philosophers. From this Red Harbour, -he was obliged to return to the Ships left in that of the Rosary, no -Day passing without violent Storms; when they had run backward, and -forward, above 70 Leagues, landing on Islands, and taking Possession -of them. They were Fruitful and Habitable, but till then Untill'd and -Desart. From a very high Hill, he discover'd the main Chanel, which -runs out into the great Ocean, and so many other Channels and small -Islands, that they could not be reckon'd up in a long Time. Whilst he -staid, he sounded Harbours, Deeps, Channels, Creeks, Inlets, Flats, -Roads and Bays, making Draughts of, and giving them Names. He settled -the Latitude, and certain Course to be steer'd, in the Presence, -and with the Opinion of the Pilots, Seamen, and Soldiers, in order to -reconcile those disagreeing Persons by examining all that were present. - -Here the Vice-Admiral began to cavil, saying, They were imbay'd, and -[Vice-Admiral disagrees with Sarmiento.] that it was impossible to -hold on their Voyage that Way; and would have quitted his Admiral, -as he did afterwards. From Red-Port they held on their Course, -trying those in other Islands. Sarmiento came to a Bay, which he -call'd S. Francis's, where, as they were taking their Station, -a Soldier fired a Piece at some Birds, and in Answer to the Gun, -certain Indians, near a Mountain, on the other Side of the Bay, -gave horrid Shouts. By the first Noise, the Spaniards thought it -had been made by Sea-Wolves, till they discover'd the naked Red -Bodies. They afterwards [Painted Indians.] found the Reason of that -Colour, for they daub'd themselves from the Head to the Feet with a -glutinous Red-Earth. Sarmiento took some of his Company into a Boat, -and coming to a Thicket, found them in the closest of the Trees, -without any other Cloathing but that Clay as Red as Blood. Only -one old Man, who talk'd to, and commanded, and was obey'd by them, -appear'd cover'd with a Cloak of the Skins of Sea-Wolves. Fifteen -Youths came out upon the open Shore, near the Sea and drawing near, -with peaceable Demonstrations, very earnestly pointed, lifting up -their Hands towards the Place where the Ships remain'd. The Spaniards -did the same. The Indians came close, and Sarmiento giving them two -Towels and a Night-cap, for he had nothing else then, and the Pilots -some other Trifles, they were well pleas'd. They gave them Wine, -which they tasted and then threw away. They eat of the Bisket, but all -this did not satisfy them; for which Reason, and because they were on -an open Shore, in Danger of losing the Boat, they return'd to their -Station, making Signs to the Indians to go to the Boat. They did so, -and Sarmiento posted two Sentinels for the more Security, then forcibly -seiz'd one of the Indians for an Interpreter, put him into his Boat, -embrac'd him lovingly, cloath'd and fed him. This Place he call'd, -The Point of People, as being the first where he found any. Thence -he proceeded to Three small Islands, lying in a Triangle, and lay -there. They went on, taking Draughts of the Lands, and being before a -very craggy Country, the Indian who had never ceas'd shedding Tears, -throwing off a Shirt they had put him on, leap'd over-board, and -swam away. They held on their Way, quite weary of seeing so many -Islands, containing strange Productions of Nature, but without any -Inhabitants. Only in one of them, which they call'd, The Cleft Rock, -near a deep Cave, they found much Tract of Men's Feet, and the whole -Skeleton of a Man or Woman. They went on thence with Storms through -incredible Solitudes, which it would be too much to describe, tho' -our Design were to treat only of this Voyage. At another Land, where -they arriv'd full of Uncertainty, as it were by Accident, in the Bay -they call'd, Our Lady of Guadalupe, thinking to discover whether -one Channel ran to the East, and another to the North; they saw a -[A Piragua.] Piragua, being a Vessel made of Planks put together, -without any Sides, and sometimes of Rushes, and of Calabashes, and -properly a Float, coming along on the Water, and in it five Indians, -who getting to the Shore, left the Piragua, and ran up a Mountain in -a Consternation. The Pilot went into the Piragua, with four Soldiers, -and the Boat proceeded further. - -Coming to another Point, where they thought there were more People, -[A Cottage and what in it.] they only found a low round Cottage, -made of Poles, and cover'd with broad Barks of Trees, and the Skins -of Sea-Wolves. In it were little Baskets, Shell-Fish, small Nets, and -Bones for Sticking of Fish, like Harping Irons and Scrips full of that -Red Earth wherewith they dye their Bodies, instead of Cloaths. This is -all the Gayity and Habit they use, instead of the Gold and Silks worn -in the Courts of Princes. Sarmiento left the Piragua, and return'd to -the Ships with only the Boat, because his Provisions were spent. In -this small Vessel, and a Brigantine, he found newly built by his -Company, whilst they were viewing those most desart Islands, with -the Advice of the Vice-Admiral, he went from the Red Harbour, and -finding no other safe for the Ships, return'd to the same. Then in -the Boat call'd Nuestra Senora de Guia, or Our Lady of the Guide, he -went away to make Tryal of the Mouth which appear'd to the Eastward -under a mighty long Ridge of Snowy Mountains, so various, that -they saw some Tops cover'd with white, others with blew, and others -[Snow of several Colours.] with black Snow. Sarmiento calls that the -Continent. There is no Number of the Islands he took Possession of, -and those he discover'd, being inaccessible in other Archipelagos, from -the Top of a Mountain rising above those about it, and cover'd with -blew Snow, which he compares to the Colour of the Turky Stones. This -Height he call'd Anno Nuevo, that is, New Year, because he found it -on the first Day of the Year, 1580. He left no Saints Name, or the -Resemblance of any natural Thing, but what he apply'd to distinguish -those Islands he touch'd at, erecting Crosses on them all, and writing -as he did in the first. He saw Men, only in these here mention'd. - -He ran again in his Boat through those Seas, where Nature seem'd -to set up new Islands every Day; and Anchor'd in a Harbour, where, -among [Sarmiento's Industry.] other Precautions for Navigation, he -drew a Meridian Line on the Earth, and mark'd the Magnetick Needles, -refreshing them by touching again, because they had receiv'd some -Damage by the Storms and Damps. How weak a Guide have Men for mighty -Enterprizes! He prosecuted his Discovery of little Islands, and taking -Possession; and observ'd an Eclipse for the Benefit of Navigation, in -the Port of Misericordia, or Mercy, as he nam'd it. The Vice-Admiral -not coming to him, he suppos'd he was return'd to Lima, however he -waited for him ten Days, and five more in another newly discover'd, -and call'd, Nuestra Senora de la Candelaria, or Our Lady of Candlemas, -three Leagues from the other. This Time having been agreed upon between -them to expect one another, which when expir'd, each was to make the -best of his Way into Spain; Sarmiento being positive, contrary to -the Opinion of the Pilots, that there was the Streight of Magellan. - -On St. Agnes's Day he Anchor'd at the Island which forms that Harbour, -for which Reason he gave it that Saint's Name. From the Ridge of a -Hill, which hangs bending like a Bow over a River, he perceiv'd five -Native Indians, who with Cries and Signs desired him to come to them; -the Spaniards answering them in the same Manner, the Indians held up a -[Indians by Signs show that Drake pass'd that Way.] white Scarf, and -our Men another. When they were come down to the Shore, they seem'd to -request they would draw near. Sarmiento sent them his Ensign, and the -Pilot Ferdinand Alonso, with only four Men, that they might not fear; -however they durst not come near the Boat. One of our Men went ashore, -and yet they would not trust him, yet drawing nearer because he was -alone, he gave them Chaquiras, that is, Glass-Beads, Hawks-Bells, -Combs, Ear-Rings, and Hempen-Cloth. Observe what mighty Designs were -couch'd under those Childish Gifts. Then the Ensign and Pilot came -ashore, cherishing and giving them other Toys, and show'd them what -every Thing was for, by applying it to the Use before them. This -pleas'd them extreamly, as did some little Linnen Flags, or Bannors, -our Men carry'd, made of narrow Slips of French Linnen, Canvas, and -Silesia Cloth. This made Sarmiento judge that they had before seen -Europeans, and they, without being ask'd, signify'd by intelligible -Tokens, that two Ships like ours had pass'd that Way, or were still -thereabouts, pointing to the South East, and in them bearded Men, -clad and arm'd after the same Manner. This was the first Intelligence -they found of the English Ships under Drake. The Indians with smiling -Countenances promis'd to come again. They went up the Land, and our -Men aboard the Ship, which not being far off, Sarmiento came ashore -to take Possession, with the usual Religious and Civil Ceremony. - -The next Day the Ensign and Ferdinand Alonso were with six Soldiers -by break of Day in the Harbour, carrying a considerable Quantity of -Toys, to gain the Affections of the Natives, who came also; but would -not draw [Spaniards catch three Indians.] near our Men. They made -the same Signs they had the Day before. The Spaniards to be better -informed of what Course the English Steer'd, ran at the Indians, -and took three of them, every two Soldiers holding one of them, and -tho' they gave our Men many Blows and Bangs, struggling to get loose, -they could not prevail, and yet were very strong. The Spaniards put -up all that they might get them to the Ship, where Sarmiento receiv'd, -and treated them Courteously. They Eat and Drank, and Kindness so far -prevail'd, that they laid aside all Fear, and Laugh'd. Being show'd -the narrow Slips of Linnen, they pointed with their Hands to a Bay, -where the Ships had Anchor'd, with the bearded People, who had Arrows, -and Partesans. One of them show'd two, and another one Wound they -had receiv'd fighting against the Men of that Fleet. - -[Vice-Admiral returns to Chile.] The Vice-Admiral was now gone back -to Chile, and among other Accidents which happen'd in his Return, -he was wont to tell, that being come to Island Mocha, he sent his -Boat thither to ask some supply of Provisions, and understanding -how Friendly they behav'd themselves towards Drake, and that the -Hatred those People bear the Spaniards might be an Obstacle to him, -his Messengers, by Order, conceal'd their being such, pretending -they were Lutherans. The Islanders gave Credit to the Fiction, being -desirous [He deceives the Indians.] to gain Friends, for preserving -of their Liberty. Accordingly they sent them Flesh, Bread, and Fruit, -with a Letter, in answer to theirs, the Superscription thereof in -English run thus, To the very Magnificent Lords, the Lutherans, in -the South Sea. Our Men answer'd, That since they had supplied them -with such plenty of Provisions, they desir'd they would come and -partake. About 30 of the Prime Caciques accepted of the Invitation, -and came very Joyfully, in a Canoe, to our Ship. No sooner were they -Aboard, than the Vice-Admiral, not regarding their Complaints, gave -order to loose the Sails, which were ready, and carry'd them away -Prisoners to Chile. Some things that befell him, might justify his -deserting his Superior, but they must be left to those who write a -particular History of those Actions. - -[Sarmiento press'd to go back.] To return to Sarmiento. In the -aforesaid Port of Candelaria, or Candlemass, the Pilots press'd him -hard, with Intreaties and Protestations, to do as his Vice-Admiral -had done, representing how much his Men were harrass'd and his Ship -disabled, and that he had done more than all the Discoverers before -him. That they wanted Anchors, Cables, and Rigging; that the Winds -oppos'd him, without which it was impossible to proceed. This was a -Dangerous Tryal, because amidst the Complaints, and almost Threats -of the Pilots, there was a mixture of Flattery, commending him, for -that no other Discoverer had ventur'd so far; so that Sarmiento was no -[He is resolute, and goes on.] less mov'd by their Praises than by -their Anger. However he bore up against both, and severely check'd the -Pilots: Who knows but he might conceal the same Fears they urg'd? And -in short, he appear'd so Resolute against all they could say, that -he brought them to his Beck. He sail'd thence, keeping the Channel, -and about a League to the South-East, the Indians show'd him the -way the Bearded Men took, of whom, after killing many, they, as was -afterwards known, sav'd one Catherine, and a Boy, both English, who -[Account of Drake's Passage.] still liv'd among those wild Beasts, -which they were more like than Rational Creatures. Somewhat farther -in another Island, which the Indians said was call'd Puchachailgua, -full of extraordinary high grey Rocks, the bearded Men again fought -the Natives without Success. They went on to another Island Nam'd -Capitloilgua, on the Coast call'd Cayrayxaxiilgua. Sarmiento did not -change the Ancient Names of Countries, when he could learn them. They -were sufficiently dismay'd in the next they came at, thinking they -were Imbay'd; but presently after they took Heart again, at the Sight -of the Channel, which begins at the Mouth called Xaultegua, and it -widen'd, bringing them out to a most spacious Sea, full of thousands -of Islands. Passing by, in Sight of one of them, they perceiv'd high -Smokes; and the Captive Indians began to Weep, and they saw it was -for Fear of the Natives, expressing that they were Giants, and fought -desperately. Our Men encourag'd them, giving them to understand that -they should be able to deal with those People. They went ashore on -that Country, which is call'd Tinquichisgua. Sarmiento alter'd it, in -Honour of the Cross he [Several Islands.] erected there, calling it, -the Island of the Cross. There he saw Abundance of Whales, Wolves, -and other Sea-Monsters, and great Clods of Snow, on the Waves. He -made ready his Cannon, and small Arms, providing against both Pirates -and Natives, for he expected to find the English possessed of the -Land. From that Time he stood upon his Guard, and no Man quitted -his Arms. They went on to a third Island, which is the biggest, -heard Humane Voices, and saw some Piraguas, with the People that -cry'd out, who were crossing from one Island to another. Our Men -drew near in the Boat to take a View, and all of them put into a -clean Harbour, whence they discover'd a Town, not Barbarous, but -Decent and Lofty, like ours in Europe, and abundance of People, who -having sunk the Piraguas, [Populous Islands.] and standing on the -Mountains, with their Arms in their Hands, call'd to our Men from -a Wood, to Land, as ours did them to draw near the Sea. Among the -Trees appear'd many more of those Islanders, with Bows and Arrows, -as if they intended to fall on. This made our Men discharge some -Muskets at them, the Noise whereof so terrify'd the Indian Women, -that they set up hideous Shrieks, and therefore the Spaniards forbore -Firing, for fear of losing all hopes of gaining their Affections. By -this time the Ship which had been Cruizing up and down, came into -the Harbour. Sarmiento made a Gun ready, and the Boat came Aboard, -Towing a Piragua after it. Having writ the Instrument of Possession, -tho' he had not inquir'd into the Government of the Inhabitants -of that great Town, he Landed on the Shore, whence is discover'd a -vast high Mountain, all white with aged Snow, and encompass'd with -Rocks. Ancient Relations call'd it Orlanro's Bell, he being one of -Magellan's Companions. He Sail'd on to 54 Degrees Latitude, at the -Point he call'd of S. Isidorus. Near to it the Natives call'd out to -him, and coming up to our Men, Embrac'd them familiarly. [Tractable -Indians.] Sarmiento, besides Hawks-Bels, and other Toys, sent them -Bisket and Flesh from the Ships. They sat down to Converse, by Signs, -with the Ensign, the Pilot, and Eight other Christians, signifying, -that they were pleas'd with their Friendship, and those rich Gifts; -and gave such confuse Tokens of the English having pass'd that -way, as the others had done. Then they return'd to their Huts, -and the Admiral having taken Possession, and found the Latitude -to be 53 Degrees, and 40 Minutes, advanc'd in sight of the Coast, -which eight Leagues from thence lies flat with the Sea, and forms a -Shore of white Sand. Before he came to it he Discover'd a prodigious -high burning Mountain, cover'd with Snow; where the Fire and the Snow -seem, out of natural Courtesy, to Respect one another, and to confine -within themselves their Force, and Effects; for neither is the one -Quench'd, nor the other Melted by their near Neighbourhood. The Channel -carry'd him to the Point he call'd of S. Anne, in 53 Degrees and a -half of Latitude. He took possession, and rais'd a heap of Stones, -at the Foot of a Cross, and left a Letter written with Charcole-Dust, -which he thought incorruptible, in the Shards of an Earthen Vessel, -well Pitch'd, among those Stones. In it he declared to all Nations, -That those Lands and Seas belong'd to the King of Spain, and by -what Title he held them. In the same Letter, he left Orders for his -Vice-Admiral, to return to Peru, and give the Viceroy an Account of all -that happen'd, till they discover'd the Streight. [Indian Presents.] -The Ship steer'd off with the Ebb, and the Indians when it was gone -came down with their Wives and Children, and a Present of great -pieces of Sea Wolves, stinking Meat, Sea Foul, call'd Minnos, which -are White and Yellowish, Murtina, a sort of Fruit like Cherries, -and bits of Flint, bor'd through and Painted, in a small Box of -Gold and Silver. Being ask'd, what that was for, and they answering, -To strike Fire, one of them took some Feathers he brought, and with -them lighted it, as if it were Tinder. A little before, when our Men -made a Fire to melt the Pitch, for securing the Vessel the Letter -was in, which was left stopp'd at the Foot of the Cross, the Flame -spread upon the Mountain, and rais'd a Smoke. The Indians believing -they were Fires made by those so much dreaded Enemies of theirs, -went away and could not be stopp'd by any means; nor was their Fear -groundless, for they answer'd immediatly in the opposite Island, -with great Smokes. The River which falls into the Sea at the Point -Sarmiento call'd S. John's; and the Streight dividing these Islands, -which is the very Old one of Magellan, look'd and sought after with -so much Danger, he nam'd of The Mother of God, changing its first -Appellation, that through this Devotion she may obtain of her Son -the Salvation of those numberless Provinces, extending the Voice of -his Gospel to them, that it might reach the Ears of so many Souls, -most of which are Ignorant of their own Immortality, without knowing -any more than common Nature has taught them. - -[Possession taken.] Sarmiento was so well pleas'd with having thus -express'd his Devotion, that when he return'd to Spain, he intreated -the Kings, to direct that Streight to be generally so call'd, and -his Majesties Orders. The Possession of this so remarkable Place was -taken with extraordinary Joy, inserting in the Instrument the Clause -of Pope Alexander the 6th's Bull, the Title that gives the Kings of -Castile, and the Limits assigned by the Line he drew through both the -Poles of the World, as Gods Vicar. F. Guadramiro said Mass, and they -all heard it devoutly, considering it was the first offer'd up in -that Place by Man to his Creator. It was intended as a Thanksgiving, -and they all took Courage to undertake any difficult Enterprize. They -saw the Track of Tigers, and Lions, and also White and Grey Parrots, -with Red Heads; and they heard the sweet Notes of Goldfinches, and -other Birds. Holding on their Course along the Channel, with excessive -hot Weather, they came into a Bay, that was cover'd with white Weeds, -and Anchor'd at the Point, on which a Company of Giants immediatly -appear'd, who call'd out to them, lifting up their Hands Unarm'd; our -Men imitated their Actions, which denoted Peace on both sides. They -being come to the Boat, which was Guarded by ten Musketeers, the -Ensign leap'd Ashore, with four others. The Giants made Signs to him -to lay down his Leading-Staff, and then they withdrew, to the place -where they had hid their Bows and Arrows. The Ensign did as they -directed, and then shew'd them the Toys and Gifts he design'd for -them. This withheld them, but still they were jealous, wherefore our -Men supposing their jealousy proceeded from what they had suffer'd -before, and guessing they had receiv'd some dammage from the English -Pyrate, to be the better enform'd of it, ten of our men fell upon one -of the Giants, whom they took; but had enough to [A Giant Taken.] -do to secure him. The others running to their Arms, return'd so -quick upon the Spaniards, that they had scarce time to get into their -Boat. They shot their Arrows, which flying thick, and our Men taking -care to avoid them, they dropt two Muskets. The Steward of the Ship was -shot in the Eye with an Arrow. The Indian they took was a Giant even -among the other Giants, and the Relation says, he look'd to them like -one of the Cyclops. Other Relations assure us, each of these Giants -is above three Yards high, and they are proportionably spread and -brawny. Being brought into the Ship, he was extraordinary melancholy, -and tho' they offer'd him the best they had to Eat, he would take -nothing all that Day. They set Sail, crossing Channels, and passing -by Islands, in most of which they saluted them with Smokes. In the -narrowest Part, which they call'd of Our Lady of Grace, through which -they must pass of Necessity, and is [Other Indians.] in 53 Degrees -and a half Latitude, Sarmiento was of Opinion, Forts might be erected -on the two Capes to secure the Passage. They made haste thro' it, -and again saw the Natives on another Point of Land, calling out, and -shaking their Cloaks, or Woolly Blankets. Sarmiento went to them with -eighteen Soldiers. Only four Indians appear'd with Bows and Arrows, -and making Signs of Peace with their Hands, said, Xiitote, which, -as was afterwards known, signifies Brothers. They posted themselves -on a rising Ground, and when the Spaniards were landed, made Signs to -them for one of our Men to come to them. One went unarm'd, with some -Gifts, as Glass-Beads, Hawks-Bels and Combs, which they receiv'd -pointing to him to go down again. He did so, and the Ensign went -up in his stead, obliging them with other Presents. They accepted -of them, and yet neither they, nor any Courtesie could dispel their -Jealousie. Sarmiento left them, to avoid provoking them, and going up -the Mountain another way, to view the Ridge, Plains, and Channels, -the four Archers appear'd before him, and without any Provocation -receiv'd, but on the contrary after receiving the aforesaid Gifts, -they furiously assaulted our Men, wounding the General with two Arrows -in the Side, and betwixt his Eyes; and another Soldier had an Eye -put out. The rest of the Spaniards covering themselves with their -Bucklers ran at them, but the Giants fled up the Country so swiftly, -that a Musket Ball would scarce over-take them. This Action seems to -verifie the Cowardice the Authors of Fabulous Books, commonly call'd -Romances, ascribe to their Giants. Sarmiento view'd the Land, call'd -it Nuestra Senora del Valle, or Our Lady of the Vale, discovering -betwixt two spacious Ridges, some delightful Plains, numerous Towns, -lofty Buildings, Towers and Pinacles, and to his Thought sumptuous -Temples of so Majestick an Appearance, that he scarce believ'd his -own Eyes, and judg'd it an imaginary City. - - - The End of the Third Book - - - - - - - - THE - HISTORY - OF THE - Discovery and Conquest - OF THE - Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. - - BOOK IV. - - -These Endeavours us'd by Spain to shut out the Monsters of Heresy, -dispell'd the Dread spread abroad by Drake, and his [Reasons for -Digressions.] Example in the North and South Seas. And since his -coming to Ternate, oblig'd us to write all these Particulars, we could -not, once they began to have any Place in this Relation, forbear -making it perfect by delivering the Success of them. A compleat -History is the Witness of Times, the Light of Truth, the Life of -Memory, and in fine the Mistress of Life. Therefore, to perform the -Duty incumbent on it from such important Employments, it is not to -spare any notable Digressions; especially when they deviate but little -from the main Subject, and have some Connexion with it. This here is -due to a most prudent Action of King Philip IId. and his Ministers; -and shows his Catholick Indignation against Sectaries, and his Zeal -for preserving the Faithful of his Indies untainted, and improving -the Disposition in the Souls of Idolaters, towards drawing them to -the Faith. It demonstrates how he compass'd the whole World by Means -of his Commanders, that he might introduce the said Faith in all -Corners thereof; to the Reputation of his Watchfulness in the Service -of this Mistical Empire, which is now Militant, in order to its being -Triumphant. For this Reason it is absolutely Necessary, not to conceal -Sarmiento's Resolution, nor to leave him in those remote Seas, till we -have brought him back to Spain, and then we will return to the Molucco -Islands, which were in the mean while busy about their own Destruction. - -Sarmiento did not go up to the great City he discover'd at a Distance, -because he would not depart from his Ship, to which he return'd, -leaving us still desirous to be throughly satisfi'd of so strange a -Thing. By the Way he found two extraordinary long Cloaks, or Barbarian -Blankets, made of Sheep-Skins, with the Wooll on, and a pair of Shoes -made of raw Hides to bind about the Feet, which the Indians could -not carry off, thro' the fearful Precipitation of their Flight. They -continu'd their Discovery, [South Coast.] and the Wind oblig'd them to -strike over to the Southern Coast, five Leagues distant from Our Lady -of the Vale; and tho' the cold Winds blew, they found this Country more -Temperate than the others. It is inhabited by proper People, has wild -and tame Cattel, and Game, as was declar'd by Philip, so they call'd an -Indian they brought over, in Honour to King Philip. It produces Cotton, -a certain Sign of its being Temperate; and Cinnamon, by them call'd -Cabea. The Air is very serene, and the Stars appear bright, so that -they are plainly to be observ'd, lay'd down, and describ'd. Sarmiento -says it is useful in those Parts to observe the Crozier, which is 30 -Degrees above the Antartick Pole, and that he made use of it, for -taking of Latitudes, as we do in our Hemisphere of the North Star, -[Observations for Sailors.] tho' with another Sort of Computation. And -in Regard that the Crozier does not serve all the Year, he sought out -another Polar Star, nearer to the Pole, of a shorter Computation, but -general and perpetual; and he us'd such Industry, that he discover'd, -and ascertain'd it by Observations, and Experiments of several clear -Nights. He settled the Stars in the Crozier, and two other Croziers, -and two other Polar Stars, which take a very small Compass; this he -did for the common Benefit of curious Sailors. Notwithstanding all -these Tokens, and the Incouragement of humane Curiosity, no Man has -ever gone to those Towns, which had such promising Signs of Civility; -tho' those rude Giants did not seem to confirm those Appearances of -a well-settled Country. Sarmiento ran along the Streight, [Sarmiento -comes into the North Sea.] never ceasing to sound, and lay it down -till he came to a Cape, he call'd, Of the Holy Ghost, from which -to that of the Virgin Mary, there are 110 Leagues from the South -to the North Sea. Here they began to order their Course with due -Difference. They saw Whales, and on the Shores, Thickets of several -unknown Plants. They ran thro' Storms and Dangers, surprizing even -to such experienced Sailors as they were. They all vow'd Offerings to -Churches, Alms, and Pilgrimages to Places of Devotion in Spain, with -other solemn Engagements, on which fearful Mortals in Danger, devoutly -ground and encourage their Hopes. The Tempest ceas'd, and on the 25th -of March, about Midnight, Sarmiento saw a low white Rainbow, opposite -to the Moon, which was moving against it; and it was occasion'd by -Repercussion of her Rays, which fell by Refraction on the opposite -Clouds. He says, That neither he nor any other Person, ever saw, heard, -or read of the like; but by his good Leave, in Albericus Vespusius's -Epitome of Voyages, we read that the same happen'd in the Year 1501, -in that same Place, where both of them taking the Sun's Altitude, they -found him in 23 Degrees large, which is as good as 15 Leagues. This -Day they were within the Tropick of Capricorn. Proceeding forward, -they lost their Reckoning, and the Hopes of recovering it, for Want of -Mathematical Instruments; but on the first of April, 1580, at Night, -they discover'd, and observ'd the Polar-Star of the Triangle in 21 -Degrees; and on the 10th of the same Month, they saw the [Anchors -at the Island Ascention.] Island of the Ascention, at eight Leagues -Distance. They anchor'd there, found Water, and saw several Crosses, -erected by some Portugueses, who in their Way to India, were cast away -there by a Storm, and the Living, out of Devotion, set them up on the -Graves of those that dy'd. On one of them they found a Board nail'd, -with this Inscription, Don John de Castel Rodrigro, Commodore, arriv'd -here with five India Ships, on the 13th of May, 1576. Near to it, -Sarmiento set up another, as a Memorial, that the first Ship coming -from Peru, touch'd there, having pass'd thro' the Streight from the -South to the North-Sea, on the King's Account, with the Occasion of -his Voyage. This Island abounds in Sharks, which are [Ravenous Birds.] -Sea-Monsters, Fish, and a Sort of such greedy and troublesome Fowl, -that they make at whatsoever they see. They took the Ensigns Hat -off his Head, to snatch away a Letter he had stuck in it. He sav'd -his Hat, by clapping up his Hand immediately, but lost the Letter, -which they pull'd away by force; and afterwards they saw a Fray in -the Air, the others endeavouring to take it from that Harpy, which -first snatch'd it away. This Island lies in 7 Degrees and a half of -South Latitude, and it is very observeable, that tho' the Spaniards -were very attentive to their Compass, and took so many Precautions -for their Security, yet such was the Force of the several Currents, -that when they thought they were 60 Leagues from Pernambuco East and -West, at the River of Virtues, on the Coast of Brazil, they found -themselves 400 Leagues to the Eastward; so that the Currents deceiv'd, -and drove them 340 Leagues from the Point they had settled by the -Degree of Latitude. Sarmiento discourses largely upon this Effect, -charging the Sea-Charts with Falshood, and being ignorantly laid -down. Dreadful Tempests ensu'd, till on the 28th of April, on the -Coast of Guinea he discover'd Sierra Liona, abounding in Gold, and -Blacks. Then the Islands they call of Idols, and beyond them those of -Vixagaos, inhabited by stout Black Archers, who shoot poison'd Arrows, -wherewith, such as are wounded, presently dye raving. On the 8th of -May they all fell sick on the Coast of Guinea, of Fevers, Lameness, -Swellings, and Imposthumations in their Gums, which in that Country -prove Mortal, by Reason of the Excessive Heat, and then for Want -of Water; but Heaven reliev'd them with seasonable Rain. When they -labour'd to make the Islands of Cabo Verde for some Refreshment, -the Winds drove them off. They bore up without finding Land, or -any Ship, till on the 22d of May, being in 15 Degrees 40 Minutes of -North Latitude, they descry'd two Sail. Sarmiento believ'd they had -been Portugueses, and was desirous to make up to hale them; but upon -better Observation perceiv'd, the one was a Tall Ship, the other a -Sloop, both of them French, who pursu'd and endeavour'd to get to -Windward of him. The Sloop came foremost to view our Ship, which made -good its Advantage. When they [Fight with the French.] were come in -Sight of the Island of Santiago, the French held up a Naked Sword, -and then fir'd some Shot. The Spaniards answer'd with their Muskets, -which was then done by both Sides, and several French Men fell, tho' -on our Side never a Man was kill'd, but some wounded, and then they -fled more swiftly than they had pursu'd. Those on the Island beheld -the Ingagement, and thinking it had been Counterfeit, and both the -Ships French, they stirr'd not out to Succour either. When the Pirate -was quite fled, a Caravel of Algarve arriv'd coming from Portugal, -which discover'd the Pirate's Name, and Strength; declaring he had -85 Men in the Ship, and 25 in the Sloop, and among them a Portuguese -Pilot. That he had plunder'd four other Ships, and the said Caravel, -at Cape Blanco, on the Coast of Africk; and at the Island of May, -not far from Santiago, had sunk another Caravel, belonging to the -Royal Navy, which was sailing for Brazil, in order to People Paraguay; -where the English had of late Years built Towns, intermarrying with, -and being attracted by the Love, and Children they had by the Tapuyer -Indian Women. - -[Sarmiento at Cabo Verde.] Sarmiento Landed at Cabo Verde, -the Custom-House of which City yearly is worth to the King 100000 -Ducats. There are always in it 20000 Blacks, because of the settled -Trade for them. Before he Anchor'd, there came Boats from the Shore, -to view his Ship, and he telling them, he came from Peru, through -the Streights of Magellan, they were amaz'd. They return'd to give -an Account to their Governor Gaspar de Andrade, and told him, That -those that came in the Ship, were Men of several Shapes, Deform'd, -and Ill-look'd, and others with long tangled Hair and Locks. These -were some Indians of Peru and Chile. As for the Rest Sarmiento has -these Words, As to our being Ill-look'd, they did not wrong us; for -besides that we had no effeminate Countenances, the Powder and Sweat -of our Volleys of small Shot, a little before, had not set us off to -any Advantage; and, in short, we had more mind to some Water than to -look like Beaus. However, neither he nor his Men went Ashore, till -they had satisfy'd a Pratick Master that none of them were infected -with the Plague. The next Day they Landed bare-Foot, in Procession, -with Crosses, and Images, repairing to the Church of our Lady of the -Rosary, where they gave Thanks, Alms, and other effects of their -Vows, with extraordinary Joy; for every Storm is so much Honour, -when recounted in safe Harbour. They Confess'd, and receiv'd the -Blessed Sacrament at a Mass they had Vow'd to cause to be said. The -Governor, Don Bartholomew Leytao, Entertain'd, and made much of them, -tho' at first he would not believe they had pass'd the Streight. The -Sick were Cured, and the Ship and Boat which were much shatter'd, -re-fitted. The main Design of this Voyage, which was to Fight Drake, -and provide the proper Defence against the Designs of the Enemy, -had not been compass'd; and therefore Sarmiento, having Fought the -French Ship, and Sloop, which appear'd again, alarming that Coast, -and both of them flying back with all speed, after being Shatter'd and -Beaten, to the Island Mayo, or of May, the common Shelter of Robbers; -He redoubled his Watchfulness, and went on to get Intelligence of -the English, as well those that pass'd the Streight with Drake, as of -those new Planters in Brazil, or Paraguay; as also of the Inclination -of the Subjects of the Crown of Portugal, to submit to King Philip, -or Don Antony. A Pilot of Algarve inform'd him, That the [Intelligence -he receives.] Year before, betwixt Ayamonte and Tavira, two English -Merchants, speaking of the Indies, assured him, that Drake was gone -thro' into the South Sea; and by the Time, the News agreed with what -the Indians of the Streight had signify'd to him by Signs; and that -he arriv'd safe in England, with two Ships fraught with Gold and -Silver of that notable Robbery, which he presented to the Queen. She -fitted out five other Ships, with three Years Provision, to return -to the Streights of Magellan, to seek out those that had been lost -there; and Drake eight more. That the first five were already gone in -Decemb. last. That the Merchants had entrusted him with that Secret, -taking him for a Portuguese, and who, as such, would not discover -it to the Spaniards. By the French he was informed, That as soon as -they had brought off some Ships with Blacks from Castro Vedre, they -would go over to the Island Margarita, and thence to the North-ward, -from the Island of Santo Domingo to Yaguana, whence they came not -above four Months since, Loaded with Hides, and Sugar. That they had -kill'd Captain Barbudo, in the Island Margarita, in Revenge for the -English he had slain. That having taken the Governor of Brazil, they -again set him at Liberty. That all their Pilots are Portugueses. He -was also told by others who came from thence, and by Captains of -Reputation, who were [English in Paraguay.] returning thither, that -in the Bay of Paraguay, near Rio de Janeyro, which is in 21 Degrees, -12 Minutes South Latitude, there had been for eight Years last past, -Colonies of English among the Tapujers; with whom for the three last -Years, the Portuguese were at War, and had kill'd most of them. - -That it is suppos'd the Natives, who are Man-Eaters, had devour'd most -of those that fled up the Country. He pick'd up other Intelligence -from England, concerning their Navies, their Colonies in those Parts, -and Design of Usurping the Molucco Islands with all their Strength, -and to render themselves Invincible Masters of the Spice. They -dispatch'd a Boat, with these Advices to the Viceroy of Peru; for -Sarmiento could not return himself by the way of Brazil and Paraguay, -because the force of the Currents had drove him away into the Main Sea, -East-ward. Before his Departure, [Sarmiento Strangles his Ensign, -and Punishes others.] he caus'd his Ensign to be Strangled, as a -Traytor to his King, to the Dishonour of his Post, and an Obstructor -of the Discovery. Two other Soldiers he Bannish'd, one of them from -the Indies, and shew'd Severity to some of the Company, on Account of -the same Crime, which, it was believ'd, had not been so fully prov'd -upon them, as is requisite for inflicting the usual Punishment. - -From this Port he sail'd to the Westward, till he came to the Channel -between the Island Fuego and that of Santiago, where one of the Ships -that came out with him stay'd. Steering Norwest, one Point over or -under, [Advice-Boat sent the Viceroy of Peru.] for that is the Course -to the Island S. Anton, he thence dispatch'd the Advice Boat for the -Viceroy of Peru, with eight Men, commanded by Ferdinand Alonso. In -thirteen Days more he pass'd betwixt the Island Graciosa, one of the -Azores, small, but fruitful, and populous, and that of S. George, -in which he saw prodigious high Fires. Those he afterwards found -verified [Conflagration in the Island of S. George.] by the Bishop, -at Angra, where he resides. That on the first of June that same -Year, there were dreadful Earthquakes in the Island of S. George, -Voices of Devils were heard, and among other wonderful Effects, the -Earth open'd in three Places, whence Streams of Fire ran as far as -the Sea. Those continu'd, and seven more broke out, casting forth as -many Rivulets of Liquid Fire; one of which ran round an Hermitage, -and nine Men running to save some Bee-Hives from being burnt, another -Mouth open'd, which swallow'd seven of them, and sing'd the other -two. So much Ashes fell like Rain upon the Earth, that it was cover'd -a Span deep, and in short, all the Island was on Fire. Sarmiento held -on his Course, and on the 18th of June, arriv'd at the City Angra, -on the Island Tercera, the Chief of the Azores, where also came in a -Ship from the Town of Bernambuco, and another from Baya de todos os -Santos, in Brazil. These being ask'd, What they knew of the English, -assur'd him, That in November last past there came five White Men, -with fifteen Indians, who were going to Isleos, and the Portuguese -Towns by Land; and going along the Shore, they on a sudden, at Rio de -las Cuentas, lighted upon an English Sloop. Seven of the [Some English -in Brazil.] Men were ashore drying their Sails, and as soon as they -saw the Travellers they fled. The Portuguese persisted pursuing them; -but the English letting fly some Arrows, held on their Flight, two of -them up the Mountain, and the other five along the Coast, till they -got into the Sloop. They cut their Cables, and left behind them two -large Carriages for Guns. - -The Travelers desir'd them to come ashore, and offer'd them Meat, and -all other Necessaries, assuring them they meant no Harm. They answer'd, -they would not come, and show'd Muskets, Cross-bows and Pikes, pointing -a small Gun, to fire at them. It was then Ebb, and they departed six -Leagues from thence, to sail near the River de las Cuentas. That at -the Island Cape, over-against Camamu, another Portuguese Ship, that -knew nothing of this Sloop, lighted on it, when there were only three -English Men left in her, the rest being kill'd ashore, with Arrows by -the Natives. In short, the Sloop was cast away, five Men of it being -taken, who declar'd, that it came with a Squadron of ten Ships, in -which a certain great Englishman [An English Squadron.] pass'd the -Streights of Magellan. That they return'd thence Coasting along, to -plant a Colony in the most convenient Place for their Purpose, the -Admiral having 500 Men aboard for that End. Four Hundred of them were -Soldiers, the rest Seamen, and other Mechanicks. That all this Squadron -Anchor'd in an Island of Cainbals, or Man-Eaters, and a Storm rising, -nine of them sail'd away, but the Admiral not being able to get from -her Anchors time enough, was Cast away, none being sav'd but those -that came [The Admiral cast-away.] in the Sloop, and they escap'd by -being then gone to Water. One of these five was 35 Years of Age, and -an able Mathematitian. He affirm'd, That those who escap'd the Storm, -would soon return to the Coast of Brazil, with a numerous Fleet. Among -other Particulars, he told them, that they found an Inscription with -the King of Spain's Arms, in that part of the Island Cananca, where -they were, which their Commander in chief took away, and set up in the -Place of it another, with those of England. Besides all this, three -of those Ships that escap'd the Storm, coming before the Portuguese -Town of Rio de Janeiro, to make the Cape, and find out the other six, -the Governor of that Place, sent out four Canoes to take Cognisance -of them, which on a sudden fell in with another Long-Boat belonging -to the English, who, as soon as they spy'd the Canoes, made away, -but could not do it so fast as to save all. They took Three, and the -Governor sent them to Bahia; but the Ships made away with all their -Sails. The Prisoners own'd, That in case they met with their Ships at -the Cape, they [English at Brazil.] were resolv'd to go to Parayba, -or Pernambuco. In other Respects they agreed with the Account given -by those in the Sloop. The English arriv'd at Brazil about November, -1579, at the same Time that Sarmiento was seeking for the Streight; -and this agrees with the confuse Signs the Brutish Indians of those -Parts made to him, as he Touch'd on their Coasts. His chief Care -being to enquire into these Matters, he was inform'd by the [Ship -of theirs cast-away.] Corregidor, that is the Governor in Civil -Affairs of Angra, that on the second of November, that same Year, -another English Ship was Cast-away at Gualva, a Town two Leagues -distant from that City, with six Men in it, two whereof, and a Black -were sav'd. It appear'd there had been 300 Men in the Ship, and much -Wealth, which was thrown into the Sea, during the Storm. That they -were going to plant Colonies in India, and most of the Men dy'd on -the Coast of Guinea; and perhaps this might be one of the nine Ships -aforesaid. The People of Gualva drew out of the Sea fifteen heavy -pieces of cast Iron Cannon, but could not get out several others. The -fifteen are of an extraordinary Magnitude, as it were for some settled -Fort. To conclude, he was inform'd, and Time has since verified it, -that they were preparing in those Northern Parts to rob us of the -Treasure of Metals, and Spice there is in those Countries, and in -exchange to Introduce their Sects. The final Success of both the -Spanish and the English Admirals, was that they arriv'd safe in their -respective Countries, forsaken [Drake's Treasure seiz'd.] by the -Vice-Admirals. Drake return'd to London, with an immense Treasure, -which the Queen seiz'd, alledging, That Don Barnardino de Menoza, -then the Spanish Embassador at that Court, demanded Restitution, -as belonging to his K. and the rest of it taken from his Subjects; -but she adjudg'd it to her own Cofers, in Recompence for the Dammage -sustain'd, when the Spaniards supported her Rebels in Ireland. Drake -was not enrich'd by his Robberies, nor did he gain any Reputation -by his Actions; but on the contrary he was slighted in England, -either because they knew what he did was not Honourable, or that -generally a Man's own Country is [Sarmiento in Spain.] ungrateful to -him. Sarmiento departing from Angra with a fair Wind, discover'd the -Coast of Spain on the 7th of August, and arriv'd at Cape S. Vincent, -full of Intelligence and News from so great a Part of the World, and -of the Designs of several Nations, and the Crown of Portugal. His -Arrival, and Account produc'd the fitting out of other Fleets, and -fresh Preparations in Spain, and in the Indies, which extended to -the Relief of the remotest Parts. One of them was the Reducing of -Ternate, and the sending over one hundred Spanish Families, arm'd, -provided and examin'd, as to Quality and Virtue, to be the first -Inhabitant of those Desarts upon the Streight. They carry'd Tools, -Arms, Instructions, and all Necessaries to fortifie the narrow Parts -of it. Sarmiento went as Chief, and Governour of those Dominions. This -Project prov'd unsuccessful, and in the general Opinion of all Men, -it was through the Fault of the Genéral Sancho Flores. Afterwards -Sarmiento was taken, and set at Liberty in England where he had -Conferences with the Queen and Drake upon this Subject, whence he -drew Information for the Execution of greater Designs. - -[King Henry of Portugal dyes.] This Year King Henry Dy'd in Portugal, -when he had Reign'd but thirteen Months. Five Governours had the -Administration during the Interregnum, and were disturb'd by the -Arming of Don Antonio, within the Kingdom, and by King Philip's Forces -already advancing into the Frontiers. So that neither Government -could do any more than consult about the present Exigencies; which -at that Time were neither perfect Peace nor open War, there being -Hopes that they would lay down their Arms, and joyn with their true -Prince, whom the Portuguese is wont to Love, as a Father, rather than -as a King. However there were some Troubles, and Commotions. Private -Discord is an inseparable incident to all Governments, and that draws -the Thoughts of Men after it, and is often the Original of general -Calamities, tho' it be moderated, or justify'd by a sincere Zeal. - -King Philip enter'd Lisbon supporting his Right by his Power, and -[King Philip the II. at Lisbon.] whilst the other Provinces, which -compose that Monarchy in Spain, Africk, Asia, and the East-Indies -submitted to him, he bestow'd Favours, gave Laws, confirm'd the Old, -ratified Priviledges, and gain'd Affections by his Presence, and a -General Pardon, which he extended to those who had offended him. On -the 15th of November 1582, he swore to observe those Laws establish'd -by his Predecessors, and particularly by King Emanuel, as then next -Heir to the Crowns of Spain, for himself and his Son, Prince Michael, -whom God took to a better Kingdom in his Infancy. Those Laws were -afterwards sworn to by King Sebastian, and all of them imported, -that all Honours, Employments, Benefices, and the Management of -the Revenue of the Crown, with all other Commands by Sea and Land, -in Portugal, Africk, India, the Islands and all other Parts already -conquered, or to be conquer'd by that Crown, shall be in the Hands -of Natural born Portugueses. And by the 24th Chapter of these Laws, -it was establish'd, that in fitting out Fleets [He Swears to maintain -the Laws.] for India, or otherwise for Defence of the Kingdom, or -suppressing of Pyrates, the King should take the necessary Measures -with the Kingdom of Portugal, though he should use the Assistance of -his Majesties other Dominions. They were sensible that this favourable -Law, without infringing the Antient Laws, made way for employing -the Forces of the Crown of Castile, in the Recovery, or Preservation -of the Kingdoms of the Eastern Archipelago, where at that Time the -Christians suffer'd Martyrdom, without any Opposition. And the King -for the Recovery of Ternate, especially consider'd the Conveniency -of the Philippine Islands, which lie more opportune than India; -the Justness of which Reflection has been confirm'd by the Event. - -India at this Time was govern'd by the Viceroy Fernan Tellez, to -whom King Philip the second Writ, representing how favourable an -Opportunity he had to do God good Service, to secure the Tranquility -of Christendom, and settle Peace, which inestimable Advantages would -be owing to his Fidelity and Care, if through them those Provinces -should be united to the Monarchy, without any Trouble, by continuing -Loyal, and providing that the Tributary Kings should do the same. He -put him in Mind that Services [India submits to him.] become the -more valuable by the surmounting of the greatest Difficulties, and -gave him good Hopes of a Reward, which would have been fulfill'd, -had he come home to see the Effects of them and his Services. But -Fernan Tellez had no need of any such Promises, or of the Perswasions -which are as good as Commands, contain'd in Letters from Ministers of -State, and sent with the King's Letter. These being sent over Land, -came [Tellez the Viceroy Loyal.] to his Hands in six Months, and he -either preserving, or gaining their Affections had so much Forecast -as to confirm the King, Princes, and Sangiacks, who, in those remote -Parts, pay subjection to the Crown of Portugal; before he knew any -thing of the Orders sent him, or of the additional Estate the King -was pleas'd to confer on him. By his Authority he disappointed some -Projects of Confederacies, set a foot for the recovering of their -Former Liberty, hoping by the Example of the King of Ternate, that the -Revolutions in Europe might turn to their Advantage. But in despight -of these Contradictions and Changes, Fernan Tellez so far prevailed, -as that the Religious Mendicants, and the Jesuits, continu'd the -preaching of the Gospel, with such Fervour, that they defy'd even -Tyranny it self. The Conversions of Idolater Princes are truly and -elegantly related in the Writings and Books of the Missions of the -Society, and other Ecclesiastical Histories; so that they excite, -and inflame Devotion in the Breasts of such as read them. There may -be seen, how the Truth was embrac'd, with all possible Affection; -how hastily, and eagerly they learn'd the Catechism; what Rejoycings -the Catechumens made on the Day they were baptiz'd; Queens, and -Princesses worshipping the Images of Saints; and sweeping the new -Churches, and Chappels with their own Hands; with what Attention, -and Exactness they honour'd the Ceremonies of the Church, and lastly, -how they frequented the Sacraments, and improv'd in Christianity. - -All this was Persecuted, and Extirpated by the King of Ternate; who -was now so far from enduring any neighbouring Empire, that he struck -a Dread into the remotest; insomuch, that tho' they were all sensible -they [King of Bachian kill'd.] ought in all good Policy to support -the Kingdoms of Tydore and Bachian, yet they became lookers on, as it -were on a Stage, to behold the Assaults given, and the Cruelties acted -at the Sieges. And in the latter of them, whilst throughout India the -Standards were display'd in submission to Spain, the King of Ternate -enter'd Bachian, and press'd on so vigorously, that he took the Forts -by main Force, and made the principal Sangiacks Prisoners. At the -Taking of the City of Bachian, the King of the Island was slain in -Fight, with all the Portugueses that assisted him; and the Prince, -his Son, taken, who was then a Christian, but soon after, having taken -an Oath of Fealty to the Conquerer, and Apostatiz'd from the True -Religion, he was miserably Restor'd to his Kingdom, exchanging the -Hopes of his Souls Salvation, for the Pernicious Fables of the Alcoran, -to which he has adhear'd till this time; tho' in Temporals he now owns -the sovereign Dominion of our King. The War with the Tydores lasted -longer, the two Navies fighting with indifferent Success, and Victory -changing sides, according [Molucco way of Fighting.] to various -Accidents. These Princes method of making War depends on Ambushes, -and Stratagems, where Subtilty supplies the place of Strength. It is -rare that either side is much weakned; because as soon as sensible -of the others Advantage, the Weaker flyes, and reserves himself for -better Fortune; nor do they look upon it as Dishonourable to fly, for -in those Parts they have but rude Notions of the Laws of Honour. The -last Action, after they had sustain'd the Siege with extraordinary -Magnanimity, was a Sally made by the Portuguese and Tydores from the -Fort, with much Order and Conduct, Attacking the Enemies Camp with -such Bravery, that [Battle of Tydores and Ternates.] tho' they were -much superior in number, they could not stand the Fury of the King -of Tydore. The Ternates being put to Flight, imbark'd after a great -Slaughter of their Men, and never stopp'd till they came to Talangame, -so they call the Harbour of Ternate on that side. The Tydores pursu'd, -and being flush'd with Victory despis'd the Succours the Ternates -had ready in that Place, which Addition made them renew the Fight -with fresh Vigour, and wrest the Victory which then inclin'd to the -Tydores. These without breaking their Order, retir'd and imbark'd; -and hasting back in their Carcoas came to Tydore, where they fortify'd -themselves against what might happen. The King of Ternate return'd -to this City in Triumphant Manner, making a Show of some Prisoners. - -The News of the Union of Portugal to Castile, was now known throughout -all those Eastern Parts, and so well receiv'd, that instead of offering -at any Opposition, they all joyfully submitted, hoping they should be -protected by a more powerful Arm, than they had been before. Nor were -they deceiv'd in their Expectation, for, pursuant to what the King had -sworn at Lisbon, concerning the Fleets, for suppressing of Pyrates, -and Garrisoning the Coasts of Africk, he granted his Royal Order, for -all the Governours of the Philippine Islands to take Care to relieve -the Moluccos, and all other the Dominions in India, belonging to the -Crown of Portugal, making use of New Spain, and all other Kingdoms -subject to the Crown of Castile, there being more conveniency for -supplying them from thence, than even from India. - -The King of Ternate, being sensible of the Change of Times, and -how much greater Forces threatned him than before; and that he -should not be suffer'd to reign, without submitting to a Superior, -he grew better advis'd, [Nayque Embassador for Spain.] and sent an -Ambassador to Lisbon. The Ambassador was Cachil Nayque, well known -for the Antiquity of his Family, and brave Actions. Nayque signifies -a Tribune, or Commander. He embark'd with much Wealth of those Parts, -as Porcelane, Chinese Silks, Calico's and Muslins, Spice, Fruit, -Aromatick Woods and Barks, and Preserves of the same; and passing -between the Islands of Pangicaz and Manado, near to that of Celebes, -keeping off from the Equinoctical, coasted it and cross'd the Line -[His Voyage.] again, till he came to Borneo. There he visited the -King, who was at Tayaopura, and deliver'd him Letters from his Master, -attempting by Word of Mouth, to unite him to the Molucco Nation against -the Crown of Spain. Contenting himself with the first Hopes, he pass'd -on betwixt Cremato and Surato, and cross'd the Islands Pulo and Linga, -in sight of the greater Java, thence thro' the Streight of Malaca, -by the great Ones of Banca and Bintam, in the Port whereof were then -the 20 Ships, which are sent from Sumatra every Year, loaded with -Pepper. He barter'd away much of what he had in his own Ship, and -propos'd a general Revolt to all [Streights of Sincapura and Sabao.] -Nations. There are two Streights there; the one of Sincapura, so -call'd from that City built on the Coast of Malaca; and the other of -Sabao, from an Island of that Name, and this leads to Sumatra. Nayque -steer'd this Course, and soon put into the Harbour which lies going -out of the Channel. - -This great Island, opposite to Malaca, and divided from it by a Bay -full [Sumatra describ'd.] of Ridges, of Rocks and Shoals, and above a -thousand smaller Islands, was formerly a Peninsula, and contiguous to -Malaca, as Sicily is said to have been to Italy, Ancient Geographers -call'd it Trapobana, the Modern Sumatra. The Ancients also call'd it, -the Golden Chersonesus, and the most curious Searchers into Antiquity, -Ophir, whence Solomon gather'd that vast Mass of Treasure. According to -the Portugueses it is 80 Leagues in Length, and 30 in Breadth. (Here -seems to be some Mistake in the Author, for the Island is well known -to be above 80 Leagues in Length.) Italian Writers say it is 2100 in -Circumference. The Dutch, who have traded and made War there, do not -contradict it, and all agree it is the largest in all the East, and -the most fruitful we know of. It lies thwarting from North to South, -in the Torrid Zone, and the Equinoctial Line cuts it in the Middle; -so that one Part falls to the Northern Hemisphere, and takes up five -Degrees, and the other to the Southern, extending seven Degrees. This -Island is, according to some, divided into four Kingdoms; others -say ten, and some 29; but we know of eight, which are, Pedir, Pacem, -Achem, Camper, Menancabo, wealthy in Gold Mines, and Zaude; and up the -Inland the other two of Andragide, and Auru, the Natives whereof are -Idolaters and Man-Eaters. They devour, not only Strangers, but their -own Brothers, and Fathers. In short, among these barbarous People, -Hunger produces the same Effects as Passion. The King of Achem is the -most Powerful of them, and they all pay Homage to the [Nayque stirs -up Princes to revolt.] Crown of Portugal. Nayque enter'd the Court -of Achem, attended by his own Men, and follow'd by the Multitude of -Chinese, Japonese, Malay, Persian, and Turkish Merchants; all of them -flattering themselves with the Expectation of new Commotions. He first -worshipp'd the King in a Temple, where there were monstrous Idols, -notwithstanding that the People are Mahometans. He had afterwards -private Conferences with him at Court, and in a few Days brought -him over to his Party, with his Wealth, as if he had been a poor -Man. After delivering his Master's Letters, he told him, that before -he went over into Europe, whether he was sent to discover the Power -of Spain in its Origin, or Source, at a Time when it was distracted -by such Revolutions, it was convenient that most wealthy Part of Asia -should be restor'd to its former Condition, a Matter of no Difficulty, -if they were firmly united among themselves. That none were so able -to overthrow the Neighbouring Monarchy, which from Malaca had, -as it were, fetter'd so many Provinces, as the Kings of Sumatra, -if they, considering of what Moment it was to them, would stand by -one another. That since he had successfully besieg'd that hateful -City, assaulted its Walls, and Forts, and valu'd himself on being -an Enemy to the Portugueses, he ought not to let slip so favourable -an Opportunity, which offer'd him compleat Victory. That he should -remember the several Expeditions of the Viceroys against Sumatra, -and that they always breed up Adelantados, or Lords-Lieutenants, -with their Soldiers in Pay against those Kingdoms. And that since, -till then they had not been able to make him uneasy, it was too -much Forbearance to suffer a perpetual [The King of Achem complies.] -Threat of Thraldom to subsist so near him. The King of Achem, listen'd -to him with Satisfaction, as one, who, with all his Nation, hates the -Haughtiness of the Portuguese Behaviour; yet he neither promis'd, nor -perform'd any more than obstructing the Trade of Malaca, till he had -reduc'd it to Want. Nor did he keep the Secret, for they had soon an -Account at Malaca and Goa of these Contrivances. He farther promis'd; -That whensoever the King of Ternate should make a greater Invasion, -or go about to extend, or enlarge himself, as far as he pretended -he had a right, he would continue to give the Diversion, as far as -stood with his Conveniency, and that he should have the Liberty of his -Ports, and all Supplies for his Ships in his Kingdom. Nayque return'd -Thanks, and extended his Negociation, endeavouring to bring in the -other Tyrants of Sumatra, as for the Publick Good. Then sailing away -through the Streight of Sunda, so call'd from the Name of a City in -the furthest Part of the Province, beyond the Line; he proceeded -to the greater Java, no less Fertile than the other in the same -Medicinal, and Odoriferous Growth, at the Time when Thomas Candish, -an English Commander was arriv'd there, coming from the North-Sea, -by the Way of New Spain. - -Nayque went up the Country to visit, and found him in a populous -City, where he was loading Pepper, which is excellent in Java, with -that King's Leave, he being a Friend to the English, who had already -settled a Factory. [Candish in Java presented by Nayque.] He found him -on the Banks of a River of such a Nature, that it presently converts -any Wood whatsoever cast into it into Stone, as solid and hard as our -Pebbles. He bore the Englishman Company to the Port of Sunda Calapa, -viewed his Ship, and made as much of him as he could. Among other -Things he presented him a Pavillion, artificially wove all with sweet -scented Cloves, and not black, which was not only fit to keep out the -excessive Cold of England, but even to dry up over moist Bodies that -slept under it. There is daily Experience of its atractive Virtue at -Ternate, by placing great Vessels full of Water in the middle of the -Rooms where the Cloves [Clove atracts Water, as does China Silk.] -are kept, and in the Morning they find the Heaps of Cloves damp, -and the Vessels empty and dry. The same Essential Heat is in the -Skeins of China Silk, which therefore those who deal in it keep at a -small Distance from the Water, yet they suck it, without touching, -and by this Fraud they weigh the heavier. Captain John Lopez de -Ribera carry'd such a Pavillion of Cloves, as is above mention'd, -and presented it to the Earl of Coruna, who was then Viceroy. Nayque, -like a Flash of Lightning which burns all that stands in its way, -endeavour'd to stir up those who before were kept peaceable by the -Valour of Fernan Tellez, and to encourage the Turbulent, but without -staying to see the effect of his Negociation, he made directly towards -the Cape of Good-Hope, yet it is more likely, and even positive, -that he went first to Malaca, and thence in the India Ships to Spain. - -Whilst Nayque was at Sea, the Marques de Santa Cruz had in the Ocean -fought the Fleet Commanded by Philip Strozzi, in which was Antony -the Bastard, Pretender to the Crown of Portugal, and destroy'd it, -[Antony the Bastard Defeated.] Chastizing the French, who with real, -or counterfeit Commissions from their King, had oppos'd King Philip's -just Possession. He arrived victorious at the Island of S. Michael, -cut off the Heads of the French Gentlemen, and condemn'd the Rest -to the Galleys. Strozzi dy'd of his Wounds, and Don Antonio escap'd -in a Boat, and return'd to Zealand, to solicite fresh Succours in -England and France. In the mean while, the King of Achem perform'd his -Promise. His Kingdom lies next the first Promontory of the [Kingdom -of Achem.] Island, in four Degrees and a half of North Latitude, -and consequently his Ships easily made themselves Masters of all the -Streight between Sumatra and Achem, which they so entirely possess'd, -that they suffer'd none of the Ships to pass to Malaca, which brought -Merchandize and Provisions from China, Japan, Camboxa, nor even from -the Moluccos, obliging them to Coast about several Islands, to the -great Loss of the Merchants. But the Portuguese Dealers in the City of -Pedir, eight Leagues from Achem, sustain'd much greater Dammage. Most -of them fled to Malaca, and tho' Fernan Tellez was then upon his -Departure, he gave the necessary Orders at Goa for their Relief. He -sunk some of the Enemies Ships, and took one loaded with Daggers, they -call Crizes, made at Menancabo, and a numerous Artillery, a Thing well -known, and cast in Sumatra, many Years before the Europeans brought -them into those Parts. This appears by the Victory the Portugueses -obtain'd over that Nation, during the Blockade of Malaca. - -The King of Achem sending a Daughter to be Married to the King of Zor, -not far from Malaca, in the Country of Siam, among other rich Gifts, -[Monstrous Piece of Cannon.] by way of Portion, presented him a -Brass Cannon of such a bigness, that the like had never been seen -in Europe. This prodigious Gun, and the Princess that was to be -Queen of Zor, fell into the Hands of the Portugueses. The taking -of this Prize, and some others, clear'd the Sea of that Fleet; and -that extraordinary piece of Cannon, which serv'd to Ballast a Ship, -was brought as a Present to the King of Spain, for its Monstrous Size, -but a Storm oblig'd them to leave it in the Island Tercera, where it is -now seen and admir'd. The City Zor was also Taken by the Portugueses, -and in it they found 1500 pieces of Cannon, Artificially Cast, with -curious Figures and Flowers of Rais'd-Work on them. The Molucco -Embassador [Molucco Embassador at Lisbon.] being come to Lisbon, -obtain'd Audience of the King; who, tho' he was fully inform'd of -the Embassadors Falshood, and the Practices of his Nation, yet gave -him a favourable Hearing, after he had shew'd his Credentials to the -Ministers of State. He in a long Speech recounted, from its Original, -the constant Fidelity or the Molucco Kings, and how particularly -Remarkable it had been in Sultan Aerio, and that the wicked Commander -[His Speech.] in Chief in putting him to Death, had equally wrong'd -the Crown of Portugal. That since the Murderer was not punish'd, -to satisfy the dead Man's Children and Kingdoms, it might well -be concluded, that so Cruel and Undeserv'd an Execution had been -by the Direction of some higher Power than the Governor Mesquita, -and that even in case the Crime had been Notorious it had been more -Prudence to charge it upon some private Person. That King Cachil Babu -intreated his Majesty to punish the Offender in such manner as might -give Satisfaction, and be an Example and Security to all the Asiatick -Kings, that own the Dominion of Spain. In Return for that Favour, -and Justice, he promised to Restore the Fort of Ternate, and his -other Kingdoms, which were Alienated, and that they would return -to their former Subjection, as they had promis'd to the Governor -Pereyra de la Cerda; so remarkably correct their Behaviour, that -there should be visible Effects of a Royal, and Humble Gratitude, -both in respect to his Majesties service, and the security of the -Garrisons, and to the Advantage of the neighbouring Provinces, -belonging to other Kings, who were his Subjects, about Malaca, the -Philippine Islands, and Parts Adjacent. He also ingaged to Restore -the Churches, and Christian Religion, and much more than had been -agreed upon with Pereyra. The King having heard his Request, as if -he were ignorant that the Ternates did not deserve the satisfaction -they requir'd, since they had taken it themselves so fully, that -it exceeded even the bounds and examples of Revenge, he Answer'd, -That [The King's Answer.] all the Accessaries to that Fact should -be found out, it being prov'd that the Principal was already Dead, -and none of them should escape Unpunish'd, as would have been done -by King Sebastian, had he Liv'd. That Cachil Babu must prepare to -Restore all Things into the same Posture they were in before, if he -intended to partake of the general Amnesty, which blotted out all -past Offences throughout the Dominions of that Crown. Nayque had some -private Audiences, and some Ministers of State had Conferences with -him, with a Design to find out how the People of India were dispos'd. - -At this same Time Don Gonzalo Ronquillo, pursuant to the Orders he -[Ensign Duenas from Philippines to the Moluccos.] had receiv'd from -Spain, sent the Ensign, Francis de Duenas, from the Philippine Islands, -where he was Governor, to the Moluccos, to pry into the Inclinations -of the Kings, and People, Governors, and other Portugueses at Ternate, -Tydore, and Bachian, as to submitting to the King of Spain. He set -out in the Habit of a Chinese, and was much assisted by his Knowledge -of those Countries, and their Languages, and much more by his bold -Spirit, sufficiently try'd in those Wars. He artfully Learnt what Hopes -there might be of the Recovery of Ternate, and how firm the People of -Tydore stood. He first inquired what Leagues were carrying on in the -Archipelago, what Intelligence they had with, and expected from the -Northern Fleets, with whom they had now familiar Correspondence. He -Travell'd about the Islands, like a Sangley, or Chinese, in the -Janguas, or Trading [The Intelligence he got.] Vessels of the Malay, -and Philippine Merchants, and had the Opportunity of viewing them -all, so far as to take the Dimensions of strong Places, compute what -Stores and Ammunition the Barbarians had, and discover the Humours -and Inclinations of the Portugueses who Traded, or Govern'd there; -and returning to the Philippine Islands, his Account, and Relation, -first Encourag'd and gave Hopes that more Advantagious Enterprizes -might be undertaken in those Parts, than about Malaca, tho' it were -but only Supporting the Portugueses and Tydores, then hard press'd -by the King of Ternate. King Philip receiv'd this Intelligence at -Lisbon, whence the Molucco Embassador was then gone, ill satisfy'd -with the Answer he had; but Sultan Babu, on whom the Word of so great -a Monarch, and the Authority of his Promise might perhaps have had -great Effect, dy'd long before the said Embassador could come to -his Presence. [Sultan Babu Dies.] The small Remains of Christianity -still left in his Kingdom, took a little Heart, and had our Arms but -appear'd upon the Revolution caus'd by his Death, the only Noise of -them might have gain'd the Victory. It is Reported that furious King -Babu dy'd by the excess of his Love, or rather of his inordinate Lust, -in the Arms of one of his Mistresses. Some say she kill'd him with -Charms, or Poison, which is the Tyrant-Slayer among those Nations, -impatient of one Mans long Rule. He was Succeeded by his Brother, -who was Illegitimate, as we are told by Cachil Tulo, in the Letter, -which, as we shall see hereafter, he writ to the Governor of the -Philippine Islands. The new King took the Name of Cachil Sultan Nait -Dini Baraca [Sultan Nait succeds.] Xa, before whom Cachil Madraca -ought to have been preferr'd, as being Son to the principal Queen. As -soon as Enthron'd he offer'd Peace to his Neighbours; on this Security, -and that of a clear Conscience, Cachil Gava, King of Tydore, paid him -a visit. He was received with publick Rejoycings in one of the greatest -Squares of Ternate, and attended to a mighty lofty Arbour, provided to -offer Sacrifize in, a (Chappel suitable to the Priesthood) and there -to decide Controversies, and give Audience to his Subjects. When the -first Complements were over, and the King of Tydore [Murders the King -of Tydore.] least suspected any thing, the Ternate Guards, hearing -the Signal given by their K. drew their Campilanes, or Cymiters, and -without allowing the Guest time to cry out, fell upon, and cut him -into Pieces; tho' he was the Man thro' whose Means the K. of Ternate -had the Crown given him, contrary to the Opinion, and Designs of his -Unkles. But whensoever great Returns are due to a Favour receiv'd, -Ungrateful Souls convert the Obligation into Hatred, and nothing can -occur to them more odious than the Sight of the Benefactor. Next he -turn'd his Fury against that murder'd Princes Family, and such of -his Servants as could not make their Escape to Tydore, were either -Kill'd, or remain'd Prisoners at Ternate, or absconded wheresoever -Fortune, and their own Confusion lead them. This cruel Fact, which -some assign'd to his Father, Cachil Babu, Reconcil'd the Murderer -and his Unkles. But he immediately acquainted them, how he expected -to be Invaded on two Sides; that it was of the utmost Consequence, -that Subjects should own their Sovereign, and fortify his Islands, -especially all the upper Parts; and that since he had such Powerful -Unkles, it was Reasonable, and Convenient, the People should be -acquainted how firmly they were United to their Nephew. Then extolling -their Valour, he with the sweetness of their Commendations so blinded -and amused them, that they could not perceive the profound Jealousie -he shrouded under them. Thus he divided them, that they might attend -the Fortifications in distant Places; whilst [New King of Tydore.] -he in Person carry'd on the War against the Tydores. They presently -set up a Brother of their late King in his Stead; who, tho' he govern'd -with Bravery, and stuck close to the Portugueses, yet had some strong -Places taken from him by the King of Ternate, which were afterwards -restor'd, in our Kings Name, by Don Pedro de Acuna to the King now -reigning. This Prince lived but a short Time, yet so long that Cachil -Mole, who was a Child when the King his Father was murder'd, grew -up, and in him the Revenge of the Injury receiv'd. He never thought, -or talk'd of any other Thing, till he brought it to Execution. - -In the mean while the new King of Tydore, assisted by the Spaniards he -had in his Forts, provided to oppose, and attack his Enemy. They all -expected Succours from India, where it was certain they must think -it necessary to support Tydore, in order to recover Ternate. Their -Behaviour was so brave, as to defend themselves, tho' ill furnish'd -with Arms and Provisions against those who attack'd them with Plenty -of all Things. Hector Brito was come with a Galleon from India to -their Assistance, and [He is taken by him of Ternate.] it being known -at Tydore that a Storm had oblig'd him to stay on the farther Coast -of Borneo, the King fitted out four Carcoas, and went to meet him, -but was forced back to his Island by contrary Winds. He of Ternate -watch'd to improve all Opportunities against his Enemy, and therefore -would not let this Slip, nor trust to any other; but Man'd out nine -Carcoas, and going in Person fell upon him. The Tydores wanted not -Courage to defend themselves, and the Fight began with that Fury, -which always arms those two Nations against one another; but tho' the -Tydore fought desperately, he was taken, and his Men either kill'd, -or dangerously wounded. This Misfortune griev'd the Portugueses no -less than the Indians, because they all lov'd him. For this reason -they gather'd the Remains of that Disaster, and all the other Forces -they could make, offering their Service to Cachil Aleazen, Brother to -the Captive King, a very hopeful Youth. [Fidelity of the Tydores.] -He thank'd them, and was so dexterous in gaining the Affections, -and confirming the Fidelity of the Subjects, that through his Care, -no Man was wanting to his Duty. This Industry was of good Use, for -the Conqueror did not return immediately to Ternate; but went about -to his Enemies Islands, perswading the People in each of them to take -an Oath of Allegiance to him, showing them their Captive King, whose -Life was at his disposal; but the Tydore Towns, being furnish'd with -all Necessaries, and believing they might with Safety practice that -Hatred and Rage Nature has fill'd them with, would not give Ear to his -Proposals, though they were mix'd with Intreaties, and Threats, and on -the contrary dismiss'd him with their usual Fierceness. He perceiving -that the Ostentation of his Victory, and the Sight of the Captive -King availed him but little, Sail'd away for Ternate. At his Arrival, -he was received with Trumpets, Kettle-Drums, and Basons they beat on, -and with Songs they make for such like Occasions. The Heads and Limbs -of the Tydores slain in Battel, were fix'd [Cruelties of Ternates.] -upon the Spears they have advanc'd in the Carcoas on the Poops and -Prows, and other high Places of them, and particularly the Kings. This -is their way of erecting Trophies. Of the Skulls they make Cups to -drink out of; like the Scithians, who, according to Herodotus, practice -the same; or like the Germans, as Tacitus tells us, of the Heads of -the Uri they slew, and that was a Token of Nobility. He would not -trust the keeping of the King in any of his Forts; but turn'd a strong -House into a Goal, and appointed him a Guard of Gilolo Islanders, well -arm'd. Sometimes he show'd Severity, and otherwhiles Tenderness; but -all Men knowing his Disposition, expected the End of the Captive King; -tho' at the same time they believ'd, he would mitigate his Revenge -out of Respect to his Sister, the Princess of Tydore. Hector Brito, -Commander of a Galeon, [Hector Brito at Tydore.] came now to Tydore; -but his Arrival did not much mend the Posture of Affairs, tho' those -in the Fort were Encourag'd to hold out, and at least, he added some -Reputation to the Cause, and inclin'd the Ternates to listen to some -Overtures. However what could not be compass'd by force of Arms nor -Treaty, was effected by the Resolution of an Amorous Soul. - -The Princess Quisayra, Sister to King Gapabaguna, that was the -Prisoner's [Remarkable Story of the Captive King's Liberty.] Name, -had so great an Opinion of herself, as to hope that her Beauty would -prevail to bring about that good End, which was then of Consequence -to all Parties, on several Accounts. She knew she was belov'd by the -King of Bachian, by him of Sian, a brave Youth, by him of Ternate her -Enemy, and by other prime Sangiacks of his Kingdom, and his Kinsmen, -who all publickly vy'd in doing her Honour. She was discreet enough -dexterously to feed them all with such Hopes, as lay no Obligation on -the Party that gives them, and yet encourage those who value them. She -gave out that she would marry none but the Man that [Contrivance of -Quisayra, Princess of Tydore.] should set her Brother at Liberty, -and deliver him to her alive, or dead. This Part of the Declaration, -tended to the Promoting of her Design. The Promise work'd upon all -her Admirers; tho' it was most certain, that her naming herself as a -Reward of the Enterprize, proceeded from the Affection she bore Ruy -Diaz d' Acunha, a Portuguese Gentleman, and Commander in Chief of -the Fort of Tydore. She thought he would attempt the Rescuing of the -King, and that such Success would entitle her [She is in Love with -the Portuguse Commander.] to marry him, tho' many suspected there -was already a mutual Obligation, as well as Desire, and that they -were reciprocally in Love. It was known, that they had discours'd -together several Times in the House of Quinchana, a great Lady, -Aunt to Quisayra, whether Ruy Diaz was wont to go frequently; and -that with her Interposition the Matter had been so far concerted, -that the Princess promis'd she would embrace Christianity to marry -him. This made not his Rivals dismay, and the King of Ternate, upon -these profer'd Hopes, offer'd to give her Brother his Liberty. However -he was not regarded, because Quisayra was as averse to be beholding -to him, as she was desirous to be oblig'd by Ruy Diaz. This powerful -Passion informs barbarous Minds. Her Disdain caus'd the King of Tydore -to be more close confin'd, and his Body to be loaded with heavy Chains, -being more narrowly observ'd than before. - -[Cachil Salama a Lover of Quisagra, his Bravery.] Cachil Salama, -a Subject and near Kinsman of his, well known for his Valour in -the Wars, was more deep in Love with Quisayra than all the Rest, -and listen'd to all the Reports of their endeavouring to comply with -her Expectation. He entirely keeping his own Council, a Thing rare in -Lovers, to be secret without Affectation, that no Notice might be taken -of him, one Night fitted out a Baroto, so they call a Sort of small -Boat, putting into it five Tydore Soldiers, he could confide in. Thus -he cross'd over the Channel to the Leeward, and landed on Ternate; -where he left the Boat ready, but hid on the Shore. Then Cachil -Salama, conceal'd among the Croud of trading People in the City, -went to the chief Part they call Limathas, and set Fire to a House -in that Ward he thought stood most convenient for his Purpose. The -Flame, which had taken hold of the Roof gathering Strength, threatned -a greater Conflagration. Having done this Mischief, whilst the People -flock'd together, and endeavour'd to put a Stop to it with Water, -and other means, Cachil return'd to his Boat, on the Inside the Ridge -of Rocks there is about the Island, and went away to the other Side -of the Fort, where he began to beat an Alarm, to cause the greater -Confusion. This done he went ashore again, with only his Campilan, -or Cimiter, ordering three of his Men to follow him at some small -Distance. He found the King's Prison almost abandon'd, the Guards -being gone to help at the House that was a Fire. He went in boldly, -breaking open Doors, and Bolts, till he came to the Prisoners Chamber, -[He rescues the King of Tydore.] who scarce believing what he saw, -ask'd him, with much Amazement, how he came thither, and whether the -Fort of Tydore was lost? Cachil answer'd, he must be quick, and go -along with him, and should afterwards be satisfy'd as to his Questions; -for if he refus'd he would strike off his Head. Then laying hold of -the end of the Chain, and the other three Tydores being now come up to -them, they forc'd their Passage out of the House, making way with their -Swords and killing such as offer'd to oppose them. The same Valour -and good Fortune carry'd them through the Streets, to the Port, and -leaping into their little Boat, put all their Hands to the Oars. In -those Islands it is usual for Kings to row, without being compell'd -to it by Necessity; for as in Spain the Nobility learn to ride, -so the Island Princes in all those Eastern Parts value themselves -upon handling the Oars, and Sails. They cross'd over the Streight, -and being pursu'd too late, by the light Vessels of Ternate, arriv'd -unexpected at Tydore. The Fame of his arrival was soon spread abroad, -and when certainly known, the Cannon was fir'd, the flat Drums in -the Temples were beaten, and the Bells rung, the Sound whereof uses -to draw the People of the Moluccos together, and in short there was -a general Rejoycing, without quitting their Arms. All Men cry'd up -Cachil Salama to the Skies, calling him the Deliverer of Tydore, -and Neza Maluco, Neza signifies a Spear, and Maluco a Kingdom, and -both together the Spear, that is, the Defence of the Kingdom. - -Only Quisayra was troubled at this Event, because the general Promise -[Quisayra contrives to murder Cachil Salama.] she had made of -marrying, whosoever perform'd it, was only design'd for Ruy Diaz -de Acunha. She was not able to conceal this Truth; especially when -Cachil Salama boldly press'd the Performance of the Promise, the -King himself seconding him. She delay'd him, alledging some specious -Pretences to gain Time. She would willingly have made her Complaint -to Ruy Diaz himself, either to shame, or provoke him to Passion. She -easily compass'd to meet him at her Aunts, where, as soon as she began -to Discourse, there was nothing but Tears, Complaints, Excuses, and -Contrivances to murder Salama, to conclude a Reconciliation. Rocque -Pinheyro the Commander's Nephew, and a Soldier of reputed Valour, -was present at this Discourse. Quisayra trusting him with her secret -Thoughts, he [Pinheyro undertakes to murder him and his own Unkle.] -boldly, and with Art, gave her to understand that his Unkle was -as slack as before; and since he had been so in the other Affair, -what could be expected from him in what he now promis'd. He said, -if she could prevail upon her self to be sensible of the Ingratitude -of Ruy Diaz, and to substitute him in his Place, he would not only -murder Cachil, but his own Unkle too. That out of the Respect due to -her high Qualities, he had not till then presum'd to let her know how -deeply he was in Love with her Beauty; but that he now thought himself -absolv'd from all human Tyes, and wholly confin'd by that. Pinheyro -had a full hearing, an Advantage not far remote from being admitted; -and tho' he was not commanded to murder his Unkle, yet he perceiv'd -he had not left him so well in the Princesses Esteem as he was before. - -In the mean while, Cachil Salama was not idle, pressing the Business -hastily, [Salama convey'd into Quisayra's Bed Chamber.] and having -got some Inkling, or suspecting the Cause of the Delay, like a true -Lover who is seldom deceiv'd in this Sort of Jealousy, he found out -the Truth. By the Contrivance of one of Quisayra's Women, he durst -presume to hide himself in her Bedchamber; and in the dead of the -Night, he suddenly appear'd before her, his Fiercness being overcome -by a Superior Power. The Princess was surpriz'd, but dissembled it, -and prepar'd to defend herself in Case Violence were offer'd. She -threatned to cry out; utter'd Complaints with Tears, and bewail'd the -loss of her Reputation, saying, how could they think her Innocent, -who saw him either come in, or go out. Salama all the while in humble -Posture, and on his Knees, assur'd her he had no other Design, -than to put her in Mind of the Obligation she lay under, and that -since it was known he was to be her Husband, his being seen was of no -Consequence. That her Reputation suffer'd more, by the delaying of the -marriage; and that to convince her of his Affection, he would be gone -as obediently as he had always done. He went [He gains her Affection.] -out immediately, comforted with Thanks, and Hopes; and deliver'd her -from the Fear she had conceiv'd of him. She was so taken with this -Courteous Action, that resolving it in her Mind, it wrought so much, -as to settle her Affection on Salama; so that she would have marry'd -him, tho' he had not oblig'd her before. - -At this time Pinheyro, who was already engaged in her Love, either -to obtain its Reward, or because his Unkle did not Favour him as -he expected, [Pinheyro murders his Unkle, and is kill'd by Salama.] -or for both Reasons, contriv'd his Death. As he was going one Day to -the Palace, to acquaint Quisayra that the Murder was already committed, -Cachil happened than to come from a Fort to see his Mistress. He seeing -Pinheyro coming out of her Apartment, drew his Campilan, or Cymiter, -and tho' the Youth fought Manfully, and like a Lover, yet Cachil, -who had the same Qualifications, and was Jealous over and above, -at the first onset clove his Head, so furiously, that he dropt down -dead of the Wound. Then proceeding as he had begun, he went in where -Quisayra was, whom [He marries Quisayra.] he easily perswaded to be -gon with him, and leaving the Palace full of Confusion, they Imbark'd -in the Baroto, or small Boat that brought him. They Marry'd with -the good liking of the King and Kingdome, and the Loss of those two -Gentlemen's Lives. And since among the Portuguese Nation, as much -Account is made of Honour gain'd, or lost in Love Affairs, as was -formerly of Victories obtain'd in Greece, at the Olympick Games, -the Vindication of these Lovers shall be left to the Management of -those who are well skil'd in that Matter, to whom we refer our selves. - -The Portugueses were much griev'd at this Disaster, as being Publick, -and the King was so incens'd, that one of them having accidentally -kill'd [A Portuguese hang'd.] a Horse he had a great Value for, he -caus'd him to be Hang'd, without hearkning to any thing that could be -said for him. This gain'd Cachil Mole so generally the Affections of -all Men, that tho' Cachil Cota was Elder, and Son to the principal -Queen, by them call'd Putriz, under colour that the latter was a -Friend to the King of Ternate, and about to contract Affinity with him, -the other gain'd the greater Party, which advanc'd him to Succeed in -the Throne of Tydore, as we shall soon see. - -The Portuguese Galeons arrived at Malaca, and in them Cachil Naique -returning from Spain, and having stay'd there some Months for -the Monsons, [Nayque returns to Ternate.] he had a good Voyage, -and arrived safe at Ternate, when he had by the way sollicited the -Javaneses, and the People of Achem and Borneo, not to admit of the -Spanish Domination. He brought no acceptable Answer from King Philip, -and found the King who had employ'd him Dead, and in his Place another, -so different from the Former, that he entertain'd no Thoughts of -restoring the Forts to the Portugueses, but on the contrary, aim'd -at casting off all Obedience, and obliterating their Name. To this -effect he Confederated with the English, who, with other Northern -[English at Ternate.] Nations, Lorded it in the Island. Five Leagues -from it lay at Anchor an English Ship, waiting for two others that -came out with her. They Anchor'd in the Port, and went ashore, as if -they had been in London, being well receiv'd by the Sultan, with whose -Leave they settled a Factory in the City, where they left Officers, -who under the name of Trade, were more absolute Masters of it than -the Natives. They dispers'd to gather in the Clove for the Goods they -brought to Barter; and on the 21st. of August dispatch'd their Ships, -loaded with that Spice, and with those Nuts they call of Molucco, -and excellent Preserves of them both. In these Ships went Embassadors -to Queen Elizabeth, and to the Prince of Orange, carrying Presents -suitable to those Persons, of the most valuable Things in India. They -were order'd to offer the Queen his Kingdome in Vassalage, and his -Friendship to the Prince of Orange. The Advantage of these Embassies -afterwards appear'd; yet he did not on that Account give any hopes -of Restoring Christianity; for besides that the Persecution grew -more violent, he had at that time brought over into his Kingdome, -a great number of Arabian and Persian false Prophets, all of them -Mahomet's Priests and Ministers, [Mahometan Preachers at Ternate.] -to strengthen that Sect. Besides, being inform'd by his Spies, That -it was given out in the Philippine Islands, That they would make War -on him that way, and that in Spain the King promis'd the Union of the -two Crowns should produce the Conjunction of their Power and Arms, -for the punishing of disobedient Tyrants, he slighted no Alliance, nor -contemn'd the Weakest Enemy. For this Reason, he gave Entertainment, -and allow'd the planting of Colonies to Europeans, and Leagued with -Idolaters and Mahometans, who hate Spain, as their common Enemy. The -English Ships now frequented India, facilitating the Passage, and -shewing an Example to the French and Dutch, which encourag'd them -all to venture out far from their Countries, and seek for Treasure -in strange ones. - -Sultan Capabaguna did not long enjoy his Liberty at Tydore. He was -[King of Ternate dies.] taken ill at an Entertainment. Some believe he -had a slow Poison given him; because he was very moderate in Eating, -and those motions of his Arms, the gnashing of his Teeth, and losing -of his Senses, which attend the Falling-Sickness, and are Simptoms -of Apoplexies, could not naturally proceed from his Temperate way of -Living; but are always caused by much Excess, which Occasions this -violent Distemper. He came to himself after that first Fit, but his -Vigour wasted, and he linger'd on to the end of his Life. Cachil -Cotta should have Succeeded him, but they were suspicious of his -Correspondence with the Ternates; and they all so openly favour'd his -Brother Cachil Mole, that there was not the least Difficulty made about -the Succession. He often remember'd his Fathers unfortunate Death, and -in Regard that this raging Desire of Revenge, might prove instrumental -for the Recovery of Ternates; as soon as his Unkle Dy'd, which was on -the 24th of April 1599, the Portuguese Commander in Chief, Ruy Gonzalez -de Sequeyrao repair'd to his Palace, and by Means of the Portuguese -[Cachil Mole King of Tydore.] Power and Arms, caused Cachil Mole to be -sworn King, as being a most faithful Friend to his Nation, and no less -an Enemy to the Ternates. He immediatly dispatch'd Captain Palma with -this News to Manila, and with it an Account of the Molucco Islands, -of their Neighbours, and of their Preparations; because they were -then providing in the Philippine Islands for this War, to extirpate -this Receptacle of Sects, where all sorts of Apostasies are admitted, -and particularly the vile Doctrines of Mahomet. Ever since the Year -1555, when the Dutch enter'd those Seas, they have not, till this Time, -ceas'd bringing in Sectaries, and Captains of Pyrates: These Men carry -away the Wealth of Asia, and in Lieu of it leave behind them that false -Doctrine, which renders the Conversion of so many Souls Fruitless. - -The Forgetfulness, or Contempt the Governours of India show'd for -[Moluccos slighted at Goa.] the Molucco Islands, seem'd fatal; -since they refus'd, or with-held the usual Succours, abandoning the -Commanders, and Forts, for so many Years, as if they had not been in -the World. This was not remedy'd by the Union of the Crowns of Spain -and Portugal; on the contrary, the great Success of the Adelantado, -or Lord Lieutenant Legaspe, in the Islands Luzones, which he call'd -Philippines, being known in Spain, King Philip the IId. thought fit -as we shall soon see, that the Molucco Islands, and Parts adjacent, -whither he was Zealous to send Evangelical Preachers, should be -sensible of the Advantage of his Neighbouring Empire. This was [Relief -order'd from the Philippines, and why.] speedily order'd, and tho' -the Effects were not sutable, by Reason of the many Accidents great -Undertakings are liable to, yet Time has shown how convenient it was -to fix that Resolution. For the better understanding of the Reasons -on which it was grounded; since one of them proceeded from the various -Disposition, Qualities, and Interests of the Nations throughout those -Seas and Lands; it will be absolutely necessary in this Place to make -them known, before we come to Particulars. - -[Description of China.] The Country of the Sinæ, whom we call -Chineses, is the uttermost of the Continent of Asia. On the East -and South it is encompass'd by the Ocean, which the Ancients call'd -Sericus. On the West, it reaches to the Borders of the farther India; -and on the North to those of the Massagetes and Scythians. Their -Ancient Annals, Writings and Traditions informs us, that the Chineses -extended their Empire much further. This is verify'd by the Remains -of sumptuous Structures; and not only in Ruins, wherein their former -Magnificence is still apparent, but even in Cities, which Time has -preserv'd, tho' not inhabited, and yet to be seen in the Provinces -they have excluded their Limits. There are many which take there -Denomination, and own their Original from China. For that immense -Empire finding it self labouring under its own Power, and overburden'd -with its Magnitude, like a judicious Patient, to prevent more Harm, it -breath'd the Veins, and brought down the Redundancy of the Body. The -same we read the Carthagenians did, when in the like Condition, and -for the same Reasons. It confin'd it self to a narrower Compass, -proportionable to the Extent of humane Providence, that so their -Prince's Light might reach to shine over, and be communicated to them; -which cannot be, when the Circumference is too great for the Darting -of the Beams. They publish'd indispensable Decrees against such as -go out [Chineses contract their Empire.] of China, without leave -from the Magistrates. They abandon'd vast Provinces, which being left -expos'd to Tyranny, and Infidelity, after tedious Wars, submitted to -the most Potent. Hence the Kings of India took their Original, being -oblig'd never to lay down their Arms, nor keep any Faith, so to support -themselves one against another, till a greater Power subdues them. - -[15 Kingdoms in China.] In China they reckon 15 maritime Kingdoms, -or Provinces of an extraordinary Extent, with each its Metropolis, -or Capital; the rest are up the Inland. The most part of it lies -within temperate Climates, and receives into its pure and open -Bosome the Sun's vital Rays, having a healthful, and serene pleasant -air. This favourable Disposition renders it so fruitful, [Fertility, -Air, Populousness.] that it yearly yields two or three crops. The -great Industry of the Tillers, is a considerable Addition to its -Fertility. The Number of them is infinite, being a People that daily -multiply exceedingly, because they are forbid going into foreign -Countries. Neither is any among such a numerous Multitude of Men -allow'd to live idle. Idleness is not only exposed [Idleness punish'd.] -to private Contempt, and the Scoffs of Neighbours, but punish'd -by publick Custome and Law. Thus the Peasants leave not the least -Spot of Ground untill'd. The Hills and deep Bottoms produce Vines -and Pine-Trees; the Plains, Rice, Barley, Wheat, and other common -Grain. Tho' they do not press the Grapes for the Wine, as we do, yet -they keep them [Product, Tea.] to eat; and of the Herb call'd Chia, -they make a wholesome hot Liquor. This they drink, as do the Japoneses, -and it preserves them from Colds, Head-Aches, Rheums in the Eyes, -and makes them live long and healthy. Some Parts of the Country want -Olive-Trees, but they are not destitute of other Plants, which yield -a Liquor to anoint them. There is a perpetual Abundance of Pasture, -Fruits, Flowers, and all Products of Gardens. [Rivers, Ports, &c.] -There are many Navigable Rivers, carrying Ships of great Burden, -and full of excellent Fish; the Banks cover'd with perpetual Greens, -spacious Harbours, and a Trade in them of all Things necessary for -humane Life. The Fowl are of various colour'd Feathers, and pleasant -and nourishing to eat; great Numbers of large Deer; vast Lakes, Woods -and Mountains, and Mines of Gold, Silver, Iron, and other Metals; -besides Pearls and precious Stones. Its Purcelane, or Earthen Ware, -is not to be imitated in the World; and it affords rich Furs against -the Cold, Silks, Wooll, Cotton, and Flax; nor is there any End of its -Sugar, Honey, Amber, Vermilion, and Lake. Musk, whereof no mention -is found among Greek and Latin Authors, is more plentiful in China -than in other Parts. - -The People are most passionately addicted to Delight, and -Lasciviousness. [The People.] They alone always sell all Things; -they buy nothing that Nature or Art affords, either for Sustenance, -or Cloathing, except some Perfumes for their Cloaths, and Pepper -out of India; nor would there be any Place for Foreign Trade, -did not an insatiable Avarice of Gold and Silver predominate among -the Chineses. What they draw out of the Bowels of the Mines, they -conceal as carefully as if it were still in them; and even that they -bring from remote Provinces, they heap up, and bury. Their publick -and private Structures would make up a Narration of extraordinary -Length. We are told of 200 Cities of an extraordinary Magnitude, -[Cities.] and many more of inferior Degree, besides Towns, Castles, -and Villages, containing above 3000 Families each, built of Bricks made -of the same Clay as our Purcelane, or China Ware, and these encompass'd -with continu'd Woods, Springs and Rivers. In all these there are Towers -with stately Pinnacles, Pleasure-Houses, and Temples, tho' hideously -painted, yet costly, with Variety of deform'd Images, through which the -Devils give their Answers. But these are not in all Parts, for many -of them know no God, nor Religion. Life, they say, was from Eternity -common to, and alike in all living Creatures. That at first Men drank -[Barbarous Opinions.] humane Blood, and eat raw Meat. That afterwards -the Use of Reason provided for Necessity, and Pleasure; inventing -the Ways of dressing, and seasoning Meat at the Fire, in Vessels -and other Utensils. The same, they say, happen'd in Regard to Man's -Nakedness. So that Man is indebted to himself alone for what he enjoys, -and therefore whosoever lay'd on him the Burden of Religion, and the -owning of a Cause Superior to Nature, only aim'd at the dejecting -him, and exercising a Tyranny over his Liberty. With these impious -Notions, and destructive Atheism, they oppose their Eternal Salvation, -which our Arms, and our Preachers invite them to. They only regard -Generation; but not without Distinction. Lawful Matrimony entitles -Women to be Mistresses of their Families. The Matrons [Chastity.] -value themselves upon being highly Chast. Concubines are kept in Houses -apart. They do not want for Plays, and such Representations; and they -delight in seeing their Traditions, whether true or fabulous, acted -on the Stage. They use Entertainments, and have Tables and Chairs of -Ebony, and other precious Materials; as also Shipping, Shows, Carts, -Horse-Litters, and the Exercise of Arms, and Riding. - -[Customs, and Manners.] It were no difficult Matter to give an -Account here of their private Customs and Manners, were they to our -Purpose. Something shall be said of the Publick and Political, for the -better Understanding of some Things that happen'd in the Philippine -Islands, from whence the Recovery of the Moluccos, in our Times, -had its Beginning. They call their great [Government.] Men Loyties, -from among whom the King chuses his Judges and Counsellors. There is -almost an infinite Number of inferiour Magistrates, who exercise the -Regal Power and Authority, even in the most inconsiderable Cases. In -every Town there are five, that have the greatest Power, and these are -Strangers in the Place, that they may be free from Partiality. [Tutan -a Viceroy.] The Head of them all, is call'd Tutan, being the same -as a Viceroy in [Poncasio.] Europe. The next in Dignity is the -Poncasio, who has Charge of the King's Taxes, and Royal Treasure, -with a great Number of Clerks, and other [Ancasio.] Officers; and -he pays all Salaries and Pensions. Next follows the Ancasio, [Aitan.] -who is chief Justice, in Criminal Cases of Consequence. The Aitan has -the Inspection of all Martial Affairs, he musters the Armies, builds -the Ships, and his principal Duty is to observe the Guards, that no -Stranger [Luitisio.] may pass into the Inland Country. The Luitisio -is next to the Aitan in Dignity, and is to be expert in War, in which -he is employ'd by the Aitan. I know there are other Magistrates, -and their Names and Dignities, which I must pass over in Silence. All -of them except the Luitisio, keep great State. There are ten chosen -Persons of the Council, tho' not equal in Authority. Five of them sit -on the Right, the others on the Left. The King often thrusts in among -the Judges and Parties in Disguize, to pry into the Causes, and their -Decisions, and be certainly inform'd of both. When he thinks fit, he -sometimes makes himself known; and the Moment he discovers himself, -they all stand Mute, full of Respect and Astonishment, listening to -what he shall command. Then he commends or reproves either Party, and -rewards, or punishes before he [Mandarines.] departs the Court. His -Mandarines, and Prime Ministers are so highly respected, that no Man -dares look them in the Face, and they always look so Stern, that it -would be thought a great Disorder to lose the least of their Gravity, -tho' it were but with a modest Smile. This they observe, when they -pass thro' the Streets, in Sight of the People. The greatest Honour -among them is to wear a Cymiter with a gold Pommel, and a yellow Hat. - -When the President of the Council Dies, the eldest Judge succeeds -him. [Judges.] These go Circuits thro' the Provinces, and reform -Abuses, and all of them wear the King's Badge on their Shoulders, -and Breasts, being a Golden Dragon wove in the Cloth. When they go -these Progresses, they save, or lessen the Charge by circumscribing the -State. When first elected, at their taking Possession of their Posts, -they generally go out attended by Troops of Horse and Foot, with all -Sorts of Musick, and Splendour. Their Pomp appears in the Hanging, -and other Ornaments of the Streets and Houses. All the expence of -Law Suits, Courts, and other Perquisites is allow'd out of the King's -Exchequer. The Mandarines are Governors, and Viceroys. In China there -are no Dukes, Marquesses, or Earls, nor do they own any Dignity, -but what is deriv'd from the King's Authority. Though in the Parts -next to Scythia, or Tartary, some People are Mahometans; yet in all -[Religion.] others they are either Idolaters, or look upon the Notion -of a God as a meer Jest. They believe the Life and Death of Men and -Beasts are alike. There is nothing they are more attentive to, than -the obstructing of any foreign Religion, and this under the politick -Pretence, that they are jealous of Innovation. But above all they -oppose the true Religion, hating that they know nothing of; and are -as much afraid of it, as if its Ministers went arm'd to preach it, -and with the Noise of Drums, and Trumpets, and regular Armies. They -are frighted at a few bare-foot, and almost naked Men who profess -Poverty, and preach up Morality, and supernatural Virtues, grounded -on Humility and Peace. They have such an Aversion for them, that -were it proper to our Subject, or were there not printed Relations -thereof already, we would recount several Instances, to show their -unreasonable Hatred. Hence may be inferr'd, how much more Need of -the special Grace of Heaven these Nations stand in, with those in the -Neighbourhood, which are expos'd to the Infection and Danger of their -Obstinacy. The Reader ought also to consider, that tho sometimes, the -Avarice, and other Crimes of our Commanders, and Soldiers interfere -with the Preaching of the Gospel, yet their Offences do not lessen -the Iustice of the Cause. He is also to reflect, that, allowing his -Majesty, for weighty Reasons of State should, as we have said was -propos'd, resolve to abandon those Parts of Asia, as the Chineses -did, and circumscribe the Compass of his Monarchy; yet the Cause -of Religion would not permit it. Our Kings are its Ministers, and -Sons of the Catholick Church, and any War made for the Propagation -of the Gospel, is of the greatest Consequence, and highly gainful, -tho' it be to acquire, or recover desert Provinces. Besides that the -Philippine Islands have shown us how tractable their Natives are, and -how much they improve with the Example, and Society of the Spaniards, -and how affectionately they have imbrac'd the Faith, and assist the -Religious Men, who dilate, and carry it over into China, Japan, -Camboxa, Mindanao, the Moluccos, and other Islands, where still -Idolatry continues, or the Friendship with the Devils left them -by their antient Masters, when they excluded them their Dominions, -or else the Mahometan Fictions, which they have since imbrac'd. - -This is the Principal End of keeping those Provinces; and the Revenues -and Wealth which is consum'd upon them, and several others, are laid -out upon the Forces, and Preparations Spain makes for the Preaching -and Security of the Ministers of the Church. Besides, that as Times -have alter'd, [Rumours of Chinese Invasions.] so they have often in -China chang'd their Opinion, and show'd they repented their having -diminish'd their Empire. No Year passes over with out Threats of -Chinese Armies; of their Listing Men; of building Ships; of their -solemn consecrating, or dedicating them to their carv'd Gods, or to -the Sun, Moon, and Stars, which are ador'd in some Parts, begging -Success in their vain Prayers against the Spaniards, who are possess'd -of those Countries they abandon'd, thro' their own Indiscretion. This -short Account of the Chineses, or Sangleys, is here inserted, for the -better understanding of those Actions we shall soon treat of. They -not only oppose the Truth; but tho' they are wholly addicted to their -Interest, and Slaves to Gain, and tho' it be so absolutely requisite -for the attaining of those Ends through their Industry and Trade, -to maintain Amity with their Neighbours, yet there is nothing less -to be reliy'd on than their Faith, or to give it a more proper Name, -their Dissimulation. Happy those People, if when China withdrew its -Dominion, it had also with drawn the Errors of its Worship. - - - The End of the Fourth Book. - - - - - - - - THE - HISTORY - OF THE - Discovery and Conquest - OF THE - Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. - - BOOK V. - - -The Islands Luzones, or Manilas, which are both of them antient Names, -having been discover'd by Magellan; after his Death, and various -Accidents befallen his Companions, Sebastian [Sebastian Cano the -first that sail'd round the World.] Cano return'd to Spain in that -renowned Ship, call'd the Victory, as it were to express her Voyage, -which is not so likely as true. Sebastian Cano, was born in the Town -of Guetaria, on the Pyrenean Mountains, as we are told by Massæus, -in his Latin History, where he extols Cano's mighty Resolution, -and skill in the Art of Navigation. He tell us with what Respect and -Admiration all Men look'd on him, as the first that went round this -Globe, which is the Habitation of Mortals. And in Truth what value -shall we henceforward put upon the Fabulous Argonauts, Tiphys, Jason, -and all other Sailers, so much celebrated by the Greek Eloquence, -or Vanity, if compar'd with our Cano? He was the first Witness of -the Communication of the two Seas, to whom Nature disclos'd what -she had till then reserv'd for his Discovery, suffering herself to -be entirely lay'd open, as a Beginning of such Bold Enterprizes of -that Law which serves, and renders us Immortal. - -[Islands Lusones call'd Philippines.] Magellan being dead, the islands -Lusones, which ought to have inherited his Name for being his Place -of Burial, as the Streight did for his discovering and passing it, -in the year 1565, chang'd theirs for that of Philippines, tho' those -of that Eastern Archipelago bear the same. The Adelantado, or Lord -Lieutenant Michael de Legaspe, sent from New-Spain, by the Viceroy Don -Lewis de Velasco, with a Spanish Fleet arriv'd at these Islands. He -first conquer'd that of Zebu, and its Neighbours, where he spent six -[Legaspe the first Conqueror.] Years. These Islands, as there are -several Names given to divers of those Parts, are call'd Pintados, -because then the Indians went naked, and their Bodies wrought and -painted of several Colours. He left a Garrison there, [Luzon Island -subdu'd.] and went over to possess himself of Luzon, 150 Leagues -from Zebu. He fought the Barbarians, who after the first Surprize, -caus'd by our Arms, Ships, and Countenances, differing from theirs, -was over, were encourag'd by that very Novelty. Legaspe ran into a -Bay, four Leagues over at the Mouth, where is an Island now call'd -Marivelez. The Bay runs thirty Leagues up to the City Manila, and is -eight Leagues over, lying North-West, and South-East. The Inhabitants -of this City oppos'd him with more Bravery than the Pintados; because -they had Cannon, and a Fort, but as soon as they saw that taken by -the Spaniards, they submitted. This was done so expeditiously that -the Country had not time to come in; and thus he enter'd Manila, -a Place strong by Nature. At a Point of it, which is shut in by the -Waters of the Bay, a considerable River empties it self, which rises -in the Great Lake call'd Vay, five Leagues Distant. This Point which -at first is narrow and sharp, presently widens, because the Sea-coast -runs away to the South South-East, and the River West, leaving a most -[Manila City.] spacious Spot for the City, which is all encompass'd -with Water, except that part which lyes to the South-West. Legaspe then -built it of Wood, whereof there is great plenty in those parts. The -Roofs he cover'd, or Thatch'd with the Leaves of Nipa, which is like -our Sedge, or Sword-Grass, and a sufficient Fence against the Rains; -but a Combustible Matter, and the occasion of Great Conflagrations, -which have often hapned. - -[Luzon Island describ'd.] Luzon is more Populous than any of the -other Islands, which in Honour of King Philip the Second, were call'd -Philippines, and which some affirm are in Number 11000. The Compass -of Luzon is 350 Leagues. It runs without the Bay 100 Leagues to -the Northward, as far as New Segovia; and from where this Province -commences, which is at Cape Bojador, and 70 Leagues from it, turns -to the Eastward, to the Promontory del Enganno; from thence along -the Coast to the South, 80 Leagues; then turning again to that -they call Embocadero, or the Mouth, being the Streight against -the Island Tandaya, 40 Leagues, and this is 80 from the Bay. So -that it bears the shape of a Square, and in it several Bays, and -few good Harbours. It lyes in 160 Degrees Longitude, reckoned from -the Canaries, the Southermost Part in 14 Degrees of North Latitude, -and the Northermost in 19. On that Side of it lyes China, separated -from it by the Sea 60 Leagues over; and the Islands of Japan, 250 -Leagues distant. On the East is the Vast Ocean; on the South is the -greatest of all the Archipelagos, divided into five, and those again -rent into so many Islands, Kingdoms, and Provinces, as if Nature -had resolv'd that Man should never determine their Number. The most -known are the two Javas, our Moluccos, Borneo, and New Guinea. On the -West of Luzon, at 300 Leagues, and greater Distances, lye Malaca, -Siam, Patan, Camboxa, Cochin-china, and several other Provinces on -the Continent of Asia. The Chineses forsook their Habitations in our -Philippine Islands, but not the Trade. Neither did the Worship they -had introduc'd cease, nor their Fertility. [Product, and Trade.] -They produce plenty of Corn, and other necessary Grain; Deer, Cows, -Buffaloes, Goats, and Wild Boars; Fruit, and Sweets; and if any be -wanting the Chincheo Chineses bring it, as they do Porcelane, and -Silks. The Wine they use, and always drank, is drawn from the Palm, or -rather Coco Trees, cutting off the Clusters of the Fruit they produce, -when Green, and taking off the Nipples of them, they gather the Water -that runs from them, and Boil it in Jars, till it becomes so strong, -that it makes Men drunk, in the same manner as the strongest Spanish -Wine. Of its Natural Growth, the Island has Oranges, Lemmons, and -most delicious Citrons; of Spanish Fruit, Figs, and Pears. There -are Numerous Breeds of Sparrow-Hawks, [Birds.] Birds like small -Herons, and Eagles, besides sundry Sorts of Parrots, and other large -and small Fowl. In the Rivers and Lakes there are many Monstrous -Crocodils, or Alligators. These easily kill the Indians, [Alligators.] -and especially Boys, who happen unadvisedly to come where they are, -and the Cattle that goes into the Water to drink. It often happens, -they lay hold of their Snouts, or Noses, and draw them under Water, -where they are drown'd, without being able to defend themselves; -then they drag the Carcass to the Shore, and devour it. An Alligator -being kill'd a whole Buffaloes Head has been found some times in the -Belly, and yet in that Country they are as big as the largest Ox in -Spain. The Alligators lay Eggs as the Tortoises do, about the bigness -of Goose-Eggs, and so hard that they will scarce break, tho' struck -against a Stone with main Force. They are Hatch'd by burying in the -Sand, near the edge of the Water; the moisture whereof, with the Heat -of the Sun forms the young Ones. There are some Indians so brave, that -as fierce as these Creatures [How the Indians fight the Alligators.] -are, they kill them with their Hands. They arm the left up to the Arm -with a Glove of Buffalo's Hide. They hold in it a Stick, or small -Stake, somewhat above a Foot long, and as thick as a Man's Wrist, -and sharpned at both Ends, with which they go into the Water up to -the Waste: The Crocodile makes up to the Indian, gaping to swallow -him, and he holding out his Arm that is arm'd, and the Hand with the -Stake in it, for the Monster to bite at, claps it across his Mouth, -so that he cannot shut it, or make use of his Teeth to hurt him. The -Alligator feeling the hurt of the sharp pointed Stick, is so dismayed -that he neither makes resistance, nor offends, nor dares so much as -move, because the least strugling gauls him. Then the Indian holding -fast the Stake, with a Ponyard he has in his other Hand, Wounds the -Creature so often about the Gills, till it bleeds to Death. Then -he drags it ashore with Ropes and Noozes, many Indians joyning -to draw, and there is need of many, considering the Bulk of those -Crocodiles. They are shap'd like Lizards, but arm'd with such strong -Shells, that a Musket-shot makes little Impression on them, and they -are scarce to be hurt, but only about the Gills, and under their short -Legs, where Nature has plac'd a sort of sweet Odour, which the Indians -make their Advantage of. These Islands, besides the Cattel, produce -all that is found in Africk, as Tygers, Lions, Bears, Foxes, Monkeys, -[Beasts.] Apes, Squirrels, and some of them Abundance of Civet-Cats, -which are much Hunted, in order to be sent into several Countries, -with other Commodities of China; Callicoes, Silks, Porcelane, Iron, -Copper, Steel, [Commodities.] Quicksilver, and many more Yearly -Transported from those Countries. The Religion and Government is -now the same as in Spain; but in those which are not yet subdu'd, -they follow an Extravagant Idolatry; believing the Soul Immortal, -but wandering from one Body to another, according to that ridiculous -Transmigration invented or published by Pythagoras. They are much -addicted to Trade, and forwarded in it by the Commerce with China. The -Philippine People are braver than their Neighbours; the Spaniards -and their Breed do not degenerate from their Original. - -An Army was now forming of all these Sorts of People, by Order of the -King, to attempt recovering the Forts of the Moluccos. Don Ronquillo -de Pennalosa was then Governour there; and tho' he had receiv'd some -Intelligence [Ronquillo's Preparations for the Moluccos.] brought him -thence by Spies and Traders, yet not satisfy'd with it, he sent thither -another Soldier. He disguised himself, and being like the Natives -in Countenance, and speaking their Language to Perfection, got to -Tydore. He found our People very earnest to forward that Enterprize, -and that King ready to support it with all his Power. Thence he -pass'd over to Ternate, among Merchants, where he view'd the Forts, -the Shoals of the Harbours; observ'd their Correspondence with the -English, and took notice how they Landed, and Traded in all Safety, -or rather with Authority. Nor was he unacquainted with the Numbers -of conceal'd Christians, who would take up Arms when a seasonable -Opportunity was offer'd, or any other Particular, which belong'd to a -Judicious Spy to enquire into. Hereupon Ronquillo gather'd about 300 -Spaniards, and above 1500 Natives [The Forces sent under Sarmiento.] -of the Philippines, with Ammunition, Provisions, and Seamen, and at -the proper Season sent them for the Moluccos in three Great Ships, -and a considerable Number of Small Ones. Peter Sarmiento, a brave -and experienc'd Officer, still living in those Islands, when this -was writ, went as General. He had Courage, and Force to destroy any -of the Enemies that then frequented those Seas. His Majesty had some -time before bestow'd the Government of Ternate, if it were Conquer'd, -on Paul de Lima; and [Paul de Lima rich in the Moluccos.] allow'd -his Brother Francis de Lima to make two Voyages to the Moluccos, in -Consideration of their Services, and those of Henry their Father. Paul -was Marry'd to a Christian, and devout Lady, tho' a Kinswoman to -the King of Ternate, who was not so. For this Reason, and because -he had been possess'd in Ternate, of the ancient Inheritance of the -Villages of Guita, Mofaquia, Mofaguita, Pavate, Pelveri, Sansuma, -Takane, Mayloa, and Soma; and in the Island of Machian of Sabele, -Talapao, Talatoa, Mofabonana, Tabaloga, Tagono, Bobaba, and Molapa; -and in Regard the King of Ternate, had expell'd him most of them, -as also of Bitua in Tydore, and several other Places, he went over -to Manila, as a Banish'd Man, where he confer'd with the Governour, -about the means of facilitating the Conquest, just before it was put -in Execution. His Advice was of use, and he gave it, as one so nearly -concern'd; for besides the Inheritance the King of Ternate wrongfully -with-held from him, he hop'd to recover the Island of Moutil, which -belong'd to his Forefathers. The Enterprize was farther Authoriz'd -by the Presence of Don John Ronquillo, [Don John Ronquillo joyn'd -with Sarmiento.] the Governour's Nephew, who had equal Power with -Sarmiento, both by Sea and Land. If any thing was wanting, they -thought the Defect would easily be supply'd by the Valour of the -Soldiers, the Celerity of the Passage, and the Enemies Surprize; -but the divided Command was an Obstacle to their Hopes. - -The Weather prov'd not very cross, yet neither was it so favourable, -as that they could come directly to anchor at Ternate, as would have -been most convenient to deceive the Watchfulness of the Enemy. They -arriv'd at Moutil, and fought a Parcel of Janguas in Sight of -Land; which [Spaniards arrive at and take Moutil.] were taken, -and the Christians in them set at Liberty. Paul de Lima being well -acquainted with the Bays, and there being no sufficient Force in the -Island to withstand a Fleet, it easily submitted, when attack'd in -several Parts. The Natives came out with Palm, Citron, and Clove-Tree -Branches, in Token of Peace, and to beg Pardon. Both were granted, -and Paul de Lima appointed their Lord, tho' his New Dominion turn'd -to little Account, for within a few Days, all the People slipp'd -away, either because they thought themselves safer at Ternate, or -to meet the Enemy, who of Necessity must carry the War over into -that Island, as it happen'd. Here Sarmiento refitted the Ships, and -being over-joy'd with this Success, [Sarmiento in Ternate.] obtain'd -without the Loss of one Man, arriv'd at Talangame, passing amidst -the Enemies Carcoas, which they had fitted out in a Hurry. The King -expected him long before in the Fort, well furnish'd with our Cannon, -particularly the Bastion they had enlarg'd, and call'd Cachil Tulo, -from the King's Uncle, who made it, and these Preparations seem'd to -threaten any Disaster. Our Men landed on that Side, and were oppos'd -by the Ternates; but Night put an End to the Fight, and both Parties -retiring to their Fastnesses, our Cannon was landed, and planted in -the Place, and after such Manner as Paul de Lima directed, and ever -since he commanded it in the Fort of Tydore. The King of this Island -was willing to joyn our Camp, as had appear'd by some of his Actions, -and his Promises to the Ensign Duennas; but he mistrusted the Fortune -of the Spaniards, as if he [King of Tydore dubious.] had not had -sufficient Experience of it. The Opportunity and Fidelity now invited -him, and yet he forbore; his Doubtfulness is thought to have been -prejudicial to the Success. Sarmiento having planted his Cannon, -intrench'd himself, and taking some Prisoners, of whom he learn'd -what Provisions and Amunition the Besieged had, began to press on, -and batter them furiously; yet they were not discourag'd, but answer'd -boldly. It was found convenient to possess the upper Grounds, which -over-looking the Place, tho' they have been since levell'd, our Men -much incommoded the Enemy, and had they continu'd it, that would have -put an End to the War. However there was so much Sickness in the Camp, -that no Remedy [Fort of Ternate batter'd.] was found against it, -but going off so to save themselves for a more favourable Season. The -Succours which came as Duties from Tydore, were very inconsiderable; -the Allies were cold, and all Things weak; what other Causes there -were Heaven knows. It is likely there were some of [The Siege raised.] -more Moment, for in short the Army broke up, and reimbark'd for Manila, -without doing any thing but adding to the Enemies Resolution. - -At that Time, only the English Nation disturb'd the Spanish -Sovereignty in those Eastern Parts; for this Reason, King Philip was -desirous, not only for the present to curb them by Force of Arms, -but to make them an Example to all other Nations, that they might -not spread themselves abroad to attempt such Invasions, as we are -Eye-Witnesses to. This Work was undertaken in the Year 1588, but -first happen'd what we are now to [State of Affairs in Europe.] -relate. Queen Elizabeth of England, after a tedious Imprisonment, -beheaded Mary Stuart, Queen of Scotland, for some Politick Reasons, -or Fictions. The then King of Scotland, and since of England also, -Son to the Martyr, arm'd his People, strengthen'd his Garrisons, -and invaded the Dominions of the Enemy, who had caus'd him to be -Motherless; and more particularly the Marches about the River Tweed, -and those of Anandale, water'd by the River Solway. The Queen call'd -Home the Earl of Leicester, who was in Holland, appointed him General, -and War broke out in all those Northern Provinces, with apprehensions -of greater to ensue. [Queen Elizabeth's Practices.] After many Events, -which do not belong to this Place, Queen Elizabeth strengthned her -Alliance with the Dutch, encouraging those Provinces to persist in -their Disobedience to the Church, and to King Philip, and advising -them, since the King had forbid them trading in all the Rest of -his Dominions, to go over into India, there to raise Commotions, -and rob him of the Spice. The more safely to compass her Designs, -she supported the Flemmings Obstinacy, flattering herself with the -Hopes of a new Monarchy, for the acquiring whereof, she propos'd to -make use of the Wealth yearly brought from the North and South Seas, -for Spain, the Robbing of which had already made an Addition to her -Power; as also of the Factories erected for Trade in the Moluccos, -Banda, Sumatra, Ceylon, and the two Javas; where she kept Garrisons, -in order to convert the Friendship into Sovereignty. - -King Philip, whose great Soul ever entertain'd both Forbearance, and -[King Philip's mighty Fleet.] Counsel, resolv'd to cut off the Heads -of this Hydra at the Neck they all sprung from. He gather'd, for the -Conquest of England, the mightiest Fleet that has been seen on the -Ocean in our Days. Twenty Thousand fighting Men were put aboard tall -Ships, besides 9000 Sailors, with 1730 Pieces of Cannon, Abundance -of Ammunition, and Pikes and Fire-Arms for the Catholicks, who it -was hop'd, as soon as they saw the Spanish Colours, would joyn our -Army. Don Alonso Perez de Guzman, Duke of [And Army against England.] -Medina Sidonia commanded in Chief, and was to joyn the Prince of Parma, -then Governour of Flanders, who had Commission to raise another Army -of 30000 Horse and Foot, with the Necessary Provisions and Ammunition, -which he was to transport at a fit Season to that Point of England, -where the Thames falls into the Sea, to march thence to London, -and there Arm the Catholicks. But it was first requisite to beat the -English at Sea, where they were then powerful, and well acquainted with -the proper Times to sail and keep at Home. At the least they were to -be terrify'd, that they might not dare to obstruct the Passage of the -Troops, the Prince of Parma had in readiness at Dunkirk and Newport, -or hinder their embarking, when the Spanish Fleet should come thither -to waft them over. This Fleet sail'd from Lisbon on the 19th of May, -1588, and as soon as out [They suffer by Storms.] suffer'd much by -the Weather, so that three Gallies were cast away, on the Coast of -Bayonne. Abundance of the powder blew up; and the General was oblig'd -to return to Corunna, to refit; whence he could not get out till the -2d of July. - -Being come into 48 Degrees of Latitude, he sent away Don Lewis de -Guzman to give Advice to the Prince of Parma, and on the last of the -same [Arrive at the Lizard.] Month arriv'd himself at the Lizard, -in Cornwall, where he lay by, and was certainly inform'd, that -all the Enemy's Ships, being fifty in number, lay in Plymouth. The -English Admiral at Break of Day discover'd ours, [Spanish Shiptaker.] -and tho' he wanted neither Strength, nor Experience in Sea Affairs, he -resolved to draw off and avoid ingaging, but his Ships being lighter -incommoded us in the Rear. In the Catholick Fleet, a great Ship of -Guipuscoa blew up, and another of Andaluzia spent her Main-Mast, in -which Distress, two English Ships attacking her, and those afterwards -seconded by others, in one of which Sir Francis Drake was, they took -her. There Don Pedro de Valdes, a Spanish Commander of known Valour, -and then Lieutenant General, was made Prisoner, with whom they sent -to Plymouth, a great Quantity of Crown Pieces, and fifty Great -Guns. About 400 Spaniards were kill'd, and taken. On the 2d and -4th of August, the Lord Howard, and Drake joyn'd their Squadrons, -some write they had an hundred Sail, all well Mann'd, and light, -with which they infested ours, which were heavy, and encumber'd, -particularly the Portuguese Galleon, call'd the S. John, being the -greatest in the Fleet, and in it were John Martinez de Recalde, the -Count de Paredes, the Marques de la Favara, and other Commanders -of Note. However they got to the Isle of Wight, whence the Duke -sent away two Messengers to the Prince of Parma, who was then at -Brussels, desiring he would furnish him with Powder and Ball, for -the Defence of the Fleet, and imbark what Troops he had ready. But -he, either prevented by invincible Obstacles, or for other Reasons, -which have left that Princes Reputation [Disappointment of the Fleet.] -expos'd to Censures, mov'd so slowly, that what had been so maturely -concerted took no Effect. The Enemy boasting, that the Sea and Winds -had fought against us, in Vindication, as they said of their Cause, -made publick Rejoycings, firing their Cannon; and soon after the Queen -put forth a Proclamation to the same Effect, against which a certain -English Religious Man writ learnedly, by the Name of Andrew Philopator. - -The Dutch who were in Confederacy with Queen Elizabeth, seeing this -Success, were encourag'd to aspire to greater Matters, renouncing -their Religion, and their Sovereign, attempting to usurp the Treasures -of the East, [The Dutch aspire.] Mines, Spice, Drugs, and Silks, -as appears by their bold Voyages, wherein they have endeavour'd to -follow the fresh Examples of the English, and the ancient set them -by Columbus, Albuquerque, Magellan, Gama, and Cortes, as we shall see -hereafter. But, both they and the English, if they try the Justice of -their Cause by the Success of that Fleet, must be oblig'd to prefer -the Cause of the Gentiles, when God for his Secret Judgments permitted -his own chosen People to be over-thrown. Destruction is more glorious -than Prosperity; and a religious Soul will rather chuse to be cast -down than Victorious, if an angry God is to give it the Victory. - -After this Santiago de Vera govern'd the Philippine Islands, and by -special Order, arm'd against Ternate, where the English from that -Time traded [Another Expedition from the Philippines.] with all -possible Security. All Nations had settled Factories except the -Javaneses and Lascarines. Above 2500 Mahometans from Mecca preach'd -their Abominations. They fear'd nothing from Portugal, all their -Apprehension was from the Spaniards, who were newly ingag'd to seek -Revenge. The King of Ternate well knew that Sarmiento and Ronquillo -would have taken it, had not Diseases prevented them. When the News -of fresh Preparations came to Tydore, it was carry'd over by Spies to -Ternate. That King presently call'd together his Subjects, especially -the Islanders of Machian and Homer, who came in 40 Carcoas, because -their Islands were very populous. The Number had been greater, but -that the [King of Ternate prepares.] King would not suffer more -to be fitted out than he demanded, for he could not conceal his -Fear that they would rebel, those Parts being full of Christians, -and the Taxes he laid on the People intolerable. Santiago de Vera -appointed John Morones General, who wanted not for Conduct, nor his -Men for Valour, nor the Fleet for Cannon and Ammunition. But whether -Natural Ambition, or any other Accident was the Occasion of it, there -were such Divisions among them, that they had sufficient Grounds to -mistrust the Event, before they left Manila. They set sail with fair -Weather, and pass'd the greatest Dangers of the Sea, and when they -thought themselves safest, all the Elements seem'd to conspire against -the Fleet. They lost the Light, and their Reckning, the Vessels were -shatter'd, and the greatest of [Spanish Fleet loses a great Galleon.] -them sunk, and all the Men lost. This was the Galleon S. Hellen, -which carry'd the Guns to batter the Fort, and many other Necessaries -and Stores. For all this, they insisted upon proceeding, and the King -of Bachian assisted them with what Forces he had rais'd, under Colour -of clearing the Sea of some Enemies; and being a Christian baptiz'd, -lamented his departing from our holy Faith, on Account of Persecution, -and promis'd the Restitution of his Soul. - -[Spanish General refuses the best Advice.] The Weather growing calm, -when they were in Sight of Ternate, the Carcoas durst not stand them, -but fled at the first Discharges, which they can do without receiving -any Damage. Therefore the two Kings, and Paul de Lima, advis'd to fall -on in several Places. Ferdinand Boto Machado, Captain of a Galleon, -was of the same Opinion; but the General suspecting the former, -on Account of his Affinity, and the latter for the Friendship he -had lately contracted with the King of Tydore, whom he was not well -satisfy'd with, would not follow their Advice; alledging, That it -was not convenient, by dividing the Forces, to weaken them more than -the Storm [Besieges the Fort of Ternate.] had done. He laid Siege -to the Fort, but the Besieged being acquainted with the Condition -of our Troops, oppos'd all their Assaults courageously, and scoff'd -and laugh'd at the insignificant Batteries. However our Men, whom -the Storms had depriv'd of Necessaries for that Work, vented their -Spleen upon the Javanese. These valu'd themselves upon sallying out to -Skirmish, being distinguishable by their Arms, and manner of drawing -up. The Spaniards handled them so roughly, that they did little more -during the War. Some Months were spent in Fruitless Attempts, and if -they had attack'd the Country, but a Culverine-Shot short of the Fort, -at the Bay of Limathao, and march'd thence to attack the Fort behind, -as the most understanding desir'd, it had been of good Consequence. But -the General Morones, putting all upon Experience without Forecast, -was satisfy'd with fronting next the Sea, doing much Harm, which was -caus'd by that first, and obstinate manner of attacking; and that gave -Way for Succours to go into the Natives, at other landing Places, tho' -thirty Men at a small Distance might have prevented it. This both the -Kings maintain'd, whose Valour, which ought to be commended even in -Enemies, if our General had pleas'd, might have given Success to this -Undertaking. Besides that experience has shown that fifty Spaniards -have done as much upon Occasion, as whole Roman Legions well arm'd -and disciplin'd. - -Morones now perceiving that neither his Arms, nor his Proposals had -[Sends some Men to the other Fort.] any effect upon the Rebels, he -resolv'd to pass over some of his Men against the other Fort, which, -tho' seated on a Ground of difficult Access, seem'd to be pregnable, -because built in Haste, a League from the former on a steep Hill. On -the Land Side of it is the Mountain, and on the Back a Lake, and is -of no use, because it does not defend the City, which is open, and is -[Javanese Ships burnt.] only regarded for being near the old Fort. Our -Men went on chearfully, and the Defendants receiv'd them as well firing -their Cannon, which gave a Check to the Spanish Fury. Those in the -other Fort, tho' they made little use of Fire-Arms, being compell'd -by Necessity, ventur'd to sally out to the Shore. To draw them to -this Resolution, some of our Men on a sudden set Fire to the Junks, -in which a great Number of Javanese Indians had come thither. The -Vessels, which were old blaz'd up, without any Obstruction from those -who guarded them, but they referr'd the Remedy to their Weapons. They -were in all about 3000 fighting Men, 1000 of them had Muskets, whereof -200 were expert at them; the rest neither Pikes, nor Lances, nor any -other long sort of Arms, but only those they call Toranas, about a -Fathom in Length, like Darts, and some like Arrows, which they cast by -main Strength, with Canes and Strings, wherewith they unexpectedly -wound unarm'd Men in Fight; because they fly not out of a Bow, -but are thrown strait forward, or over their Heads. Others had only -their Campilanes, or Cymiters, and Shields. Many of them fought the -more obstinately, confiding in their Coats of Mail, and Head-Pieces, -bought of the Portugueses; but as soon as they clos'd with our Men, -they broke their Order, and lost Courage. This Accident prov'd a very -great Obstacle, because it diverted our Men from their double Design -of pressing both Forts at the same Time, so that the very Commanders -were forc'd to ingage. Morones knew how to behave himself upon all -Occasions, and the Spaniards made such a Slaughter, that almost all -the Javaneses lay upon [Bloody Victory gain'd by the Spaniards.] -the Spot. Those in the Forts had not the Courage to fall in upon -the Rear, tho' they pour'd a Volley upon the Forces of Tydore and -Bachian, but with little Harm. This Victory was not gain'd without -Effusion of Blood, yet they took Heart to hope for one more compleat, -at the Arrival of the Galeon from India, and believ'd that Addition -of Strength would make amends for what they lost in the Storm. - -The Galeon arriv'd at Tydore, better provided to carry on the Trade, -than the War. For this Reason, and because many of our Men were Sick, -or Wounded, Morones was oblig'd to raise the Siege, and dismiss those -Kings, [The Siege rais'd.] to whom he afterwards sent Presents -of Spanish Commodities, some Horses and Silks. It was since known -that tho' the Ternates will endure much Hardship, they were then -so near press'd, that Hunger must have subdu'd them, could our Men -have stay'd a little longer. They embark'd in Sight of the Enemy, -who presently appear'd in the Field rejoycing, with Musick, and other -Tokens of Victory. The Asiatick Traders resorted to their Ports, and -others from Europe, but particularly their new Friends the English, -with whom they communicated the Joy of their Success. - -They never made a good use of Peace and Quietness at Ternate, as -soon as [Notable Practices.] that was now restor'd, the King was -again at Variance with his Unkles; which Fortune so improv'd as -to furnish an Opportunity that might have been advantageous to our -Designs, had not she thwarted it. Cachil Mandraxa was the noblest of -Sultan Aerio's Sons, as born of the Queen they call Putriz, which is -the Chief. His Father would have had him succeed in the Throne, but -was disgusted at a Boldness which does not use to be mislik'd among -Politicians. Cachil Mandraxa was desperately in love with Filola, -his Niece, Daughter to the King his Brother; and that Princes did not -refuse her Unkles Courtship. The Father one Day found them talking -together, in the Apartment reserv'd only for himself; and tho' he -was satisfied their Conversation was within the Bounds of Decency, -took such an Aversion, that he depriv'd him of the Succession. The -illegitimate Nephew Reign'd, against the Will of all the Unkles, who -were near conspiring [Subtilty of the King of Ternate.] to kill him; -but the subtle King knew how to disappoint their Designs, and secure -himself without discovering the Contrivance. He call'd Cachil Mandraxa -to him, and repeating all past Distates, told him, how desirous he -was to remove all manner of Jealousies by a perfect Reconciliation, -which he thought might be done by means of the Princess Filola, and -since there was such a good Correspondence between them, all the Rest -would be easie. However before he gave her to him to Wife, he must -reflect that she was promis'd to the King of Tydore, to whom he was -not willing to administer fresh Causes of War, or to be the Occasion -of interrupting that short Tranquility they enjoy'd. That since all -they discours'd there would remain in their Breasts, he would have him -to take his Advice. Mandraxa was beside himself, with that unexpected -Satisfaction, and yet had he been truly Master of himself, he might -easily have seen thro' the Fraud of that pleasing [His crafty Words.] -Change in his Condition, wherein he found the King so much his Friend, -who but just before had been his Enemy. He thank'd him for the Favour, -and putting his whole Dependance on the Words of his Mouth, desir'd -he would give him the Advice he spoke of. The King answer'd, I have -contriv'd a Way, which will satisfie you, and the King of Tydore will -have no Cause to complain. For the attaining of both these Ends, I -will keep Council, as is requisite, and do you any Night steal away -the Princess, the Way you shall best like, so it be with Regard to -my Reputation, and in all Respects giving such outward Tokens, that -all Men may believe it was open Violence, and no Contrivance, or at -least known to me, I, on my Side, will pretend to be very Angry, and -will complain of the Injury as loudly as is requisite to satisfie the -World of my Innocence. For why should I, Unkle, wish for the Felicities -of this World, but to make them common to our Family? I will retain -the Cares of the Crown, and do you enjoy the Satisfaction the Kingdom -affords. Mandraxa could not forbear Weeping for Joy, he fell down at -his Nephew's Feet and kiss'd them, without disguizing any thing of his -Passion, yet suppressing the Joy of his new Hopes, the best he could, -he found Means to acquaint the Princess, and to appoint the Hour, -Place, and Confidents for exposing herself to be stolen away. - -To this Purpose they pitch'd upon a Garden, which looks out upon -the Sea, adorn'd with its Natural Trees, whence the Ships are seen, -and among them, on the Day prefix'd they spy'd a Carcoa, with all the -Men that Row'd curiously dress'd and they and the Soldiers wearing -Garlands, plainly show'd the Design of their Voyage, tho' they row'd -without the Musick they use to have at other Times. Mandraxa and a -small but brave Number of his Friends landed as silently, and they -after the manner of Talasio, and the [Cachal Mandraxa steals the -Princess Filola.] ancient Romans, when they forc'd away the Sabine -Women, laid Hold of Filola and the Rest, and run them aboard with -all possible Speed, conveying them to a strong Place in the Island, -where having fortify'd himself, like a Soldier, Mandraxa devote -himself to Love. Fame the utter Enemy to Secrecy divulg'd the Fact, -and convey'd it over to the King of Tydore's Ears, with the King of -Ternate's Complaints. He magnify'd the Affront, and every Man spoke -of it, according to his own Notion. The King who had contriv'd it, and -by whose Breath all the Machines of that Tragedy were mov'd assembled -the prime Men of his Kingdom, most of them Enemies to the deluded -Mandraxa, and ask'd their Assistance and Advice in so notorious a -[Base falsehood of the King.] Violence, and pretending extraordinary -Concern. They all Voted to a Man, that it was absolutely necessary to -make such an Example as might deter others from the like. When the -Consultation was over, the King dispatch'd Messengers to his Unkle, -intreating him to repair to Court to stop ill Mouths by fair Means, and -appease the Neighbouring Princes. Cachil Mandraxa made no difficulty -to obey, as well knowing that none of his Actions had been contrary -to the King's Orders. Only the Princess advis'd the Contrary; for tho' -young, as little above 20 years of Age, she was better acquainted with -her Brother, and well knew he never kept his Faith, particularly with -his own Family, and that he could not have any Kindness for them as -being jealous of the Crown. Mandraxa made no Account of all that, -but went to Court, and enter'd the Palace attended by his Family, -and relying on the King's Promise, but more especially on the secret -Mystery of that Affair, known only to them two, Unkle and Nephew. When -he came to kiss the King's Hand, he looking as stern as if he had not -advis'd the stealing of the Princess, said he knew not what Course -to take upon so notorious an Affront offer'd to his Crown and Palace, -but to cut off his Head. Mandraxa thinking at first that had been all -Counterfeit, and according to what had been agreed between them, when -he perceiv'd [He murders Mandraxa.] it was barefac'd falsehood, would -have spoke loud in Defence of his Innocence; but was not permitted, -and the King making a Sign to a Sturdy Black he had prepar'd for that -Action, he drew his Cymiter, and hew'd him down barbarously. The poor -Prince fell, without being reliev'd by any Man; for at that Time his -Brothers Cachil Tulo, and Cachil Sufur were not at Ternate, the former -being Governor, the latter Admiral. Nor did they come to Ternate in a -long Time after, tho' they look Care to protect the Widow Princess, -who was left with Child, and afterwards brought forth Cachil Amida, -who dy'd Young. - -The whole Truth of this Matter was soon known, with all its -Particulars, and Circumstances; and the Cachiles conferring together, -Tulo resolv'd to go over to the Service of King Philip, to which -Purpose, when [The King's Unkles conspire against him.] Duarte Pereyra -was Commander in Chief at Tydore, he went thither to treat with him, -and with Antony de Matos, who went first for the same End to Bachian; -but forasmuch as what was concerted among them, will better appear -by the Letter Cachil Tulo sent from Tydore to the Governour Santiago -de Vera, we will here insert it, translated From the Malaye Language, -by the King's Naguatatos, so they there call the Interpreters. - -[Cachil Tulo's letter to the Governor of the Philipines.] Cachil Babu, -my Brother, late King of Ternate, writ to the King of Portugal, -to desire he would do him Justice, upon a Man, who murder'd his -Father and mine; upon receiving which Satisfaction, he would again -deliver the Fort of Ternate to his Majesty, it being then out of his -Possession, His present Majesty succeeding in the Throne of Portugal, -answer'd my Brother's Letter, by Cachil Naique, his Embassador; but -when he return'd my Brother was dead, which was the Reason we did not -then deliver up the Fort, because a Bastard Son had succeeded him, -being proclaim'd King by the People of Ternate, with the Assistance -of the King of Tydore, tho' he had no Right to it. He would not -perform what his Father had promis'd, and he was oblig'd to; nor -follow the Advice given him by me, and by my Brother Cachil Mandraxa, -the rightful Heir of the Crown; which was that he should deliver up -the Fort, as his Father had promis'd, to the Portuguese; and this, -not because he could not defend himself against them, and his Majesty; -but expresly because his Father, and my Brother had so order'd; for -we did not suppose it could be taken from us by Force of Arms; but we -knew it was his Will to serve his Majesty, by delivering up the Fort -to him. He finding we persisted in this Opinion, resolv'd to murder -my Brother, and his own Unkle, the true Heir of the Crown, cutting -him in Pieces, by the Hands of a Slave, when he came upon his Word, -and had his Security and mine. Wherefore considering the Injustice -of my Nephew upon this Occasion, and that he will not perform what -his Father, my Brother and I promised to his Majesty, I am resolv'd -from this Time forward, to become his Majesty's sincere Subject and -Servant. And I do by these Presents, oblige my self, and swear by my -Law, at I did swear; and do not depart from it, to the Father Vicar -Antony Ferreyra, to give all my Help and Assistance, towards the -taking of the Fort, with all my Kindred and Friends, till it shall be -in the Possession of his Majesty's Commander, or whosoever shall come -with the Portugueses, or Spaniards that attend him; upon Condition, -that the Commander, or Commanders, shall, in his Majesty's Name, -perform what Duarte Pereyra, the Commander in chief promis'd me and -sign'd for him, I having given him a Counterpart; which is, that I -shall be proclaim'd King of Ternate, as soon as Possession is taken of -the Fort for his Majesty; both in regard it belongs to me in Right of -my Father, and of the Service I now do, and hereafter hope to do his -Majesty. I therefore beg it as a Favour of your Lordship, and require -you in his Majesty's Name, that you take Care to send the greatest -Number of Men you possibly can, and with the greatest Expedition; to -the End that this my Intention, and Will to serve his Majesty herein -may be effectual, which I hope will be without the Expence of Lives; -notwithstanding the Fort is well fortify'd, as your Lordship may have -been inform'd. The Commander in chief, will write to your Lordship, -what Season and Order those Forces are to observe. Given at Tydore, -to which Place I am come to this Intent, as will be testify'd by the -Father Vicar Antony Ferreyra, and the Judge Antony de Matos, whom, -as Persons of such Note, I desir'd to sign for me. May the 23d. - -[Nunno Pereyra's Perswasions to the same Governor.] At the -Bottom of the Letter, the Vicar and Matos certify'd his Hand and -Subscription. With this came another very long one, wherein Duarte -Pereyra gives the Governour a more ample Account of what is here -deliver'd briefly, representing to him the Opportunity offer'd in -forcible Terms. He tells him that Mandraxa a little before his Death, -had propos'd the same thing to him, that his Brother Tulo now did; -and that they were desirous to fulfill what they promis'd Nunno -Pereyra. That the Island of Machian, the most fruitful in Clove, -Espous'd the Party that was against the King. That they could no longer -endure their Oppression. He perswaded him to Arm 400 Spaniards, if -they were come from Mexico, and to Ship them off for the Expedition -upon Ternate, giving out, that they were going to clear those Seas -from Javaneses, whose Friendship the People of Ternate value more than -they do ours. That besides the good Success he expected by the Help -of those Forces, they would at least secure those Ports against the -English, the People of Ternate having always a Fleet in Readiness. That -the Enterprize might succeed with Fifteen Frigates, and one Galeon, -provided they went to stay a Year at the Moluccos, and brought a Number -of Philippine Pioneers. He says, the Javanese Ships are less than the -Frigats, and there are Forty Soldiers in each of them, who lye Aboard -Eight Months, and live a Year upon 300 Bushels of Rice. That in Case -the Frigates could not hold the Men, they should bring some Junks, -which are necessary Vessels to Transport Provisions from the Islands of -Burro and Bachian. He complains of the King of Tydore's ill Behaviour, -and his Avarice; of Sancho de Vasconcelos, and James de Azambuja, -who built the Fort of Tydore in an ill place. He commends the King of -Bachian, and says he in private lives like a Christian. Among these -Things he intermixes many more, all of them tending to perswade the -Expedition of Ternate, to blot out the last Disgrace, without any -Expence to the King, through Cachil Tulo's Contrivance. - -The Governour receiv'd this Dispatch, and he would willingly have put -it in Execution immediately; but as it went on slowly, and the Death -[The Projects for executing the Design.] of Cachil Tulo happened in -the mean while, it was requisite to delay the Design, and attend to -the Preservation of the Philippine Islands, against the Machinations -of the Chineses and Japoneses, against whose Robberies and Burnings -they are never secure. Each of these Attempts harass'd the Province -with the Expence of Treasure, and Power, so that there was a necessity -of breathing to recover both. It was thought the most proper Advice -to joyn from the Philippines and Malaca, with equal Force, coming -from both Parts to Arm in the Moluccos, which was the Boundary of -both Provinces. This took Effect some Years after, Captain Andrew -Furtado coming from Malaca, of whose Actions it will be proper to -begin to speak to give a Reputation to his Person. - -Andrew Furtado de Mendoza might have Ennobled his Family, had it -[Andrew Furtado his Actions.] not been of antient Quality. He was the -Terror of those Eastern Parts, where he serv'd the King ever since -the Year 1576, subduing Barbarous Nations. In the Year 1587 he was -the Governour of the Fort of Rachol, till he came to have that of -Malaca. Whilst he was in the first, some Villages of Gentiles rose -up against the Ministers of the Church, disturbing Christianity -with Warlike Disorders. Furtado pacify'd them with Severity, and -his Authority. In 1591 Furtado was Commander of the Portuguese -Soldiery in that Archipelago, and was very earnest to employ them -in the Recovery of Ternate; but was hinder'd by other Wars, which -he concluded Victoriously. In August that same Year, he was inform'd -that Eighteen Galeons had put out of Cunnal, Commanded by Cutumaza, -assisted by Raju, with a Design to Besiege the Fort of Ceylon. This -Cutumaza had the Year before Burnt a Ship of ours, Sailing for China, -and made dismal Havock on the Coast of Coromandel. Furtado went out -in Search of the Enemies Fleet, and by the way reliev'd the Fort of -Ceylon; and on the Coast of Malabar he met three Ships Bound from Mecca -for Cunnal. He fought them, and Sunk two, the Sea running so high, -that the Vessels which Row'd could not attack them. The other after -a long Dispute yielded to him. This Victory was a sufficient Revenge -for the Burning of our Ships. Continual War is maintain'd in these -Parts, which Neighbour upon Malaca; and that in Ceylon never ceases, -contrary to the Advice of Persons that are well acquainted with India; -because the best Product of that Island being the Cinnamon, a Commodity -of less Durance than the Mace, Clove and Pepper, they look upon almost -all the expence laid upon Ceylon, as good as thrown away. Besides that -the greatest Commanders are employ'd in suppressing the continual -Rebellions of those most inconstant People, without stretching out, -at least as far as the Moluccos, by their Absence encouraging their -Tyranny, and giving Opportunity to Nations that are our Enemies to -fix themselves in our Forts. - -[Ceylon describ'd.] Ceylon is one of the most Remarkable Islands In -the World, and the most fruitful. It lies opposite to Cape Comorin, -Nobly Inhabited, and cultivated. In it grow all Plants, known in -all other Parts of the World, Nutmegs, Pepper, Cinnamon, and the -most Excellent call'd Mosyllion grows in this Island. Here is Wild -and Garden Fruit, Spanish Figs, and Grapes, and the best Oranges in -all Asia. There are whole Woods of mighty Palm-Trees. The Variety of -Flowers, would take up much Time to describe it; as also of Grain -known to us, Wheat, Rice, and Flax, of which and their Cotton, -they make wonderful Webs. It has all sorts of Precious Stones, -Gold, Silver, Steel, Tin, Iron, and Seed Pearl. Several [Product.] -Christaline Rivers, and Fountains moisten it, with delightful and -Medicinal Waters, of Excellent Qualities. And among the rest there -are Springs of Liquid Bitumen, thicker than our Oyl, and some of pure -Balsam. There are Burning Mountains continually blazing, and casting -out Clods of Brimstone among the Crags of the Hills; where there are -Groves [Birds.] of Tall Trees, on whose Branches are to be seen all -sorts of Birds that fly in other Parts of the World, and among them -our Turkys, Wild Hens, [Beasts.] and Pidgeons. It abounds in Deer, -Wild-Boars, Tygers, Lions, and [Elephants.] Elephants of so Noble -a Kind, that all others submit to them. Those that are bred in this -Island have such an Extraordinary Natural Instinct, that it verifies -what Aristotle, Plutarch, Athenæus, Ælian, Pliny, and others, who -have Writ Natural History testifie, and is, that whether it proceeds -from Knowledge, or Habit, they partake of the Wit, Sense, and even of -the Prudence of Men. We are told they have so much Sense of Honour, -that they will not go Aboard a Ship, if they imagine they are carry'd -to serve Princes in strange Countries, and that they obey, if their -Owners swear they will bring them back to their own. That they -are concern'd at abusive Words given them. That they pay a sort of -Religious Respect to the Sun and Moon. That they remember such Things -as they conceive; and Gellius perswades us we may believe, that at -Night they bewail their Servitude with doleful Complaints; and if any -Man happens to come near in the Height of their Lamentation, they with -shame suppress their Sighs; and in short, they seem feasible of the -Iniquity of their Fate. In this Country it is their Part to load and -unload Ships, the Weight of Commerce, whether Arms, Metals, Provisions, -or other Commodities whatsoever hanging on their Teeth, or lying on -their Necks. They are more willing to carry Arm'd Men on their Backs, -in great Castles built to that purpose. They serve the Chingalas, not -as they did in Rome at publick Shows, but in Battel, as they did the -Carthaginians, and afterwards the Romans. The People of Ceylon believe -their Country is the Terrestrial [Opinion that Paradise is in Ceylon.] -Paradise. They call the Top of a certain Mountain Adam's Point, -and on it, they say, is to be seen the Print of his Foot, and that -there he did Pennance. Upon this Belief, the Jogues, who are penitent -Pilgrims, visit that Point, where they affirm there grows a thick Tree, -of an indifferent [Strange Tree.] Height, with small rough Leaves, -of a dusty Colour, the Bark Ash-colour'd, which in the Night shines, -and dispells Darkness. Under Colour of this Superstition, all the -Gangs of strowling Players or Actors, come [Players.] out of this -Island, and travel throughout all India, representing their Fables, -with odd Gestures, and Dancing to little Flat Tabors, Bag-pipes, and -Rattles of small Bells. Abundance of Pearls are found about it. The -Gold and other Metals are kept untouch'd in the Mines, by publick Law, -and yet notwithstanding this Precaution, they are not free from War -and Oppression. The Natives are call'd Chingalas, and resemble the -Malabars in Customs and Countenances. They have broad Noses, but are -not so black, and go naked, but not to immodesty. Formerly they had -but one King, who was dispossess'd by Force, and Treachery, and the -Kingdom [King's expell'd.] divided among many. Division having thus -weaken'd them, a Barbarian, call'd Raju, tyrannically expell'd the -King's the Island; one of whom was by the Magnificence of the Kings -of Portugal bred at Goa. - -Raju was a subtle Soldier, and jealous even of those that supported -him. He had some Years before, besieg'd the Fort of Columbo, with a -great Body of Foot, Elephants and Horse. Andrew Furtado being in search -of the Enemies Fleet, in Prosecution of his Revenge for the Ships -lost, to relieve [Furtado relieves Columbo.] the Fort of Columbo, -doubled Cape Comorin, thro' the Streight of Ceylon, at the Time when -it is usually most difficult and dangerous for Tall Ships, much more -for such Vessels as use Oars. He came to the Fort so opportunely, that -had he stay'd never so little longer it had been lost, for most of the -Garrison had mutiny'd against their Commander in Chief Simon de Brito -who was wounded by them with two Musket Balls. Raju was marching with -all Expedition by Land to Columbo for fear of slipping the Opportunity -offer'd him of taking Possession of it. Cutumuza lay with all his -Fleet in the River Cordiva, distant from the Fort ready to attack it -by Sea, when Raju fell on by Land. Furtado was before-hand with him, -and getting in, dispos'd all Things for its Defence. He quell'd the -Mutiny, punish'd the Ring-leaders, satisfy'd such as had just Cause -of Complaint or had been wrong'd, and with all possible Speed went -out to find Cunale's Fleet. Nor was he disappointed, for the Enemy -did not offer [Beat, the Indian Fleet.] to fly, but met him, with -his Ships drawn up in good Order, and after Cannonading, they laid -one another aboard, where there was an obstinate Fight on both Sides, -till Cunnale's Navy was defeated. Furtado took 14 Galeons, with all -their Artillery, and Men, besides Abundance kill'd. The Admiral fled -with only four Ships of 18 he had, and made to Raju's Country. This -Victory was sufficient Satisfaction for the Damage receiv'd by that -rebellious Fleet, the ill Success whereof discourag'd Raju from coming -to besiege Columbo, so that he retir'd and dismiss'd his Army. - -Not long after, Furtado was inform'd by his Spyes, that the King of -Jasanapatan had concluded a League with Raju, pressing him to return -to the Siege of Columbo, whilst he did the same to Mana. That his -Presumption might not want such Punishment, as became the Honour -of the Crown of Portugal, and the Reputation of its Grandeur, which -is more prevalent in those Parts than Force, Furtado gathering what -Power he could, with all possible Celerity attack'd that King. He was -not unprovided, but drawing [Routs him, and subdues his Kingdom.] -up without the Walls of that City, offer'd him Battel, his Men, -Elephants and Horses covering spacious Fields. Furtado playing both -Parts of a Commander, and a Soldier, drew up his Forces, encourag'd -them in few Words; and both Sides coming to the Charge exercis'd -their Force and Fury; but at Length the King's Troops were routed, -and he slain entering the City, in which abundance of Brass Cannon was -found, besides the Plunder, which was considerable. He took Possession -of it, and seizing the Forts and Garrisons, carry'd on the War there -in such Manner, that the whole Kingdom seeing such severe Execution, -and feeling it so heavily within its Bowels, submitted to the King of -Spain. By his Authority, when the Sword was put up, he appointed a -Kinsman of the late King, to whom of Right it belonged, to reign in -Jasanapatan, he having been taken in the last Battel. He caus'd him -to swear and plight his Faith, that he would be a perpetual Vassal -to his Majesty; imposing on him the Payment of a yearly Tribute, -which still subsists. The Writings containing this Settlement were -sent by him into Spain, where and at Goa, all that had been done was -approv'd of by the Viceroy, and the Conqueror, who had concluded it -so happily, highly applauded. - -[Ternate the Cause of Rebellions.] He next Strengthned the Fort -of Columbo, with Four Ships of his Fleet, and 100 Soldiers; and -Supply'd Cosme de la Feta with Eighty Men, under Two Captains, -to prosecute the Affair of Candia, which was committed to him, and -sorted good effect. No Rebellion broke out in those Parts, but what -was either supported by Ternate, or proceeded from its Example, and -great Celerity was requisite in the Commanders for suppressing of it. - -[Coast of Pearl Fishery Rebells, and is reduc'd.] At this same Time -all the Coast of the Pearl Fishery rebell'd, and among other sudden -Destruction usually made by Seditious Men in Arms, the Subjects -of Vinapanaique burnt Twenty five Christian Churches. Furtado -made all possible speed to chastize them before the Rebellion -grew to a Head. The Mutineers not being well Strengthned, sent -Embassadors to him, begging Peace, and colouring their Guilt with -Excuses, which Furtado admitted of because it was convenient for -his Majesties Service; upon Condition they should make good all the -Damages occasion'd by their Revolt. He commanded them to rebuild the -Churches they had destroy'd, and to grant the Society of the Jesuits, -who had then the Charge of the Christians in that Country, all the -Liberties and Immunities demanded by those then residing there; -taking sufficient Hostages for the Performance. - -[Furtado ill us'd would depart India.] These and other no less -notable Actions, he perform'd in the space of four Months; but -as Envy seldom fails to oppose Valour, when he came to Cochin, -and was there ready to set out for the Conquest of the Moluccos, -and particularly of Ternate, he received Letters from the Viceroy, -Matthias de Albuquerque commanding him to deliver up the Fleet to Nunno -Vello Pereyra. He obey'd, and when he came to Goa, was Imprisoned, -and put to Trouble. As soon as it was in his Power, he resolv'd -to depart India, and remove himself from the ill-will of those he -thought were not his Friends; but the City of Goa conjur'd him not -to forsake it, and in vain endeavour'd to procure a Reconciliation -betwixt those Commanders. This happened in the Year 1592, when, and -some Years after, Ternate might have been reliev'd, as Furtado desir'd, -had not the Animosities reigning obstructed it. However they were -so far from employing him, that, tho' Furtado several times Offer'd -himself, with his own Ships, and at his proper Cost, where there was -such Necessity of suppressing Cunnale, yet he was as often Rejected, -and that Victory envy'd him, which afterwards he had granted by Heaven, -as we shall see in its Place. - -At this Time Santiago de Vera was discharged of his Command of the -Philippine Islands. He had signified his Intentions to Andrew Furtado, -and received his Answer, That he would comply with his Desires; -but Fortune disappointed these good Beginnings, embroiling Furtado -with those who did not love him, and removing Santiago from his -Government. His Successor was Gomez Perez de las Marinnas, Knight of -the Order of Santiago, [Gomez Perez Governor of the Philippines.] -or St. James the Apostle, a Person of high Reputation, born at -Betanzos, in the Kingdom of Galicia. He arriv'd at the Philippines -in the Year 1590, and brought with him his Son Don Lewis, Knight of -the Order of Alcantara. The new Governor found Manila open, without -any Form of a City, and without Wealth to Improve it. Above 200000 -Pieces of Eight were wanting for this Purpose; yet he compass'd the -Work by Projects, and Contrivance without any Dammage to the Publick, -or to private Persons. He Monopoliz'd the Cards; he laid Penalties -on excessive Gaming, and punish'd such as Forestal'd the Markets, -and on Victuallers, and other Retailers of that Sort that were guilty -of Frauds; with these Fines he built the Walls of Manila, which are -12849 Geometrical Foot in Compass, [He Walls Manila; Builds Forts, -&c.] each Foot being the third part of a Yard. He apply'd himself -diligently to this Work, and the Inhabitants attended it, being -willing to forward it on Account of the Intreaties and Example of -their Chief. The City had but one Fort, and that ill built, wherefore -he Erected another at the Mouth of the River, calling it Santiago, -and enclosed the old one. He finish'd the Cathedral, and built from -the Ground the Church of St. Potenciana, Patroness of the Island, -for Women that have retir'd from the World. Then he apply'd himself to -casting, and brought able Artists, who furnish'd the Place with heavy -and small Cannon; built Galleys to Cruize and Trade, whereon depends -the Welfare of those Countries; and pursuant to what he had promis'd -in Spain, bent his Thoughts towards Ternate, and all the Moluccos; -reflected on the Disreputation of the unfortunate Expeditions of his -Predecessors, who attempted the Conquest of that flourishing Kingdom, -and how he might punish those who Tyranniz'd in it. - -He imparted his Thoughts by Word of Mouth, and by Letters to Zealous -[His first Steps for recovery of the Moluccos.] Persons, and more -particularly to F. Marta, a Priest of the Society of Jesus, and a -grave and active Man, whose Experience and Doctrine had been very -Advantageous in those Parts. This Religious Man furnish'd him with -Intelligence, Advice, and proper Ministers to prepare and carry -on the Work; one of whom was Brother Gaspar Gomez, a Spaniard, and -Lay-Brother of the said Society. Among the many Conferences there -were to this Effect, I find an Exhortation of F. Antony Marta, in a -Letter he writ to the Governor from Tydore, which, because it is an -Original, and conducing for the better Understanding of this Affair, -I will here insert, translated out of the Portuguese. Grant me this -Liberty, since the Speeches which are generally Fabulous, pretended -to be made by Generals and Consuls, in the Greek and Latin Histories, -are allow'd of. F. Antony Marta says thus; - -[F. Merta's Letter, of the State of the Moluccos.] In fine, your -Lordship is resolv'd to undertake this Expedition. You will have a -spacious Field for dilating the Glory of God very much, and rendering -your Name famous to Perpetuity. By it your Lordship will acquire -to his Majesty a most Large and Wealthy Kingdom, since all this -Archipelago of the Moluccos and Amboina, as far as Banda, which is -above 130 Leagues in Length and 70 in Breadth, is an inexhaustible -Source of Clove, Nutmeg, and Mace, which will afford his Majesty a -Yearly Income of 200000 Crusados, which is about 27000 Pounds Sterling, -then a considerable sum, in India alone; besides that of other Islands, -which produce no Clove. Nor will it require any Expence, because the -Country it self will freely afford it on its very Mountains; and what -is yet much more, your Lordship will gain above 200000 Souls to God, -all which, in a short time, after subduing the Kingdom, will become -Christians, without any, or with very little Opposition; whereby your -Lordship will have a burning Flambeau in this World, to light and -conduct you to Heaven. Besides, you will magnify and perpetuate your -Name, with a Title nothing inferior to those of the ancient Roman -Generals, such as those of Germanicus, Africanus, and the like. It -is not now requisite to touch upon the Method your Lordship is to -observe for compassing this Enterprize, to your eternal Praise; for, -as we understand, there is no want of Experience with you for Warlike -Affairs; Yet if your Lordship should be any way Dubious, Jerome de -Azevedo is able to inform you of such things as you shall desire to -know. He is well acquainted with the Strength of the Moluccos, and -of their Enemies. However I would have your Lordship look [League of -the Mahometans.] upon this War as considerable and difficult, because -it is very convenient to come well Provided, and Resolv'd. You are -not to Fight with the Ternates alone, but with all the Moors of this -Archipelago. Hitherto the Fort of Amboina had to do with the Ternates, -that are at Veranula, and this of Tydore with those in the Island -Ternate; but now of late we are to fight with those of the Islands -of Banda and of Seram. All the Moors in those Parts Assembled last -year, and Resolv'd, That for the future the War should be carry'd -on under the Name of their Religion. And for the more Security, -and better Establishing of this Point, they chose those of Banda -for Chiefs of their Law; and took an Oath to lay down their Lives, -or expell the Portugueses. Accordingly the last Year, those of Banda -came with the Ternates [Fort of Amboyna Beseig'd.] of Veranula, -with a great number of Carcoas, to Beseige the Fort of Amboyna; and -in the Engagement they had with us, took one of the two Galiots we -brought from Goa, tho' it was not their Valour, but our Negligence -that occasion'd the making of that Prize. It plainly appear'd, that -our Lord did it to punish our Pride. This so far Encouraged them, -that they durst afterwards daily Cruize in sight of the Fort, took -the Fishermen that went out in the Morning to follow their Trade, -and laid a Ground some Carcoas on the Shore. They erected a Mosque -opposite to the Fort, as in a safe Place, and thus they kept the -Fort Besieged with Contempt, for the space of a Month. At the end -thereof, the Galley going out, with one Galiot we had left, made -them fly, every one to his own Country, giving out, and threatning, -That they would Return next Year with a greater Fleet, which will be -about September. We are certainly assured that the People of Banda, -left 50 of their prime Men at Amboyna, as Hostages for the performance -of their Engagement. This is also known by a Man of our own, who fled -from Banda, having been carry'd thither Prisoner from Amboyna. We are -informed, that 25 Carcoas would set out, so many being Launch'd, and -they were to Sail after their Lent, which is at the End of this Month -of July, and to joyn the Seyrves, and the rest of the Confederates, -in order to return again before the Fort of Amboyna. If they come -with such a Force, I am very suspitious that the Fort will be lost; -because the Enemies method is to take in all the Towns that are -Subject to it; and when this is left alone, wanting the Support -of its Neighbours, it must of necessity Surrender. Antony Perez, -the Governor of that Fort, is a Man of Courage, and well Fortified; -and yet there are Circumstances to be consider'd, some of them very -Difficult; as that the Enemies are Numerous, and there will come -some Confederates with them, who are fit for any piece of Treachery; -besides, that they cannot be Reliev'd from any Part whatsoever, for -the full space of five Months, that is till the beginning of January -next. We cannot but apprehend some great Mischief will happen; for -supposing they do not take the Fort, still this War is Dangerous, -as being Universal, with all the Moors; stirr'd up by means of the -Caciques; Concerted under solemn Oaths; and Declar'd to be Religious, -with full Remission of Sins to all that Die in it. There is no want -of Fomenters, and those Caciques of Note, and [General Conspiracy -against Christians.] great Authority among the Moors, in Banda, -Amboyna, Ternate, and Tydore. These Men urge their Religion, and the -Honour of Mahomet, and by that means manage the People as they please; -as I have found by Experience this Year, and in this War we had at -Amboyna, in which I was. For formerly the Moors were soon weary of -being at Sea, and when any Man of Note happened to be kill'd in Fight, -they presently retir'd, looking upon it as an ill Omen. Now they -continue all the seasonable Months at sea, without flinching; tho' -the Portugueses slew 150 of their Men, and among them their Admiral, -and others of the prime Commanders they had in their Fleet. To this -must be added, That this is a general Conspiracy of all the Moors -against us; insomuch, that two who were our Friends, and had Assisted -us several times, with their Fleets, against the Ternates, being those -of the Island Burro, these being summoned by the Commander to Sail with -him in the Navy, as they had done at other times, did not only refuse -it now, but would not so much as receive the Message, or suffer him -that carry'd it to Land. The Tydores did the same, for the Commander -of Amboyna demanding Assistance of them, they would not go, alledging -that their Fort was in as much Danger. And the King of Tydore being -inform'd of your Lordships coming, his Subjects declare before hand, -and perhaps at the Instigation of their King, That they will have no -Spaniards in these Parts; which makes us look about, where they will -raise Moors to Destroy us. Therefore all Delays, in this Affair, -will be very dangerous; because we are Inferior to the Moors, and -must of Necessity Fight them, since it is for Religion, and Honour, -on both which Accounts they are become our mortal Enemies. By this your -[F. Marta presses for Relief.] Lordship will understand what need we -are in of your Succour and Relief; and may compute how many are to draw -their Swords against you, since they are all our Enemies in general, -and have Conspir'd against us. However, it will be Discretion first -to Dissemble with the Tydores, that they may not joyn the Ternates, -and by that means render the War more tedious and difficult. I do -not speak to all the rest in particular, according to my Notion, -because I refer it to Jerome de Azevedo, who will give a very good -Account. But let this be Established as a Maxim, That your Lordship -has a mighty Enterprize in Hand; and I trust in God he will give you -Wisdom, and Strength to go through it with Ease; since you come to -Revenge the Injuries formerly, and now offered by these Barbarians, -to God and his [Irreverences to Religion.] Saints. For we know that -the Ternates still drink out of the consecrated Chalices, and make use -of the Patens to Offer, or Receive any thing, as on profane Salvers; -and of the Vestments, and Ornaments of Altars, they make Cloaths, and -Hangings for their Houses. The People of Banda, most of them, wear -Ornaments of the Blood of above 3000 Christians, they Treacherously -Murder'd, at several times, in their Ports, as they went thither to -Trade with them; and in that Island, and part of the Sea, there are -Streams of Spanish and Portuguese Blood running. Your Lordship came -to spread the Catholick Faith, and that you may the better conceive -what Jerome de Azevedo will say to you touching this Affair, I send -you by him a Draught of all this Archipelago, as well of the Moluccos, -as of Amboyna, and Banda. In it your Lordship will see what a large -Kingdom we loose, when it might be recover'd with little Cost. It -only remains, That your Lordship come, with all possible Expedition, -because the greatest Danger is in Delay; and when you are here you -will find brave Commanders, who will assist you with their [Good -Officers and Soldiers.] Swords and their Advice. Among them is Sancho -de Vasoncelos, who was Commander at Amboyna, has often fought with -these Infidels, and obtain'd signal Victories over them. Here is also -Thomas de Sousa, Commander of Molucco, and of most Southern Parts, -a Man expert in Martial Affairs. In Tydore and Amboyna, you will -also find brave Soldiers, and there will not want to Pay them, for -the Riches of the Country will be sufficent for that, and to satisfy -them with Gold, precious Stones, and other Booty; besides you will -find many sorts of Arms. We Religious Men daily offer up our Prayers, -[Gomez Perez prepares.] and will so continue to do with Fervour; -and tho' the Unworthiness of the Ministers might be a Hinderance, -yet we hope they will prove Advantageous. - -The Governour receiv'd this Letter; which, with the Discourse he -had more at large with Jerome de Azevedo, made him put the last -Hand to a Work of so much Importance to the Service of the Christian -Commonwealth, which had been neglected in those Parts. Gaspar Gomez -had conferr'd with him long before, and by his Means, and the Accounts -of other knowing Persons, the Governor was so well acquainted with -the Kingdoms, and Seas, the Seasons and Dangers of the Undertaking, -that he had no great need of F. Marta's Map. He dispatch'd Gaspar -Gomez, a Man of Secrecy and Activity, trusting him with the Design, -because he was recommended by several grave Fathers of that Order. He -gave him particular Instructions, with which, [Gaspar Gomez sent as -a Spy.] and his own Experience, he wander'd about the Archipelago, -and learnt as much as was convenient. He visited Ternate, Tydore, -Mindanao, both the Javas, and scarce omitted any Place, as far as -the Point of Malaca, but what he took a View of. - -In the Year 1593, King Philip the 2d bestow'd the Government of -Cartagena, in America, upon Don Pedro Bravo de Acunna. To take this -Employ, [D. Pedro de Acuna Governor of Cartagena.] he quitted that he -had in the Spanish Galleys; he was Captain of the Admiral Galley, and -Vice-Admiral of them all, under the Adelantado, or Lord Lieutenant of -Castile, his Kinsman. He had serv'd his Majesty many Years by Sea and -Land, in the Mediterranean. No Action of Note was perform'd without -him, since the Expedition of Navarino against the Turks, and the -[His brave Actions.] others that ensu'd in those Parts, in Naples, -in Portugal, and all those that occur'd before, till his Majesty was -put in Possession of that Crown. Lastly, When he commanded the Spanish -Galleys he fought those of the Moors and Turks, with the Galiots, -and Brigantines of the Levant, and English Ships, and took and sunk -several of both Sorts. He took a great Number of Slaves in Barbary; -particularly at Zangazon, Benegicar, and Alcazar. He defended Cadiz -from the Invasion, and Rapine of Drake, the English Admiral, who -attempted it with a mighty Fleet. This was done by only four Galleys, -but two of which were clean, yet the Bravery of the Commander made -amends for all. How great an Action this was, and what Reputation -Don Pedro gain'd by it, appear'd afterwards, when the English again -possess'd themselves of Cadiz, at the Time that all the Galleys in -Spain were in the Bay, and the Fleet then preparing to sail to the -Indies. In each of these Actions, most whereof were victorious, there -are many remarkable Particulars, and they all deserve large Encomiums; -but since they do not belong to the Subject of this History, it would -be blameable to insert them here. - -The King for these Reasons constituted Don Pedro de Acunna, his Captain -General, in the Province of Cartagena and Tierra Firme, and Commander -of the Galleys on that Coast; which Commissions had never before been -united in that Government. He gave him a Galley, and Orders to receive -the Royal Fifths of the Pearl-Fishery, at the Island Margarita. He set -out from the Port of Sanlucar, on the 27th of September, in a Pink, -with 12 Soldiers, [His Voyage.] some Religious Men, and his Servants, -the Galley, and another Ship following. The Winds soon rose, and the -Sea swell'd, and the Vessels were dispers'd. In one of them there -were 20 Soldiers, and 40 Slaves at the Oar, this was so far drove -away, that they saw it no more, till five Days after they came to -Cartagena. The Storm ceas'd, and Don Pedro arriv'd at Gran Canaria, but -would not go into the City. He took in two hundred Cask of Water. The -Governour Don Lewis de la Cueva was not in the Island; but it being -known in his Family that Don Pedro was come, they sent to welcome -him. The Visit was follow'd by some Horses loaded with Abundance of -Fowl, Game, Sheep, Wine, Pears, and most stately Quinces, besides -Abundance of other Provisions. He sail'd thence with a favourable -Wind, which soon turn'd against him, and tho' he was far enough off, -drove back the Ships in Sight of Teneriffe. After being toss'd about -for some Days, there happened such a tedious Calm between two Islands, -as made Amends for the Violence of the Storms, and yet he had others -afterwards as violent as those before. Many Days after, when they had -lost their reckning, they arriv'd at the Island Metalinon, inhabited -by unconquered Indians, where they took in Water without Opposition, -for the Rest of the Voyage. Thence he had fair Weather to the Island -Margarita. As soon as he landed in the Harbour, Don John Sarmiento -de Villandrando, the Governour of the Island came to meet him, having -hourly expected him, since he knew he was to come. The rejoycing, and -Entertainment was such as became Friends, and Friends of that Quality. - -[An English Ship near the Island Margarita.] An English Ship of -above four hundred Tun Burthen, with thirty Pieces of Cannon of -five thousand Weight each, and Abundance of Men, had been 30 days -in a Harbour but two Leagues from the Island Margarita. Don John -Sarmiento telling Don Pedro, what Insolences that Ship committed, -and how much to his Disreputation she oppress'd the Islanders under -his Government, desir'd he might attack her with his Galley. Don -Pedro perswaded him to desist from that Enterprize, since it did -not belong to him, and it was an unpardonable Fault to attack her, -without an equal Force. Don John persisted so long, that he carry'd it -against Don Pedro's Opinion. They made to the Place where the Ship lay, -passing by dangerous Rocks, and being come in Sight of it, perceiv'd -it was stronger, and better provided than they had been told. Our Men, -in Order to fight, turn'd out all the Women, most of them Wives to -those that came in the Galleys. Twenty Soldiers came from the Island -Margarita, by their Governours Order, who being ship'd they appear'd -by Break of Day in Sight of the Enemy. The Wind then [The Islanders -oblige Don Pedro to Fight her.] blowing fresh Don Pedro advising with -the Natives of the Island Margarita and their Governour told them, -it was requisite to expect a Calm, in Order to take the Ship, since -the Galley could wait for it under Shelter, without any Danger. The -Islanders being provok'd by the Dammage they had receiv'd, and to -flatter Don John Sarmiento, answer'd, That they had two of the Prime -Men of that Ship Prisoners in the City, by whose Account they were -inform'd of the Distress she was in, and that she must surrender, as -soon as attack'd. This Opinion being bandy'd about with Obstinacy, -came to be Positiveness in Don John. Don Pedro looking upon it -as such, and concerned to see his Friend engag'd in such a Piece -of Madness, with those Hot, but unexperienc'd Men, said to them, -By my long Experience in several Seas, I know it is the worst of -Conduct to attack a Ship, when she has the Wind; but let us fall on; -that the People of the Island Margarita may not have it to say that I -deferr'd engaging out of Fear, and not out of Discretion. This said, -he order'd his Galley to weigh Anchor. He arm'd himself, and Don John, -and just as the Sun appear'd they attack'd the Ship [The Engagement.] -with Fury and Violence. The English were not backward; they speedily -cut the Cables of three Anchors they had out, and leaving them in -the Sea, set their Sails. The Wind was fair and soon fill'd them. The -Men were brisk and ply'd their Cannon without ceasing. Our Galley did -the same, and fir'd five Shot, before it receiv'd any Harm. Then she -ran her Beak against the Poop of the Ship, but could not grapple, -nor board. Some Men went down to the Boats which were tow'd by the -Ship, and cut the Ropes. The Ship, and Galley fell a firing again, -without Intermission. Don Pedro receiv'd a Musquet Shot on his Target, -which glancing off broke in Pieces a Board of the Stern Lockers, -and wounded those that were next it. A Cannon Ball took of the Head -of one of our Slaves, and scatter'd his Brains in Don Pedro's Face; -but another Ball touch'd him nearer, when it threw Don John Sarmiento -into the Sea, who being sunk by the Weight of his Armour, was never -seen again. Fourteen Soldiers of the Island Margarita, and nine -Spaniards were kill'd, and many wounded, of all whom Don Pedro took -Care, without neglecting the other Duties of a Commander. Some Persons -of Note were also kill'd, as Alonso de Anduxar, a Youth about twenty -Years of Age, of the Order of Christ, and Antonio Santiso, who had been -a Captain in Flanders. The Ship holding on her Course, made the best -of the fair Wind, and was seen to fly, as if she had been victorious; -tho' she threw many dead Bodies over Board, in Sight of our Men. Don -Pedro return'd to the Island Margarita, lamenting the Death of his -Friend, and his Wifes Widow-Hood, amidst the Tears of other Widows, -and Fathers left Childless. He comforted the afflicted the best he -could, received the King's Boxes of Peals, and went on much griev'd -at the Event, and to see how little his Precaution had avail'd. - -Don Pedro had a prosperous Passage thence, to the Island Curazao, to -Rio de la Hacha, and so in Sight of Cartagena. Being descry'd from -the City [Don Pedro at Cartagena.] the Galleys went out to meet -him, whose Musick and Guns, with those of the Fort made a Mixture -of Harmony and Noise. He enter'd upon the Government and immediately -took a View of the Galleys, Warlike Prepations being of the greatest -Consequence in those Parts. He found them shatter'd, and almost gone to -Ruin, refitted one, and furnish'd another with Slaves, and all other -Necessaries. All things were before in such Disorder, and Confusion, -that it was hard to distinguish betwixt the Galley Slaves and the -Soldiers, the former going about as free, and gay as the latter. He -blam'd this Liberty, and order'd the Heads and Beards of the Slaves -to be shav'd, and that they should be chain'd. Next he took in hand -the Divisions, Manners, and civil Government of the City, and there -was soon a Reformation of Abuses, and publick Crimes, all this he -perform'd by his Valour, and Example. He also review'd the Horse and -Foot; repair'd the Fortifications; attended all Martial Affairs; had -his Gates always open to decide Controversies, without Distinction of -Persons; and tho' he had here considerable Opportunities offer'd him, -and much Matter to discover his Capacity, and the Greatness of his -Soul, yet he found in himself greater Hopes and Desires, above what was -present, and exciting him to advance farther, and to make known to the -World that generous Restlessness, which was afterwards serviceable to -the Church, by restoring its former Honour, in the remotest Provinces. - - - The End of the Fifth Book. - - - - - - - - THE - HISTORY - OF THE - Discovery and Conquest - OF THE - Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. - - BOOK VI. - - -[Gomez Perez builds four Galleys, and makes Slaves wrongfully.] -In the mean while Gomez Perez, still carrying on his Preparations, -conceal'd the Design, without sparing any charge for Shipping, -Provisions, or Men. Among other Necessaries, he built four choice -Galleys and for the manning of them, took a Method which was look'd -upon as severe. He Order'd, That as many Indians who were Slaves to -other Indians of Quality, as would serve to Man the Galleys, should be -bought up, and Paid for by the Spaniards, who were Proprietors, out of -their own Money; setting the Price of each Slave at two Taes in Gold, -each [Taes of Gold their Value.] Tae being little above an Ounce, -which was the Price Slaves had in former Times been valu'd at among -them. He promis'd, that the Proprietors should afterwards be Refunded -what they laid out, from the Kings Revenue. Yet this did not seem to -mollify the Rigour of the Order; because he improperly call'd those -Indians Slaves, for their Lords use and love them like Children, set -them at their own Tables, and Marry them to their Daughters; besides -that, Slaves then were worth more Money. The Concern of those that -were to be Sold, was attended by that of the Proprietors, who were to -[Discontent in the Philippines.] contribute out of their Estates, to -defray Charges they look'd upon as not very Necessary, and to Disgust -their Vassals, by taking them away forcibly, being never likely to -recover the Money they laid down, which they [The Governors excuses.] -were well assur'd of. The Governour gave out, That those Galleys were -to secure the Country, and defend it from the Danger that threatned; -because he knew the Emperor of Japan was coming to Invade it, with a -numerous Fleet; and that it could not be Defended without Galleys, -and therefore it was absolutely Necessary to Man them with Slaves, -since they had no others to Row. That these were not to be Fetter'd -in the Galleys, nor Treated like Slaves, but so kindly used, that -they themselves should prefer their Entertainment, before that of -their Lords, whom they look'd upon as Parents, or Fathers-in-Law. - -These Allegations, and the absolute Necessity of defending themselves, -[The Design against the Moluccos takes Air.] silenc'd both Parties; -but could not stop the Mouth of Fame, for it was already known, -what Engagements he made before he came from Spain, to the King, -the Ministers, the Kindred, and Fomenters of the Expedition of -Ternate, so that whatsoever he conceal'd, was divulg'd by uncertain -Authors. However some advis'd him not to rely on the Chineses, or -Sangleyes for the Defence of the Philippines; because no natural -or civil Tye had ever gain'd, or attracted their Affection towards -them. That he ought to remember the fresh Instance of what they did, -when his Predecessor employ'd them, and consequently should be watchful -over them. That he sending a Supply of Men, Ammunitions and Provisions -to the Fort and Town of Cagayan, which is on the Coast of that Island -of Luzon, 80 leagues from the City Manila, and there being then no -Ship to send it in, Necessity pressing, he thought he might relieve -that Want, by making use of one of the Chinese Ships that were then -at Anchor in the Harbour, and clear'd in Order to return to China. He -commanded the [Falshood of the Chineses.] Supply to be put aboard -her, and the Chineses to carry, and in the Way, to land it where he -directed, since it was no let to their Voyage; promising to requite and -gratify them for that Service. They undertook it with extraordinary -Tokens of good Will; but their Artifice appear'd by the Event, and -show'd how Men that are upon the Watch, improve Opportunities. The -Chineses set sail, and the second Day after, when the Spaniards -were asleep, as believing themselves safe among trusty Friends, -they fell upon them so unexpectedly, that they had not Time to stand -upon their Guard, but were all murder'd and cast into the Sea. They -plunder'd all they carry'd, and dividing the Spoil, sail'd for their -own Country. They [Spanish Woman abandon'd in China.] only sav'd one -unhappy Spanish Woman, that went with our Men, and took her along with -them. They spar'd her Life, but after having insolently abus'd her, -they set her ashore, in a Sea-Port Town of the first Part of China -they made. She presently had Recourse to the Magistrates, whom she -acquainted with the Villany those Men had committed, and the Wrongs -they had done her; but tho' favourably heard by those Judges, she had -no Satisfaction for her Wrongs, nor could she obtain Justice. However -they appointed Officers to carry her up the Country, remitting her to -other Supream Magistrates. In this Journey, which was many Leagues, -she endur'd more than she had done before, till some of the Governors -taking Compassion on her and her Tears, carry'd her to the City of -Macao, where the Portugueses reside, and set her at Liberty. Thus the -whole Matter came to be known, and it was at Manila in the Mouths of -all Men, who now magnify'd it, upon Occasion of the New Enterprize. - -[Chineses put into the Galleys.] In short, all the Slaves demanded -by the Governour Gomez Perez, were raised with much Trouble and -Oppression, and in the same Manner they were put into the Galleys, -where they continu'd some Time before they departed, and many of them -dy'd, as not being us'd to that sort of Life. All those Slaves were -not sufficient to Man the Galleys, and the Admiral Galley remain'd -without Rowers. This, and the Necessity of finishing the Work produc'd -a more rigorous Practice than the former. The Governour order'd that -250 of the Chineses, who resort to the Philippines to Trade, should be -taken to Man the Admiral Galley, and each of them to be allow'd two -Pieces of Eight a Month, out of the King's Revenue. He assur'd them, -they should not be chain'd, but at Liberty, and with their Arms, -to serve as Soldiers; and that they should only row in the Galleys -when there was any Calm, and to weather some Capes. The Chineses being -acquainted by their Chinese Governour with this Resolution, positively -refus'd it, as an intolerable Burden. But our Governour pressing to -bring about his Design, the Chinese assembled his People, to treat -about the Affair, and contrive how 250 might be chosen out from among -them all, threatning that he would take every Tenth Man out of their -Houses. These Words provok'd them to such a Degree, that the next Day -they shut up the very Windows of their Houses, and the Traders their -Shops, and stopp'd the Provisions which run through their Hands. Our -Governour seeing this Proceeding, and alledging that they mutiny'd, -caus'd about 50 of those that came next to hand, to be seiz'd, and put -to the Oar in the Galley. The others terrify'd by this Action, met, -and drew from among them all, the 250, and because no Man would be of -that Number, they divided 20000 Pieces of Eight among those that would -comply, and gave every Chinese that would go in the Galley 80 Pieces -of Eight, besides the King's Pay. By Means of this good Encouragement, -there was no Want of Chineses that listed themselves to row, but the -20000 Pieces of Eight were consum'd among them, or rather among the -Officers. These 250 Chineses were form'd into five Companies, under -five Chinese Christian Captains, who pass'd Musters and Reviews, with -Pikes and Catanes, which differ little from Cymiters, and express'd -Joy and Satisfaction. - -Whilst these Things were in Agitation, Brother Gaspar Gomez -came [B. Gaspar Gomez brings Intelligence.] to Manila, full of -Intelligence, whereof he gave the Governour an Account, at several -private Conferences. He said, the King of Ternate's Affairs were -in no ill Posture; tho' somewhat weak'ned, by not agreeing with the -Prime Men of his Kingdom; and that many of them threatned, they would -Rebel, on Account of his Tyranny, and because he rais'd intolerable -Taxes. That then, neither the Javaneses, nor the Lascarines, nor the -Moors of Mecca frequented Ternate, as they had done at the Time when -Captain Morones arriv'd there, under the Government of Santiago de -Vera. He gave very particular Information concerning the two Forts -of Talangame. That the King of Ternate had then about 3000 common -[Strength of Ternate.] Soldiers, 1000 Musquetiers, and a great Number -from his other Kingdoms. That they fought with Darts, Campilanes, or -Cymiters, and Shields; and others had Coats of Mail, and Head-Pieces -they got from the Portugueses, in exchange for Spice. That they had -Abundance of Ammunition, all of their own making, of the Materials -the Javaneses brought to barter for Clove. That the Principal Place -was the City Ternate, where the King and all his Court reside, and -therefore it is best secur'd, and from thence all others are supply'd, -supported, and encourag'd. [How to be attack'd.] He advis'd that our -Men should assault it before Break of Day; because all Attacks made -upon those People in the Morning Watch had been successful. That, if -our Fleet came unexpected, it would certainly succeed; but that the -said King had his Spies spread abroad in almost all those Islands, as -far as those of Canela, Sarvangan and Mindanao. That a good Number of -Brass Sakers, and other great Guns might be brought in the Carcoas, -from the Fort of Amboyna, and the Kings of Sian, and Tydore. That -the People of Amboyna would send them upon Command, those of Sian -and Tydore, upon very small Intreaty; because besides their owning -the Crown of Spain, they are Enemies to Ternate. That the necessary -Preparation for finishing the War, even in case the King of Tydore -should fail, and it might be suspected he would not willingly see his -Enemy utterly destroy'd, consisted in Artillery and Shipping, which was -ready, and above 1200 Soldiers well arm'd, with their Coats of Mail -and Head-Pieces, till they went over to the Island of Banda, to put -in the necessary Garrison there. [Light Vessels of good Use.] That -there should be a Number of Light Vessels to take the Enemy flying; -for by that Means the War would be quite concluded in a short Time, -and without Bloodshed. That even the Malecontent Ternates declar'd, -and publish'd as much, and own'd, that if a considerable Number of -Fighting Men should come into their Country, they would all come in -and submit without striking Stroke. Hence he inferr'd, that there were -conceal'd Christians in the Molucco Islands. That the Conquest of the -whole Island of Banda, was very advantageous and profitable, and not -hazardous, and that the Neighbourhood of Amboyna, which was ours, would -be of great Consequence for maintaining it. He further affirm'd, That -the Portugueses very much facilitated the Enterprize, and magnify'd -the great Benefit it would be to his Majesty; and that F. Antony -Marta, of whom the Governour had so great a Conceit, was of the same -Opinion. Brother Gaspar Gomez added so many Circumstances to these -particular Accounts, that he wholly inflam'd the Governour's Heart. - -[King of Camboxa sends Spaniards Embassadors to the Governour.] -At this Time, Landara, King of Camboxa, sent the Governour an Embassy -by two Spanish Commanders, attended by many of his Subjects, with -such Splendor as the Occasion of it requir'd. That barbarous King -thought fit his Embassadors should not be natural born Subjects, -because of the Occasion his People had given him to suspect their -Fidelity. He chose them of Different Conditions, to the End that such -Variety, the Diversity of Inclinations, and Opposition, might produce -the better Effect. The one of them was a Portuguese, his Name James -Veloso, the other a Spaniard, Blas Ruyz de Fernan Gonzalez. They -brought Gomez Perez a Magnificent [Their Present.] Present, a great -Quantity of Ivory, Benjamin, China Ware, Pieces of Silk and Cotton, -and an Elephant of a generous Temper, as afterwards appear'd by -Experience. They deliver'd their Embassy, the Purport [Subject of -their Embassy.] whereof was, to desire Succour against the King of -Sian, who was marching against him of Camboxa, with a numerous Army; -offering in Return for his Assistance to become subject to Spain, -and embrace Christianity. That the King concluded, that so brave and -gallant a Gentleman as Gomez Perez, would not on Account of any other -Diversion refuse to perform an Action, which must redound so much -to the Glory of God, and the Advantage of the Crown of Spain. The -Governour receiv'd the Present, making a Return with another of some -European Curiosities; and by way [The Answer.] of Answer, thank'd -that King for the Confidence he had seem'd to place in him; but -that, for the Present, he could not possibly afford the Succours, nor -divert those Forces, which he was getting ready, to punish the King of -Ternate, and recover that Kingdom, and the rest of the Moluccos, which -had Rebell'd, so much to the Dishonour of the Spanish Nation. That -his Highness should place his Confidence in the Goodness of God, and -persevere in the Design of serving him in his Holy and True Religion, -and as soon as the Expedition of Ternate was over, he would convert -his Forces to the Relief of Camboxa. The Embassadors were dismiss'd -with these Hopes, which the Governours Son, Don Lewis de las Marinas, -afterwards made good; and to give them entire Satisfaction, and -justify the Delay, it was found necessary to make Publick the true -Design of that Fleet, which till then had been kept secret. - -[Mighty Preparations against Ternate.] The Governour, in fine, -resolv'd to set forward, and endeavour'd to take along with him all -the Men he could get. All were listed that could be prevail'd upon -either by Force or Intreaties. The Proprietors and Soldiers were -extravagantly expensive, upon the Ships, Provisions, and Gallantry; -and the Philipines being well furnish'd with all Things, they -did more than had been imagin'd, or could be in the Governour's -Power. He sent his Son Don Lewis, with all the Soldiers that were -in Pay, to the Island of Zebu, where the Fleet was to rendevous, -and there he continued six Months, waiting for new Orders. Gomez -Perez stay'd at Manila, ordering Matters of great Moment. Two Days -before his Departure, being invited by, and supping in the House of -Peter de Rojas, his Lieutenant, where diverting himself with Gaming, -and much Pleasure, he grew [Prediction of ill Success.] so merry, -contrary to his Custom, and the Harshness of his Temper, that many -interpreted it as a good Omen of his Success. He said in Discourse, -that F. Vincent, of the Order of St. Francis, had told him, the -Enterprize could not succeed, because the Army was made up of Men -that were carry'd away by Force, and particularly the marry'd Men were -so. He departed Manila on the 17th of October, with six Royal Galleys, -one Galleon, one small Vessel call'd a Foist, one little Frigot, and -several other Frigots, Carcoas, and Bireyes, which are another Sort of -[The Fleet sets out.] Vessels of the Natives; all which, being part -the Kings, and part belonging to Subjects, who offer'd to serve him -with their Lives and Fortunes, amounted to an hundred. There were a -Thousand Spaniards well arm'd; above four hundred Musquetiers of the -Territory of Manila; a thousand more of those they call Visaias, -Men arm'd with Lances, Shields, [Its Force.] Bows and Arrows, -and above four hundred Chineses, of those that dwelt in the Island, -besides a good Number of those that came to Trade taken into Pay; but -many more Compell'd than Voluntiers. The Galleys carry'd Abundance of -Provisions for the Army, over which he appointed his Son Don Lewis -Perez, his Lieutenant, and sent him before, as has been said, with -Orders to make for the Island of Zebu. He embark'd himself aboard the -Admiral-Galley, which had twenty eight Benches for the Men to row, -and was mann'd with the 250 Chineses for the Oar. Eighty Spaniards -were put aboard it; they touch'd at Cabite, sail'd thence on the 19th, -and with them some Vessels, in which there were private Persons, who -follow'd at their own Expence, coasting the Island of Manila as far -as Balajan. They parted, because the Vessels kept in Sight of Land, -and the Governour put out to Sea. On the 25th he came alone to pass the -Night, at the Point call'd de Azufre, or of Brimstone, in the Island -of Manila, opposite to that of Caza, where the Current, and the Drift -of the Water from the Land run strong, and the Breezes then blowing, -the Galley could not weather it. He anchor'd under the Shelter of it, -and yet dragg'd a little with the Force of the Current. They made the -Chineses row excessive [Chineses at the Oars ill us'd.] hard, to bring -her up again under the Land. In short, they row'd very faintly, either -because they were not us'd to that Labour, and forc'd to the Oar, or -because they were then tir'd, and incens'd with the Command. Other -contrary Winds darted up, which again obstructed their Voyage, and -to weather some Points of Land, it was necessary to ply the Oars, -and to vex the Crew, with the usual Severity and Punishment commonly -inflicted aboard the Galleys. They thought this hard, and contrary -to what the Governour had assur'd them, which was, that they should -be kindly treated; but neither the Lash, nor the Threats, nor the -stemming of the Currents, with the Vigour and Sweat of their Bodies, -seem'd so [The Governour threatens them.] intollerable, and injurious -to them, as to hear the angry and stern Governour himself bid them -row manfully, for if they did not, he would put them in Chains, and -cut off their Hair. This to the Chineses is an Affront that deserves -Death, for they place their Honour in their Hair, which they cherish -and preserve very fair, and value themselves upon it, as the Ladies -in Europe us'd to do, all their Delight and Reputation being [The -Chineses rebel and kill the Spaniards.] in keeping it curiously -comb'd. Hereupon they resolv'd to mutiny, to prevent such an Affront -and Contempt. The next Night, which was the 25th of October, being -appointed for the Execution, when the tir'd Spaniards laid themselves -down upon the Benches, and other convenient Places in the Vessel, -the Chineses did so too, but cunningly dividing themselves, every one -lay down by a Spaniard, pretending to be asleep. In the dead of the -last Watch, which they thought the properest and safest Time, seeing -the Spaniards sound asleep, the Chineses, upon hearing of a shrill -Whistle, which was the Signal agreed upon between them, started up -all together, and every Man with wonderful Celerity put on a white -Vest, or Shirt, that they might know one another in the Height of -their Fury, and the Darkness of the Night, and so distinguish where -to make the Slaughter, tho' for the more Security, they also lighted -abundance of Wax-Candles, which they had conceal'd wrap'd up in those -white Vests. Then they drew their Catanas, which are keener, and more -crooked than our Cymiters, and began without any Noise every Man to -hew his next Spaniard; so proceeding in their Fury, and killing all -those that slept. Above 60 Persons had imbark'd in the Admiral-Galley, -some of them being the Governour's Servants, and other old Soldiers, -who suffer'd Inconveniencies to oblige and divert him. They had -play'd all the Night, and being tir'd, and the Heat very violent, -they lay naked, some on the Gang-Way in the middle of the Galley, -others on the Benches, and the greatest Favourites, who had more Room -allow'd them, in the Poop, and to that Purpose the Governour retired -into the Cabin. The Chineses continu'd the Execution, on those who -slept, without any Mistrust, which was done so expeditiously, that -when some of those who slept in the Poop awak'd, the other Spaniards -were all kill'd. The Watch heard nothing of it, tho' there could -be no Excuse for that Neglect, because there had been Instances and -Warnings enough before. Others awak'd, and feeling themselves wounded, -in the Confusion leap'd into the Sea, where most of them [Many of them -drowned. Only 12 escape.] were drown'd; some few cast themselves into -the Sea before they were hurt, and were also swallow'd up by it, tho' -they were near Land, because the Current being strong, they could not -stem it; twelve escap'd, and many Bodies were found along the Shores. - -The Chineses now grown bold, drew out the Pikes they had hid under the -Benches, and finish'd their Treacherous Work with Noise. The Governor, -[The Governor kill'd.] who was under Deck, Sleeping, with a Candle -and Lanthorn by him, Awak'd; and that he might do so, they made the -greater Noise; and the Chineses themselves cry'd out to him, desiring -he would come up to pacify a Quarrel there was among the Castillas, -so they call the Spaniards. He, for this Reason, or believing the -Galley dragg'd, as it had done at other times, getting up in his Shirt, -and opening the Scuttle, look'd out, lifting half his Body above it: -At the same time the Chineses fell upon him with their Cymiters, and -wounded him Mortally, clutting his Head, and running him through with -their Pikes in more than barbarous manner. Seeing his Death near he -drew back, and took up the Prayer Book of his Order, which he always -carry'd about him, and an Image of our Blessed Lady, and ended his life -between those two Advocates, which were afterwards seen bathed in his -Blood: Yet he dy'd not presently, for they afterwards found him in -his Bed, imbracing the Image, where he Bled to Death, and about him -the Bodies of Daniel Gomez de Leon, his Valet de Chamber, Pantaleon -de Brito, Sucro Diaz, John de Chavez, Peter Maseda, John de S. Juan, -Carrion Ponce, and Francis Castillo, all of them his Servants, and four -brave Slaves, who had the same End. This was not known till it was Day; -because none of the Chineses durst go down where the Governor was that -Night, fearing least some of the 80 Spaniards that were in the Galley, -had retir'd thither; such was the Dread of their own Guilt. None -were left [Two sav'd alive.] alive in the Galley, but F. Francis -Montilla, of the Barefoot Order of S. Francis, and John de Cuellar, -the Governors Secretary, who lay under Deck, whether the fainthearted -Chineses durst not go down in three Days, when their first Fury was -over. Then they afterwards set Ashore, on the Coast of Ilocos, in the -same Island of Luzon, that the Natives might suffer them to Water; -and because the Frier and the Secretary had Capitulated, having their -promise that they would do them no hurt, before they surrendered. The -Chineses being satisfy'd that there were no more ancient Christians -left, began to Shout and Roar for Joy that they had gone through with -their Work, and had no Man more to stand in Awe of. - -The Spaniards, who were in the other Vessels, near the Shore, tho' -they saw the Lights, and heard a confus'd Noise aboard the Admiral, -thought it might be on account of some Work belonging to the Galley, -or the like. [The Chineses sail for China.] When, a long time after, -they understood how matters went, from those who sav'd themselves by -Swimming, they lay still, not being able to redress it. They were -but few; had not Strength enough; and the Mischief was done. They -stay'd till Morning, and when Day appear'd, perceiv'd that the Galley -had set her Shoulder-of-Mutton-Sail, and was standing for China, but -they could not follow her; The Wind favouring, she sail'd all along -the Coast of the Island, till they got clear of it, the Chineses all -the way Celebrating their Victory. - -[The two Prisoners beg an easy Death, and are promis'd their Lives.] -The Frier and the Secretary, who were among them, being fully -perswaded they would soon kill them, and fearing it would be after -some of their cruel Methods, holding up their Hands, begg'd they -would allow them some Time to make their Peace with God; and in -case they would put them to Death, that it might be by Beheading, -and not any other Inhuman Way. One of the Chineses bid them not Fear, -for they should not Dye. They all lay'd down their bloody Weapons, -and prostrating themselves, return'd Thanks to Heaven in most humble -manner, beating Drums, and ringing Bells they carry'd, according -to their Custom. The two Christians being then bolted to a Bench in -the Galley, during 15 Days their Captivity lasted, were fed with a -small Proportion of Rice, boil'd in Water, without Salt, continually -looking upon the Blood of their Companions that had been spilt, -wherewith all the Deck was Stain'd. They shed Abundance of Tears -on it, besides those they hourly let fall with the Apprehension of -Death, those Chineses, like faithless false Men, designing to take -away their Lives, in some strange manner. They weigh'd, and sailed -between the Islands of Mindanao and Luban, towards China, and Coasting -along Manila towards Cagayan, some contrary Winds happening to blow, -and Calms succeeding, they were much concern'd, fearing, that if the -News of [The Chineses invoke their Gods.] their Treachery reach'd the -Philippines, they would send after and overtake them. This Dread made -them have recourse to their Gods, and call upon them, offering several -sorts of Sacrifices, Perfumes, and Prayers, which the Devil often -answer'd in formal Words, by the Mouths of such as were Possessed, -whom he Enter'd to that Purpose, for there never wanted two or three -such, all the time those Christians were in the Galley. What they saw -was, that when least they thought of it, and on a sudden, the Person -possessed began to quake, from Head to Foot. The others seeing him -in that Condition, said, Some God was coming to Speak to them. Then -coming up [Some of them possess'd.] to him, with Tokens of Respect, -they unty'd, and spread abroad his Hair; and stripping him quite naked -set him on his Feet, and he presently fell a Dancing to the Noise of -some Drum, or Bell, they beat or rung. They put a Cymiter, or Spear -into his Hand, and as he danc'd he brandish'd it over all their Heads, -with no small danger of hurting them, which they were not the least -apprehensive of; alledging, that their God, tho' he did so, would -never hurt them, without they were guilty of some Sin against him. - -Before the Devil had possess'd any in the Galley, the Chineses were -concerting [Christians preserv'd by Means of the Devil.] to murder the -Christians, believing they were the Occasion, why God did not give them -a fair Wind for their Voyage; but that watchful sovereign Providence, -without whose Direction the least Accident does not happen, making -Use of the Devil himself as an Instrument, prevented it by Means of -those very Persons who offended it. The Person possess'd ask'd for -Ink and Paper, which being presently brought him, he made certain -Characters and confus'd Scrawls, which being expounded by the others -in the Galley, they found signify'd, that those two Men were harmless, -therefore they should not kill them, which was no small Incouragement -to the Prisoners. However this lasted not long, for some others who -were possess'd after the first, tormented them cruelly, especially -one of them, who was the maddest. He told the Chineses, that if he -should happen to hurt those Men, as he brandish'd the Weapon he had -in his Hand over them, making Essays, as if he cut and slash'd, then -they must kill them immediately; because it would be a certain Sign, -that their Gods requir'd it, and that their being in the Ship was the -Occasion, why they gave them not a fair Gale. All the Men in the Galley -assembled, to behold that Spectacle, and the Person possess'd having -for a considerable Space walk'd about the Gang-Way, with extravagant -Gestures, went then to the Place where the Religious Man and his -Companion were; there growing hellishly inrag'd, he commanded all -the rest to stand aside, and being left with only the two Prisoners, -began to make hideous Faces and Grimaces at them, [Horred practices -upon the Prisoners.] when getting upon the Table in the mid Part of -the Galley, he thence threw his Cymiter at them, with such Fury, that -it stuck in the Deck, between their Feet. Seeing he had not hurt nor -touch'd them, he ask'd for it again to make a second and third Tryal, -sticking it every Time so deep, that the others could scarce draw it -out from the Planks. This done, he bid them give him a Partesan, with -which he hack'd, hew'd, and thurst, in such frightful and dangerous -Manner, that the Chineses themselves were astonish'd. He kept them -above an hour in that Dread and Affliction, without daring to stir, -or beg for Mercy; believing it would not avail them, but that on -the contrary, whatsoever they could say might be prejudicial. Thus -having plac'd all their Hopes, and Confidence on that sovereign -Lord, who even when he delays does not fail to give Assistance, -they call'd upon him, and offer'd themselves up to him in fervent -Prayers; particularly the Religious Man, repeating some Psalms and -Verses, which his former Devotion, excited by the present Danger, -brought into his Mind, and were suitable to that Occasion, and such -like Exigencies; by which, as he afterwards said, he receiv'd great -Comfort, and Addition of Courage. This sort of miserable Life, and -these Torments lasted all or most Days during therein Captivity. - -[The Chineses land, 820 of them are kill'd.] At length, the Chineses -perceiving they could not possibly perform the Voyage they desir'd, by -Reason the Wind was contrary; they resolv'd to land on the Island of -Ilocos, not far from Luzon, at the Port they call Sinay. They being -there ashore to Water, the Natives knowing they had murder'd the -Governour, laid an Ambush and kill'd twenty of them, and might have -destroyed above eighty that had landed, if they had not wanted Courage; -because at the very Shout the Men gave, when falling on, they were so -daunted, that they all fled several Ways in Confusion, throwing down -their Arms, endeavouring to save their Lives, by leaping into the Sea, -so to get off in the Boat. The Chineses meeting with this Disaster, -and thinking one of their own Men had been the Occasion of it, because -he advised them to put into that Port, they resolv'd to seize and -put him [They drown one of their own Men.] to Death. They did as -had been resolv'd, and at Night, by unanimous Consent, threw him into -the Sea, then weighing their Anchors, they got out of that Harbour, -and put into another, three Leagues off, on the same Coast. There -the Devil entering into one of them, as he us'd to do, commanded them -immediately to return to the Port, where they had sustain'd that Loss -of their Friends and Companions, and that they should not depart -thence, till they had sacrific'd a Man to him, without appointing -which he would have. They immediately obey'd the Command, one of the -Chief Chineses making Choice of one of the Christian Indians of the -Philippines they had Prisoners, to be Sacrifiz'd, and ty'd his Hands -and Feet, stretching them on a Cross, which they rais'd up, and the -Christian being bound against the fore-Mast, one of those possess'd by -the Devil came up [An Indian cruelly Sacrifiz'd.] to him in Sight of -them all, and playing the part of an Executioner, ripp'd up his Breast, -with one of those Daggers they use, making a wound so large, that he -thrust in his Hand with ease, and pluck'd out part of his Entrals, -whereof, with horrid Fury, he bit a Mouthful, and casting the rest -up into the Air, eat what he had in his Mouth, and lick'd his Hands, -pleasing himself with the Blood that stuck to them. - -[They cast him into the Sea.] Having committed the Murder, they took -the Cross, and him that was on it, and cast it and the Martyr into -the Sea, which receiv'd that Body, offer'd in Sacrifize to the Devil, -then to be cloath'd in Glory, by him that has provided it for those -who suffer for the Confession of the Faith. This dreadful Spectacle -struck Horror, and rais'd Emulation in the two Christians, who beheld -it with Zeal, and had expected as much before. The Inhuman Sacrifice -being over, they put out of the Harbour, and having for some days -Coasted the Island with Difficulty; one of them, by command of the -Possess'd Person, who had order'd the Sacrifice, with the consent [The -Secretary and Frier set at Liberty.] of them all, set at liberty the -Religious Man, the Secretary, and all the Indians they had Prisoners, -putting them ashore in the Boat, and then the Chineses stood out -to Sea. They endeavour'd to make over to China, but not being able, -put into Cochinchina, where the King of Tunquin took all they had, -and among the rest two heavy Pieces of Cannon, that had been put -aboard for the Expedition of the Moluccos, the King's Standard, -and all the Jewels, Goods, and Money. He suffer'd the Galley to -perish on the Coast, and the Chineses dispers'd, flying into several -Provinces. Others affirm, that King seiz'd and punish'd them. - -[Spaniards that escapd came to Manila.] The Spaniards that escap'd, -went to carry the News to Manila, where some griev'd, and others, -who hated the Governour for his Severity, rejoyced; but that ill Will -soon vanish'd, and all generally lamented him; more especially when -some of the Bodies were found and brought in. Among them were those of -the Ensign, John Diaz Guerrero, an old Soldier, and Governour of Cebu; -of the Ensign Penalosa, Proprietor of Pila; the great Soldier Sahagun, -whose Wife ran roaring about the City; [Bodies found.] of Captain -Castano, newly come over from Spain; of Francis Rodriguez Perulero; -of Captain Peter Neyla; of John de Sotomayer; of Simon Fernandez; -that of his Sergeant; of Guzman; of the Ensign and Sergeant of the -Company brought by Don Philip de Samano, who being sick transferr'd -it to Captain John Xuarez Gallinato; and those of Sebastian Ruis -and Lewis Velez, these two Merchants, all the rest old Soldiers; -whose Funerals renew'd the Sorrow for that dismall Accident. - -[Rojas chose Governour by the City.] This News being brought to -Manila, and no Papers of the Governour's appearing, wherein he nam'd, -who was to succeed him, tho' it was known he had the King's Order -so to do, believing it might be lost in the Galley, among much of -the Kings, his own, and private Persons Goods, the City therefore -chose the Licentiate Rojas for their Governour, and he was so forty -Days. But the Secretary John de Cuellar returning to Manila, in a -miserable Condition, with F. Francis de Montilla, gave Notice, that -Gomez Perez, before his Departure had appointed his Son Don Lewis to -succeed, and that this would be found at the Monastery of S. Augustin, -in a Box, [Don Lewis das Marinnas Governor.] among other Papers, -in the Custody of F. James Munnoz. Rojas had already sent Orders -to Cebu, for all the People employ'd in the Expedition, to return, -as was accordingly done. So that Don Lewis coming, not withstanding -some Protestations, he, by Virtue of his Father's Authority, succeeded -him in the Government, till Don Francis Tello came. - -[Character of Gomez Perez.] Such was the End of that Gentleman, -whose Actions were valuable in themselves, and the more for the Zeal -he did them with. He wanted not for political and martial Virtues, -nor for Prudence in both Sorts; but he would not regard Examples; and -contrary to what those taught him, durst promise himself to succeed, -so that he became confident, if not rash. But his Christian Piety -makes Amends for all. - -Don Lewis, his Kindred and Friends, would fain have prosecuted the -Expedition [The Fleet dismiss'd.] to the Moluccos, and to this End -F. Antony Fernandez came from Tydore; but he succeeded not. The Fleet -was dismiss'd, and it was a singular Providence for the Security -of the Philippine Islands; for presently after, at the Beginning of -the Year 1594, there came thither a great Number of Ships from China, -loaded only with Men and Arms, and bringing no Merchandize, as they are -wont to do. Those Ships brought seven Mandarines, being some of the -chief Viceroys and Governours of the Provinces. It was believ'd, and -[Arm'd Chineses in the Philippines.] prov'd certainly true, that they -knowing Gomez Perez went upon that Expedition, to which he took with -him all the Spaniards, concluded the Country was left defenceless, -and therefore came with a Design to Conquer, or plunder it, which -would have been very easy, had they found it as they expected. They -went out of their Ships but twice to visit Don Lewis, with great -State, and much Attendance. He receiv'd them affectionately, and -presented every Mandarine with a gold Chain. They told him, they -came by their King's Order, to pick up the Chineses, who wander'd -about those Islands without his Leave; but this was look'd upon as -a meer Pretence; because there was no Need, for that Effect, of so -many Mandarines, nor such a Number [Mandarines visit Don Lewis.] -of Vessels arm'd and furnish'd for War. The Chineses who murder'd -Gomez Perez, were of Chincheo, and therefore Don Lewis, as knowing -the certain Criminals, sent his Kinsman Don Ferdinand de Castro, -in a Ship, to give the King of China an Account of that Treachery; -but his Voyage miscarry'd, and all was left in Suspence. - -[King of Camboxa demands the promis'd Succour.] At this Time Langara, -King of Camboxa made Instance for the Succours, and requir'd Don -Lewis to perform his Fathers Promise made to him not long before. He -therefore, in Pursuance to it, and to the End that those Forces, -or some Part of them, might continue in the Church's Service, since -they were provided for that End, in the Design of Ternate, resolv'd -to support that King with them. - -Camboxa is one of the most fertile of the Indian Regions. It sends -[Camboxa described.] Abundance of Provisions to other Parts, for -which Reason it is frequented by Spaniards, Persians, Arabs, and -Armenians. The King is a Mahometan; but his Subjects the Gusarats -and Banians, follow the Precepts of Pythagoras, perhaps without -any Knowledge of him. They are all sharp witted, [Opinions of the -Natives.] and reputed the cunningest Merchants in India. However -they are of Opinion, that after Death, Men, Brute Beasts, and all -Creatures, receive either Punishment, or Reward; so confus'd a Notion -have they of Immortality. The City Camboxa, which gives its Name to -all the Country, is also call'd Champa, abounding in the Odoriferous -Calambuco Wood, whose Tree call'd Calamba, grows in unknown Regions, -and therefore has not been seen standing. The Floods upon those great -Rivers bring down Trunks of it, and [Lignum Aloes.] this is the -precious Lignum Aloes. Camboxa produces Corn, Rice, Pease, Butter, -and Oyl. There are made in it various Sorts of Cotton Webs, Muslins, -Buckrams, Calicoes, white and painted, Dimities, and other curious -[Manufactures.] Pieces exceeding the finest in Holland. They also -adorn their Rooms with Carpets; tho' they are not like those brought -out of Persia to Ormuz. They weave others for the common Sort, which -they call Bancales, not unlike the Scotch Plads. Nor do they want the -Art of Silk-Weaving, for they both weave, and work with the Needle, -rich Hangings, Coverings for the low Chairs us'd by the Women of -Quality, and for the Indian Litters, or Palanquines, which are made -of Ivory, and Tortoise-Shell, and of the same they make Chess-Boards, -and Tables to Play, Seal-Rings, and other portable Things. In the -Mountains there is found a sort of Christal, extraordinary [Product.] -transparent, whereof they make Beads, little Idols, Bracelets, -Necklaces, and other Toys. It abounds in Amethists, Garnets, the Sort -of Saphirs call'd Hyacinths, Spinets, Cornelians, Chrysolites, Cats -Eyes, properly call'd Acates, all of them precious Stones; There are -also those they call Milk, and Blood Stones, pleasant, and medicinal -Fruits, Opium, Bangue, Sanders, Alom and Sugar. Indigo is incomparably -prepar'd in Camboxa, and thence sent to several Provinces. The living -Creatures are the same Asia affords in those Parts, Elephants, Lions, -Horses, wild Boars, [Beasts.] and other fierce Beasts. It is in Ten -Degrees of North Latitude. The River Mecon waters all the Kingdom, and -in it falls into the Sea; being look'd upon as the greatest in India, -carrying so much water in Summer, that it [Mecon River.] floods, -and covers the Fields, like the Nile in Egypt. It joyns another -of less Stock, at the Place call'd Chordemuco. This River, for six -Months runs backward. The Reason of it is the Extent and Plainness -of the Country it runs along. The Southern Breezes choak up the Bar -with Sand. The Currents thus damm'd up, swell and rise together, after -much Struggling one against the other. The Bar looks to the South-ward, -both Waters at first Form a deep Bay, and finding no free Passage out, -but being drove by the mighty Violence of the Winds, are forc'd to -submit and bend their Course the wrong Way, till a more favourable -Season restores them to their natural Course. We see some such like -Effects in Spain, where the Tagus falls into the Sea of Portugal, -and the Guadalquivir into that of Andaluzia, oppos'd by the superior -Force of the Sea Waves, and of the Winds. - -About this Time, in the remotest Part of this Country, beyond -impenetrable [Angon City Discover'd.] Woods, not far from the -Kingdom of the Laos, was discover'd a City, of above six thousand -Houses, now call'd Angon. The Structures, and Streets, all of -massy Marble Stones, artificially wrought, and as entire, as if -they had been modern Works. The Wall strong, with a Scarp, or Slope -within, in such Manner, that they can go up to the Battlements [Its -Magnificence.] every where. Those Battlements all differ one from -another, representing sundry Creatures, one represents the Head of -an Elephant, another of a Lion, a third of a Tiger, and so proceed in -continual Variety. The Ditch, which is also of hew'd Stones, is capable -of receiving Ships. Over it is a magnificent Bridge, the Arches of it -being supported by stone Giants of a prodigious Height. The Aqueducts, -tho' dry, show no less Grandeur. There are Remains of Gardens, and -delightful Places, where the Aqueducts terminate. On one Side of the -Town is a Lake above thirty Leagues in Compass. There are Epitaphs, -Inscriptions, and Characters not understood. Many Buildings are -more sumptuous than the rest, most of them of Alabaster, and Jasper -Stone. In all this City, when first discoverred by the Natives, they -found no People, nor Beasts, nor any living Creatures, except such as -Nature produces out of the Breaches of Ruins. I own I was unwilling -to write this, and that I have look'd upon it as an imaginary City -of Plato's Atlantis, and of that his Common-Wealth; but there is no -wonderful Thing, or Accident, that is not subject to much Doubt. It -is now Inhabited, and our Religious Men, of the Order of St. Augustin -and St. Dominick, who have Preach'd in those Parts, do testify the -Truth of it. A Person of Reputation for his Learning, conjectures it -was the Work of the Emperor Traian; but tho' he extended the Empire -more than his Predecessors, I have not ever Read that he reach'd as -far as Camboxa. Were the Histories of the Chineses as well known -as ours, they would inform us, why they abandon'd so great a Part -of the World; they would explain the Inscriptions on the Buildings, -and all the rest that is unknown to the Natives themselves. I know -not what to say of so Beautiful a City's being buried in Oblivion, -or not known. It is rather a Subject of Admiration than Reflection. - -[Three Spanish Ships sent to the Relief of Camboxa.] Don Lewis being -zealous to bring those Nations into the Bosom of the Church, and -their Wealth, and Kings under the Subjection of the Crown of Spain, -fitted out three Ships, under the Command of John Xuarez Gallinato, -born at Tenerife, one of the Canary Islands, with 120 Spaniards, -and some Philippines. They Sail'd from Cebu, but there rose a Storm -immediately, which dispers'd the Ships. Gallinato drove on by the Fury -of the Winds, arriv'd at Malaca, and the other two at Camboxa. Going -up the River, [King of Camboxa routed by him of Siam.] they were -Inform'd, That the King of Sian had defeated him of Camboxa, his -Neighbour; who, with the wretched Remains of his Army, fled into the -Kingdom of the Laos, a Neighbouring but Inhumane Nation; and that, -whilst he was begging Compassion among those obdurate Hearts, the -King of Sian had set up Prauncar, Nick-nam'd, Wry Mouth the Traytor, -Brother to the vanqush'd Monarch, for King of Camboxa. This Accident -did not obstruct the Succours which the Spaniards carry'd under Colour -of an Embassy. They came to the City Chordumulo, 80 Leagues distant -from the Bar, and leaving 40 Spaniards in the Ships, 40 others went -to the Country where the new King was. They made Application to visit -him presently, but he would not be seen that Day, tho' he order'd they -should have good Quarters, and be told, he would give them Audience -three Days after. But James Veloso and Blase Ruyz, either that they -were formerly acquainted [Design to murder the Spaniards.] with the -Country, or some new Subtilty occurring, looking on that delay as -suspicious, visiting a beautiful Indian Woman, of the King's Family, -she told them in private, That being admitted into that Tyrants -Secrets, he being fond of her, she knew he intended to Murder them -all; and that during those three Days he had assign'd them, as it -were to Rest, after their Journey, the Men and Means for Executing -that Design were to be provided. The Spaniards return'd Thanks for -the Intelligence, not without promise of Reward. - -[Desperat Bravery of the Spaniards.] They were not dismay'd at -the Danger; but repeating their Thanks to the Indian Woman, for her -Intelligence, came to this magnanimous, if it may not be term'd a -rash Resolution. They agreed to attack the King's Palace that same -Night, and to withstand the whole Army, if Need were. They prepar'd -themselves for that Enterprize, which was above human Strength, set -fire to the House where the Powder lay, and the People running to -help, or to see the Mischief, the Spaniards, during the Confusion, -enter'd the Palace, and being acquainted with the royal Apartments, -made through them, till they came to the King's Person, whom they -run thro', and kill'd [They kill the King of Camboxa.] after cutting -his Guards in Pieces. He defended himself, calling out for Help, but -those who came to his Assistance found him bloodless. The Report of -this Action alarm'd the other Guards, and then all the City, which -contains above thirty thousand Inhabitants, who where all running to -Arms; above 14000 Men took up such as Occasion offer'd, and came upon -the Spaniards with many war-like Elephants. Our two Commanders drew -up [Retire before 14000 Indians.] their little Body, and retir'd -in great Order, always fighting and killing great numbers of their -Enemies. The Fight lasted all the Night, with wonderful Bravery, -the next Day they got to their Ships, and imbark'd, leaving that -Kingdom full of new Divisions. - -The second Day after, Gallinato came in, with his Ship. He landed, -having [Gallinato at Camboxa.] been before inform'd of what had -happen'd, and thinking he did not perform his Duty, unless he succour'd -the Spaniards, when he heard the Drums and Bells, and saw the Streets -and Port full of trading People, now in Arms. He gave strict Orders -to those that attended him, to behave themselves very modestly, so -as to conceal their own Concern, and deceive the People of Camboxa, -both by their Looks, and the Sedateness of their Words. The principal -Men of Camboxa visited him, in peaceable Manner; whom he treated very -courteously. He might have perform'd some great Exploit, but finding -his Strength too small for such an Enterprize, and that now Affairs had -taken another Turn, and were in a different Posture, he thought fit to -be gone. Most of those great Men oppos'd it, promising him the Crown, -as being well affected to the Spaniards, and a foreign Government. [The -great Men offer him the Crown.] Hence came the idle Report, that -Gallinato was King of Camboxa, which was believ'd by many in Spain, -and acted on the Stage with Applause, and good Liking. And it was -the Opinion of Persons well acquainted with those Countries, that had -Gallinato laid hold of the Opportunity offer'd him, he might then have -possess'd himself of Camboxa, and united it to the Crown of Castile. - -I have seen Letters of Velloso, and Blase Ruiz, to the Council at -Manila, after this Action, wherein they speak to this Effect, and -complain that Gallinato should blame what they did. But Gallinato, -whose Judgment, and Valour, had been try'd in the greatest Dangers -of those Eastern Parts, and many Years before in Flanders, would -not suffer himself to be easily [The depos'd King's Son restor'd.] -led away by popular Affection, and honourably rejecting that -Opportunity, sail'd towards Manila. He took in some Refreshment in -Cochinchina. Blase Ruiz and James Velloso had landed there before, -and went alone by Land to the Kingdom of the Laos, which lies West -of Cochinchina, to seek out the depos'd King Langara, and restore -him to his Throne. They found he was dead, but had a Son living, -who being told how they had kill'd the Usurper, his Uncle and Enemy; -he set forward immediately for his Kingdom with Velloso and Ruiz, and -10000 Men, the King of the Laos, contrary to all Expectation furnish'd -him. He attack'd Camboxa, where Ruiz and Velloso faithfully stuck to -him during the War, and afterwards in his Government. Then he sent -another Embassy to the Philippine Island, asking Supplies of Men to -quell the Troubles in his Country, and that he and his Subjects might -receive the Faith of JESUS CHRIST; promising a considerable Part of -his Dominions to the Spaniards, to subsist them. This Embassy came -to Manila, when Don Lewis had quitted the Government, and resign'd -it up to Don Francis Tello, which gave Occasion to Ternate to grow -more settled in its Tyranny. - -[D. Pedro de Acunna fortifies Carthagena.] Don Pedro de Acunna, -who govern'd Carthagena in the West-Indies, in this Year 1595, -either because it was his natural Inclination, or the Necessity of -the Times requiring it, fortify'd the Place with Fascines, Planks, -Piles, and Ditches, working at it himself in Person. Thus he oblig'd -the Bishop, Clergy and Religious Men, to put their Hands to the Work; -the very Ladies of Quality, their Daughters and Maids, did not refuse -to follow such an Example. It was wonderful to see with what Expedition -and Zeal the Work was brought to Perfection, of such Force is a good -Example. Soon after came to Puerto Rico, the Ship call'd Pandorga, or -Borgonna, that was Admiral of Tierra Firme, and New Spain, with three -Millions in her. The whole under the Care of the General Sancho Pardo. - -[56 English Sail sent to rob the West-Indies.] At this Time there -came into the West-Indies a Fleet of 56 Sail, sent by the Queen of -England to plunder them, under the Command of John Hawkins and Francis -Drake. Captain Peter Tello defended the three Millions so bravely with -the Spanish Frigots, that he sav'd the Prize. Hawkins was wounded in -the Fight, and dy'd of it before he could come to the Firm Land. Drake, -with that Fleet, enter'd Rio de la Hacha and Santa Maria; and being -one Night in Sight of Carthagena, took a Frigate belonging to that -Coast, by which he was inform'd, how well the Governour had fortifi'd -it; therefore making a Compliment of Necessity, he sent Don Pedro a -Message by the Men of his Frigot, whom he therefore set at Liberty, -saying, He did not attack his Works and City out of Respect to him, -and because he honour'd his Valour. The Truth of the Matter was, That -Drake call'd together his Captains to consult what was to be done, and -they all advis'd him to attack the City, promising to do their utmost, -and be answerable for the Success; alledging it ought to be attempted, -for being a Place of vast Wealth and Consequence. Only Drake oppos'd -it, [Drake's Actions there.] strength'ning his Opinion by saying, -His Mind did not give him, that the Enterprize could have the Success -they would assure him, because they were to have to do with a Knight -of Malta, a Batchelor, nothing weakned with Womanish Affection, or -the Care of Children; but watchful, and intent upon defending the -Place, and so Resolute, that he would dye on the Spot before he would -lose it. This Opinion prevail'd, and the English standing in Awe of -Don Pedro's Reputation, went away to the Town of Nombre de Dios, -and took it. Drake afterwards designing to do the same at Panama, -was disappointed, meeting Opposition by the Way, which had been -provided upon the Advice sent by Don Pedro, that the English were -moving against that City. - -But let us return into Asia. Still the People of Camboxa persisted -to ask Succours at the Philipine Islands, upon the usual Promise of -Conversion and Vassalage. Don Lewis de las Marinhas undertook the -Enterprize in Person, [D. Lewis de las Marinhas goes to relieve -Camboxa.] and at his own Cost. He set out from Manila with Don -James Jordan, an Italian, Don Pedro de Figueroa, Peter Villestil, -and Ferdinand de los Rios Coronel, Spanish Commanders, the last of -them then a Priest, who had also been in the first War of Camboxa. A -Storm took them out at Sea, which lasted three Days, with the usual -Fury. The Shipwrack was miserable, two Ships were stav'd in Pieces, -and the Sea swallow'd up all the Men, Provisions and Ammunition. Of -all the Soldiers and Seamen on Board the Vice-Admiral, only five swam -ashore on the Coast of China. Some Soldiers were also sav'd out of -the Admiral, and among them Captain Ferdinand de los Rios, the Vessel -remaining founder'd under the Waves. The other Ship got to Camboxa -almost shatter'd to Pieces after [Is cast away.] many Dangers. She -found in the River of Camboxa, eight Juncks of Malayes, and the -Spaniards seeing they design'd to carry away some Slaves of the King -of Camboxa, to whose Assistance they came, inconsiderately boarded the -Malayes, who being well furnish'd with more than ordinary Fire-works, -soon burnt our Ship, and most of the Spaniards perish'd in the [Spanish -Ships burnt.] Flames or Smoke. Blaze Ruiz, nor Velloso were not there -at that Time, but soon after in the Country, where they were attending -the King, being beset in the House where they lodg'd, were barbarously -murder'd. Those few Spaniards that escap'd, got into the Kingdom of -Sian, and thence to Manila. Heaven was pleas'd this should be the End -of all those mighty Preparations made for the Recovery of Ternate, -and the other Molucco Islands, whose Tyrant triumph'd at the News, -concluding it was the Effect of his good Fortune, and looking on -it as a Testimony of the Justice of his Cause, and accordingly he -confederated a new with our Enemies. - -Don Francisco Tello, a Gentleman of Andaluzia, succeeded Gomez Perez -[D. Fran. Tello Governor of the Phil.] in the Government of the -Philippine Islands, and came to Manila in the Year 1596. His first -Care was to inform himself of the Condition his Predecessor had left -them in, and to supply the Garrisons; because the Emperor of Japan, -having in the Year 1595, executed those glorious Martyrdoms, the -Memory whereof is still fresh, on the Religious Men of the Order of -S. Francis, it gave him Jealousy, that he might have a Design against -the Philippine Islands. - -The Natives of the Islands of Mindanao, hate our Nation as much as -[People of Mindanao hate the Spaniards.] those of Ternate, and upon -any Occasion take Arms against it, as they did in the last, at the -said Island of Ternate. For this Reason, Stephen Rodriguez de Figueroa -enter'd into Articles with the new Governour. Don Francisco Tello, -by Virtue whereof he made War on the People of Mindanao and Ternate, -at his own Expence. Stephen Rodriguez was so rich, [Stephen Rodriguez -makes War on Mindanao, at his own Expence.] that he might safely -undertake this Affair. He liv'd at Arevalo, a Town on the Island -Panaz, one of the Philippines, and set out with some Galleys, Frigots, -Champanes, and one Ship, in which there were some Spaniards, and above -1500 of the Painted Natives, call'd Pintados, who were to serve as -Pioneers. He arriv'd at the River of Mindanao, on the 20th of April, -1596, and as soon as the Inhabitants of the Town, peculiarly call'd -Mindanao, saw such a sightly Company, they fled up the Side of the -River, abandoning the Place, to the Fury of the Soldiers. Most of them -resorted to the Town of Buyahen, then the Residence of Raxamura, King -of Mindanao, who being under Age, had yet no Charge of the Government, -which was wholly in the Hands of Silonga, a Soldier, and Commander -of Reputation. Our Men following up the River, came to Tampacan, -five Leagues from the first. That Place was govern'd by Dinguilibot, -Uncle to Monao, the true Proprietor, who was then also young. - -These two were naturally well affected to the Spaniards, and therefore, -as soon as they discover'd their Arms, came out, in peaceable Manner, -to meet, [The Natives fly, and he pursues.] and offer them their -Assistance. They inform'd them, that the Enemies, for they were so to -those of Buyahen, had retir'd into the Fort they had there. Stephen -Rodriguez hearing the News, and having made much of those Princes, -order'd the Fleet to weigh Anchor, and continue the Pursuit, four -Leagues farther, still along the River, to Buyahen. Being come thither, -he landed his Men on S. Mark's Day; which was done by the Col. John -de Xara, but without any Order, because having had no Engagement at -Mindanao, they thought they should have little to do there; as if -this, or any other Pretence ought to be an Excuse for not observing -Martial Discipline, Stephen Rodriguez would land to rectify that -Disorder by his Presence. He went out in such Armour of Proof, that a -Shot of a small Drake would scarce pierce it. Only his Head unarm'd, -but cover'd with a Cap and Feather, a black carrying his Helmet, and -five Soldiers well arm'd attending him. He had scarce march'd fifty -Paces, before an Indian, whose Name was Ubal, suddenly rush'd out -of a close and topping Thicket, and running [ Is kill'd.] at him, -with his Campilan, or Cymiter, clove his Head. Ubal was Brother to -Silonga, and Owner of one only Cow there was in all that Country. He -kill'd her three Days before this Accident, and inviting his Friends -to her, promis'd in that War to kill the most noted Man among the -Spaniards. He was as good as his Word, for Stephen Rodriguez dropt -down of the Wound, and dy'd three Days after, without answering one -Word to the Questions that were made him, tho' he did it by Signs. The -five Spaniards, seeing their Commander so suddenly wounded, that the -Slayer, appeared, and the Stroke was heard the same Moment, fell upon -Ubal and cut him in Pieces. They acquainted Colonel Xara with their -General's Death; [A Fort erected in Mindanao and call'd New Murcia.] -and he suppressing his Concern, drew back the Men, and threw up a -Fortification in the most convenient Place, near the River, where he -orderly founded his Colony, to be inhabited by our Men. He appointed -Aldermen, and Magistrates, calling it New Murcia, in Honour of the old -one in Spain, where he was born. Afterwards, designing to marry Donna -Ana de Oseguera, Widow to Stephen Rodriguez, he left Things unsettled, -and arriv'd at the Island Luzon about the Beginning of June. - -The Governor Don Francis Tello, who was then at the Place call'd El -Embocadero, an hundred Leagues from Manila, being inform'd of what had -happen'd, and told upon what design the Colonel Xara came, seiz'd him -immediately, [Cap. Miranda sent to Mindanao.] sending Captain Toribio -de Miranda, to the War in Mindanao. He found his Men were retire'd -to the Port de la Caldera, in the same Island but 36 Leagues from the -Mouth of the River. There he maintain'd himself, till about August Don -Francis Tello appointed Don John Ronquillo, who was Commander of the -Galleys, to succeed in that Post. He also commission'd Peter Arceo -Covarrubias, and others, as Captains, to go with him; James Chaves -Cannizares, Collonel; Garcia Guerrero, Major; and Christopher Villagra -and Cervan Gutierrez, Captains of Foot. Don John Ronquillo came with -his Recruit to press upon the Enemy, and did it so effectually, that -being distress'd, they crav'd Aid of the King of Ternate, to whom the -People of Mindanao pay an Acknowledgement, which is little less, or -the same as Tribute. Buizan, Brother to Silonga, went on this Embassy; -[Ternates Succour Mindanao.] and succeeded so well, that the King -of Ternate sent with him seven Carcoas, x heavy Pieces of Cannon, -two smaller, some Falconets, and six hundred Men. They sailing up the -River of Mindanao, design'd to pass on as far as Buyahen; but met with -great Difficulties at the Reaches; because at one of them they were -threatned by the Spaniards chief Fort, the Galleys, and other Vessels; -and the other was a narrow Channel, with a Point running out into it, -on which was erected a Bastion, defended by forty Men. From thence -our Men had artificially laid a strong wooden Bridge over to the -other Side of the River, close to which a Galliot ply'd up and down. - -The Ternates seeing both Sides so well Guarded, resolv'd to fortify -themselves at the Mouth of the River. They accordingly erected a -small [They build a Fort on the River.] Fort, and put themselves -into it, with an equal Number of Mindanao Soldiers. The News hereof -mov'd the General Ronquillo to dislodge them; and in Order to it, -came down with the Galleys and other Vessels, and 140 Men well -appointed. He landed with 116, and the Captains Ruy Gomez Arellano, -Garcia Guerrero, Christopher Villagra, and Alonso de Palma, facing the -Enemy, at about eighty Paces Distance, on the Bank of the River. The -Ternates and Mindanaos had levell'd all the Front of their Fort, -and designedly left a Spot of Bushes and Brambles on one Side, -where 300 Ternates lay in Ambush, the rest being in the Fort. Both -their Parties perceiving how few of our Men came to attack them, -were asham'd to be shut up within Fortifications, and lye in Ambush, -and accordingly making Show of haughty Threats, came out and met the -Spaniards. They found such Opposition, that without the Help of any -Stratagem, or other Cause but their natural Valour, at the very first -onset, almost all the Ternates were kill'd, [Slaughter of Ternates.] -and the rest fled. Our Men follow'd the Chace, till they made an -End of them. The people of Tampaca, who till then had been Neuters, -to see which Side Fortune would favour, perceiving she declar'd for -us, took up Arms for our Part. Only seventy seven escap'd dangerously -wounded, whereof fifty were drown'd in the River leaping, into it in -Despair: Of the other twenty seven, only three surviv'd, who carry'd -the News to their [Only three escape.] King. The Spaniards possess'd -themselves of the Shipping, Cannon, and Plunder of the vanquish'd, -and were encourag'd to prosecute the War. - -Don Francis Tello did not neglect other Affairs of this Nature. He -understood by his Spyes, and it was bruited abroad, that the Emperor of -Japan [Warlike preparations in Japan.] was gathering a mighty Army, -and fitted out a Fleet for it, with Arms and Provisions. It was also -known, that he was in Treaty to secure himself against the Chineses, -of whom the Japoneses are naturally Jealous. Hence it was inferr'd, -that he arm'd to carry the War out of his own Dominions. He had already -enter'd into Allyance with the King of Ternate, and other Neighbours, -who were Enemies to the Crown of Spain. All these Particulars gave -vehement Cause to conjecture, that the Storm threatned the Philippine -Islands, and more especially Manila, the Head of them. The Governour -strengthned himself, and sent Captain Alderete to discover the whole -Truth, under Colour of complimenting that Emperour, and carrying [A -Spanish Embassy thither.] him a Present. The Embassador set out for -Japan in July, and at the same Time Don Francisco dispatch'd the Galeon -S. Philip for New Spain, with Advice of those Reports. These two Ships, -viz. that Alderete went in, and the S. Philip, were together in Japan, -which the Natives were jealous of. Alderete got full Information of the -Strength and Designs of the Japoneses, and his Industry was of Use, for -the taking of right Measures in Manila, and to prevent their fearing -without Cause. He brought back another noble Present to the Governour; -and both Sides stood upon their Guard, to be ready upon all Occasions. - -[Sovereign Court at Manila.] In the Year 1598, the sovereign Court was -again erected at Manila, King Philip prudently conferring Dignity on -that Province. It was compos'd of the Iudges Zambrano, Mezcoa, Tellez -de Almazan, and the Kings Attorney Jerome Salazar, y Salcedo. That -great King never allow'd of any Intermission in his weighty Cares, -which extended to all the known Parts of the World; having a watchful -Eye upon the Designs of other Princes, whether well, or ill affected to -the Propagation of the Gospel, which was his main Design. Therefore, -about this Time, he made Haste to rid himself of his neighbouring -Enemies, that he might have Leasure to attend the remotest Rebels -against the Church and his Monarchy. And in Respect that as [Peace -between France & Spain.] Age came on, its Distempers grew heavier, -he concluded a Peace with France, which was proclaim'd at Madrid, with -Martial Solemnity, after he had withdrawn himself to the Monastery of -S. Laurence, at the Escurial, [K. Philip the 2d dies.] a Work of his -Piety and Magnificence, where he dy'd on the thirteenth of September -1598, with singular Tokens of Sanctity. He frequented the Sacrament -of Confession, receiv'd the divine Viaticum, and extreme Unction, -the last Remedy for temporal, and eternal Health. His Death was in -all Respects answerable to the wonderful Course of his Life. - -[K. Philip the 3d.] King Philip the Third, our sovereign Lord, -succeeded him, having been before sworn in all his Kingdoms, who, -amidst the Tears and Funeral Solemnities, Commanded the Will to -be open'd, and what his Father had order'd to be fulfill'd. His -Instructions, and the Mysteries of State, whereof he was so great -a Master, and which he communicated to his Son till the last Gasp, -produc'd the Peace which attended his most happy Succession, which -was his Due by Natural Right, the Law of Nations, and his own innate -Virtues; the general Submission of his Subjects, and the Fidelity -of the Armies that serv'd in the Northern Provinces in Italy, -Africk, Asia, the Indies, and in Garrisons, were a Curb to other -Nations. Many of them presented the new King with Protestations of -Loyalty, before they had receiv'd Letters and Advice of his being -upon the Throne. The same Unanimity was found in the Fleet, and -Naval Power, wherein the Treasures and Commodities are transported; -a rare Tranquility upon the Change of Princes. The Roman Legions -in Germany, and Illyricum, did not show such Respect to Tyberius, -after the Death of Augustus. [Greatness of the Spanish Monarchy.] -And tho' the Spanish Monarchy is of so great an Extent, that it -borders on the unknown World, and it is never Night in all Parts of -it, because the Sun encompasses and continually displays his Light -over it, yet it obey'd without any Commotion, or rather with Pride, -as if it knew and were sensible of the new Hand that took up the -Reins of Government. Excellent Princes have seldom fail'd to employ -extraordinary Ministers about their Persons, to manage and sustain -the Burden their Fortune lays upon their Shoulders; so Alexander the -Great had Hephestion; the two Scipios, the two Lelij; Augustus Cæsar, -Marcus Agrippa; the Princes of the August House of Austria, other -Persons of singular Virtue; for all moral Wisdom, and Experience it -self teaches us, that the Difficulties of weighty Affairs are not -to be duly manag'd, and surmounted, by any but Persons of a more -than ordinary Capacity; because Nature has not left any of its Works -destitute of a proportionable Ministry. And considering, that it is -of great Importance to the publick Welfare, to contrive, that what is -necessary for the Use and Commerce of Mankind may appear eminent in -Dignity, for the strengthning of the common Advantage with Authority: -The King, I say, following those ancient Examples, made Choice of Don -Francisco de Rojas y Sandoval, then Marques of Denia, and since first -Duke of Lerma, a most [Duke of Lerma Prime Minister.] able Minister, -privately to consult with him about fundamental Matters and Concerns, -for which he had been prepar'd with singular Affection in those Times: -Besides the great Antiquity of his Family, which has ally'd him to all -the noblest of the Grandees of Spain, all Men own him endow'd with -the necessary Virtues, that belong to a Person in so great a Post; -which shine through that pleasing Gravity of his Countenance, with -a stay'd Gayity that testifies his Capacity, and provokes Respect -at the same Time that it gains Affections. He constituted him the -first of his Council of State, and all the Orders for Peace and -War began to run through his Hands. All the Opinions of Councels, -which he found seal'd, for King Philip the 2d to give his Decision -thereupon, he restor'd, without opening them, to the Presidents of -the said Councels they came from, being, perhaps, calculated out of -Respect, that they might again debate upon them with more Liberty, -and send them back enlarg'd or reform'd. - -Heaven was now hastening the Reduction of the Molucco Islands, and -the [Neglect of the Moluccos in Spain.] punishing the Persecution -of the faithfull, tho the Tyrants appear'd never so haughty; however -the Talk of it was discontinu'd for some Time; because the Enterprize -was to be concerted, and carry'd on in the Philippine Islands, and to -be resolv'd on, and encourag'd in the supreme Council of the Indies, -and it was requisite that the President and Councellors should be -well affected to the Cause, which had then no Body to support it, -as being despair'd of by Reason of so many unfortunate Attempts: -and therefore the Papers of Reflections, and Informations relating -to it, lay by, forgotten, in Heaps. This was the Posture of those -Affairs till Providence dispos'd the Means for bringing it about, -that a Matter which was difficult on so many several Accounts, -might fall into the Hands of a Sovereign, who being well affected, -might with special Zeal bring it to Perfection. - -No Body now disturb'd the King of Ternate. The English settled on his -Lands, and Trade enrich'd the Sovereign and the Subjects. He, tho' he -had many Sons, and the Prince his Successor was of Age to bear Arms, -did not cease equally to increase his Wives and Concubines. Lust was -never circumscrib'd by any Laws among those People. The Relations of -curious Persons inform us, That among the rest of this Kings Wives, -there was [Queen of Ternate in Love with the Kings Son.] one very -young, and singular for Beauty, with whom the Prince her Son-in-Law, -whose Name was Gariolano fell in Love, and she rejected not his -Courtship tho' she was Wife to his Father: But that Nearness of Blood -secur'd their Familiarity, and under the Shelter, and Cover of it, -she admitted both Father and Son. - -[Sangiack of Sabubu Father to her.] This Queen was Daughter to the -Sangiack of Sabubu, a potent Prince in the great Island Batochina, -who came to Ternate, upon some slight Occasion. He being lodged in -the Palace, and entertain'd as a Father, and Father-in-Law, easily saw -into the Incestuous Life of his Daughter. He resolv'd to be thoroughly -convinc'd, yet concealing his Jealousy from both the Lovers, he was -satisfy'd of the Truth, learnt who were the Parties privy to it, -abhorr'd the Baseness, and condemn'd his own Blood. He pretended -one day he would Dine in private, and sent only for his Daughter; -who being free [He Poisons her.] from all Jealousy or Suspition, -swallow'd a Poison, which soon took away her Life, in that Food which -she us'd most to delight in. Endeavours were us'd to help the unhappy -Queen, and compose the Father; but he angrily obstructing that last -act of Compassion, put away the Physitians, and Women, and being left -alone with the King, who, upon hearing the News, was come to give his -Assistance, said, This Woman, whom Nature gave to me for a Daughter, -and I to you for a Wife, has, with her Life, satisfy'd a Debt she -had contracted by her inordinate Passions. Do not Lament her, or -believe she dy'd of any Natural Distemper. I killd her, taking the -Revenge off your Hands. The Prince, your Son, had a Love Intrigue with -her? Being in your House I had full Proof of it, and not being able to -endure, that my Blood should wrong you, I could lay aside all Fatherly -Affection, and take away the Stain that on my Side is laid upon the -Law of Nature, and your Honour. I have honourably finish'd the first -Part of this Example. Now, if you think your self wrong'd by your Son, -he is in your Power, and I have no Right to deliver him up to you, -as I do this false Body. It lies upon you to finish this Work upon -the Offender, for I have perform'd all that was my Duty in giving you -this Information, and depriving my self of the Daughter I lov'd best. - -The King was astonish'd, without knowing how to return Thanks, -or perform any other Act becoming a King; and having lamented the -Misfortune for some time, order'd Prince Gariolano to be secur'd; but -he, who was no less belov'd by the Guards than his Father, Guessing -at the Consequences, [The Prince Flies.] which might certainly -be deduc'd from the Queens violent Death, sparing no Horse-flesh, -made to the Sea-Port, where he withdrew, with some of his Relations, -from his Fathers Presence and Anger, till it naturally cool'd. It -happen'd as he expected, for he was appeased before a Year expir'd, -and the [Is Restor'd to Favour.] Prince was restor'd to his Favour; -the King then making a Jest of the Stains of his Honour, and saying, -He well knew his ill Luck in Wives and Concubines. But what Laws -does he observe, who is guided by his Appetite? And how can he weigh -the Duties of Honour, who Thinks that only the common Actions of the -Sense have any solid being? - - - The End of the Sixth Book. - - - - - - - - THE - HISTORY - OF THE - Discovery and Conquest - OF THE - Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. - - BOOK VII. - - -The Governour Don Francis Tello, to attend other Neighbouring -[D. Francis Tello neglects the Moluccos.] Provinces, where greater -Commotions were threatned, turn'd his Arms that Way; sending some -inconsiderable Part, at several Times to the Moluccos; for he never -went seriously about recovering those Islands, either because he -apprehended, or had Intelligence of Dangers threatned by the haughty -Japoneses, Mindanaos, and Chineses, or that he would not tread in -the Track of those who ruin'd themselves in the Expeditions against -Ternate. Yet our Men fought that Nation in other Parts; for being the -most Warlike, and averse to the very Name of Spaniards, it never let -pass any Opportunity of doing them Harm. - -We have already mention'd the first coming of the English into those -Seas, and the Care that was taken to obliterate the Example set by -their Voyage, by fortifying the Streights of Magellan. It could not -be effected, nor did our Fleet succeed in punishing, as was intended, -those who had the Boldness to attempt that unthought-of Passage. Since -then, the Hollanders [Dutch at the Moluccos.] and Zealanders, -supported by Rebellion and Disobedience, have sail'd into India, -possess'd themselves of strong Holds, and erected Factories, -transporting the Drugs, Precious Stones and Silks of Asia; and what -is worse, possessing themselves of several Places, and rending the -Spanish Monarchy. They have made several Voyages. What Island have -they not pry'd into? What Barbarous Nation have they not encourag'd to -Rebellion and Tyranny; especially since Maurice of Nassau is possess'd -of those Provinces, by the Title of Governour. - -[Philippines fill'd with Chineses.] The Philippine Islands were -now appointed for the Place of Arms, considering the great Delays -Experience had shown there were towards Recovering of the Molucco -Islands. In the mean while, notwithstanding that Don Francis Tello -was warn'd, how pernicious Inhabitants he was like to have in the -Sangleyes, or Chineses, by whom the Islands of his Province began to -be much peopled and fill'd, yet he allow'd them greater Liberty than -was convenient; and the Municipal Laws which provided against this -Disorder being forgotten or contemn'd, in a very short Time there -were additional Towns of Chineses, Chincheos, and other such like -Monsters, who were no better than Pyrates, or Incendiaries in that -Country, which ought to have taken sufficient Warning by, and been well -provided on Account of past Accidents, to shut up all Passages against -such Enemy Nations. Don Francisco excus'd their Resort, alledging, -That they imported Abundance of Provisions and Merchandise, which is -what usually enriches all Places; That no Men have such a consummate -Mechanick Genius as they; That they are more assiduous and constant at -the Works and Buildings than the Natives of the Philippines. He said, -That all the Jealousy generally conceiv'd of them vanishes, if the -Governour administers Justice impartially, and permits no private -Cabals. All these are, or appear'd to be frivolous Reasons, without -any Force; and the admitting of such an Inundation of those People, -prov'd very dangerous, as may be seen in the Sequel of this Work, -by what happen'd to the Governour Gomez Perez. It was a particular -Providence of Heaven, that other Nations did not go about to League -with this, or the Dutch, who have so strongly fix'd themselves in the -Archipelago; for they might, without much Difficulty, have given us -more Trouble than has been occasion'd by the Rebellion of the Kings -of the Moluccos; to whose Country, and all others in India, great -Fleets of Dutch resort, ever since the Year 1585, whereof Dutch -Writers give an Account, and lay down in Cuts, even the smallest -Plants they produce. - -It does not belong to us to give an Account of the English, Dutch, -or other Nations of India and Asia, or their Expeditions and Voyages; -but only such as relate to the Conquest of Ternate and the Molucco -Islands, or may have some Dependance on this Subject; but be it -known, once for all, that every Year, some Northern Fleets appear'd, -coming either thro' New Streights, still unknown to our Discoverers, -or those before frequented and laid down. But before we enter upon -this Relation, it seems requisite to say something of Holland, -the Head of the Neighbouring Islands, as that which is become most -outrageous in India, and most covets the [Account of Holland.] -Moluccos. The province of Holland is almost on all Sides encompass'd -by the Sea, and the Ports of the Maese and Rhine, for about 60 -Leagues in Compass. Within it are contain'd 29 wall'd Towns, whose -Names and Situation does not belong to us to speak of, nor of those -of Zealand, or the other Provinces subject to them. The Curious may -read Lambert, Hortensius, and Montesortius. The Natives are descended -from the Ancient Catti; and forasmuch as Erasmus of Rotterdam, which -is in Holland, describes it in his Chiliades, we will abridge what -he there delivers at large, out of Affection to his Country. The -Learned, say he, agree, and it is a probable Conjecture, that the -Island Tacitus mentions, lying from [Tacitus l. 20.] the Rhine to -the Ocean, is that we call Holland; which I am oblig'd to Honour, -as owing my first Breath to it; and would to God we could honour it -as it deserves. Martial charges it with being rude, or unpolished; -and Lucan with Cruelty. Either these Things do not belong to us, -but to our Ancestors, or we may value our selves upon them both. What -Nation is now known, whose first Fathers were not more uncouth than -their Posterity? Or when was Rome more highly commended, than when its -People knew no other Arts but Tillage and Warfare? Erasmus spends Time -in proving, that it is the Nature of Holland, not to relish Martial's -Wit; and that this is not the Effect of Rudeness, but a Gravity worthy -Imitation. Then he makes an Exclamation, saying, Would to God all -Christians had Dutch Ears! And that if still any one shall contend, -the Nation is in the Wrong, in having stopp'd theirs to all Poetical -Delights and Allurements, and arm'd it self against them; the Dutch -valu'd themselves upon being comprehended in that Reflection, which -did not displease the Ancient Sabines, the Perfect Lacedemonians, -and the Severe Catos. Lucan call'd the Batavi, that is the Dutch, -Cruel, as Virgil did the Romans, Vehement. Erasmus adds, That the -Customs of these Nations [Erasmus of the Manners of Hollanders.] -are Familiar, inclining to Meekness and Benignity, and not to -Fierceness; because Nature endow'd them with a sincere Disposition, -free from Fraud and Double-Dealing, and did not make them subject -to extraordinary Vices, except the Love of Pleasure, and Excess in -Entertainments. This is caus'd by the Multitude of Beauties, which -are Incentives, by the several Sea-Ports on the Ocean, the Mouths of -the two Rivers, Rhine and Maese; the perpetual Felicity of the Soil, -water'd by other Navigable Rivers; and the Fish and Foul in the Ponds -and Woods. No Province of so small a Compass, contains so many Cities -of a considerable Magnitude, and so Populous, excellently govern'd; -so full of Commodities, Arts and Trade. It abounds in Men indifferently -learn'd. Erasmus himself, in Conclusion, owns that none of them arrives -to singular Erudition. This Account, which in all that is natural must -be own'd not to exceed, affords Arguments to condemn and convince the -Author of it, and the Nation it self. All that Part of the World where -Religion and Politeness flourish, is acquainted with the Diversity -of Opinions all those Nations espouse, of Protestants, Puritans, -Calvinists, these the most Numerous; Huguenots, Lutherans, and all -other Sorts, too long to enumerate, and not to our Purpose. Since -Erasmus confesses that his Country does not produce any Persons of -eminent Learning, why do they take upon them to decide Controversies -in Religion? Why do they incroach upon Councils? If they are of such -an excellent Disposition, and have such a modest Genius, [The Authors -Reflections on them.] Why do they cast off that Piety, whereof there -are such ancient Testimonies in our first Fathers, so much honour'd -by the primitive Charity of the true Church? It is true, as Erasmus -says, that they are of a kind Temper, but Tenacious of whatsoever -they once espouse; the same moves us to pity them the more, for the -Difficulty of dealing with Positiveness in Minds that are not given -to change. Let no Man believe but that under that seeming Meekness in -Behaviour, the highest Degree of Pride lies [A Spanish Author cannot -forbear these Reflections.] couch'd. What greater Pride than to -scoff at the most ancient Church? At its Apostolical Traditions? At -her universal Agreement? At the Miracles God has wrought, to approve -the Catholick Doctrine? And what Error can be more inexcusable, than -to follow the New Opinions of unlearned and vicious Men, such as the -Arch-Hereticks were; and to live under a Necessity of not laying down -their seditious Arms only to defend Impiety grounded on Ignorance, -and the Extravagancies of their Passions? What House is there in those -Cities which Erasmus extols, wherein all the Inhabitants profess -and follow the same Way of spiritual Salvation? When the Father is -a Calvinist, the Mother is often a Huguenot, the Son a Lutheran, the -Servant a Hussite, and the Daughter a Protestant. All the Family is -divided, or rather every particular Person's Soul is so, and at best -doubts of all. Wherein does this differ from Atheism? It is positive -Atheism. This Division, unworthy of wild Beasts, is the Occasion, -and a Sort of Mathematical Necessity, that these People cannot be -united among themselves in true Peace. For those Things are the same -to one [See the latter part of the Preface.] another, that they -are to a Third; so that almost all these having different Notions, -as to God, they cannot of Necessity be united among themselves, as -differing in the most essential Part, which is the having an uniform -Notion of God in Religion. Let no Man believe, that because they -are not at War among themselves, it is Love that is the Occasion of -it. The Ground of their false Tranquility is to be call'd a Cessation, -and not Peace. These are the People who have unhing'd Loyalty and the -Christian Religion, before settled in the Islands, and remotest Parts -of Asia, making Excursions from their own Country, as far as China, -their raging Avarice being grounded on the Advice given them by the -Queen of England, and on Malice, because King Philip the IId had -shut up the other Ports of his Kingdoms against them; so to endeavour -to reduce them to the Truth and Submission, by taking from them the -Advantages of Trade. - -[Dutch first sail to the Moluccos.] The first Dutch Fleet that came -to the Molucco Islands, after the English, in the Year 1598, shall -be here spoken of. Some prime Men, for the Sake of their Country, -as they said, and to gain Reputation, met in Holland and Zealand, -and fitted out six Ships and two Brigantines, to sail into India. The -first Ship they call'd the Maurice, the Admiral in her being Jacob -Cornelius Neck, born at Roterdam, and the Master Gonaert Jansk; the -second was the Amsterdam, and in her the Vice-Admiral Vibrant Darkik; -the other Ships were the Holland, the Zealand, the Guelder, and the -Utrecht; The bigger Brigantine the Friezland, and the smaller the -Overissel. They carry'd 160 Soldiers, besides Mariners, and saild -from Roterdam on the 13th of March. Off from Sluys, on the 4th of -April, they had such a dreadful Storm, as might have discourag'd -them from Proceeding, and the Ship the Holland was almost disabled; -but still they were drove on by the Weather to the Texel, and thence -to Debenter, and in Conclusion they got into the Ocean. They met -another Ship returning to the Low Countries, which presented them -with 10000 Oranges, and having distributed them among the Men, they -made a general Rejoycing, for the baptizing of 25 Men, aboard the Ship -the Guelder, on the 10th of May. [Barrels must be a Mistake.] On the -11th they anchor'd at Barrels, and on the 15th at the Island Madera, -and again on the 17th at the Canaries, Gomera, and Palma, passing by -those of Sal and Santiago, which are those of Cabo Verde, they furl'd -all their Sails, and drove in a Storm, in 29 Degrees Latitude. On the -first of June they took a Sea Tortoise which weigh'd 143 Pounds. On -the 15th of the same Month, Gerrit Jans, either provok'd by Wine or -a worse Spirit, cast himself into the Sea, from the highest Part -of the greater Brigantine. The next Day, aboard the Ship Guelder, -in which the new baptised Men were, they saw a large flying-Fish, -which clapping too its Wings, Fell into the said Ship; but they saw -the same Sort of Fishes fall upon their Vessels at other Times. On -the Eighth they cross'd the Line, and began to distribute a Pot of -Wine to every six Men; but on the 25th of the same Month, for Joy -of having pass'd the Ridges of Rocks before Brazil, which run to -the Southward in 18 Degrees of South Latitude, they allow'd three -Pots to every seven Men. Such a thick Fog fell that they lost Sight -of the smaller Brigantine; the Zealand soon found her again, and -discover'd many Cranes standing on the Tops of the Reeds, or Canes, -that grew out Tall and of an equal Height above the Water. On the -24th of July, they came to an Anchor at the Cape of Good Hope, whence -they sail'd again on the 15th of August with Stormy Weather, all the -eight Vessels together, the Sea there boiling up as a Pot does upon -[The Sea seems to boil up.] the Fire. This Motion, like boiling, was -seen for about a Musket Shot in Length, and the Breadth of a Ship, -and all this Space was cover'd thick with Weeds, which they pass'd -over by main Force, without any Danger. - -[Madagascar.] On the 24th they reach'd the Island of Madagascar, -or of S. Laurence, and saw abundance of Whales. Here the plentiful -Distribution of Wine ceas'd, and it began to be given out more -sparingly, to lament by this Abstinence, the Death of John Pomer, a -skilful Sailor. On the 27th they pass'd Cape S. Sebastian, and on the -30th Cape S. Julian. On the 4th of September, it was debated whether -they should make for the Island of Banda, or put into the Bay of Anton -Gill. They came to no Resolution at that Time, tho' they afterwards -arriv'd separately at Banda, and at several Times. On the 17th they -discover'd, at a great Distance, the Island of Cerne, by others call'd -the Isle of Swans, which is high and mountainous, and for Joy of the -Water they expected to take in there, they gave every Man three Cups -of Wine. Before that, the Vice-Admiral went ashore with five Men, in -another little Island, and taking a View of it, found a Noble Spacious -Harbour, well land-lock'd, into which a Rivulet of fresh [They land in -a small Island.] Water fell. They put in and refitted their shatter'd -Vessels, finding 14 Fathom Water. They had not Landed in four Months, -and therefore in Thanksgiving, and because it was then Fair Time in -Holland, they made a Sort of Chappel; on the Bodies of Trees, and -covering it with Leaves, preach'd there twice a Day, in Honour of the -Fair. They eat Abundance of Fowl, which they could almost take with -their Hands, and drank Wine more plentifully. A Native of Madagascar, -who came along with them, and had been taken in a former Voyage, was, -by the Instruction of those Sermons, made a Christian, and baptiz'd, -taking the Name of Laurence. They found no Inhabitants in the Island -though it was Delightful. - -[Clear Water in the Sea.] On the 28th and 29th, they observ'd they -were upon a very Christalline Water, without any other Tokens of -their being near Land, and those same Days at Noon, they had the Sun -in the Zenith, directly over their Heads, which had happen'd to them -at other Times. Here a Storm separated the Ships; the Maurice, which -was Admiral, by them in Latin call'd Prætoria, the Holland, and the -Overissel, tho' they endeavour'd to [Cerne Island.] make Java, were -drove by Stress of Weather to Banda; and the other five to the Island -Cerne, or of Swans, leaving six other smaller on the Right Hand. They -enter'd the Port with ten Fathom Water, between two Mountains, which -contract the Mouth of it. The Situation of it is in 21 Degrees of South -Latitude, and is five Leagues in Compass. The Port is Spacious enough -to contain 50 Ships, and shelter'd against all Winds. They were so -well pleas'd with the Island, that they chang'd its ancient Name of -Cerne, or of Swans, for that of Maurice, in Honour of Count Maurice -of Nassau, Bastard Son to the Prince of Orange, so well known in our -Days. Discoverers were sent about it, and return'd without finding any -humane Track, nor Signs of any Habitation. They had a doubtful [Tame -Birds and Beasts.] Proof hereof in the Birds and Beasts; for they ran -into their Hands and alighted on their Heads, as they might have done -on the Branches of Trees, or had they been bred Tame; which Boldness -proceeded either from their having never seen Men, or being grown very -familiar with them. [Strange Bats.] Among the rest, there are Bats, -which have Heads as big, and like Apes, and these sleep considerable -Numbers of them together, and hanging on the Trees, with their Legs -and Wings extended. The Air and Soil are so healthy and fit to be -inhabited, that as soon as the Sick were landed, they recovered. The -Land is high and mountainous, full of Woods, and not being inhabited, -there are no Tracts or Paths through them. There [Ebony.] is an -infinite Quantity of Ebony Trees, as black as Pitch, and as smooth -as Ivory; the Trunks being cover'd with a rough Bark, preserve -the Body solid. There are other Plants, whose Trunks are Red, and -others Pale as Wax; delicious Coco-Nuts, vast Numbers of Palm-Trees, -and some of them of such Sort, that one of their Leaves covers all a -Man's Body, and defends it against the Rain. They spread their Nets, -and among the other [Monstrous Thornback.] Multitude of Fishes, -took a Thornback so large, that it afforded two Meals [Tortoises.] -for all the Men in the Ships. They saw Land Tortoises, so big, that -one of them walk'd with four Soldiers sitting on its Back; and ten -of them din'd upon the Shell of another, as if it had been a round -Table. In a very short Time they kill'd Abundance of Turtle-Doves, -and another Sort of [Penguins.] white Birds, bigger than our Swans, -but as round as a Ball, and have only two or three curl'd Feathers in -the Tail. There were so many blew Parrots, that they might have loaded -their Ships with them. Indian Crows, twice as big as the European, -of three several colour'd Feathers. - -They erected Forges, dress'd all their Tools, and built another -Vessel, to supply the Place of the Utrecht, which with the other -two, had directed her Course for Madagascar. They again took a -View of their Maurice Island, and towards the Inland Part of it, -tho' there were no Signs of any [Wax found with Greek Characters.] -humane Habitation, found about three hundred Pounds weight of Wax, -on which there were plain Greek Letters and Characters. They also -saw Oars, Nets, and Pieces of Timber, being the Wreck of Ships. The -Vice-Admiral, providing a smooth square Board, carv'd on it the Arms of -Holland, Zealand, and Amsterdam, and nail'd it on the Top of a Tree, -as a Memorial of his being there, and giving the Name of MAURICE to -the island, with this Inscription, which being in Spanish, denotes -their Hatred to the Ancient Faith of our Nation, and being couch'd -in one Line over their Arms, was, THE REFORM'D CHRISTIANS. Then they -plow'd up a large Field, and sow'd it with Wheat, and other European -Grain; turning lose some Hens, to see what Improvement they should -find another Time. They again, for some Days, visited the Hills and -Plains, and found no Track of Man. - -Whilst these refresh'd themselves at the Island Cerne, or of Swans, -being fourteen Days, the other three Ships arriv'd at S. Mary's, a -barren Island, [S. Mary Island.] tho' some Orange and Lemon Trees -grow in it, as also Sugar Canes, and there are Hens. About it, and -in Sight of Land, there are monstrous Whales. They landed, but not -without Opposition from the Natives, with whom they fought, and took -their King; but he was easily ransom'd, a [Strange Ransom for a King.] -Cow and a Calf being given them in Exchange for him. They saw the -Manner of the Whale Fishery, which is very easy there. The Indians make -up close to them in their Canoes, and stick them with a Harping-Iron -they dart, being ty'd to Ropes made of the Barks of Trees. They stor'd -their Ship with their Flesh and Oil, and some Oranges, and went over -to the Bay of Anton Gil, where the Madagascar Indian, would not stay, -as he had desired before, being now well affected to the Habit and -Drunkenness of his Companions. They were toss'd backwards and forwards -for five Days, between certain Islands, destitute of Provisions, -and unsafe, by Reason they were in War among themselves. - -They set forward with a fair Gale towards Java, and on the 26th -of December, 1598, arriv'd at Banda, which is eight Leagues from -Amboina. [Banda Island.] This Island is shap'd like a Horse-shooe, -and lies in four Degrees of South Latitude. It is most fruitful, with -little or no Improvement, in Nutmegs, and their precious Mace; as also -Provisions and Medicines for Men, beyond all other Parts of the known -World. It is divided into three Parts, each of them three Leagues in -Compass. The Capital City is called Nera. As soon as they arriv'd, -they contracted Friendship with the Islanders; tho' a foreign Ship, -to secure the Trade to herself, gave them to understand, that the Dutch -were certain Pirates who fled the Year before, and had lain conceal'd -at Sea, to come again and rob the Island, and therefore they did not -fully credit them. This Notion was back'd by Trading Portugueses, -and others settled there; but the Dutch sending their Abdol, that -is the Indian Interpreter, with some Soldiers, and Gifts to present -the King, according to the Custom of Merchants that come into his -Country, they before him clear'd that Imputation, and defended their -Innocence. The King was an Infant, and govern'd by his Cephates, that -[The Dutch settle Trade there.] is his Vice-Roy, Tutor, or Protector, -who set all right. They gave the King the Present before him, which -he receiv'd very graciously. It consisted of certain valuable gilt -Vessels, admirably ingrav'd, Christal Glasses, Looking-Glasses in gilt -Frames, and Pieces of Velvet and Taffety. They deliver'd him Letters -and Commissions of the States of Holland, Zealand, and Count Maurice, -with their Seals hanging to them in Form. All was accepted, and they -lay down flat on the Ground to receive and read the Letters, with -profound Reverence. The King promis'd to answer them, as he did, and -immediately gave leave to Trade; whereupon the Dutch built Factories -in the Island. They then expos'd in publick Shops great Store of Arms, -Silks, Linnen and Cloth; as did the Natives their Spice, China Ware, -and Pearls, and other Commodities the Neighbouring Islanders and -Chineses bring hither to barter, and sell to one another. Five [All -their Ships meet again.] Weeks after, the other three Ships arriv'd, -and the people of the City hearing the Discharges of the Cannon, -and seeing the Auncients spread abroad, for Joy of the Ships meeting -again, came down to the Port, and encompass'd the Ships in Boats, -offering them Plenty of Fowl, Eggs, Coco Nuts, Bananas, Sugar-Canes, -and Cakes made of Rice-Flower. This dainty Feeding continu'd every Day, -and they gave them a Weeks Provision for a Dutch Man for one Pewter -Spoon. However they rais'd the Price of Pepper; but they pay'd for -all with Pins and Needles, Knives, Spoons, Looking-Glasses, and little -Tabors; and with those same Commodities, they purchas'd more valuable -Goods at Sumatra, as also Provisions; when four of these eight Ships -return'd Homewards, the others sailing for Ternate and the Moluccos. - -The greatest Quantity, and best Commodity they took in here, was of -[The Nutmeg Tree.] are few and weak; but in Banda there is a plentiful -Crop, and they have much more Virtue. Nature has cloath'd its Mountains -and Plains, with Woods and Groves of these Plants. They are like the -European Pear-Trees, and their Fruit resembles Pairs, or rather in -Roundness the Melocotones. When the Nutmegs blosom, they spread a -cordial Fragrancy; by degrees they lose their Native Green, which -is original in all Vegetables; and then succeeds a Blew, intermix'd -with Grey, Cherry-Colour, and a pale Gold Colour, as we see in the -Rainbow, tho' not in that regular Division, but in Spots like the -Jaspar Stone. Infinite Numbers of Parrots, and other birds of various -Plumage, most delightful to behold, come to sit upon the Branches, -attracted by the sweet Odour. The Nuts, when dry, cast off the Shell it -grows cover'd with, and is the Mace, within which is a white Kernel, -not so sharp in Taste as the Nut, and when dry is converted into its -Substance. Of this Mace, which is hot and dry in the second Degree, -and within the third, the Bandeses make a most [Oil of Nutmeg.] -precious Oil to cure all Distempers in the Nerves, and Aches caus'd -by cold. Of these Nuts they choose the freshest, weightiest, fattest, -juiciest, [Virtues of Nutmeg.] and without any Hole. With them they -cure, or correct stinking Breath, clear the Eyes, comfort the Stomach, -Liver, and Spleen, and digest Meat. They are a Remedy against many -other Distempers, and serve to add outward Lustre to the Face. The -Bandeses call the Mace of their Aromatick Nuts, Buna Pala. It was -not known to the Greeks nor to Pliny, according to Averrois; tho' -Serapion, whether the true, or the suppositious, when he describes it, -alledges Gallen's Authority. It is true, the Chrisabolans he treated -of, agree well enough with the Nutmegs in Colour and Shape. - -The Javaneses, Chineses, and Natives of the Moluccos resort to -the City Mora, to barter for this precious Fruit, and load their -Ships with it; and [Merchants way of living at Banda.] this is -the Trade of that People, as is that of Clove to Ternate, Tydore, -and the other Moluccos. The Merchants arriving in this Island, many -of them contribute to make up a Sum, wherewith they purchase a Woman, -to dress their Meat, and attend them. The Dutch did so from this first -Time. When they go away she is left Free, till they return the next -Year; so that her Slavery commences with the Return of her Masters, -and their Absence gives it an Intermission. Some of the Natives are -Idolaters; but the greater Part Mahometans, and so superstitious, that -the very Soldiers do not mount the Guard, till they have pray'd in the -Mosques, so loud, that all [Religion of Banda.] the Neighbourhood can -hear them. Nor must any Man go into them without washing his Feet, in -great Vessels of Water, provided at the Door, by the publick. Their -Prayers consist in these Words, Estagfer Ai'lah Estagfer Al'lah, -Asgiv'd Ai'lahe, Asgiv'd Al'lahe, La Il'lahe Inla Ai'lah, Mu.amed -resul At'lahi. When they utter these last Words, they stroke their -Faces with their Hands, a Ceremony denoting much Devotion. The Words -in English are; Pardon O God, Pardon O God. I prostrate my self to -God. I prostrate my self to God. There is no other God but God, and -Mahomet his Messenger: By these Words, There is no other God but God, -they deny the eneffable Mystery of the most blessed Trinity. Then they -proceed to several Blasphemies. They say other Prayers, at which they -scarce move their lips; when they do this they stand three and three -upon a Mat, lifting up their Eyes to Heaven three Times, and bowing -down their Heads to the Ground. The Dutch Author, who gives this -Account, does not mention any other Religion in this Island, nor in -any of the others their Fleets touch'd at; tho' it is so well known, -that the Catholick Faith of our Lord Jesus Christ has been preach'd -many Years before, throughout them all, with the Glory of Martyrdom; -but those People conceal it, to what Intent is well known. - -The Banaeses assemble in the Streets, and publick Places, where -they feast [Feasting in Banda.] themselves. It is frequent among -them to eat in the Temples and Woods, an hundred in a Parcel; -especially when they consult together about the publick Weal, or any -Danger. There are seven Cities in the Island, which are Enemies to -one another. Nera is averse to the Lambethans, Combers and Veierans, -and maintains Friendship with the Inhabitants of Lontoor, which -is on the other Side of the Island, and those of two other little -Cities call'd Poleruija and Poelvay. When they are to fight, they -always repair [Enmity among their Cities.] first to Nera, to concert -Affairs. Banda provides their Entertainments on the Ground, in the -Streets. The Dishes are made of the Trunks and Leaves of Bananas, -and other Plants. Every one has a Piece of Sagu brought him on them, -and a Plate of Rice boil'd in the Broth of Flesh. This they devour, -carrying it to their Mouths with both Hands, and eat it with such a -Relish, as if they had Jove's Brains dress'd set before them; so the -Dutch Relation of Paludanus and Hugo expresses it. Whilst the Meat -lasts, till the Multitude are satisfy'd, the Nobles by two and two, -take up their Cymiters and Shields, and fight to the sound of Bells, -and the Clattering of their Basons. When weary of this Exercise, -they deliver the Weapons to others, which continue it. The Cause -of their Wars, is for that the Inhabitants of Labetaca, many Years -since, set some Plants in the Territory of Nera. The People of this -City affronted at this Presumption, made the first War upon them; -which is as bloodily prosecuted as if their Religion, or Honour, -depended on it. They attack one another by Day and Night in their -Territories, and by Sea in their Carcoas. - -[Banda Tar.] In these they do not, like us, fill up the Seams -of the Boards with Pitch and Tar, but with Shells of Indian Nuts, -which they call Clappos. They pound those Shells and Rhinds, till -they became like a Bitumen, or Mass, wherein there remain certain -Threads, which resemble Hemp, with this they knit their Seams, and -fill up the Crannyes and cover them in such Sort that it resists -the Force of the Water. They carry two, and sometimes four Pieces of -Cannon. The Men use small Fire-locks, Bucklers, and [Their Weapons.] -large Cymiters, which they call Padang, and Lances of a more solid Wood -than our Box. They exercise all these Weapons from their Child-hood, -as they do in casting a sort of Hooks with sharp Points and Edges, -which they dart at the Enemies Bodies, and then draw back the Lines -they are made fast to. Their Heads they arm with Helmets; and on their -Crests wear Birds of Paradise, both for Ornament, and a superstitious -Defence. They have Breast and Back Pieces, and call'd them as we did -Corselets. When they are to fight at Sea, as soon as the War-like -Instruments begin to sound, the Soldiers fall a leaping, and skipping -on the Benches, which run round the [Oars like Shovels.] Carcoas from -Stem to Stern. The Slaves ply the Oars, which are like wooden Shovels, -make the Vessel fly by main Force, and serve to lade out the Water, -when there is Occasion. They are so revengeful, that having [Cruelty -of Bandeses.] been in those Days vanquish'd on Land by the Labetans, -many of them being kill'd and wounded, those of Nera assembled the -next Day in five Carcoas, and attacking the little Island Bayjer, the -Natives whereof had assisted the Labetans they slew all they found, -without sparing any but a few Women, whom they carry'd Captives to -Nera, with the Heads of their Enemies before them on Spears; and for -four Days, to the Amazement of Foreigners, and particularly the Dutch, -they show'd their Cymiters embrew'd in Gore, about the Streets. Nay, -a Soldier among them, in the Sight of Abundance, took a Fancy to -try his Cymiter, he carry'd naked, and with it clove down one of the -Captive Women, from the Shoulder to the Breast. - -[Burial of Enemies.] They shew'd themselves Merciful in burying those -Heads, assembling together in the House of the Shabander, that is -the Governor, in the Presence of all the People, which uses to meet -to see such Spectacles, every [Heads.] Soldier, as a Testimony of -his Valour, laid all the Heads he had cut off on [Their Funerals.] -a very large Stone, under a Tree: They wrapp'd them up in Cotton -Cloths, and carrying them in Dishes bury'd them in a Grove, with -much Smoke of Frankincense, whereof they have great Plenty. Had those -dead Persons been Natives, their Kindred and Friends would have come -immediately to lament with loud Cries, as they use to do, over their -Graves, which they dig like us, wrap up the Bodies in Shrouds of -white Cotton, and carry them to be bury'd on their Shoulders. They -are great Observers, that the Funerals of Men should go before those -of Women; place Lamps over the Graves of all, and by their Light pray -for them. They cry out furiously, calling the Dead, as if they hop'd -they should come to Life at their Call; and perceiving they do not -rise again, the Kindred and Friends meet about the most splendid -Entertainment they are able to provide. Being ask'd by the Dutch, -what it was they ask'd of God in the Prayers they mutter'd over the -Graves, they answer'd. We pray that the Dead may not rise again. So -that the Want of the true Light of Faith, does not hinder them from -seeing, how much Mankind suffers from the first Moment of his Life, -till the last; but it is rather to be concluded, that they look upon -it as a Misfortune to have been born. They were much amaz'd to hear, -that the Dutch did not use the same Ceremony towards their dead. - -They play at Foot-Ball, which is made of Spanish Reeds. They that -[Foot-Ball.] Play make a Ring one standing in the Center, who -tosses the Ball to those about him, and they with a Kick throw -it so high that it is almost out of Sight. If any one misses it, -they hiss, and hoot, to shame him for his Unskilfulness. Men live in -this Island longer than in any other Parts of [Life long in Banda.] -the World. The Dutch saw several, who exceed 130 Years of Age. They -live upon the Product of their Country; and tho' there is continual -War, yet the greater Number lives Idle; and it is very remarkable -that those People, who are so much addicted to Sloath, should be -such Enemies to Quietness. A useless Life does not deserve much Age; -and that which is dedicated to Idleness seldom attains to it. The -Women Plow and Till [Women Till the Land.] the Land, and follow -other manly Professions. They seldom go abroad with Men; they have -all the Charge of Houshold Affairs, and their greatest Employment -within Doors, is usually uncasing and drying of Nutmegs. - -The Dutch having loaded with Spice, Purcelane, and some Rubies, and -[Dutch depart from Banda.] settled Factories, and Amity, sail'd from -Banda, on the 14th of July, with great firing of Cannon. They stood -towards the Island Noeselau, the Natives whereof are Anthropophagi, -so the Greeks call Man-Eaters. They proceeded towards that of Amboyna, -whose Western Point they discover'd, yet did not touch at it then, -but went on to the greater Java, notwithstanding [Come to Java.] -their Admiral was at Amboyna. They arriv'd at Java and the City Tuban, -sent two Boats thither to Discover, and know whither they might be -allow'd to take in Provisions. Those who return'd with the Answer, -brought along with them a Portuguese, who, at the Perswasion of -the Natives, had renounc'd [Portuguese Renegado.] the Faith of -Jesus Christ, as was known, and call'd among them by the name of -the Renegado, as a proper Appellative, and not dishonourable. This -Man inform'd the Admiral, That if he would stay there three or four -Months, he might enrich his Ships to his Hearts Content. They sent by -him to ask the King's Leave, with some Presents of Copper, Glass and -Silk. [Presents to and from the King.] The next day Merchants came -down to the Harbour, with Abundance of Commodities; and from the King, -in Return for their insignificant Present, they brought the Dutch 19 -great Sacks of Rice. The Trade being settled, they went up to the City, -where they saw several Horsemen, well Arm'd, Horses well Accouter'd, -on which they value themselves very much, Shops well stor'd, and a free -Trade for all Nations. The Vice-Admiral went to kiss the King's Hand, -who receiv'd him Graciously; promis'd to go Aboard the Ships in Person, -and perform'd it, having first order'd them to be show'd all his Royal -Apartments, even to his Womens private Lodgings; his Elephants; an -infinite number of Birds in Cages, and his Stables full of excellent -Horses, and many of them. Then the Prince came Aboare the Ships, and -after him the King. The Cannon saluted them both, and they admir'd, -and were pleas'd with the Noise. - -[Tuban Capital of Java.] Tuban is the King of Java's Court, the -strongest of all the Cities in that Island, encompass'd with a high -Wall, divided by several Gates with Towers on them, contains stately -Structures, and Squares appointed for the publick Resort of Traders, -the King is extraordinary rich, and in a few Hours can gather a -great Number of Horse and Foot. His Palace is truly Royal, his Family -consists of the Prime Nobility, and he is very powerful at Sea. They -call their Ships Juncks; which being loaded with Pepper, and other -Product of the Country, as Silks and Cloths, the Manufactures [Trade -of that City.] of his People, are sent to Balim; where bartering -them for Cloaths, they transport those to other Kingdoms, as those of -Banda, the Moluccos, and Philippines. Whence, and from other Islands, -having improv'd their Commodities, they bring Mastick, Nutmegs, Cloves, -and other Spice. All the [Habit.] Country abounds in Cattle, which -graze all Day in the Woods, and are hous'd at Night. Their Habit is -the same as at Banda, and covers their Bodies from the Waste downwards, -the rest upwards remaining naked. They all wear Daggers, call'd Crises, -and the Nobles stately long Vests, the Fullness whereof waves in the -Air magnificently. None of them goes abroad attended by less than -ten or twelve Servants, one of which always carries for his Master a -little Basket full of the Leaves of a certain Plant they call Betele, -which they chew with green Nuts, and a little Lime. This Composition -they call Ledon; in chewing, it yields a Juice, which they swallow, -and then spit out the green Substance, after the Virtue has been -extracted in their Mouths. - -They were so overjoy'd at the coming of the Dutch, that the next Day -[The Kings Dress.] they invited them to see their Diversions. The King -was present a Horse-Back, clad in several Sorts of rich Silks, but all -Girt about him. To his Belt hung a Cymiter, in a Scabard adorn'd with -precious Stones; the Hilt of beaten Gold, with a Devils Head form'd -on it. On his Turbant he had abundance of Feathers. All the Nobility -follow'd him, Dress'd much after the same manner, mounted on stately -prancing Horses, but smaller than ours, with rich Furnitures of Spanish -Leather, studded, and plated with Gold, and Figures of Serpents; and -in some of the Bridles they had Stones, so white that they look'd like -Alabaster. Sometimes they ran streight forwards, and sometimes in a -Ring, casting their Darts. When the Sport was over, they attended the -King, by whose Orders they carry'd aboard the Ships, [Commerce settled -between the Dutch and Javaneses.] and to the Dutch Men's Lodgings, -a great quantity of Rice, Sheep, Goats, Hens, Eggs, Fish, and Fruit, -as Coco-Nuts, Mangos, Lemons, and delicious Bananas. Then they fell -to treating of Trade, and Amity, and thought every Thing cheap except -the Pepper, for they not liking the Commodities the Dutch offer'd -in Exchange for it, lifting up their Hands cry'd, Lima, which, in -their Tongue, signifies five Pieces of Eight. So much they demanded -for a Measure of theirs. They were well receiv'd in all Respects, -except in Relation to admitting of their Sect. - -They had deliver'd Letters to the King from Count Maurice, which he -answer'd in the Persian Tongue, and the Dutch having receiv'd them, -left Tuban, on the 24th of the same Month, with fair Weather, and -well furnish'd with valuable Commodities and Provisions. Passing by -the Island [Madura Island.] Sidago, they anchor'd between Java and -Madura; sounded the Depth, and notwithstanding the Current, and that -the Ground was a stiff Muddy Hill, they visited Madura, landing on the -East-side; but remov'd presently to the City Arosbay, on the West, and -afterwards thence to Jorta, to get Guides, or Pilots to conduct them to -the rest of the Moluccos. They sent to Compliment the King of Madura, -who presently after the Audience, sent the Vice-Admiral a Sheep, with -which went the Renegado, who had brought him a Dagger, they call Criz, -from the King of Tuban, richly adorn'd with Gold and precious Stones, -and the King's Head engrav'd on the Pommel. They found a German settled -in the Country, rich in Spice, and understood [Madura Described.] -by him, that at Arosbay they had seiz'd 40 of their Companions. The -Island of Madura, next to Java, inclines to the Northward. They wear -the same Habit as in the other; but are sharper Witted. It is most -fruitful in Rice, but both in Reaping and Plowing, the Peasants and -Buffalos are mir'd up to the Knees, the continual Inundations keeping -the Ground so wet. Few Ships come to it, by reason of its inaccessible -Shoales. They have the same common use of Weapons, Elephants, Horses, -Spears, Campilanes, or Cymiters, and Shields. The Crizes, or Daggers, -worn by the King's Guards are [Arosbay City.] of Silver. The City -Arosbay is Populous, and well Wall'd. The Hollanders main Design in -coming to it, was, as has been said, to take in Pilots, and other -Necessaries to proceed to the Molucco Islands; to which Purpose, -and to avoid the Shoals lying betwixt Java and Madura, they divided -their Ships. The Vice-Admiral, with the Guelder and Zealand, pass'd -the Chanels of Madura, in order to joyn, at Jorta, the Junks that -sail for Ternate, and thence to the other Molucco Islands. - -The Admiral Sticht Utrecht, running along the length of Madura, -came to an Anchor before Arosbay. He sent out a Number of his Men -in the [Dutch taken by the King of Madura.] Boat, to bring Rice, -and other Provisions from Shore. No sooner were they landed, then -seiz'd, disarm'd, stripp'd, and carry'd before the King. Those staying -long, another Boat was sent with only three Men, and the same befell -them. The Prisoners intreated the King to give leave, that those three, -or any others, might go to give the Admiral an Account. He granted it, -but upon Condition, that as soon as they had deliver'd the Message, -they should return to Prison. They gave Notice of their Misfortune, -and the Admiral sent away a Boat to carry immediate Advice to his -Countrymen at the City Jorta, writing several Letters to procure the -Prisoners Liberty. The Vice-Admiral came with his Ships, and joyn'd -those at Arosbay. The [His Demands for their Ransom.] King demanded -the two biggest Brass Guns aboard the Admiral, many Pieces of Silk, -and one thousand Pieces of Eight for the Ransom of the Prisoners. The -Admiral answer'd, That the Cannon was not his own, but belong'd to -all his Nation, and therefore he desir'd him to moderate the Ransom, -and turn it into Money, or take it out in such Commodities as he -brought. Six Days were spent in Treating, and the Delay made the -Conclusion more Difficult; and therefore the Admiral believing, -that his Men were kept Prisoners in their own Boats, or near the -Sea, without any considerable Guard, he order'd all his Men to -land at once, and to Rescue them [Attempt to Rescue them by Force.] -by Force. An hundred and fifty Dutchmen attempted it, but saw a great -Number of People gathering on the Shore, led by the Portugueses, -who carry'd white Colours, in token of Peace, giving out that they -came to treat of an Accommodation, which, as Hugo affirms, was a -Stratagem to gain Time for the Citizens to Arm. The Dutch either -suspected, or had Notice of it, and forming a small body with about -20 Musquetiers, contriv'd to have their other Boats draw nearer, -that so the Seamen and Officers might come to Fight, according to -the appointed Order. More Men came out of the City, at another Gate, -to enclose them unawares in the Port. The Dutch saw into the Policy, -and were sensible of the Danger, and therefore sent two other boats to -guard the Port. This Precaution was the saving of their Lives; but they -could not escape a Shower of Arrows, wherewith the Arosbayans thought -to subdue them, not so much by their Force, and the Harm receiv'd, as -by keeping the Enemy in Play, that so they might spend their Powder, -and be oblig'd to retire to their Ships. Nor would they have been safe -there, for now the Wind and Sea threatned them, and [Dutch Defeated.] -thirty six Men belonging to the Admiral, and thirteen to the Zealand -were Drown'd, and the Boats cast away. Some few escap'd, whom they did -not kill, at the Request of the Renegado of Tuban, but they were made -Prisoners. These kneeling down, to move Compassion, with their dismal -Looks, and Tears, the Conquerors laid a Handful of Earth on their -Heads, a Ceremony [Ceremony in giving Quarter.] they use towards the -vanquish'd, whose Lives they grant. Perhaps they themselves know not -the Reason, and Original of the Custom. Five and Twenty were lost in -this Encounter, fifteen of the Admirals, one of John Marts, and nine -of the Zealand. The Prisoners were carry'd to a Country Cottage; three -Men dangerously wounded, one Trumpeter, and a Herald put into Chains, -the others only their Hands bound. The rest were carry'd far from -these, and put into a deep Cellar. The Herald being brought into the -King's Presence, he ask'd him, whether he would stay in his Country, -promising, among other Favours, that he would marry him to two of his -own Wives. The Dutchman answer'd, returning Thanks, but with Freedom -in his Looks, That with his good leave he had rather return to his -Companions. He was therefore carry'd, with the Trumpeter, about the -City, and at his going out at the Gate saw all the Prisoners, being -fifty one, who were conducting, under a Guard, to another Island. - -[Prisoners Ransom'd.] In fine, the Agreement was concluded, and -the King discharg'd them for 2000 Florines. So they return'd to -their Ships, except two, who hid themselves, taking a liking to that -barbarous Way of living. The Governour Jacob Marts Dy'd, his Body -was cast into the Sea, and the rest sailing to the [Dutch Depart.] -Northward, directed their Course for the Island of Celebes. They -pass'd by Combay, six Leagues from it, and beyond that of Routon, -and escap'd the Ridges of Rocks of Cebessa, which are not mark'd down, -nor taken Notice of in Maps. Their fell mighty Rains, and they steer'd -North East for the Island of Amboyna, and in sight of Boora. A Boy dy'd -aboard the Zealand; another falling off a Yard, into the Sea, held a -Rope's End in his Mouth, that his arms might be at Liberty to swim, -and quitted it not, till he had Help, and was sav'd. The next Day they -lay by, and their Preacher made a long Spiritual Discourse upon the -Sacraments, to celebrate the solemnity of Baptizing two Boys, whom -he had already Catechis'd. On the first of March, not far from Blau, -to the Eastward of Boora, they saw three other smaller Islands, call'd -Atypoti, Maniba, and Gita, which are not far from [Come to Amboyna.] -Amboyna. They pass'd by them, and arriv'd at Amboyna on the third of -the same Month. - -The Port is small, and at the Mouth of it, they were receiv'd by three -Boats, belonging to the Town of Matel, seated on the Mountains. Thence -they went on to that of Ito. Amboyna is about eight Leagues from -Banda, to the Northward, in the Way to Ternate. The compass of it is -fifteen Leagues, most fruitful in Cloves, Oranges, Lemmons, Citrons, -Coco-Nuts, Bananas, Sugar-Canes, and other such like Product. The -Natives are more open Hearted, and sincere, than those of the Moluccos -or Banda; wear the same Habit; live Upon the Trade of Spice; are -temperate and abstemious, [Their Weapons.] and great Sufferers -of Hardship. Their Weapons, are Spears with Sharp twisted Ends; -these they dart so dexterously, that they will hit the smallest -Mark at a great Distance. They also use Cymiters and Shields, and -now Muskets. They make great Masses of Sugar, Rice, and Almonds, -like our [Carcoas.] Sugar-Loaves, and value themselves upon being -able Seamen. Their Carcoas are like great Dragons, did these swim -with their Bodies extended on the Water, and lifting up their two -Ends of Head and Tail, which are gilt, and well Carv'd, and serve -for Prow and Poop. At both of them hang Standards of several Sorts -of Silk, and Colours, which are born up by the Wind, when they do -not reach to the Water. The Admiral of Amboyna came with three of -these Vessels full of arm'd Men, to see the Dutch, with a [Musick.] -Noise of Kittle-Drums, and Brass Basons hanging on the Musitian's -Left-Shoulder, and striking them with the Right-Hand, as they do the -Tabors in Spain. They sang their set Airs, understood by none but the -Native Amboyneses, tho' attentively listen'd to by the Dutch, for their -Strangeness. The Slaves also sang to the Noise of their Oars. They -fir'd the three Guns every Carcoa carry'd, being a Salute, in Honour -of their Guests; who relying on that Reception, dropt their Anchors, -posting many Sentinels, because they observ'd the Natives had done -the same in all Parts, and there were constant Fires in many Places. - -[Dutch permitted to Trade at Amboyna.] The Amboynese Admiral ask'd -them, What they came for, and who they were, and having heard their -Answer, gave them leave to go ashore, and expose their Commodities, -allowing them free Commerce, contrary to his Majesty's Prohibition, -which us'd to be more punctually observ'd in this Island. The Dutch -Vice-Admiral went ashore, where he was well received, and conducted -to a Seat cover'd with Sails of Ships, supported by Trees, full of -Fruit not known in Europe. He easily prevail'd with the Governors, -to allow him full Liberty to Trade. Their Success was forwarded [King -of Ternate's Brother assists the Dutch.] by Cachil Azude, Brother to -the King of Ternate, who happen'd to be there then, celebrating his -Nuptials, being newly come with his Bride, who was the Daughter of a -Sangiack of Batochina. He had long courted, and desir'd to be marry'd -to her, but was oppos'd by the Father, who had promised her to the King -of Bachian. We shall say no more of their Love, nor of what became -of the Prince, because it is no essential Part of this History. He -presently repair'd to the Dutch, and order'd them to be furnish'd with -those Loaves made of Sugar, Almonds and Rice, with Coco-Nuts, Bananas, -and Wine made of Rice, and this so lavishly, that the Dutch [Plenty -of Provisions.] Relations own they had scarce Room to lay up such -Plenty of Provisions. The same would have been, had they bought them, -for they had so much for a Pewter Spoon, that they knew not what to do -with it. The Amboynese Admiral went aboard the Ships again, was pleas'd -to see the great Guns, and the Variety and Plenty of Merchandise. The -Prince of Ternate did the same, and both of them at their coming and -going were saluted by the Cannon. They had private Conferences with -him, and other Noblemen of the Moluccos, who attended him. They erected -Factories in several Parts of Amboyna, and agreed that the two Ships, -Guelder and Zealand, should Sail for Banda, whilst the other two lay -two Months to load and rest at Amboyna. We shall mention hereafter -what befel these in Ternate, let us now return to the other two. - -[Two Dutch Ships sail for Banda.] They sail'd with a fair Wind, -but one of them stuck in the Flats of Ceru, so that she could scarce -be got off. Below Jealau, they met a Portuguese Ship at Naesau, the -Inhabitants of which Place eat Mans Flesh. They pass'd on merrily by -Poelsetton, two Leagues short of Banda, on that Side. It is desert, -and uninhabited, infamous, for stronger Reasons, than the Greeks -alledge against the Acroceraunian Rocks. There are Cryes, Whistles, and -[Island of Devils.] Roarings heard in it at all Times, and dreadful -Apparitions are seen, with Fires ascending through the Air; and -long Experience has shown, that it is inhabited by Devils. Therefore -Sailors, when they pass in Sight of it, which seldom happens without -Storms, make all the Sail they can to get far off, from the very Wind -that blows on it. The Dutch chief Pilot knowing so much, furiously -took such fast hold of the Helm, that all the rest could not put him -from it; He drew it to him violently, thinking that Force drove on the -Ship; his Face grew fiery, and his Breast not being able to contain his -Wind, he breath'd fast, and groan'd, till being past the [Dutch Pilot -frighted by the Devil.] Island, he grew merry, and whistling loud, -scoff'd at the Devil, because he could not cast away the Ship; yet soon -after he was in Disorder again, and dropt the Helm; they recover'd him, -and made all sail to go forward. [Trade at Banda.] They arriv'd at -Banda, near the River, on the fifteenth of the Month. Several Bandese -Boats came out, offering their Spice. The Dutch landed, carrying with -them sundry Commodities, which they expos'd in Shops. A rich Turk, -who was in Esteem, entertain'd them. They built Houses on the Island, -and a few Days after hear'd News of their Admiral, by some Chinese -Ships, that came from Amboyna; and were inform'd, that the Portugueses -were already at War with the Natives, for entertaining and allowing -them Factories. - -[Return thence.] On the fourth of July, having settled Trade at Banda, -they sail'd thence towards Noeselau, along the Channels of Zeru, -without regarding their Admiral, who was promoting, and fomenting -the War at Amboyna. They sail'd in Sight of Bouton, which is in five -Degrees of South Latitude, and of the Island Cobayna. On the twelfth -they pass'd the Coast of Celebes, and on the seventeenth, by that of -Madura, and again discover'd Arosbay, where the Misfortune we have -spoken of befel them. They ran along the Coast of Java, and in the -Evening came to Iacatra, where they cast Anchor, sent to visit the -King, and their Compliment was return'd by him with a Present of -Rice, Fowl, and Coco-Nuts, and a Buffalo for the Vice-Admiral. The -Zealanders, who had been left at Banda in their Houses and Factories, -in the Cities of Montelongo, and Soleparvo, by Letters of the first of -August, acquainted them, how the new Friendship was establish'd. From -this Time the Dutch began, without any Opposition, to possess -themselves of the Provinces belonging to the Crown of Spain in Asia. - -They took Leave of that King, and return'd to Banda, with the Natives -of which Place they had now contracted such Familiarity, that some -Ships belonging to Bandese Merchants, which they met by the Way, -presented them with a considerable Quantity of Porcelane. At their -Arrival the Governour came out to meet them, with 400 Men, inviting -them to take some Refreshment ashore, which they refus'd, but made -presents to each other, and drank out great Vessels of Wine made of -Rice, which is a powerful and strong Liquor. Continuing their Voyage -on the tenth of September, towards the South West, they thought -they were under the Tropick of Capricorn. On the thirtieth, they -were in 28 Degrees, with the Wind at West, somewhat Northerly, and -ran thirty Leagues beyond Cape S. Roman, after they had been toss'd -among many Islands, in thirty two Degrees and a half South. Next -they discover'd Cape Ploemera, of the Southern Ethiopia, or Land of -the Cafres. A Storm dispers'd the Ships, but they met again when it -ceas'd, at Cape Anquillos. On the seventh of September they arriv'd -at the Island S. Helena; the Master went ashore, kill'd many wild -Beasts; and, [S. Helena Island.] furnish'd the Ships with Fruit, -there being Plenty of both. The Sick recovered there: They went -into the solitary Church, and on the first of January, 1600, they -sail'd thence, and being come into five Degrees of North Latitude, -on the Thirtieth of the same Month, observ'd an Eclypse. Then they -began to discover the North Pole, which had been out of their Sight -so long. On the thirteenth of February they had Sight of the Island -Mayo, or May, one of those of Cabo Verde, and about the End of March -discover'd the English Hills. In fine, they arriv'd at the Texel, -and thence to Amsterdam, where they unladed that spicy Wealth, the -like, for Quality and Newness, had never yet been brought to Lisbon; -at least Hugo's Relations tell us, there might have been as precious -Oyl drawn from these, as when they were just gather'd. - -Whilst these two Ships, Zealand and Guelder, were sailing Home, the -[The other Dutch Ships depart the Moluccos:] other two, Amsterdam -and Utretcht, being almost naturaliz'd at Amboyna, departed thence for -Ternate, on the eigth of March, 1599, in the Company of three Junks, -full of Javanese Soldiers, well arm'd, and hir'd to attack a Fort that -was defended by Portugueses. Before their Departure, some of them -went ashore, and among other Game, took Abundance of green Pigeons, -[Green Pigeons.] as big as our Ducks. They loaded with Clove, because -it is sold in that Island for thirty five Royals a Bar, which is there -150 Pounds. They were inform'd, that the Dutch, who had been left -at Banda, would soon come to joyn them. The Portugueses attacking -a Fort with ill Success, the Dutch, who were before agreed with the -Prince of Ternate, arm'd, and mix'd with his Men. This was the first -Time they ever Fought with the Subjects of Spain, in those Parts; -and the Dutch Author, who gives an Account of this Action, says, -the Islanders look'd upon it as a Prodigy. - -Having settled Commerce at Amboyna, they sail'd away for the Islands -of Ternate, taking for their Guide, a Captain, who pretended to them, -[Dutch at Ternate.] that he was Brother to the King of an Island; -and to magnify his Grand-Father, boasted he had kept seventy lawful -Wives, besides Concubines; and that his Son, to vye with him, had -forty Wives, besides Mistresses. So says the Journal of that Voyage, -writ by them who perform'd it. They discover'd the Islands of Tydore -and Ternate on the twenty sixth, and coming to an Anchor at the latter, -in fifteen Fathom Water, put out their Colours, fired their Cannon, -and spar'd for no real or vain Ostentation. The King of Ternate, whose -deep known Sagacity is such, that he trusts no other but himself to -observe what Dangers may threaten, went into his own Carcoa, attended -by many others, on the 28th of May, and sail'd [The King goes to view -the Ships.] to the Place, where the Dutch lay at Anchor. He drew -near and inclos'd the Ships, call'd to the Admiral, and ask'd him, who -he was, whence his Ships, and other Particulars. These Questions and -Answers held some Hours, by Means of the Naguatato's who interpreted -the Discourse. The Admiral intreated the King that he would please -to come aboard his Ship. He excus'd himself, first alledging, that -he did not like those Ladders they show'd him to go up to them, tho' -they had purposely cover'd them with fine Cloth; and afterwards, -that the Sun was setting, and it was Time for him to repair to his -Devotions. Having made this godly Excuse, he sail'd towards the City, -the Air resounding with the Noise of his Brass Basons, Flat Tabors, -Guns, Shouts, and Persian Songs. - -[He returns.] The 29th he drew near to the new Comers again, with 23 -Carcoas; in which he had 100 Brass Guns for his Defence, and firing -them all at once, to the clattering of Bells, made show of his Warlike -Preparation. The Confusion of it being over, tho' they sang Verses, -as they do to denote Peace, in the Malay Tongue, so they call the -Language of Malaca, whence it was convey'd to the Moluccos; yet the -Dutch made ready their great Guns, Muskets, and half Pikes. They -plac'd some arm'd Men out of Sight in every Ship, as also where they -might be taken Notice of, showing, or at least not concealing their -Jealousy, that so no sudden Surprize might find them unprovided. The -King's Carcoa drew near alone, and those who were in it spoke to the -Dutch Admiral, by Means of the Naguatato, without showing themselves. - -The King was satisfy'd with only talking to them, and withdrew; after -Noon he return'd with only two Carcoas, one of which tow'd a Boat after -[Talks with the Dutch.] her. Being come up to the Dutch, he began to -talk to the Vice-Admiral; enquir'd after their Guns, and order'd the -other Carcoa to stand further off, and the Captain going too far, the -Boat, either accidentally, or by Design, broke loose from the Stern, -and was over-set by the Waves; the King then desired the Admiral to -fire at it with a Ball, that he might see whether they could hit or -sink it. They fir'd immediately, the King being well pleas'd to see -that the Shot had stav'd the Boat in Pieces. The Admiral laying hold -of this Opportunity, took Care, whilst they were commending the Shot, -which serv'd to disguise the Threat, to let him know that he could -with as much Ease sink the Carcoas. This Tryal satisfy'd the [Gives -them leave to Trade.] King, who soon after gave leave for that Nation -to Trade in his Dominions, and barter Cloves, Spice, precious Stones, -and Pearls, all which is there to be found, by reason of the Resort of -the Japonese, Camboxa and Chinese Ships. Of these last they then saw -some all made of Wood alone, even to their Anchors, and the Sails of -Cane. They came to an Anchor at Ternate, where the first Thing they -did, was burying of Reynart Reynarts, a Dutch Soldier, scarce worthy -of that Buryal, Idolaters and Mahometans resorting to the Funeral. The -King the next Day sent a Carcoa to acquaint the Dutch, that he would go -aboard their Ships, and a Boat came to the Admiral's Side, with only -four Ternates in a private Habit, who, by their Questions, Curiosity, -and Solicitude, seem'd to be Spyes, as they did by all their Discourse, -which was on sundry Subjects, and very full of solid Reflection; -which was held on, and listen'd to, with Attention and Dissimulation. - -When the Dutch expected the King would come, they understood he [The -King visits the Dutch, in Disguise.] was one of the four then talking -to them from the Boat. They signify'd to him that they knew him, and -he did not deny it. They pay'd him the Respect due to a King; but then -he refus'd to return to the Ship. Notwithstanding these Jealousies, -he approved of the Behaviour of that People. On the second of June -Embassadors went ashore, who carry'd the King a Present, which he -accepted of, and treated them courteously. They return'd, full of -Admiration of the infinite Quantity of Cloves, and the wonderful -Woods of them; and bringing the News, that the Ternates would soon -come to view and buy the Dutch Commodities. - -The next Day they came in great Numbers, Sangiacks, Cachiles, and -Commons, Barbarian Ladies, and all Sorts of Women, with Variety of -[Concourse of People to the Dutch.] Attendance. The Shores were -cover'd with sundry Sorts of People; differing in Habit, Colour, and -great Diversity of Feathers; among them many naked, and of various -Countenances, for all flock'd out, as if it had been some publick -Festival. Tho' they admir'd the Wealth of the Ships, yet they rais'd -the Price of the Bars of Clove so high, that they could not come to -any Agreement, because that was to be their main Loading. They went -ashore on the 10th and 11th, to see whether they abated any Thing of -the Price, and to some other Purposes, which do not concern us, tho' -they might be some Ornament, but shall be left in the Originals where -they were writ. They could not conclude any Thing with the King, -or his Subjects, because they were celebrating a Festival, and the -Dutch were present at the Shows. - -A Sort of Combatants, like the Roman Pugiles, and Gladiators, tho' -[Indian Gladiators.] differing in some Respects, fought in a large -spacious Square. These Ternates did not move from one Place to another, -nor hurt one another, but stood continually upon one Foot, without -changing or easing it, on any Account; but the Foot that was lifted -up, mov'd about and stretch'd in the Air, without being put to the -Ground. Their Mistresses, Wives, or Sisters attended in the Field, -with Branches of Flowers, and China Dishes full of Aromatick Liquors, -to refresh those that were tyr'd; but most of them attended the -Conqueror. The Sport being ended, the next Day the King repair'd -to the Ships, but went not aboard. Discoursing with the Admiral, -he ask'd him for a gilt Musket, which he presented him, and [The -King asks a Musket, and pays for it.] the King did not think fit to -receive Gratis, because he had ask'd for it; he therefore order'd, -that when the Dutch paid the Tithe of the Spice, which is the Duty he -has from Merchants, they should have two Bars and a half discounted for -the Price of the Musket, and that they should be furnish'd with every -Thing they had Occasion for besides. He was well pleas'd one Day, that -the Dutch should see how a Boy of eleven Years of Age, was led about -the Streets, with his Hands bound, because he had stolen a Tubac, -[Severe Punishment of petty Larceny.] that is, a Leaf of a Frail, -with as many Cloves as it would carry; because this was an Instance -of their Severity in punishing that Offence. The other Boys, shouted -and sham'd him, proclaiming the Theft with loud Voices. - -[Triumph of Ternates.] About this Time some Ternate Troops return'd -Home victorious, having plunder'd and destroy'd a Town in the Island -of Tydore. They march'd into the City on the 20th of July, the King -being present, with their Campilanes, or Cymiters drawn, and bloody, -with half Heads, Ears, and Hair of those they had conquer'd, or -slain, sticking to them. They show'd the Shields and Weapons they -had taken from them, their Cloaths and Feathers, and 43 Prisoners, -who follow'd dragging Chains, some about their Necks, and some at -their Heels. Among them was a brave Youth, 21 Years of Age, who was -a Sangiack of Note, and Kinsman to the King of Tydore; as also a very -beautiful Portuguese Lady, Wife to a Captain in that Fort. They walk'd -about the City, with all this State and Plunder, till they came to -[Prisoners sacrific'd.] the King's Palace; there the Captives were -sacrific'd, and the Portuguese Lady sold for a Slave, a rare Piece -of Mercy, and purchas'd by her Tears. The King of Ternate honour'd -the Chief of the Tydores, smiling and lovingly encouraging him, as -Kinsman to a King. The Youth excusing himself, and pleading Innocence, -to gain the Victor's Favour, he return'd a favourable Answer, and -bid him wash himself. Sweet Water was brought to wash their Hands, -and it was poured over the King's Hands and his, at the same Time, -out of one Ewer. Then the Captive thus assur'd, letting fall his -Hands with the Water, which, perhaps, is a Ceremony to denote Peace, -and bowing his Head by way of civility, a Soldier struck him on -[Barbarous Perfidiousness.] the Neck with a sharp Campilane, or -Cymiter, so furiously, that the Head dropt at some Distance from -the Body half alive; then they cut both the Head and Body into small -Pieces, all which, to exercise their utmost Rage, they put into a Prau, -which is a little Boat, and then sunk all together in the Sea. - -Four Days after another Parcel of Ternates came with several Tydore -[More of their Cruelty.] Prisoners, whose Heads they cut off in the -Port, as they did that of a Stranger, who came peaceably to the Island -with Merchandize. All these Spectacles the Dutch beheld. Such good Use -do those Barbarians make of Victory. Friendship being now establish'd -with the Dutch, and the King [The King aboard the Dutch Ships.] -well assur'd of it, he resolv'd to go aboard their Ships. He went -aboard the Admiral on the 25th of July, with all his Guard, where -nothing escap'd being narrowly view'd and observ'd by him, with a -seeming willingness to buy it. He desired the Admiral to leave some -of his Men at Ternate, which was refus'd at that Time. He view'd the -Ship over again, and going into the Cook-Room, very much admir'd a -Pair of Bellows, wherewith they kindled the Fire in his Presence, -and seeing the Use they were put to, took them into his own Hands, -and was a considerable Time opening and shutting of them; then biting -and pressing the Nozle with his Lips, [Foolish Behaviour of his.] -he began to swallow the Wind it blow'd out, swelling himself up, -not without much Laughter and Astonishment of the Dutch, who write, -they Thought the King was either running Mad, or had no Sense -before. He begg'd those Bellows, and being presented with them, -was highly pleas'd. He return'd several Times after to the Ships, -with a greater Design in his Head, which was to try whether he -could by any Means contrive to seize them. He was pleas'd to see -how affectionately his Subjects traded and trusted them with their -Spice. At length they prevail'd upon the Admiral to leave some of -his Men, with a good Sum of Money, to [Dutch Factory at Ternate.] -buy up Cloves the next gathering. The first Dutch Factors left at -Ternate, were Francis Verdoes, Father to William; Diricht Floris, -Jacob Lamberts, John Jans, of Grol; Cornelius Adrians, and a Boy of -Amsterdam, whose Name was Henry Jans. These laid the Ground for the -second Enmity, with the first Rebells of that Nation, who conspir'd -with the Ternates, and were afterwards the Occasion of other Fleets -and Succours coming into those Parts, against their Natural Sovereign. - -These Men being left at Ternate, and having receiv'd Intelligence -that [Dutch depart Ternate.] the Brigantines were returning from the -Island of Banda, the Ships sail'd from Ternate, on the 19th of August, -passing by the Island Maca, among the other Moluccos, and that of -Oba, to the Northward. Then in two Degrees and a half Latitude, they -discover'd so many Islands, that they could not count them; others -they saw, not set down in the Maps, and learnt their Names from some -Sailors. Among them was that of Banquore, and its Neighbour Sabobe, -whose King resides in that of Mitara, and has 30 more within a very -small Compass. He furnish'd them with Provisions, and gave Notice of -Dangerous Ridges of Rocks; to avoid which, they return'd the same Way -they came, in Sight of Amboyna and Celebes. On the 13th of November, -they were inform'd at Jaquetra, that the Vice-Admiral was already -gone from Banda; and had there a great Quantity of Rice, brought but -just before by Chinese Vessels. - -[Come to Banda.] On the 17th they came to Banda, where at Montelongo, -and Soleparvo, they found the two Zealand Ships, which having traded -about eight Months with little Profit, design'd to return. On the -15th of January 1600, the Admiral made the Governour of Banda some -European Presents, and among them a small Boat, all cover'd with -fine Scarlet. All the Merchants met and set sail for Holland, on the -21th of the same Month, and sail'd all February, with stormy Winds, -and loss of some of their Men, till the Weather mended on the third of -March. On the 13th of April, in the Latitude of 34 Degrees and a half, -they found themselves somewhat [At the Cape of Good Hope.] above 20 -Leagues from the Cape of Good Hope. On the 16th of May, they reach'd -the Island of St. Helena, where, at some Distance, they discover'd -other Ships. Some Men landed, and admir'd its strange Fertility -among those Mountains. They saw another Island, whose bare Rocks, -[S. Helena.] without Trees or Grass, look as if they were made of -Coals; and among them are Abundance of monstrous wild Boars, yet -nothing could be seen to grow, or any living Creatures they could -feed upon; There were also [Desart Island.] large Tortoises, some -of them weighing 400 Weight. On the last of May they made for the -Texel, and thence to Amsterdam, where they were receiv'd with publick -Rejoycing; and they again prepar'd to return to India, and continuing -their Trade with those barbarous Kings, who are Masters of the Spice, -Metals, precious Stones, Pearls, and other foreign Wealth, have at -length converted the Friendship they kindly offer'd at first, into -Slavery, and Subjection to the Tyranny of Holland and Zealand. And -in the Year 1600, with more Expedition, they sail'd into Guinea, -and to S. George de la Mina, with only two Ships, the first Time, -and ran through the same Ports and Islands, throughout our Seas in -Safety. They took particular Accounts of all Things, whether Natural, -or Political, relating to that vast extended Country of Asia, which -is almost opposite to Europe, and under other Stars, and another -Pole. The same Year, being in search of the North-Passage, in 80 -Degrees of Latitude, they discover'd [Nova Zembla.] Nova Zembla, -where they found nothing but monstrous white and grey Bears, which -did not run, but rather took little Notice of the Noise of Cannon, -and devour'd Men; there were also white Crows, no less undaunted; -and in short, most of that Part of the World was desart, and they -found not the Passage they expected into the South-Sea. Yet they now -sail'd all those Southern Parts, at all Seasons, making a Jest of the -Monsons, the Portugueses so mightily observe, as if they had them -shut up in Skins, like the Fable in Ulysses. Perhaps they buy fair -and stormy Winds, as is said to be done in Lapland, at settled Rates, -of Witches that deal in them. - -[Vanity of the King of Ternate.] The King of Ternate was so puff'd -up with the Friendship, and Support of the Northern Nations, that he -durst boldly flatter himself with the Hope of becoming absolute Master -of Tydore. Accordingly he streightned that King, and the Portuguese -Garrison, without allowing them the least Respite. Other Dutch Ships -had come since the former to that Island, on Account of Trade, by -the Way of India, with Arms and several Commodities. The Ternate -Embassadors were treating in England and Holland, for settling of -perpetual Peace and Commerce. The King had already received Answers -to these Embassies, and very speedily expected an English Fleet, -and many Dutch Ships, with whose Assistance he promis'd himself to -destroy Tydore, and thence to stretch out to the Philippines. In -the mean while, some Dutch and English remain'd at his Court, like -Hostages, with a Factor, whose Business was to attend the Bartering, -or buying up of Spice; to purchase which they brought him Abundance -of curious Arms. This being known to the King of Tydore, and Ruy -Gonzalez de Sequeyra, Commander of the Fort, who every Year writ to the -[Embassy from Tydore to the Philippines.] Governour of the Philippines -about it; they now sent a particular Embassy to Don Francisco Tello, -giving him an Account of the Condition of those Places; of the Fort; -of the Succours, and how vain it was to expect them from India. That -an Affair of such Consequence might sort the desired [The King's -Brother Embassador.] Event, they appointed Cachil Cota, the King of -Tydore's Brother, a notable Soldier, and most renowned Commander of -the Moluccos, to go Embassador. He came to Manila, well attended, -with Letters from the King, and the Commander in Chief. Those, and -he, in a set Speech, (for the People of the Moluccos do not want -Rhetorick to perswade) return'd the Governour Thanks for the Supplies -he had at several Times sent them of Provisions, and Ammunition. But -what we come to desire, said Cachil Cota, is that this Work be now -effectually taken in Hand, before the English and Dutch with their -Fleets strengthen Ternate, and render it impregnable. We cannot -but admire, that whereas the Portuguese Arms obtain such signal -Victories, as are those of Calicut; over the Turks, at Diu; over -the Egyptians; over the People of Cananor, of Ceylon, the Javas, -Sumatra, and other Nations on that Side; and the Spaniards on this, -against those of Camboxa, Mindanao, Japan, Cochinchina, and China, -yet only we of the Moluccos, who lie amidst the Dominions of one only -Monarch, should be left expos'd to the utmost Fury of a Parcel of -Rebellious Islands. If the King of Spain allows, or rather commands, -we should be reliev'd by the Way of the Philippine Islands, Why is he -not obey'd? What does it avail to carry on a cool War, against a hot -and watchful Enemy? The Governour answer'd to every Point, and having -entertain'd him, and given Hopes of greater Supplies, when he could -be secure against the mighty Preparations then making at Japan, he -dismiss'd him, with a considerable Recruit of Artillery and Ammunition, -and some experienced Soldiers. However these Succours being so much -inferior to the Power of the Enemy, and their own Fear, which made -them expect much greater, they could not put them out of Care. This -made them send Captain Marcos Dias de Febra, [Another Embassy.] -their last Embassador to the Philippines, during the Government of -Don Francis Tello. He carry'd Letters from the King and Ruy Gonzalez, -to the Governour and Council, which being almost all of them much of -the same Purport, we will here insert one of them, directed to Doctor -Antony Morga, one of that Council, writ with the King's own Hand, -and in the Portuguese Language. - - -[The King of Tydores Letter.] I was wonderfully pleas'd with your -Letter of the 8th of November last, because by it I understood how -very sincere you were in remembring of me; God reward you for it -with much Prosperity in this Life, that you may do Service to the -King, my Sovereign, for I understand you are by his Order in those -Islands, and desirous to improve them; which I am not ignorant will -be no less Advantageous to this Fort and Island of Tydore. I write -to the Governour, and to that Council, concerning the Succours I -desire, and have ask'd so often, the Necessity of it being great, -to prevent those Mischiefs which may afterwards put my Sovereign, -the King, to much Trouble and Charge. God grant you long Life. From -this Island of Tydore, March the 8th 1601. The King of Tydore, in -Arabick Characters; and then what follows in Portuguese. The Bearer -is Marcos Diaz, he will deliver you a Powder Flask, with a Charger of -fine Moorish Brass. I send it you, that you may remember this Friend. - - -[Embassador returns well satisfy'd.] The Embassador return'd to -Tydore with the first Monson, at the Beginning of the Year 1602, -well pleas'd with the Answer he brought, the Supplies of Provisions -and Ammunition he had demanded, and some Soldiers; but much better -satisfy'd with the Hopes given him, that as soon as an Opportunity -offer'd, that Expedition should be undertaken from Manila for Ternate, -with the necessary Preparations, and Force to secure the Success. - -[K. James of England Writes to the King of Ternate.] - -At this Time King James of England, writ to Sultan Zayde, of Ternate, -desiring him to continue his former Friendship, and that the English -might build Colonies and Factories in the Molucco Islands. The Sultan -would not grant it, and complain'd in harsh Terms, that England had -never assisted him against Portugal; and that so little Account -should be there made of the first Alliance concluded by Means of -Sir Francis Drake, when King Babu sent the Queen of England a Ring -in Token of Confederacy, [His Answer.] by the said Drake. He said, -he could not admit the English, contrary to the solemn Engagement he -had made to Prince Maurice and the Dutch Nation, to whom he had made -a Promise, that none but they should buy up and lade the Product -of his Country. All this appears by the Copy of a Letter in the -Portuguese Tongue, found among the King of Ternate's Papers, when -our Men possess'd themselves of his Palace. Where we may observe the -perfect Hatred he shows for the Portuguese Government, since he never -Names those People without adding the Epithet of Mortal Enemies; -and in speaking of the Dutch, My Friends and Deliverers; adding, -That he expects their Fleets with great Satisfaction. This Answer -he sent King James by Henry Middleton, then Admiral of the English -Fleet, on the eighteenth of July, 1605. The Truth of the Fact is, -that this King admitted, and invited to his Dominions, and the Product -of them, all other Nations, to arm against the Spaniards, and oppose -Christianity; and tho' he then boasted of the Succours he receiv'd, -and expected from the Dutch, had he seen the Power of their Fleets and -Arms decline, he would have excluded them the Trade. All his Religion -and Hopes were subservient to the present Circumstances of Times, -and his Faith depended on the Advantages he could make. - - - The End of the Seventh Book. - - - - - - - - THE - HISTORY - OF THE - Discovery and Conquest - OF THE - Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. - - BOOK VIII. - - -All the Contents of the Letters, and other Papers, that came from -the Molucco Islands to India and the Philippines, for the following -Years, amount to nothing but Complaints, asking Relief, and giving -Intelligence, not altogether below the Dignity of History, were we not -come so near the last Period of it. Particularly there are Letters of -the Commander of Tydore, Ruy Gonzalez de Sequeyra, to the Governor of -the Philippine Islands, wherein he complains, [Complaints from Tydore, -and other Advice.] That whereas he had sent 400 Men, Ships, and -Warlike Stores to Camboxa, where his Majesty had nothing to Recover, -he had furnish'd him with only twenty Soldiers. He represents to him -many pressing Wants, without any Hopes of Relief from the Viceroy, -by the way of Malaca; urging the scarcity of Provisions, Arms, and all -other Necessaries. He informs him, That through his Means Cachil Mole -had been sworn King of Tydore; and how faithful a Friend he approves -himself to the Crown of Sian, and an Enemy to the Ternates, and that -he is always sollicitous for recovering of that Fort. He desires him -to send the King a Present of great Guns, and other Gifts, and to do -the same by the King of Sian, who is a Christian, and our Friend. He -acquaints him how frequently the English and Dutch Ships resort to -those Seas, and that he had taken some of them. - -The Success of a very great and rich Ship of Zealand, is most -particularly Remarkable: This Vessel putting into Ternate, and Trading -with that Wicked Faithless King, he consented that Ruy Gonzalez should -contrive [Villany of the King of Ternate.] to cut her Cables, provided -the Booty might be his: He agreed to it, exacting an Exorbitant price -for the Villany. The Bargain made, and the Bribe receiv'd, they who had -cut the Cables leap'd over-board, and immediately the King's Officers -appear'd, who seiz'd all the Loading, the Ship being beaten to pieces, -to no purpose. He assures him, That the Enterprize on Ternate might be -effected with 400 Spaniards; and promises to send him a great piece -of Amber, as an extraordinary Rarity, from the Isles of Mava, which -are 60 Leagues from the Moluccos. He again gives Advice of Northern -Galeons, and that one of them, in four Hours, had batter'd that Fort, -shot into it 261 Bullets; one of which he sent him; and that they -had beaten down a large Curtin of the Wall, which was then Repairing. - -[English Infest the West-Indies.] In the mean while England infested -the West-Indies; where the Towns and Ships suffer'd by their Invasions, -Robberies, and Burnings. Only that Part, which was the District -belonging to Don Pedro de Acunna, defended it self, through the -Bravery of its Governor, and for the same Reason the Enemy had Regard -to it. William Park, the English Admiral, appear'd upon the strong -and garrison'd Coasts of America, in the Year 1601. They defended -themselves well, yet he prevail'd in some Places. On the Coast of -Cartagena he took one Julio, a Fisherman, whom he afterwards set at -Liberty, that he might carry the following Letter, writ in broken -Spanish to Don Pedro. - -[A'miral Parke's Letter to Don Pedro.] Being inform'd by Fame, with -how much Generosity and Kindness your Lordship entertains Strangers, -especially those of my Nation, I would not forbear expressing the -Gratitude due to your Lordship for that Magnificence, on my own -Part, and returning Thanks, wishing you as long a Life, and as much -Health, as to my self. I would not omit writing these few Lines to -your Lordship, not only on the aforesaid Account, but to acquaint -you with what has happen'd to me during this Expedition. It pleas'd -God to make me Master of one of the Kings Ports, call'd Porto Belo, -which I was possess'd of a whole Day and Part of the Night, where I -found some Gentlemen, particularly Captain Melendez, and some other -Soldiers of the Garrison; and plundering the Place had very little -Booty. The said Captain Melendez, fought like a resolute Soldier, -and faithful Servant of his King, and therefore I order'd him to -be dress'd by my Surgeon, and to be carry'd out of the House where -he was wounded, having laid Wood in all the Houses to fire them, -and consume the Town. I do assure your Lordship, and declare on the -Word of a Soldier, that being inform'd of your Valour and Renown, -by certain Prisoners I took, as Captain Rolon, and several others, -and at Porto Belo by the King's Factor, Funes, and other Soldiers, -that were my Prisoners, and aboard my Ship, I gave them all their -Liberty, and forebore firing the City, only on Account of your -Reputation, and the Fame of your good Usage to such Prisoners as -fall into your Hands. So that those I set at Liberty, as also the -Town, may be thankful to your Lordship for so great an Obligation, -as is the Value of the said Town, and their Lives. The Castle, and -the Fort at the Mouth of the Harbour, and the Port it self, so well -fortify'd and furnish'd with Artillery, and all other Necessaries, -did not deter, fright, or daunt me, for I went out with six Ships, -and the Castles did me no Harm. Really the Commanders and Guners were -very honest Men. I give your Lordship Notice of two English Men, who -landed at Santa Marta, near ten Months since, their Names are Abraham -Collins, and Thomas Hall. These are both Spies upon Cartagena. I like -the Treason, but drown the Traitor; I send you some poor Men ashore, -whom I took upon this Coast, your Lordship will favour them as is due, -and according to your Custom. And having Nothing else, at present, -to acquaint your Lordship with, pray to God to lengthen your Life, -with much Health, and Prosperity, and to give me good Luck, as is -in his divine Power, is convenient for us, and I wish. From aboard -my Ship, February the twenty eigth, 1601, our Stile. Your Lordships, -William Park. - -Don Pedro answer'd in few Words, yet so as his Brevity might not -exclude Civility, and the Pyrate being satisfy'd, proceeded on his -Voyage. The King had at this Time appointed Don Pedro to succeed -Don Francis [Don Pedro appointed Governor of the Philippines.] -Tello in the Government of the Philippine Islands, designing him for -those Enterprizes he afterwards perform'd. This his Majesty judg'd a -proper Resolution, and safe in the Execution; for what Person is fit -to be pitch'd upon to Govern the utmost Limits of so far extended a -Dominion, but such a one as is endu'd with both Valour and Loyalty, -two necessary Qualifications to secure the Respect and Submission due -to an absent Prince; a Matter of much Difficulty in remote Governments? - -Since this Gentleman's own Actions, and the great Opinion his very -Enemies had conceiv'd of them, are sufficient Testimonies of his -Valour, let us proceed to say something of his Quality. Don Pedro had -the Surname of Bravo, as being Son to Don Lewis Bravo, who serving -under the [Don Pedro's Father.] Emperor Charles the fifth, on the Day -the Prince of Orange dy'd, ask'd Leave to assault S. Desir, a strong -Town in the Low Countries, on the Banks of the River Matrone. The -History of that War informs us, that some Friends of his Father's, -hearing of it, endeavour'd to obstruct it, either by disswading -the Son, or prevailing with the Emperor not to grant him Leave. His -Father was Sancho Bravo de Lagunas, a Gentleman of Quality by Birth, -and no less by his own Actions, at that Time Inspector General of the -Emperor's Forces by Sea and Land, and one of his Council of War. All -Men honour'd, and lov'd him entirely. They consider'd he had no other -Son but Don Lewis, and the manifest Danger he expos'd himself to; but -he perceiving what his Fathers Friends were contriving, took upon him -to lead the Van, before they could have Time to prevent his gaining -the Honour he expected; and assaulted the Place with Success, tho' -not without some Imputation of Rashness. His Son Don Pedro did not -degenerate, for the Brave are the Off-spring of the Brave, and the -Eagle does not breed Doves. - -The Name of Acunna he took from his Mother, according to the [His -Mother.] Custom of the Kingdoms of Castile, where noble Families, -to keep up the Honour of the Quality they acquire by Matrimony, use to -revive the Names of their Progenitors even in the Grand-Children. Don -Lewis Bravo, marry'd Donna Isabel de Acunna, Daughter to Don Pedro -de Acunna, call'd in those Days el Cabezudo, signifying, either the -Head-strong, or Great-Headed, great Grand-Son to the first Earl of -Buendia, a Family of known Antiquity. Among his Sons, Don Sancho -Bravo, the eldest, is now, when this History was writ, Adelantado, -or Lord Lieutenant of Ternate, and Knight of the Order of Alcantara; -Don Garcia, is Knight of Santiago; Don Lewis, of Calatrava; Don John, -bred in the principal Colledge of Alcala, went thence to be Gentleman -of the Bed-chamber to the most serene Arch-Duke Albertus, and is -since Cannon of the Holy Church of Toledo, besides other Church -Affairs he is always employ'd in. Our [Don Pedro Knight of Malta.] -Don Pedro was Knight of Malta, and Commendary of Salamanca. - -He departed Cartagena, leaving that Government disconsolate, and full -of the Desire of his Continuance among them. He had a good Passage, -[Comes to Mexico.] and being come to Mexico, and entertain'd by the -Viceroy, Don Gaspar De Zunnigay Azevedo, Earl of Monterey, consulted -with him about the Expedition and Recovery of the Molucco Islands, -beginning with Ternate, the Head of them. They admitted to their -Consultations some experienc'd Commanders in those Countries. The -Result was, the Viceroy's being well affected to the Expedition, -and to the Governour, who was going to undertake it, which was of -no small Consequence, towards rend'ring the Preparations made in -New Spain effective. Don Pedro writ to the King, to his Confessor, -to the Duke of Lerma, and to other Ministers of State, especially -the supreme Councellors of the Indies, very largely, in Relation to -this War, showing how difficult it was, and how great a Dishonour, -to permit a Tyrant to reign so long, he being so near a Neighbour. He -said, he could not secure any Ships, nor even the Provinces, against -the Moluccos; and that, had he not been promis'd to be enabled to -recover them, he would never have accepted of the Government of -the Philippine Islands. He sent Brother Gaspar Gomez, a Jesuit, -[Arrives at the Islands Ladrones.] with these Letters into Spain, -And set out himself from Mexico, for Acapulco, the Sea-Port-Town of -that Kingdom. Thence he proceeded, with four Ships of New Spain, to the -Islands de los Ladrones, that is of Thieves, otherwise call'd de las -Velas, or of Sails, from the great Multitude of Little Sails seen about -them, belonging to Abundance of Boats that come out to meet the Ships. - -He directed his Course to the Isles of Carpana, and that of Guan, -that no Time might be lost without doing good to others. His -Design was to bring off from among those barbarous People, such -Men as had escap'd [Rich Ships lost.] of the Ship Margarita, cast -away there the Year before, with above 1200000 Ducats; and as true -Virtue never wants Matter to work on, he [Twenty five Men sav'd.] -deliver'd twenty five Men of the many that suffer'd Shipwrack in -that Place. Having perform'd this good Work, in twenty six Days he -came to the Mouth of the Streight of the Philippines, and anchor'd at -Cabite, three [Don Pedro at Manila.] Leagues from Manila; where he -was receiv'd with incredible, and universal Joy. His first Care was -to be inform'd of the Condition his Predecessor left the Government -in. He view'd every Part, and cast off the Sangleys, or Chineses, -as thinking they exceeded the large Number allowed of by the King's -Order. Some interpreted the Exclusion of those People, was only to -condemn the extravagant Liberties they took; but Time soon show'd, -that there were other great Advantages reap'd by it. In Don Pedro -all Men believ'd the Security of the Philippine Islands was come; -for the Governour's Reputation was equal to the Necessities of his -Province; which requir'd the Government of an experienc'd Commander, -of great Name, and so vigilant as he was. - -Don Francis Tello resign'd up the Power into his Hands, and -staying [Don Francis Tello dyes.] there to give an Account of his -Administration, dyed in April, the following Year. The new Governour -was much concern'd to find the King's Treasury empty, and himself under -an Obligation of supporting the King's and his own Credit. To this -Consideration belong'd the Moluccos, the reducing whereof he had in -Charge. However he took Courage, believing he might with Industry and -Labour, make amends for the Want of Cash. He attended all the Works in -Person, as he had been wont to do, both at Manila and in the Country -about, building Galleys, and other Vessels, whereof there was then -a great Want, to secure the Sea, at that Time infested [Don Pedro -visits his Government.] by the Neighbouring Pirates and Enemies, -especially those of Mindanao. Next he visited the Provinces of the -Pintados, and supply'd the Wants he found in those Parts. In these -Passages betwixt the Islands, besides the Storms, his little Vessel, -which had only three Soldiers in it, escap'd, he fell into another -notable Danger. Two and twenty English Vessels enrich'd with the -Booty they had taken in the Islands belonging to that Government, -attempted to inclose and take him, but the Tide failing them, they -stuck on Ground, and could not get off. Don Pedro saw them [Cruelty -of English.] throw over-board above 2000 Spaniards, and Natives they -had made Prisoners, to lighten their Vessels. They also cast into the -Sea a beautiful Spanish Maid, about 17 Years of Age. Afterwards the -Fleet from Manila sail'd in quest of them, and chastis'd some, tho' -the Punishment was inferior to their Cruelty. - -Don Pedro would fain have remov'd all Obstacles that lay in the Way -to the Enterprize he had in Hand; but was oblig'd to put off for -some Months that which he was most intent upon, and to dispatch the -Affairs [Japonese Embassador at Manila.] of Xolo and Japan. Chiquiro, -a Japonese Embassador, was newly arriv'd at Manila, with a Present of -the Product and Manufactures of that Island, and orders to treat with -the Governour, and settle Amity and Commerce, between the Subjects of -the Emperor of Japan, whose Name was Dayfusama, and the Philippines -and New-Spain. The Neighbourhood of those Provinces, the Power of the -Japonese Kings, their natural Disposition, and other Considerations, -which Experience had shown to be of great Moment, made against refusing -of that Commerce; and yet there were Opinions to the contrary, for -those very Reasons. However that barbarous Prince having once espous'd -that Affair, it was not easy to find out an Expedient to settle it, -without any Jealousy or Disgust. Dayfusama demanded, that the Spaniards -should trade to Quanto, a Port in one of his Provinces, and that such -Friendship might be establish'd, that the Japoneses might go over to -New-Spain. That the Governour should send him Ship-wrights, and Workmen -to build Ships in Japan, for performing of that [His Proposals.] -Voyage, upon which Dayfusama was very intent, being perswaded to it -by a Religious Man of ours, of the Order of St. Francis, whose Name -was F. Jerome of JESUS, and for whom that Monarch had a great Esteem. - -[Objections to them.] This was a Matter of great Weight, and -on several Accounts most prejudicial to the Philippine Islands, -whose greatest Security for so many Years, has consisted in the -Japonese's wanting of Ships and Pilots, and being ignorant in the -Art of Navigation. Men of Experience observ'd, that whensoever the -said haughty barbarous Prince has attempted to arm against Manila, he -has still been obstructed by this Want. They said, that to send him -Ship-Wrights, and Men to build him Ships after the Spanish Manner, -would be no other than arming him against the Spaniards themselves; -and that their Voyages would be destructive to the Philippines and -New-Spain; for that the making the Japoneses capable of Trading -far off, was not only inconvenient, but unsafe. The Governour Don -Pedro de Acunna seriously weighing all these Reasons, order'd the -Embassador Chiquiro to be magnificently entertain'd, made him some -Presents for his King and for himself, and sent a Ship with another -moderate Present, lest it should be interpreted to proceed from Fear, -if it had been too considerable. This Ship sail'd with Dayfusama and -his Embassador, both of them loaded with Commodities to barter. Don -Pedro's Letters contain'd many Compliments, and Thanks for the good -Will he show'd towards establishing more solid Friendship; but that, -tho' he had ample Commission for all Things relating to the Government -of the Philippine Islands, yet he could not satisfy that Part of his -Embassy, which concern'd the furnishing of him with Sailors and Workmen -to build Spanish Ships, without acquainting the Viceroy of New-Spain, -nor could the Viceroy do it, without special Orders from the King of -Spain. That he promis'd to write to them about it, for promoting the -Accomplishment of his reasonable Demands; but that he must consider, -it would be above three Years before they had an Answer, because of -the great Length, and many Accidents of such Voyages. It was order'd -that the aforesaid F. Jerome should himself deliver these Letters, -to Dayfusama. The Fryar himself had a private Letter sent him with a -Reproof for what he had done, and Instructions how to mend it; and that -he should signify to the Japonese Monarch, how highly [Instructions to -F. Jerome.] the Governour valu'd the Inclination he show'd to settle -Peace and Commerce with the Spaniards, and his Kindness to them; and -at the same Time perswade him to continue that good Correspondence, -which the Governour would inviolably observe; but that he should -endeavour to divert the King's Thoughts from such Designs, and -never go about to facilitate the Execution of them; because, tho' -perhaps the Emperor then reigning entertain'd no sinister Meaning, -nor had any farther Thought than promoting a sincere Friendship, -yet that might be very prejudicial in the Days of a more mischievous -Successor; who might make an ill Use of his Skill in Navigation, -and improve it against the Persons that taught it him. The Governour -promis'd he would soon send another Ship with Commodities to barter; -and he might put the King in Hopes it would carry over some Spanish -Ship-Carpenters to build Ships after their Manner. That he should -desire Dayfusama to wait with Patience, and consider how heinously -he would be offended himself, if any of his Governours should presume -to make any new Settlements in Trade without his Privity or Order. - -[Japonese Embassador cast away.] Chiquiro return'd for Japan with -this Answer; but when he was off the Head of the Island Formosa, -such a dreadful Storm overtook him, that he was swallow'd up, and -neither Men, Goods, nor Arms sav'd; and this happen'd in so remote a -Place, that it was not known till many Days after. Dayfusama, at the -Request of F. Jerome, had granted Leave for Preaching of the Gospel, -throughout his Dominions, building of Churches, and such as would -professing Christianity by publick Authority. Don Pedro the Governour -[Religious allow'd to Preach in Japan.] took the necessary Measures, -that so favourable an Indulgence might not be lost, and that not only -barefoot Franciscans, but also Religious Men of other Orders should go -over thither. They made use of the Japonese Captains and Ships, newly -come to Manila with Meal. The Dominicans sent over to the Kingdom -of Zazuma four Fryars, and F. Francis de Morales, Prior of Manila -for their Superior, saying the King of that Province sent for them, -being the only one, who had not yet submitted to Dayfusama. The Order -of S. Augustin sent two Religious Men, and F. James de Guevara, Prior -also of Manila for their Superior, and these went to the Kingdom of -Firando. Those of the Order of S. Francis, sent F. Augustin Rodriguez, -who had been Witness to the Martyrdom of his Companions in Japan, -to Nangasaqui, for him to go thence with a Lay-Brother to Miaco, -and bear F. Jerome of Jesus Company. Many perswaded Don Pedro, not to -send away these Religious Men; but tho' those Perswasions were well -grounded, and some Difficulties occur'd against their Departure, -he resolv'd to dismiss them. The Zeal of true Glory overcomes all -Opposition. These Religious Men found no Signs of those Desires that -had been signify'd to them in the Provinces they went to. Very few -Japoneses were converted, and there was less Disposition to advance, -because the Kings, and Tonos, which are Princes had no Affection -for our Religion, nor were any Way disgusted with their Idols. They -only aspir'd to settle Commerce, and to trade with the Spaniards, -for their private Interest. - -[Another Ship to Japan.] Don Pedro sent the Ship he had promis'd to -Japan, well stor'd with Cannon, and call'd it S. James the Less. The -Captain, Officers, and Sailors were all Men of Experience; and she was -laden with Commodities to barter, Red-Wood, Deer's-Skins, raw Silk, -and several other Sorts. The Govenour order'd them to dispose of what -they carry'd at the Port of Quanto, and to furnish the Religious Men -they found there, and then return with the Produce and Dayfusama's -Leave. Thus Provision was made for all the Affairs of Japan, according -to the present Exigences. The Ship-Wrack of the Embassador Chiquiro -was known, and by the good Management of F. Jerome, Dayfusama was -acquainted with the Answer he carry'd, and rested satisfy'd; so that -the preaching of the Gospel went on in his Dominions. - -[Furtado's Letter to Don Pedro concerning the Expedition.] Don Pedro's -Thoughts were all bent upon Recovering of the Molucco Islands, and -his other Business did not make him neglect that Enterprize. Andrew -Furtado de Mendoza, Admiral of those Seas for the Crown of Portugal -had writ him Word, that he had Orders from his Majesty to repair to -Ternate; but that he did not expect the Viceroy would set him out, -as was requisite for that Expedition. Don Pedro answer'd him, to his -Content, with Assurance, that he should be supported. These Letters -came to the Hands of the Portuguese Admiral at Malaca, when he was -ready to set out. He presently answer'd both those of the 22d of -September, and the 22d of December, signifying how acceptable they -were to him. Because, says he, I love your Lordship entirely, tho' -I have never seen you, on Account of your being a brave Commander, -and so zealous for his Majesty's Service; not to mention other Reasons -for which I am yours. I was much troubled for the Loss of the Ship, -and the ill Fortune of the other, for the want you will find of the -Return you expected by them: But it is to be suppos'd, that the Viceroy -of New-Spain, seeing how long those Ships were missing, would impute -it to some very considerable Causes, and therefore will Assist you -Powerfully, for nothing less can be expected from such a Viceroy who, -I am told, is a very worthy Gentleman. I am experimentally sensible -of what your Lordship writes to me; for after being in those Parts -five Years, without receiving any Succours from India, when I expected -these Disorders should end, and considerable Supplies would be sent me, -the Viceroy furnish'd me so poorly, as will appear to your Lordship by -the List of what he sends, and thence you may infer, how his Majesty -is serv'd in those Parts, that your Lordship may acquaint him with it, -and we may joyntly so order it, that all this may not be overthrown -in one Hour. - -Then he complains, That they have not sent him his Majesty's Letter, -[More of the Letter.] nor the Archbishop of Goa had not receiv'd -his; and says, He had rather be at Plow in Old Castile, than a -Witness to the ill Disposition of what is committed to his Charge: -And proceeding, says thus, Your Lordship tells me, That as soon as I -draw near the Moluccos, you will do me the favour to have in readiness -for me 300 Soldiers, with Captain Gallinato, and another Captain, -and two Galleys, four Brigantines, and all the Carcoas that shall be -requisite. I know not what his Majesty appoints for me; but, for the -Sins of these Dominions, Time has put Things into such a Posture, -that I must be forc'd to repair to the Moluccos, as well to recover -what is Lost, as to save what is Gain'd, which cannot be done, -unless both Powers, from hence and thence, be United. Twelve Dutch -Ships anchor'd this Year at the Bar of Goa: They took the Viceroy so -unprovided, that they lay at Anchor a Month at the said Bar, without -any Attempt made to remove them. They made great Havock amongst the -Merchants Ships on the Coast of India, without any Opposition. They -came from the other Sea, by the Back of Sumatra, to the Streight of -Sunda. Seven of them arriv'd at Amboyna, the others being [Baseness of -a Portuguse Govenour.] then parted from them. When they enter'd over -the Bar, the Governour sent two Men, to ask, whether Don Emanuel was -aboard. The Ships hearing of it, went and Anchor'd under the Fort. Then -the Governor sent three or four other Men, who made the Agreement for -the surrendering of the Fort. When it was sign'd the Dutch drew near: -the Gates were open'd to them, and they admitted without standing -one Musket Shot, or firing a Cannon. They took an Oath of Fidelity -to Prince Maurice, and the Governor after committing the Treason, -commanded a Black of his own to put him into Irons, saying, The People -of the Town had done it. Since that he came hither, and skulks about -the Mountains, and I am very earnest to take him, that I may make an -Example of him. I have already secur'd some of the Marry'd Men that -came hither, being fully convinc'd that the Governor and they are -Enemies and Traytors. When the Dutch were possess'd of the Fort, they -put more Cannon into it, with a Garrison of 140 Men, and Provisions -for two Years. I have also received Intelligence, That they sent five -Ships against Tydore, and I am very jealous of that Place, because of -the Divisions there; wherefore I immediately sent away two Galiots, -well Man'd, Arm'd, and Provided. God grant they find that Fort in the -King's Possession. Thus, if his Majesty well send hither the Galeons -he writes of, and commands me to serve him in these Southern Parts, -I must of necessity go over that way; for since Amboyna is in the -Possession of the Dutch, we may conclude Tydore will soon follow. If -they extend their Dominion, from that Port, which God avert, they -will thence put an End to the Affairs of the Moluccos, and of China, -and with the Assistance of the Ternates must of necessity Infest those -Parts about Manila; and therefore we are all oblig'd, as Christians, -and his Majesty's Subjects, to Oppose such a mighty Misfortune. And -since the Lot has fallen between your Lordship, and this Soldier of -yours, we seem to be in some measure both of us under an Obligation -to spare no Pains for the Recovering of those Parts of the Molucco -Islands. For my part I will labour for the Success, tho' I were to -lose ten Lives, if I had so many. But because I shall not have an -Opportunity to send your Lordship Intelligence, till a Year hence, -I now intreat you to have what Soldiers you can in Readiness, and -the greatest Number of Natives, that we may not fall short when the -work is half done, and be forced, for want of them, to put our selves -into the Hands, and expect the Assistance of Traytors. The same I beg, -as to Provisions; for there are none where I am at present. But since -Captain Gallinato has seen all, and knows what is Necessary in those -Parts, whereof he has before now given your Lordship ample Information, -it will be needless to repeat it in this, being your Lordship tells -me in yours, you do me the Favour to appoint him for my Companion; -and he is so able a Commander, that when your Lordship orders him -to prepare for this Expedition, he will take with him all he thinks -proper for it. Tho' his Majesty should send several Galeons, and many -Men, I shall not be able to do any thing with them in those Parts, -because the main Thing there, is to have Vessels that Row, and Men -that have Serv'd, whereof I am very destitute. From India none can -come, tho' the Viceroy were never so willing to furnish me. However, -confiding in your Lordship's Worth, and in what you have signify'd -to me by Letter, I will undertake this Expedition, believing I shall -find all Things in such Readiness, that they will set out from thence -the Moment your Lordship receives Advice from me. I am told your -Lordship expects a Gentleman in those Parts, who comes to Conquer -Camboxa. If he happens to come, I must put your Lordship in Mind, -that the best Conquest is that of the Moluccos, where his Majesty's -Forts will be restor'd, and there the said Gentleman may shew his -Valour, and merit a considerable Reward from the King. Before the -Dutch came to Amboyna, two English Ships passed by that Island, -which sent a Letter to the Governor of the Fort, to acquaint him, -that the Dutch were coming after them, with a Design to possess -themselves of the said Fort, and therefore they advised him to -behave himself well, because the Dutch they spoke of, were a poor -faint-hearted People. That, if they had Occasion for Powder, Ball, -and all other Necessaries, they were ready to supply him, because -they were then at Peace with Spain, and the Constable of Castile was -already sent into England, by his Majesty, to Ratify it: And the -Post-Master-General was Embassador in Ordinary. This Intelligence -leaves the Rebels no pretence to any Excuse. Furtado's Letter goes on, -to other Particulars, recommending Religious Men, and Commanders and -he concludes with Abundance of Compliments, and Courteous Expressions. - -Don Pedro having receiv'd these Letters, order'd and hasten'd all -necessary Preparations, with the utmost Diligence, pressing the -Business in Spain, and with the Viceroy at Mexico, and thought all -Delays tedious; but the Approbation of his Advice, and the Supplies to -put it in Execution, being to come from a Center so remote, and where -there lay an Obligation of being no less attentive to all Parts of -the Circumference, the Expedition could [Brother Gaspar Gomez forwards -the Expedition.] not possibly be brought about sooner. Brother Gaspar -Gomez, whose Intelligence in this Affair, was always very material, -had presently Intimation of what had been resolv'd on, by Letters from -Don Pedro; and he was so diligent in promoting it, that to advance -this Cause, he cross'd the greatest Oceans as readily, as if they had -been the Narrow-Seas, which part those Islands; having solicited the -Viceroy at Mexico, and then the Counsellors, and Ministers of State in -Spain. His Arguments and Motives were the same we have several Times -mention'd in this Work. Dividing the Wealth of the South into three -fixt Kinds, precious Stones, and Pearls, Metals, and Spice, and Drugs; -all which were distributed among Enemies, English and Dutch. That the -King had no Spice left, but only that of Tydore, which must be lost, -unless speedily and powerfully supported, and the same Forces would -recover Ternate, Banda, Amboyna, and what had been held in Celebes, -Batochina, and the Places wrested by the Tyrants of Sumatra. All this -the Jesuit made out by Demonstration, for he grounded not the least -Information upon any thing less than Experience. - -[Succeeds in his Negociation.] He was heard in the Council of -the Indies, and the Council of State for the Crown of Portugal, -and dispatch'd for the Philippines, by the way of New-Spain. By -the other Way, the King order'd, that the Captain General Furtado, -taking with him the necessary Fleet from Goa, should sail for the -Moluccos, by special Commission, by Virtue whereof he afterward sent -to ask Assistance at the Philippine Islands, as we have seen, and -such Supplies were to be furnish'd on both Sides, as being united, -might secure the Conquest of the Moluccos. However the Event must of -Necessity be tedious, the Dutch being already possess'd of all the -King's Forts in the Archipelago; and their numerous Fleets of all the -Ports, Fairs, and Trade, with Factories conveniently settled for their -Intercourse between India and their own Country. We shall not enter -upon the Account of those Affairs, because no more of them than have -been already mention'd, as yet related to the Moluccos. Much Time, -and many Precautions were requisite, for these two Commanders to -joyn, amidst so many Obstacles: They sent frequent Advice backward -and forward, and neither Part was idle in the mean while. - -[Furtado Sails from Goa.] At length, notwithstanding all Difficulties, -Furtado sail'd from Goa with six Galeons, eighteen Galiots, and one -Galley, with the King's Orders, and in his Name those of the Viceroy -Arias de Saldania, to fight the Dutch, and any other Enemy, and to -proceed to Sunda, to chastize that King, and the Rebels in Java. He was -directed to place Garrisons there, and having [Disabled by Storms.] -settled the Affairs of India, to proceed to the Moluccos. They went -out with good Hearts to undertake that Work, but were hinder'd by -Storms and Tempests. In the Gulph of Ceylon, he lost the Galley, and -seventeen Galiots that were under the Conduct of Francis de Sousa, -and Andrew Roiz, and in them the greatest Strength he had to compass -his Designs. He was three whole Years without any Succours to proceed -on his Enterprize. At Malaca he recruited the best he could; and in -December, 1601, Steering his Course for Sunda, relying on the Succours -he expected from the King of Palimbam, in Java, suppos'd to be our -Friend and Confederate; but he was deceived, for that Infidel was -so far from espousing our Party, that he had taken up with the King -of Sunda, whom he intended, and afterwards actually did succour with -30000 Men. This did not dismay Furtado, but he sail'd on towards Sunda, -referring the Punishment of the King of Palimbam [Sails for Sunda.] -to another Time: There, on the Bar, he discover'd seven Dutch Ships, -which he pursu'd, tho' to little purpose, they being excellent -Sailers. However the Galeon Commanded by Thomas de Sousa Aronches, -fought five of them, killing many Dutch, without losing one Man; but -her Rigging was torn, and she could not board the Enemy, who fled, -drawing our Ships after them in such a manner, that Furtado could not -possibly recover the Bar, tho' he anchor'd in a Road, from whence he -might have return'd to the Port. - -This was a special Providence, for the Enemy did not seem dispos'd -to stand, and they had already been upon both Bars; and therefore -reflecting [Arrives at Amboyna.] on the Tears, and Groans of the -Commanders, and Christians at Amboyna, he directed his Course towards -those Islands, where he arriv'd on the 10th of February without being -detain'd by some Victories he gain'd in his Way. The Natives and those -in the Fort were alarm'd, believing they had been Enemies, but the -Admiral giving a Signal, they knew the Christian Fleet. The Joy spread -abroad, and the Shore was cover'd with People expressing it. Furtado -first apply'd himself to repair the Fort, and refit the Ships. He also -built four Ships, two Galiots, and twelve Carcoas. Then he set out, -without losing Time, to make War on the Itos, and other Towns [Subdues -the Itos.] that had rebell'd against the Fort, sending Joseph Pinto, -with 200 Portugueses by Land. The Fleet sail'd round the Island, and -lay a Month in the Bay call'd Bacacio. Texeyra, Commander in Chief -of the Fort, went before, with a good Number of Carcoas, to reduce -some rebellious Towns, especially those which are on the Mountains -call'd Gunos, where there are excellent sweet Waters, and large Woods -of Orange Trees. These Towns acknowledge their Fault, and came to make -their Submission. Seven or [The Gunos submit.] Eight of the principal -Men came from each Town. Every Town brought a Flag, and three large -valuable Basons of bright Metal, and in them a little Earth, with -Branches of Clove-Trees in Blossom, in Token that they deliver'd up -the Land, with the most precious of its Product. Some brought Goats, -and Hens, and such Fruit as their Country afforded to denote the same. - -Furtado knew there was a private Alliance between the Rebels of Amboyna -and the Dutch, and that ten Ships were to come to take that Fort, [Ten -Dutch Ships at Amboyna.] and the other we had left us at Amboyna. They -were so deeply engag'd in this Contract, that those at Sunda, seeing -Furtado set sail towards those Parts, they did the same, and on the -10th of March, the ten Ships appear'd in Sight of the Islands, three -of them coming on and treating with the Natives; yet for fear of us, -they stood off to the Island Burro, and the other seven to Banda, -to sail over to the Moluccos. All this was known to Furtado by good -Intelligence, besides that he receiv'd from F. Lewis Fernandez, -Rector of the Society of JESUS, who was newly come from Tydore, with -Letters from that King, and the Christians residing there, bidding -him welcome, and pressing that he would come to their Assistance; -[Three of them at Ternate.] because three of the seven Ships that -escap'd from him at Sunda, were together at Ternate. He was also -inform'd, that those Ships, had found out a Way to relieve those Forts, -passing between Borneo and Macossar, [A new Passage to the Molucco.] -which is a shorter Cut by a Year; and that they were fortifying Ternate -where they would not suffer the Dutch to leave them, but oblig'd them -to stay and ingage in the War they expected. Furtado follow'd that in -Amboyna, daily reducing some Towns that had revolted. The Inhabitants -of Rosatelo, built on an Eminence, and well fortify'd discovering -our Ships, [People of Rosatelo burn their Town.] and Carcoas, set -fire to all their Goods, and then to their Houses, and fled to a high -Mountain, where their Wives and Children were before. The Way up to -it was by tying to the Trees certain Rotas, which are slender tough -Canes, that may be knotted like Ropes, a slow and almost useless Hold, -which render'd the Mountain never the less inaccessible. Yet our Men -making their Way thro' Clefts, attain'd the Top two days after. The -Rebels perceiving they were lost, came to receive the Conquerors with -[Submit.] white Flags, but the King, not daring to trust to that -Security, fled to remoter Parts. - -[People of Ito fly to the mountain.] The Infidels of Ito, puff'd -up with the Dutch Supplies they expected, made no Doubt of routing -the Christians, as soon as they landed; but perceiving they were -disappointed of the Succour of the ten Ships, which sail'd by -without staying, and that Rosatelo was reduc'd; yet they were not -quite dejected, but committed their Safety to the Strength and -Tops of the Mountains. They abandon'd their chief City, properly -call'd Ito. and the Fort there erected by the Dutch, retiring with -all their Families to the highest and most impregnable Part of the -Country call'd Nao and Bemnao, being two Rocks, one above another, -like the Round-Tops in a Ship one over the other; whence the Shore -appears near at Hand tho' [Nao strong place, whither the Rebels fled.] -half a League distant, by Reason of the Windings of the Ways. Nao is -all encompass'd with upright Rocks, with pleasant Planes below. There -are three Ways to get up to it, but all of them so difficult, that -the very Lizards can scarce climb it. On these three Passes they -threw up double Trenches, with strong Ramparts, and a good Number -of Brass Sakers, and Demy-Falconets to secure them. At each of -them was a considerable Number of Men, with their Colours flying, -and all Sorts of offensive and defensive Arms, wherewith the Dutch -have furnish'd those Southern Seas. The greatest Danger threatned -was from a great Number of mighty Stones, or Pieces of Rocks, which -being roul'd down from such a Height can bear down and destroy an -Army. All the Enemy's Power was now reduc'd to this single Place, -and the Town standing on the first of the [Pleasant Country of Nao, -and Bemnao.] two Rocks, being built on a large round Spot it forms, -like an European City with good large Houses, after their Manner. All -the Country about beautify'd with Clove Trees, like our Olive Trees, -but with greater Heads. Among which there ran up Branches of the -Male and Female Trees, and underneath all Sorts of thorny Plants, -Orange, Lemmon, Citron and Zamboa Trees, with six, or eight Springs, -each of them gushing out curious Streams of Water. All the Mountain -look'd like a delicious pleasure House and Garden. On the Top of -it appear'd the Town of Bemnao, which signifyes, the Son of Nao, -exceeding the other in Number of Houses, and Extent of Woods. - -The General came to this Place on Palm-Sunday, order'd a Trench to -be [Furtado encamps at Bemnao.] cast up, and Tents to be pitch'd, -for a Defence against the Sun, and the Rain, which sometimes falls -unexpected. He commanded an Enemy Amboynese, that had fallen into his -Hands, attended by some Christians, to go enquire into the Designs -of the People of Ito, and to guide the Way. When they were come -within hearing, and had deliver'd their Message, [Haughty Answer -of the Itos.] the Infidels answer'd, That they were the King of -Ternate's Subjects, and own'd none but him. That they would trade -with the Dutch, and all other Nations they thought fit. That they -would also sell Clove to the Spaniards; but that the King of Spain -had a very long Neck. Having return'd this Answer, they began to fire -the Cannon. Our Men were forc'd to put up the Affront, and pass by -their Fury; but the General regarding neither, order'd a Captain, -on Monday, to view the Situation of the Place; because his Soldiers -had gone up disorderly to their Trenches, and been repuls'd with Shot, -and throwing of Stones, which made them retire down the Mountain with -many wounded. The next Night he sent 200 Men, to possess themselves -of a Mount that overlook'd the Enemies Trenches. They did so, and -as soon as the Day appear'd, our Musketiers pour'd in [Portugueses -gain Ground.] their Volleys of Shot, firing at the same Time with two -Drakes, they had carry'd up with a Design to cast up another Trench, -and thus they put the Enemy to Rout. The Trench was thrown up, and the -next Night they remov'd the Drakes to it, drawing nearer, to make the -greater Slaughter. Gonzalo Vaz de Castello-Branco commanded at this -Pass. The Men here that Night talk'd with the besieg'd, and assur'd -them, they would take their Fort the next Night, as they actually did. - -[They attack the Enemies Fort.] On Wednesday Morning the General -order'd the Drums to beat to Arms, to go up himself to the Hill -where his Men were, leaving Trajano Ruiz de Castello-Branco below, -with 50 Men, to guard the Camp; but without any Design of attacking -the Fort that Day; but only to order the Men, and assign them their -Posts. Whilst he was concerting this Affair with his Officers, -Gonzalo Vaz came to them with a dangerous Shot in one of the Calves -of his Legs, and five other Wounds running Blood. The Soldiers were -incens'd, at the Sight of him, and signify'd they would fall on. It -was given out, where the General was, that the Victorious Enemy was -falling upon our Drakes, and Posts; and he improving Necessity cry'd -out, with a loud Voice, Santiago, that is, S. James, the Cry given -by the Spaniards when they fall on. The Soldiers were so encourag'd -by this Cry, that they immediately gave the Assault, with much Fury -and Alacrity, climbing those smooth Rocks, upon their Hands and Feet: -The Barbarians Drums and Bag-Pipes rattled in their Ears, and the -Noise of their Cannon and small Shot eccho'd among all the Rocks. The -Enemy threw Stones, which wounded, and knock'd down our Men, and many -tumbled, without being able to help themselves: Some single Stones -carry'd two or three Men down the Side of a Hill, till they stopp'd at -some Tree. A Captain was stunn'd with a Pebble, tho' he receiv'd it on -a Steel Buckler; but he soon recover'd, and was seen upon the Enemies -Works. The Cries and Shouts rent the Air. Many tumbling down forc'd -out the sharp Pointed Stakes that were drove into the Ground; and -presently after, as if they had flown, were seen Fighting above. Those -who were left to guard the Camp, look'd on with Emulation. Among them -a Religious Man of [The Fort taken.] the Order of S. Dominick, fell -on his Knees to say the Litany, all the Men answering, and God heard -him, for before it was ended, they saw our Colours display'd above, -and the Enemies cast down, the Fort and Works being Demolish'd. - -A brave Christian, who carry'd the foremost of our Colours, -was laid hold of by an Amboynese, yet he, tho' shot thro' the -Body with a Musket-Ball, whereof he soon after Dy'd, defended them -bravely. However, notwithstanding his Resistance, and that his Captain -came to his Succour, the Infidel carry'd off a Part of the Staff, which -was recover'd when the Victory was [Amboyneses abandon their highest -Fort.] gain'd. The Amboyneses, seeing their Works taken, and their -Colours dragg'd about, withdrew to the upper-Part, leaving only three -Men behind them, who dy'd Fighting, with honourable Obstinacy. They -did not fortifie themselves in that Place, but abandoning their Town -and Goods, and slipping down Precipices, and upright Heights with -Ropes, made their Escapes; and though they burnt some of their Goods, -yet many of value remain'd. The General gave Order for curing of the -wounded Men, which were above 200, besides those run through by the -sharp Stakes pitch'd all about the Field. - -[The Towns submit.] The gaining of this Victory did so discourage -all the Islanders, that they refus'd to take up Arms, or hazard an -Engagement. Nine Towns submitted at once, the next day, and the -Territory about did the same. The General came down Victorious, -and erected Arbours in those Delightful Woods, with an Altar, on -which Mass was sung on Easter-Day, and all the Office of the Church, -with much Solemnity, in Thanksgiving, assigning the Sovereignty -to that Lord, who grants, or takes away Victory, according [Dutch -Fort raz'd.] to his secret Judgements. The Dutch Fort was raz'd, -where, in several Places, were to be seen Escutcheons, with the Arms -of Count Maurice. The King of Ito came and submitted himself; his -Name, whilst an Idolater, was Talere, afterwards Don Melchior, for -he was a Renegado Christian, and fled at the taking of Rosatelo. He -deliver'd himself up, as also a famous Caziz he brought with him, -who was a Man of much Reputation among them. - -To this Victory Furtado resolv'd to add those he expected at Veranula, -[Veranula City describ'd.] a large City, and Neighbouring Island. He -sail'd from Amboyna with all the Fleet, and arriv'd at Veranula, -and the City of the same Name, which is populous, and its Territory -the most fruitful in Clove of any in those Parts. It is built -along the shore on a high and upright Rock, which look'd like a -Wall, with Towers, and Stories. The Houses are high Roof'd, with -Galleries. There is a Mosque that has three Isles, with a stately -Room to read the Alcoran in. Within the City was the Dutch Fort, -conveniently seated, built of Stone, round, and cover'd. Beyond that -was also another Stone Fort, with several salliant Angles, Ravelins, -and Guerites. This belong'd to the King of Ternate, who was Tyrant -of that Part of Veranula. As soon as our Fleet anchor'd before the -City, the Prime Men of it came to acquaint the General, That they were -willing to submit, but knew not how to do it, for Fear of the Ternates; -and therefore desir'd he would let them assemble their Council, and -they would return the next Day with their Answer. Furtado granted -their Request, sending two Amboyneses of Note along with them. They -return'd no Answer, but fled, [People of Veranula fly.] not daring -to stand the Fury of those who came Victorious. They fir'd a Gun -for a Signal of what they were doing, and the General being assur'd -of their Flight, order'd the Men to land and plunder the City. The -Inhabitants had before secur'd the best of their Effects, and yet -in some Houses they found above the value of 30000 Crowns, and in -others less, besides many Goods of value; abundance of Brass Drakes -and Muskets; China Ware, and Silks; Dutch Glasses, and great Store of -Royal-Cloves. [Veranula plunder'd and burnt.] After plundering the -City, they set fire to it, and it burnt for some Days. The Dutch and -Ternatese Forts were raz'd. The General was inform'd by some Prisoners, -that the People of Veranula, had expected mighty Succours against him -from the Dutch Ships that were seen; and that there were aboard 100 -Men to Garrison Viranula, and 100 more for the Fort he had demolish'd -at Ito. Some of our Men pursu'd the Ternates as far as Lacidecavello, -a Town where they imbark'd on many Vessels, for their own Island. - -[Mamala City submits with others.] After this, the City Mamala sent -to make its Submission, and many others follow'd its Example. Furtado -having concluded this Affair, resolv'd to return to Amboyna, and -being upon his Departure, Francis de Sousa Teve came to him, with -ten Portugueses, who had been, not long before, taken by the Dutch -Ships. He had met at Banda the five Ships Furtado found at Sunda, and -here gave him some important Intelligence, showing how much he would -find the Seas, in his Way to the Moluccos, infested by those Northern -Sailers. The Commander in Chief of the Dutch made very much of Francis -de Sousa, dismissing him with Arms and Provisions for his Voyage, -but at the Price of 500 Crowns, paid for him and his Companions, -by some Heathen Towns in the Island; to whom Furtado, without any -Delay, made good the whole Sum. The Dutch General writ very civilly -to Furtado, desiring he would use his Men well, as he would do by the -Spaniards he met with. Furtado return'd an Answer, no less Courteous, -and sent him a Dutch Youth, who had been Prisoner at Ternate. - -[The conquer'd submit, and give Hostages.] Having reduc'd these -Islands, Furtado appointed a Day for the Governors of them to come -and swear Fealty to our King, that he might save Time, and follow the -Course of his Victories. They came with much State, and Submission; -and to secure their future Behaviour, and their new promis'd Fidelity, -deliver'd to the General a considerable Number of Youths, being the -Sons of the Prime Men, as Hostages. Peace, and the general Pardon, -were celebrated with Rejoycings. The Preaching of the Gospel was again -exercis'd with entire Liberty, and many Idolaters, and Mahometans -were converted. Other Provinces came to acknowledge the Conqueror; -without expecting the Chance of War. Furtado at Amboyna prepar'd for -the Expedition against the Moluccos. - -[King of Ternate's Preparations.] Those who fled to Ternate, -gave an Account of the Loss of the Towns and Forts that King had -been possess'd of at Amboyna; and that the General Furtado openly -declar'd he was making Preparations against those Islands, and grew -stronger upon his Success. The King slighted not this Intelligence, -but immediately strengthened his Fleet, and his Forts, and call'd -in the Javaneses and Mindanaos, to be in readiness upon any -Attack. Amidst the Noise of War, and his Treaties with the Dutch -for maintaining of it, he found Leasure to seek his Satisfaction; -concluding a Match with his Queen Celicaya, who follow'd him in all -his Troubles, even when he last fled from his Kingdom. She was very -Young, and so Beautiful, that all the Indian Kings courted her for -their Wife, and sent to demand her of the Sangiack of Motiel, her -Father; who gave her to him of Ternate, as the greatest, most potent, -and respected. [His Marriage.] The Time for the Nuptials being come, -when the Bride was brought to Ternate, attended by her Father, Kindred, -Brothers-in-law, and many Troops of arm'd Men, she was receiv'd with -the Noise of Cannon, Musick, and other Instruments us'd in their -Festivals and Solemnities. These [Queen Celicaya's great Beauty.] -lasted many Days, with Profusion; but the most pleasing Object, was -the Presence of Celicaya, her extraordinary Grace, which drew the -Eyes, and Affections of all Men, temper'd with a Sort of Affability, -which encourag'd all that convers'd with her. This Quality very often -gave Occasion to suspect her Husband's Reputation, and were not this -History confined to such Things as really relate to the Conquest, -it might afford us a large Field to treat of the Gentleness of her -Disposition, her Love Intrigues, and uncontroulable Power over the -Affections, even of those who were most wrong'd; which are spoken of -at large in several Discourses and Relations. - -[Furtado sends for Succours to the Philippine Islands.] The Exigencies -of the Time, and necessity oblig'd the General Furtado to press -for the Succours, which were providing for him in the Philippine -Islands. Amboyna is 200 Leagues from the nearest of them, and that -200 more from Manila, he sent thither F. Andrew Pereyra, a Jesuit, -and Captain Antony Brito Fogaza, in May 1602. They arriv'd at Cebu -on the 25th of July, sail'd thence for Manila on the 6th of August, -and came to that City on the 5th of September. Don Pedro de Acunna -was well pleas'd to see them, asking particularly concerning all -the Proceedings of the General Furtado, wherein he was very curious, -or rather generously emulous, and he having in his Letters referr'd -himself to their Relation, they gave it him at large, and perform'd -the Duty of their Embassy, each according to his Profession. Don Pedro -did not delay their Business; but call'd a Council of War, wherein it -was resolv'd, that the Succours he desir'd should be sent Furtado, -tho' they were forc'd to comply with the Difficulties the Country -then labour'd under. Upon this Determination he sent away to [Succours -sent from the Philippines to Furtado.] the Provinces of the Pintados, -ordering Capt. John Xuarez Gallinato, who commanded there, to furnish -all Things necessary for the Enterprize; and that he, with the best -disciplin'd Infantry, should leave Cebu, and repair to the Town of -Arevalo, the place appointed for the Fleet to rendezvouz. Gallinato -did so, and sent a Ship to Oton, to take in as much as it could of -the Succours. It arriv'd at Oton on the 28th of October; and that -same Day Don Pedro set out from Manila for the Pintados, in Order to -hasten the fitting out of the Fleet by his Presence, tho' it was then -almost ready at Oton, where he arriv'd on the 13th of November, and he -was of such a mettled Temper, that never regarding the Expeditions of -Xolo and Mindanao, or that the Natives of those Islands were spread -about in Troops among those of the Pintados, robbing and murdering -his Majesty's Subjects, he gather'd the Supplies, and deliver'd them -to John Xuarez Gallinato, appointing him General, and Commander in -Chief for this Expedition. - -As soon as the General Furtado had sent away for Succours to Manila, -after chastising and garrisoning of Veranula and Amboyna, he set sail -for the Molucco Islands, with five Galeons, four Galliots, and 12 -Carcoas, carrying his Victorious Men; but in those Seas Disasters -are so frequent, that neither the Joy of their late Successes, -nor the Refreshment receiv'd after their Victories, appear'd in -their Countenances. He arriv'd at Ternate [Furtado sails by Ternate -to Tydore.] with this Fleet, on the 10th of August; but he only -look'd on that Island, and proceeded to Tydore: There he view'd the -Fort, encourag'd the Soldiers in it, and made use of that King's -Person and Interest, as Prudence directed; for that Prince, tho' -he labours by Words to convince us of his Friendship and Fidelity, -does not confirm it by his Actions; but rather leaves us dubious, -when he most endeavours to perswade. - -Furtado left the Galeons at Tydore, and with the other Vessels -that row'd, went six Leagues thence, to the Island of Machian, then -Subject to the [Machian Island submits to Furtado.] King of Ternate, -but so weary of that Vassalage, that as soon as our Fleet appear'd, -the Governours flock'd down to the Port, attended by the Natives, with -their Wives and Children, and such Gifts as came next to Hand, as also -some Colours, which they laid at Furtado's Feet, submitting themselves, -and delivering up their Country. The Men landed in peaceable Manner, -amidst the usual Noise of Bagpipes and Basons; and the Portugueses -having in vain sought after some Dutch Men, who chose rather to secure -themselves by Flight, than to trust to the General's good Nature, -were inform'd that they were gone over to Ternate. A view having -[Dutch fly to Ternate.] been taken of the Island, Furtado erected a -Fort with all possible Expedition, in the most convenient Place. When -finish'd according to the Rules of Fortification, he put into it a -Captain with 50 Men, whom he left well arm'd and provided, and with -them a light Vessel, call'd a Galizabra. Then he return'd himself, -with the Rest of the fleet, to Tydore, where he joyn'd all his Ships, -repair'd them, and set out for Ternate to the Port of Talangame, -where he anchor'd, and lay from the End of October to the middle of -February, when the Succours from Manila came. - -Some accuse him of lying still very long without attempting any thing; -[Furtado accus'd.] saying, he let slip the Opportunities, without -cutting off the Enemies Provisions, or ravaging their Country, -when he might have subdu'd them by that Means alone, without firing -a Shot. However, when we have before us the Actions of such great -Commanders, it is safer to judge they had some sufficient unknown -Reason for what they did, than to attribute it to their Fault. Most -certain it is, That being inform'd of a Fleet of the Enemies of -22 Carcoas, which was not far from the Island Machian, he lost no -Time, but putting 172 Portugueses, of the chosen Men of his Fleet, -into 18 Carcoas, under an able Commander, he sent them to find out -the Infidels. But tho' the Soldiers were so haughty, that every one -undertook to fight six Carcoas, yet every Officer was for commanding -all the Rest, and [Portugueses baffled through their Pride.] thus Want -of Discipline snatch'd the Victory out of their Hands. The Enemy -pass'd by, and they look'd on, without firing a Gun. The Barbarian -Fleet, observing their Disorder, stood about nimbly, and pouring in a -Volley upon the Portugueses, took a Carcoa, with fourteen Men in it, -whom they slew, in Sight of their Companions, and it was good Fortune -that they did not follow their Stroke. This occasion'd the General's -erecting the Fort at Machian; whilst the King of Ternate strengthen'd -his, with the Assistance of 20 Hollanders, making good Use of the -Leisure of eight Months given him by Furtado. He then cast up Works, -and provided Engines, as he did afterwards in the Sight of our Camp. - -When the Fleet was all assembled at the Philippine Islands, -the Ammunition and Provisions were deliver'd to Gallinato, by -the Judges and King's [The Succours sent by Don Pedro de Acunna.] -Attorney of the Sovereign Court, being 1000 Bushels of clean Rice, -300 Bullocks for Flesh; 200 Jars of Wine; 80 Quintals, or hundred -Weight of Nails, Hooks, Hinges, and other Iron Work; 40 of Powder; -300 Ilocos Blankets; 700 Yards of Spanish Woollen Cloth; 100 Needles -for Sails; 30 Jars of Oil; and for the Complement of Men, 200 Soldiers, -165 of them heavy Harquebusiers, and the other, 35 light Musquetiers; -22 Seamen; some Pilots; one Master; three Gunners of S. Potenciana, -and 20 Grummets. The whole Expence hereof amounting to 22260 Pieces -of Eight a Month. The Governour and Sovereign Court having done -thus much, they requir'd F. Andrew Pereyra, and Captain Brito, to -go with that Supply, which was then in readiness, under Gallinato, -with the Colours, and Captains Christopher Villagra, and John -Fernandes de Torres. The Company belonging to Captain Don Thomas -Bravo, the Governour's Nephew, and Son to his Brother Don Garcia, -staid behind, but the Captain went himself, and serv'd honourably in -the Expedition. The Foot embark'd on the Ship S. Potenciana, and the -Frigats S. Antony, S. Sebastian, S. Bonaventure, and S. Francis. They -set sail from the Port of Yloilo, on the 20th of January, 1603, and -arriv'd at that of Caldera, in Mindanao, on the 25th; where receiving -some Intelligence of the Enemy, they continued till the 28th. Then -they saild towards the Moluccos, and on the 7th of February descry'd -the Island of Siao, and the next Morning, by Break of Day, that -[S. Antony Frigat cast away.] of Toalan, four Leagues from it. There -the Frigat S. Antony was cast away, on a Shoal of that Island, which -discompos'd all the Squadron. Gallinato took Care to save the Men. He -sent Captain Villagra, who brought them off, with the Arms and Guns; -the rest was swallowed by the Sea. - -They held on their Voyage, and on the 13th of February discover'd -the Island of Ternate. On the 14th they arriv'd at Tydore, where -they were inform'd of the coming of Andrew Furtado; and therefore -stay'd but a [Gallinato from Manila joyns Furtado.] short Time to -refresh themselves, being earnest to joyn him. Setting forward with -a fair Wind, they came to Ternate, and enter'd the Port of Talangame, -a League from the Fort, on the 16th of the aforesaid Month. The Fleets -saluted one another in friendly Manner, and the Generals did the like, -giving one another an Account of their Strength, Transactions, and -all other Particulars till that Time. The Discourse falling out of -one Thing into another, came to contesting; for Gallinato affirm'd, -That the Enemies Provisions ought to have been cut off, by ordering -our Carcoas to sail round the Island, which was in great Want of -them, and could be reliev'd by the Opportunity he had given. Furtado -alledg'd other Reasons to defend himself. It was thought convenient -before they landed, to take a View of the Enemies Fort, to which -Purpose, the Captains, Christopher Villagra, and Gonzalo Sequeyra -were appointed to make up to it in a Carcoa, with a white Flag, -as it were to speak with the King, and propose Peace and Conditions. - -Those two Officers drew near, the Enemy met them, and understanding -what they came about, sent to acquaint the King. He answer'd he could -not give them Audience that Day, but they might return the next. They -returning accordingly, the Inhabitants of the City came out to meet -them, [Two Captains sent to the City of Ternate.] and among them -Cachil Sugui, Cachil Gogo, and Cachil Quipate, the King's Uncles, who -went back to tell him, that those Captains were come by his Highness's -Command. This Message was brought him at Nine a Clock in the Morning, -and tho' he was close by the City, the Answer came not till four -in the Afternoon, and was, That unless Furtado, or Gallinato came, -he would not speak with any other; but that the Captains that were -come might treat with his Officers, and he would stand by, and ratify -what they should conclude. The Spaniards having receiv'd this Answer, -and their Design being to view the Fort, Captain Villagra [Villagra -views the Fort.] set his Resolution, and pretending some Occasion, -went into the Thicket, whence he observ'd all that could be seen on -that Side, more nicely than could have been expected in so short a -Time. They return'd to the Fleet, and gave the General an Account of -all they knew. - -In fine, they landed, and then again Gallinato intreated Furtado, -to [The Forces land.] send out the light Vessels a cruising, to cut -off the Enemies Supplies; and those which went out upon his Request, -sped so well, that they met a plentiful and strong Reinforcement -of Men and Provisions, in two Junks and a large Chiampan, which -they took, killing and taking the Men, who were Numerous and well -arm'd. They continu'd to round the Island, encourag'd by this first -Success, and by that Means cut off all Succours. The Enemy began -to want, sicken and dye. They fed on Herbs, and other slight Dyet; -and many, but particularly Women, not being able to endure Hunger, -[Famine at Ternate.] fled confidently, tho' compell'd by Necessity, -to our Camp; and the rest would have done the same if they could. - -On the 27th of February, Furtado took a Review of his Men on the -[Christians review'd.] Enemies Shore, where our Ships were at -Anchor. Gallinato said, he was much troubled to see it, because in -his Opinion, they were not fit even to make that Show, most of them -being Boys, sick of the Distemper they call Berber, unskillful at -their Fire-arms, and very few of them had Muskets, but only little -Fowling-Pieces; so that all seem'd to forebode ill Success. The whole -Number of them was 420 Soldiers, divided into four Companies. The next -Day, the Spanish Infantry of the Philippine Islands pass'd Muster, -in the same Place, before Furtado and his Officers. Don Thomas led -them in Armour, and with a Pike in his Hand, with all the Musquetiers -in the Van. After him the other Companies in Order, according to -Seniority. They all form'd three Bodies, being Men of Experience, -well equipp'd, orderly, and of such Valour as soon after appear'd. - -A Council was held, about landing, on the first of March, where the -[Consuls about landing.] General declar'd by Word of Mouth, saying -he never did it in Writing, That he had lain so long, almost idle, -wholly depending on the Succour that was come, and that since Don -Pedro de Acunna had sent it so compleat, it was not reasonable to lose -Time. Gallinato answer'd, representing the Greatness of the Enterprize, -and that they had provided no Necessaries to begin the Work, hinting at -some Home Particulars, which were signify'd to him by the Portuguese -Commanders. The Votes being taken, it was finally resolv'd to land, -because all Things were in readiness; perhaps they conceited that the -Enemies Power was imaginary, and that they would submit at the Sight -of our Army. Gallinato was always of the [Gallinato against it.] -contrary Opinion; because that Weakness he was an Eye-witness to, -could not deceive him; and therefore that nothing might be wanting -on his Part, tho' he was under Command, but much respected, he writ -a Role of the Things necessary for the Design in Hand, setting down -in it even the Hand-Spikes for moving of the Artillery, which had not -been provided in all that Time. By which may be seen, said Gallinato, -how great a Defect there had been in the Rest. When the Council broke -up, Furtado told Gallinato, he had order'd, that as soon as they -landed, 200 Portugueses should mount the Guard, with one Company of -Spaniards. Gallinato begg'd he would give him leave to lead the Van, -saying, he would not go as Chief, but only as a Soldier, as being -proud of serving under him. This he requested very earnestly; but -Furtado, who knew how to value such Requests, answer'd, That if he -went he must accept of his [He begs to lead the Van and obtains it.] -Company. Gallinato reply'd, That he should take the Post due to his -Person, since it was of such Consequence, and do him the Favour to -grant him the Van. He would not grant it at that Time, but the next -Day, he and his Admiral spoke to him, saying, He assign'd him the Van, -by the Advice of his Admiral, and therefore desired he would be content -it might consist of the Number of Men he had appointed. Gallinato -accepted the Command, and valu'd it as was due. They landed on the -3d of March, and as they were drawing up, Furtado would needs place -two of his Colours, and one of the Spanish in the Van, with 300 Men; -the other three in the Rear; and the Royal Standard, and himself to -be in the main Body; Gallinato was of Opinion, that all the Colours -should march with the main Body, but the General follow'd his own Way. - -[They move towards the Enemy.] In this Order they began to move -towards the Enemy, Captain Don Thomas marching by Gallinato, who -afterwards, in a Letter to Don Pedro, said, He this Day, and upon other -Occasions, gave good Proof, that he was the Son of such a Father, -and these grey Hairs of mine were sufficiently honour'd with the -Assistance of such a Hand, and I was well defended and secure. The -Enemy being above 700, kept in a strong and safe Post, the Shore on -which our Men march'd, being little or nothing, by Reason it was -High-Water, and that on the Land Side there was a very high Bank, -and above it a rising and close Zacatal, which could not be broke -through. Zacatal is a Field overgrown with such deep Grass or Weeds, -that many Men, and much Cattle may be hid among them. These are much -thicker [Zacatal what it is.] than the Fields of Sedge, or Sheer-Grass -in Spain. They call it Zacatal, from the Word Zacate, signifying -that Sort of Grass or Weed, which grows up almost as thick as a -Reed. Along this narrow Slip of Shore, which was full of Rocks, and -uneven, only three Men could march abreast, he that was next the Sea, -being partly in the Water. The Enemy was possess'd of this close Pass, -and a great Tree cut down for that Purpose, and lying across the Place, -serv'd them instead of a Trench. Behind [Posture of the Ternates.] -it, and upon the Bank, between it, and the Zacatal, appear'd all their -Men, with Muskets, Fire-Locks, Campilanes, or Cymiters, Bacacacs, -or burnt Staves, Darts, Hand Granadoes, and Stones which did not do -us the least Harm. They had also five Drakes in this Post, wherewith, -upon some short Attacks, they kill'd five Spaniards; and afterwards, -as the Action grew hotter, wounded ten Portugueses, in such Sort that -they dy'd in a few Days. Gallinato owns he was this Day in Danger of -losing his Honour; because the Colours, and all the Rest was in the -utmost Peril. - -[Gallinato repulsed.] The Enemy fought in Safety, and did our Men so -much Harm, that the first Charge Gallinato gave, the Ternates fell on -so furiously, as to drive us from the Ground we had gain'd. Gallinato -look'd behind him to see the Colours he had brought with him in -the Van, with the 300 Men, and found them at his Back very thinly -Guarded. Thus the second Time the Shout was given to fall on, and he -again oblig'd to retire, because he had fewer Men every time, and the -last they were scarce twenty. At length shaming those that lagg'd, -and as it were inspiring new Vigour into them, he [Gains the Pass.] -fell on so fiercely, that he gain'd the Post, and the five Drakes. The -Ternates lost all, or most of their best Men. Gallinato follow'd the -Chace till he discover'd the Fort, then he halted, and order'd our -Camp to be Intrenched. The work was begun, and the Enemy obstructed it -twice, sending out Parties to prevent planting the Gabions, and divert -the Workmen; but they retir'd both times with loss. When the Trench -was finished, Gallinato [Spaniards Intrench.] sent to the General -to come to it. He came and took up his Quarters, with all his Men, -bringing the Royal Standard, and all the Colours. - -The next Day he judg'd it convenient to carry the Lodgment -forward. [Trenches carry'd on nearer to the Fort.] Gallinato undertook -it, and with his Men finish'd the Trench, within 200 Paces of the -Enemies Fort. There they continu'd some Days; and it being Gallinato's -Part only to obey, he sometimes gave his Opinion, and always did -what he was commanded. He did so, when the General told them it would -be convenient to carry on a Trench farther, to plant the Cannon. On -the Ninth of the same Month, before the Fort had been well view'd, -he went to open the Trench, with his own Men, and 100 Portugueses, -a little above 100 Paces from the Walls, which being so near they all -soon perceiv'd the danger of the Undertaking. It was the worse for the -Confusion and Noise in filling the Gabions. The next Day the Cannon -was brought thither, being four Guns, two thirteen, and two sixteen -Pounders. These sixteen Pounders, which the Portuguese Soldiers call -Camels, are short Pieces, unfit for Battery; besides that the Bullets -[Stone Bullets unfit for Battery.] were made of Stone, and broke -as soon as they touch'd the Wall; being only fit to fire at the -Houses. Gallinato seeing this, told the General that since before -they landed he said, he had Cannon, he should order it to be brought -on, and planted in Battery, now he saw how ineffectual that they had -prov'd. He answer'd, that there was all he had, having left the best -in some Places he recover'd the foregoing Year; and could not bring -any more such, by Reason of the stormy Weather. - -[The Enemies Strength.] This being mounted, the Battery began; -but being so improper for this Purpose, it was canonading the Air; -for the Enemy overlook'd, and was strengthen'd by a Stone Cavalier, -which is that of Our Lady, next the Sea. Under it was a Ravelin, -with seven heavy Pieces of Cannon which did, and threatned greater -Harm to our Camp. The Cavalier was all Rampard, four Fathom high, -and a Fathom and a half broad; all which had been perform'd, and -rais'd with Espauls, by the Contrivance of the Dutch, who forwarded -it, ever since they traded with that Tyrant. On the Land Side ran the -Curtin of the Wall, as far as the Stone Bullwark, call'd Cachil Tulo, -fortify'd outwards with Massy Timbers, on which there were three large -Guns, and two on the Wall from this Bullwark to that of our Lady. All -these Works look'd towards that Part, where our Men had taken up -their Quarters. These Forts had also a great Number of Falconets, -and Drakes; and the Cavalier that was batter'd being the strongest -Part, where there was more Noise than Effect, the General order'd -the Battery to cease. - -[They Sally.] On Sunday the sixteenth, between four and five in the -Evening, the Enemy sally'd out of their Fort, with most of their Men -to attack, and gain the Trench, where our Cannon was planted. They -assaulted it in three Places, dividing their Men, next the Mountain -in Front, and towards the Shore. From the Mountainward came above -800 Ternates, with Campilanes, or Cymiters, in the Van of them -almost as many Javaneses, with Pikes 25 Spans long, all in close -Order. The Leader of them was a [Amuxa, the King's Nephew leads them.] -gallant Youth, call'd Cachil Amuxa, the King's Cousin German, and -Son to Cachil Tulo. Four hundred attack'd in Front, and many more -next the Sea, each Body under its own Commander; who all fell on -together with such Vigour, that had not they who defended it been in -great Readiness, the Enemy could not miss of being Master of it. The -Captains Pinto and Villagra commanded in it, who defended it bravely, -but Emanuel Andres, Sergeant to Villagra, Alonso Roldan, a Corporal, -and another Portuguese, who behav'd himself gallantly, dy'd fighting, -being all run through with Pikes. The Advantage soon appear'd on the -Spanish Side, [He is Defeated.] which the Enemy perceiving, they -turn'd their Backs, leaving the Commanders their King had the greatest -Value for, dead in the Field, and retired to the Fort. This Success -gave Occasion to draw another Trench nearer the Fort, to batter the -Ravelin, whence they did us Harm, with seven Pieces, notwithstanding -our Work, which was carry'd on by the Captains Villagra and Sebastian -Suarez. On Thursday the Trench was almost finish'd, and being near, -made them so uneasy, that the Besieged began to batter it, with all -their Cannon, but ineffectually, because the Gabions, and Rampart on -the Inside, could bear much more. However, by this they perceiv'd the -Power and Strength of the Enemy, and the Difficulty of the Undertaking. - -On the twenty first of March the General came to the Trench, and -[Council of War held.] calling together the Captains, Gallinato, -Villagra, Antony Andrea, John Fernandez de Torres, Gonzalo de Sequeyra, -Sebastian Suarez de Albergueria, Stephen Texeira, Gaspar Pacheco, -the Admiral Thomas de Sousa Ronches, Lewis de Melo Sampayo, Jacome -de Morales, Don Lope de Almeyda, Ruy Gonzalez, Trajan Rodriguez -Castelbranco, Antony de Brito Fogaza, John Pinto de Moraes, and Don -Thomas Bravo, and taking out a Missal, in the first Place desir'd them -to take an Oath upon the holy Evangelists, that they would not speak -of, nor any otherwise reveal, what he should there propose to them, -and what should be resolv'd upon it, till effected. They all swore, -and then he propos'd the Matter thus. - -[Furtado's Speech to the Council.] I have call'd you together, -Gentlemen, to acquaint you with the Condition I am in at Present, and -this Siege has brought me to. It is two Years since I came from Goa, -and during my Voyage, have spent a great Quantity of Ammunition, upon -several Occasions; so that when we landed the other Day we had only ten -Pipes of Powder, and 29 Barrels sent me from Manila. Since I landed, -so much has been consum'd, as is visible, in Skirmishes, and Battery, -that I have now much less than half that Quantity. The Dead, Wounded -and Sick, of our Foot, now wanting in the Camp, are 130; and the rest, -as daily Experience shows, fall Sick very fast of the Distemper call'd -Berber. Our Provisions, tho' we took the Rice the Frigates brought from -Manila, are so short, that they can not last beyond the beginning of -June. The Ships and other Vessels of the Fleet, in the Opinion of the -Pilots, run a great Hazard, where they now lie at Anchor; because, -when this Moon is out, there can be no Safety for it, by reason of -the high Winds and Storms, unless they remove to another Place, and -there is no other but Tydore. We see how resolute, and well fortify'd -the Enemy is, since all our Battery has produc'd so little Effect, -and if they receive any Damage, it is soon made up by the Multitude of -People. The Friendship the King of Tydore promis'd for advancing of his -Majesty's Service, has prov'd so false, that he has perform'd nothing -of what was concerted with him, tho' so reasonable, and beneficial to -himself; having only been free in Words, but his Actions have not yet -been seen. I have had sufficient Tryal of him. He has no other Design, -but to deceive, and amuse us, that our Men may be destroy'd by Degrees, -and so Time may consume us if the Enemy cannot. When I press'd him -to do something, to show at this Time that he was a Friend, and his -Majesty's Subject, he answer'd, he would; but that we must furnish -Provisions for all his Men, because he had none. They demand Powder -and Ball, for every trivial Undertaking, that so they may consume -the little we have left; and when there is any Work to be done, -there are no Men for it. Of the few Amboyneses I brought with me, -for this Purpose, their Labour being great, some are return'd home, -others gone to the Enemy. Those that remain are not sufficient, and -most of what has been hitherto done is owing to the Infantry; which -is so harrass'd, that it can do no Service. The Enemy expects Dutch -Ships, and knows they are now at Banda. I have Intelligence that they -have sent for them, and if they come they will be a great Obstacle -to our Designs. Considering what I have discours'd of, I desire you, -Gentlemen, and every one of you, still under the Obligation of the -Oath, to give me your Opinions, that according to them I may resolve -what to do, in pursuance of the great Duty incumbent on me. - -Upon the Request of the Captains, the General Furtado gave in these -Proposals in writing, tho' he oppos'd it at first. In short they -were written, as were the Opinions of the Councellors, among whom -the greater Part, even of the Portugueses oppos'd the General; and -tho' I ought to give some Account of their Votes, because they had -all different Views, yet, in Regard that most of them assented to -Gallinato's Opinion, it will suffice to set down his Answer. - -John Xuarez Gallinato, Commander of the Provinces of the Pintados, -and [Gallinato's Answer to Furtado.] - -the Officers attending me, do answer to the Proposal made by your -Lordship, as follows. That as to the want of Powder you represent, we -look upon it as essential, since we can not fight without it, and if -that fails, our Cannon and small Fire-Arms, are rather Encumbrances, -than Weapons, and therefore it is requisite to resolve and agree, -where and when to employ, and how much of what we have may be spent, -so as our Enterprize may succeed, since we see how ineffectual that -hitherto spent has been; considering, at the same Time, that a great -Quantity is to be reserv'd, to fight five Dutch Galeons we expect; -which, if they come, part of our Fleet must of necessity go out and -ingage. For, if this be not done they will put Succours into the -Place, which tho' never so inconsiderable, as but of 100 Muskets, -would be very prejudicial to us; besides that, it will be a great -Disreputation, not to meet them out at Sea. - -As to the Mens sickning, being kill'd and wounded, we say, those are -Misfortunes always attending War; and that we are sensible how fast -the Army grows weak, for which Reason, it will be necessary to be -the more expeditious in the Work we have in Hand; yet so that neither -too much Precipitation may expose it to Hazards, nor Delay give Time -for all the Army to fall Sick. As for the Scarcity of Provisions, -our Opinion is, that an Account be taken of what we have, how much is -consum'd in a Month, and thus the necessary Distribution may be made -in Time; for otherwise we shall fall short, when we least expect it; -and Hunger will do us more Harm than the Enemy. - -To the Danger of the Ships threatned by the Pilots, and their Advice -to go over to Tydore, we answer. That if the Fleet quits the Station -where it is, it will be a manifest Detriment to the Army, which is -supply'd from it with all it Wants, and must want every Thing upon -its Absence. Besides, that if the Enemy see it once gone, they will -take fresh Courage; and if the Dutch come and find the Harbour empty, -it is plain they will possess themselves of it. Again, if the Fleet -makes off, must not a considerable Number of the Soldiers go for its -Security? Now how can it be proper to divide our Forces; especially -considering they are so small, and the Men so sickly? Besides that -here is no Place to lay up the Provisions, for the Waters destroy -them by Day and Night. Whilst aboard the Fleet, the Soldiers have it -daily brought fresh and wholesome. Farther, the Pilots, and Natives -of Tydore, say the Ships are safe in the Harbour till after the Middle -of April. - -We have had Tryal of the Enemies Power, and believe they have Men, -Ammunition, and Cannon to spare, considering our Condition; and the -Commanders, and Deserters from them confirm it. But neither can it -be deny'd, that the very first Day we ingag'd as we have been told by -Prisoners, and wounded Men, 1000 of the best Men they had in Ternate -came out to stop our Passage with five Pieces of Cannon, and so posted, -that only two of our Men could come up a Breast to charge them; and yet -they with all these Odds, were beaten off with the Loss of many Men, -as appear'd by the dead Bodies, scatter'd along the Shore, where they -also lost their Artillery. The same Day we saw them sally upon the -Fort of Santiago, where Captain Villagra commanded, and tho' our Men -were surpriz'd, yet they repuls'd them and slew the Flower of their -Commanders; so that they were certainly much weakned; and streightned -by Hunger and Sickness. And tho' with the Help of the Dutch, and -their own Hardiness they repair the Breaches, and fortify themselves -with Artillery, Means may be found to surmount these Difficulties, -for if there were none, it would be no War we are ingag'd in. - -We are sensible of the King of Tydore's Want of Faith; but what -discreet Commander has not made the best of such Accidents, and -wink'd at disloyal, and unsteady Persons till a more favourable -Opportunity; Besides, before we landed, Notice was taken of this -Princes Indifferency, and that his Design is to protract the War, -rather in Hatred to Ternate, than out of any Love to our Nation. We -our selves will make amends for the Want of Labourers; we will be -both Soldiers and Pioniers, as we have hitherto been; for the Sword -and the Spade are equally honourable in so just a War; and we again -offer our selves, and our Soldiers, to perform whatsoever shall be -for the Service of God and the King. - -It is therefore our Opinion, that the Galeons remove immediately; -that two of them Anchor between our Ladies Cavalier, and S. Paul, -and batter the inside of the Cavalier, and the other two, the House -of S. Paul, the Fort, and the Town. Then of Necessity the Defendants -within must fly, since the Defence of the Stone Parapet, is but a meer -Show, except only where it looks upon the open Country. As soon as the -Galeons begin to batter, we will also batter the Ravelin before the -Cavalier, where the seven Pieces of Cannon are, which will certainly -be ruin'd in two Hours, because our Fort of S. Christopher commands -them, and the Thickness is not above a Fathom. To conclude, My Lord, -the Want of Provisions, and of Health, the coming of the Dutch, -the Resolution of the Besieged, of all other Difficulties will be -surmounted by Celerity. We are ready to perform all Things on our -Part; it belongs to your Lordship to make Tryal of our Promise. It -will not be reasonable immediately to abandon the small Remains of -Christianity in the Moluccos, and the Hopes of regaining what has been -lost, in vain endeavour'd for so many Years, at the Expence of so many -Millions of Money, so many Lives, and the Honour of European Nations, -by turning our Backs upon so holy an Undertaking. - -[Furtado dissolves the Council, and acts counter to it.] This Answer -was sent in a Paper signed by the Captains, to satisfy all his -Doubts, for they answer'd others by Word of Mouth, which were -started by the Portuguese Commanders to perswade drawing off; -but the General Thanking both Parties for their Zeal in Advising, -broke up the Council; and on Saturday the 22d, came to a Resolution, -which he left to be put in Execution the next Day. That Night he drew -off the Cannon; and on Sunday Night, at the second Watch, the Forces -began to March towards the Shore, where the Ships lay to take in the -Men. The Admiral, Thomas de Sousa, led the Van; the General and his -Officers, the Main Body; and John Xuarez Gallinato, with the Captains -Don Thomas Bravo, John Fernandez de Torres, and Christopher Villagra, -and the Musketiers, brought up the Rear. [The Forces Shipp'd off.] -In this Order the Foot were Shipp'd off, and got all aboard by the -Morning. At the same time two Dutch Men, of those that were in the -Fort with the Enemy, fled from it, and came to the Ships. Among other -Intelligence, they told the Spaniards how strong the Enemy were in -Men and Cannon: That they had 36 heavy Pieces mounted on the Ravelin -near our Ladies; seven on Cachil Tulo's Bastion; three between them; -and two on the Cavalier; three at S. Paul's; eight in the Main Fort; -three at Limatao; three more on that Bastion, and four more near it. - -This Day Furtado propos'd to sail away with the Fleet towards Amboyna, -but wanting Water, put it off for four Days, and during that time -Gallinato had leasure to Discourse him, since he was going away, -about providing [Furtado refuses to supply Tydore, and other Places.] -the Fort of Tydore, which could not be Maintain'd without Supplies. He -Answer'd, He was very willing to do it, but could not; and therefore -would send Succours from Amboyna. Application was made to him to -provide for other Wants, which concern'd his Majesties Service, -to which he return'd the same Answer. He press'd him to consider, -in what Condition he left the Fort of Machian, whereto particular -Regard ought to be had, because there were 50 Men and a Captain, with -the small Vessel, call'd a Galizabra, and he must either Relieve, -or Dismantle it. He said, He had already sent to Destroy it, and did -believe it was then Raz'd. [Machian Fort raz'd.] - -Having taken this Order, and Leave of the Commanders, he set sail on -Thursday the 27th of March, sending a Letter to Don Pedro de Acunna, -the Governour of the Philippine Islands, with an Account of the -Particulars of this Enterprize: A small Part of it will suffice to -express the Thoughts and Intention of so Discreet a Commander as -he has been prov'd by his former and later Actions; for it is not -to be believ'd that he would quit the Attempt upon Ternate, without -substantial Reasons: The Succours your Lordship [Part of Furtado's -Letter to the Governor of the Philippines.] sent me, says he, -by Gods Assistance, came in good Time; for it was Providence that -furnished his Majesty with this Fleet, and sav'd the Lives of us, -who still enjoy them. By what has happen'd in this Expedition, his -Majesty will understand how much he is beholding to your Lordship, -and how little to the Commander of Malaca; since it is his Fault, that -his Majesty was not serv'd. When the Succours your Lordship sent me -arriv'd, this Fleet had no Ammunition, as having been two Years out -from Goa, and having spent it as Occasion offer'd. Wherefore, that -it might not be thought I Obstructed his Majesties Service, I landed; -and did it with the Loss of many of the Enemies. I carry'd up my last -Trenches within 100 Paces of the Enemies Works, planted five heavy -Battering-Pieces; and in ten Days Battery a great part of a Bastion, -wherein the Enemies main Strength consisted, was ruin'd. During -that Time all the Powder the Fleet had was spent, without leaving -enough for one Charge of the Guns, and if it should happen, as I do -not question it will, that I meet any Squadron of Dutch, I must of -Necessity fight them, this being my principal Motive for raising of -the Siege, when the Enemy was reduc'd to great Streights, both by Want, -and for that many of their best Commanders had been kill'd during the -Siege. By this your Lordship may guess at the Condition I am in. This -Letter dilates upon the Complaints against the Governours of India. He -promises Don Pedro, that if he meets with any Succours at Amboyna, -and is not oblig'd to go relieve the southern Parts, he will return -to the Moluccos, tho' he be forc'd to go refit as far as Malaca. He -praises and recommends the Captains Gallinato, Don Thomas, Villagra, -and their fellow Soldiers, and so concludes the Letter. - -Gallinato went to Tydore, where he was inform'd, that tho' the Fort -of Machian was abandon'd, only one Bastian of it was dismantled; -so that if the Enemy would possess themselves of it, they might -do it with Ease, and were actually about it. Hereupon he spoke to -the King of Tydore, [Gallinato at Tydore takes Care of Machian.] -and the Portuguese Commander in Chief, recommending to them, that -they would either take Care to maintain, or else quite raze that -Fort. They commission'd a Captain to do the latter, who going to -perform it, loaded the Vessel, call'd Galizabra with 200 Quintals, -or a hundred Weight of Clove, and return'd to Tydore, to the great -Satisfaction of the Portugueses of that Island. At this Time the -King of Ternate was repairing the Breaches in his Fortifications, -and rais'd new Defences, providing against Dangers he knew Nothing -of yet. His Subjects are Warlike, [Falshood of the King of Tydore.] -with whom, and the Assistance of the Dutch, he thought his Kingdome -invincible. Great Matters might have been expected could any Confidence -be repos'd in the King of Tydore; but our Commanders say his People, -and those of Ternate understand one another. - -On the 17th of April, the King of Tydore acquainted Gallinato, -that with [The King and Queen of Tydore at Variance.] his Leave -he design'd to make Peace with the King of Ternate. He answer'd, He -would do well to consider what was expedient for his own Dominions, -without Detriment to his Majesty's Service. The same Day the Sangiack -of Nua, in the Kingdom of Bachian, came to Tydore. He was a Christian, -and laying hold of the Opportunity of serving his Majesty in the last -Expedition, visited the Queen of Tydore, a beautiful young Lady, -Daughter to the King of Bachian, who liv'd discontented, because -the King her Husband was more fond of another ancient Woman, and not -so well born. The Sangiack had Commission and Strength to steal her -away, and conduct her to her Father, since neither Complaints, [She -is stolen away.] Intreaties, nor any other Methods had been of Force -to reclaim the King. On the 4th of May, came a Sister of the King's, -on the same Pretence of visiting her Niece, and reconciling her to -the King. The Sangiack and she having concerted those Affairs, the -young Queen going abroad with them to an Entertainment, and all Things -being provided, they embark'd, and sail'd away towards Bachian. The -King of Tydore was enrag'd, out of Patience, and apprehensive of -a new War; tho' afterwards this Difference was amicably adjusted, -by the Interposition of Cachil Malua, a principal Person of Bachian. - -On the 22d of May News was brought to Tydore, that the King of Ternate, -had fitted out 50 Carcoas in his Harbour, and expected the Dutch -Ships. He, at the same Time, made Rejoycings, in a triumphant Manner -for the Departure of the Spaniards. It was requisite to leave some Men -and Provisions in the Fort of Tydore, which being done, Gallinato, -who [Fort of Tydore supply'd.] had before writ by an Advice-Boat, -to the General and Governour of the Philippine Islands, left the -Moluccos, and sail'd himself that Way. This was the Event of that -so long intended and threatned Undertaking, which I have deliver'd -impartially, having search'd after, and even guess'd at some Excuses -to justify the Behaviour of so great a Commander as Andrew Furtado; -enquiring of those very Officers who were present at the Attacks, and -in the Councils. Neither by them, nor by the General's own Memorials -[Impartiality of the Author.] and Papers, can be found or made out -any more than what appears by those which have been here inserted; -but to judge of these Affairs is not the Part of an Historian. - -[Earl of Lemos President of the Council of the Indies.] This same -Year, about the beginning of April, the Presidentship of the Council -of the Indies was conferr'd on Don Pedro Fernandez de Castro, Earl -of Lemos and Andrade, Marquess de Sarria, Chief of his Family, -whose Royal Antiquity is well known, Nephew and Son-in-law to the -Duke of Lerma. In his Youth he gave such Hopes, as were afterwards -fulfill'd by his Actions. He was then Gentleman of the Bed-Chamber -to our King. The World made the same Judgment of him, that the Senate -of Rome had in his Time of Scipio, afterwards call'd Africanus, when -it made a Scruple of entrusting him with Matters of great Difficulty, -because he was so young. But Experience soon made appear in the Earl, -as well as in Scipio, that Prudence, which regulates all other Virtues, -often anticipates grey Hairs. It is no Merit of the Off-spring to be -descended from Noble, or Plebeyan Families; but such was the Vivacity -of this great Man's Spirit, and Judgment, that had he been born Mean, -he might by his own natural [This was writ when he was living.] -Parts have made his Fortune. No Man can say he wanted publick or -private Accomplishment. In him appears a settled Magnanimity; with -a courteous Sincerity; yet temper'd with that Justice we extol in -the severe Austereness of some of the Ancients. These Virtues are -interwoven with Religion, a Zeal for its Propagation, and the universal -Agreement, which is the Product of publick Tranquility. Thus he serv'd -his King, with Care and Solicitude; without Intermission, or seeking -himself and his Advantage. It will be requisite to be brief in this -Particular, because his singular Modesty is not pleas'd with the -Soothings of Commendation; but is as averse to Flattery, as remote -from standing in need of it. - -[Member of the said Council, at that Time.] The Earl found the -Council fill'd with zealous and grave Men; the Lords Benedict -Rodriguez Valtodano, Peter Bravo de Sotomayor, Alonso Molina de -Medrano, Knight of the Order of Santiago, or S. James the Apostle, -James de Armenteros, Gonzalo de Aponte, Don Thomas Ximenes Ortis, -Don Francisco Arias Maldonado, Benavente de Benavides, John de -Villagutierre, Lewis de Salcedo, and Ferdinand de Villagomez; all of -them qualify'd by Extraction, noted for Learning, and having taken -the highest Degrees in it. These were Counsellors, and the last of -them Solicitor General of that Assembly. To which also belong'd -John de Ybarra, Knight of the Order of Calatrava, and Commendary -of Moratalaz, and Peter de Lodesma, the King's Secretaries. In the -Places of the Licenciates, Molina de Medrano, and Gonzalo de Aponte, -whom his Majesty afterwards employ'd in his Royal Council of Castile, -and in those of some who dy'd, his Majesty, at several Times put in -the Licenciates, Lewis de Salcedo, Gudiel, and Don Francis de Texada y -de Mendoza, Doctor Bernard de Olmedilla, and John de Ybarra, &c. All -these amidst that Multitude of Business they dexterously dispatch'd, -laid all their main Designs, for the restoring his Majesty's Monarchy -to its Fulness, in those utmost Limits of it; a Project suitable to -the Genius of the new President. He enquiring into the general and -particular Posture of all Things then depending, met with that of the -Molucco Islands, and finding it of Consequence, and almost forgotten, -inclin'd to give it a helping Hand. - -[Br. Gaspar Gomez informs the Council.] Much about this Time, Brother -Gaspar Gomez came into Spain, being sent by Don Pedro de Acunna, to -solicite that Enterprize. The Brother at several tedious Audiences, -gave the President full Information of all that concern'd the Molucco -Islands, their Wealth, the great Treasure Spain has expended in -Attempts to recover them, to restore persecuted Christianity, where -it had been so much receiv'd; and what Consequence it was, that this -should be done by Way of the Philippine Islands. The Earl undertook -that Cause, as such ought to be supported, and consulted about it -with the Council, with the Duke of Lerma, and most particularly -with the King's Confessor. He never desisted, till it was brought -to bear, and in such a Forwardness, that it might be effectually -dispatch'd. The Members of the supream Council, with the same Zeal, -and considering the repeated Disappointments of this Enterprize, -forwarded the Expedition, and all of them agreed that Don Pedro de -Acunna should undertake it in Person. This favourable Disposition of -theirs, was fully confirm'd, by the News brought a Year after, of the -ill Success of the united Forces of India under Furtado, and those of -the Philippine Islands, under Gallinato. It was writ by Don Pedro de -Acunna, describing it to the Life, with Duplicates for his Majesty, -and the prime Ministers, and though he left much to Brother Gaspar -Gomez, he was very particular himself. - -He complain'd that they had let slip such an Opportunity of Recovering -Ternate, and chastising the Dutch, who resort thither to the Trade of -[Don Pedro de Acunna's letter concerning the Enterprize on Ternate.] -Clove, Mace, and other Spice, and Drugs. He represented the Danger the -Philippine Islands were in, after that Neighbouring Tyrant's Victory; -and that having more particularly weigh'd the Circumstances of that -Affair, besides the Necessity of regaining the Reputation lost there, -he found that whatsoever has been yet said, was short. For not to -mention the principal End, which was the Propagation of the Faith, -but only with Regard to the King's Revenue, he show'd, That Ternate -being reduc'd it would be easie to subdue the Islands of Banda, which -are above thirty, lying about a hundred Leagues from the Moluccos, -full of valuable Mace, and possess'd by an unwar-like People, would add -that Income to Spain, and take it from the Dutch, who carry all away, -with little or no Opposition. He promis'd the same as to the Islands -Papuas, which are many, not far distant from Ternate, some of them -Subjects to that King, and yielding him a considerable Quantity of -Gold, Amber, and other valuable Tribute. Then he extended to the Great -Batochina, or Gilolo, describing its Fertility, and how that Tyrannical -King oppress'd it. Those of Celebes 45 Leagues from Ternate, where -he had strong Garrisons. The Greater and Lesser Javas, whose Kings -would again submit to Spain, as soon as the Moluccos were brought -under. He earnestly recommended Secresie and Expedition. To evince -the Necessity of both, besides the usual Reasons, he urg'd that as -soon as those Rebels and the Dutch hear of any War-like Preparations, -they spare neither Cost, nor Labour, to make all necessary Provision; -and that they never sail by the Coasts of India without ruining, -and plundering them. He affirm'd, that the General Furtado was no -way to blame for having abandon'd that Enterprize; for as it plainly -appear'd, and Captain Gallinato declar'd he had always behav'd himself -like a brave Gentleman, and discreet Commander; but that besides the -Want of Provisions and Ammunition, he could not relie upon his own -Men; and that if the Succours sent him from Manila had been more -considerable, he would have hazarded all with only them. He said, -the King of Tydore had sent him great Complaints against the General -Furtado, and that it was a common saying with him. That before he came -to the Moluccos the King of Tydore Slept, and he of Ternate Watch'd; -but now the Case was alter'd, and the contrary might be said. Yet he -believ'd he was not heartily sorry for the Disappointment. The same -he urg'd in Relation to the Kings of Bachian and Sian. He concluded, -offering to undertake that Affair in Person, provided he might be -furnish'd with what was necessary, that he might not be Distress'd -as his Predecessors had been. Then he went on, by way of Answer -to the Objections, or Accusations of the Spanish Commanders, who -being us'd to the Wars in Europe, despis'd all other Enemies, who -made War without all those Engines, and Fire-Arms us'd in Flanders, -France, and England. He says, none of those Eastern Provinces wanted -any of the Inventions we have in Europe; and that besides the great -Numbers they have, and the Dexterity in using them of the Japoneses, -Chineses, Mindanaos, and Moluccos, they are no less expert at their -Bows, and Arrows; especially the Javaneses, who conquer when they fly, -and that they are not destitute of such Strategems, that the Spaniards -have need of all their Valour against them, and their numerous -Armies. He owns the Molucco Islands can not stand in Competition, -with the strong and populous Cities taken in our Parts, but that -nevertheless, so many Christian Churches as have been polluted in them; -the banishing of our Religion; the Persecution of its Ministers; -the continual Tyrannical Practices; and Alliance of those People, -with the Dutch, his Majesties last Rebels, ought not to be cast into -Oblivion. And that, were there no other Motive but this, the King -ought to retrieve his Honour, which is concern'd for the loss of so -many of his Fleets, and Commanders. It is very remarkable, that tho' -in these Letters he gave an Account of the Posture of Affairs, either -as to Peace, or War, of so many several Kings, among whose Territories -the Spanish Arms appear, not without Glory; yet he insists not so much -on any Point, as that of Ternate, which was grown Old by above thirty -Years standing, to the Discredit of our Nation. From all this may be -inferr'd, how necessary it is always, in Affairs of great Difficulty, -to bend the entire Understanding to them, and to be in Love with the -Design conceiv'd, that so the Event may answer the Expectation. He -at the same Time sent long Reflections, and Projects of the Count -de Monterey, then Viceroy of Peru, relating to the Execution of -that Affair, wherein it plainly appear'd, by the Consonancy of the -Reasons, And the Opinions of Men well acquainted with those Parts, -that the Expedition was of greater Concern and Importance, than all -the Arguments made use of upon the like Occasions do ever amount to. - -[Lewdness of the King of Ternate and Cachil Amuxa.] Thus was Ternate -bandy'd in the Councils of Spain, whilst at home it abounded in Trade, -yet stood upon its Guard, and particularly the King, whose Prosperity -gave him Occasion to indulge his Inclinations, of Cruelty towards the -Christians, and private Satisfaction to himself. He gave himself up -to the Love of Celicaya, yet being divided among so many Women, it had -not the usual Power over him, but allow'd of other Diversions. Cachil -Amuxa, the bravest of his Commanders, and his Cousin German, was newly -Marry'd to a Daughter of the King of Mindanao, a singular Beauty, -not of the Asiatick Sort, but of the Spanish or Italian. The King, -who was us'd to observe no Rules, courted her as a Gallant, and as a -King, persisting, and presenting her; and was soon admitted by the -Indian Lady. Her Husband, tho' their Privacy for a while conceal'd -his Wrong; at length, by the King's contriving to keep him abroad, -and the Interposition of Time, which reveals all Secrets, found out -who it was defil'd his Bed. What could the unfortunate Man do? He -durst not kill his Wife, for the Love he bore her, and for Fear of the -King's Displeasure. He resolv'd to be reveng'd, as if it had been in -a Money Concern. In order to it, he dissembled the best he could, -and whensoever he had an Opportunity to talk to Queen Celicaya, -either feign'd, or profess'd Love, till he had inculcated it as -he desir'd. He bore with the Disdain and Threats, which are the -Weapons Nature bestow'd on that Sex; and Perseverance prevail'd, -for Celicaya rewarded Cachil's Love. This Intrigue continu'd [Amuxa -Cuckolds the King in Revenge.] a considerable Time, till the King -found it out, and both Rivals took Notice of it. Tho' the King more -deeply resented the Reprisal his Kinsman had made, to be reveng'd; -yet they did not fall out on that Account, nor forbear conversing -together. They preserv'd Peace and Friendship in their Houses; -and the King stood so much in need of Cachil Amuxa, for his Wars, -which in those Parts are no less frequent, than Peace, the special -Blessing of Heaven, is among us, that he durst not declare against -him, and what is more, not so much as displease Celicaya. She, as -if the Abuse tolerated in Men had been allow'd to Women, justify'd -herself by alledging the Wrong the King had done her in courting -the other. However, [The King's Revenge.] the King being once in -the Field, under one of their Arbours, and Cachil Amuxa coming in, -without his Campilan, or Cymiter, the Guards upon a Signal given them, -handled their Arms, fell upon, and gave him many Wounds on his Head, -Face, Arms and Body, none daring to defend him. He was sensible of -the Occasion, and Revenge, and suddenly drawing a small Criz, or -Dagger, he happen'd to have about him, did not only defend himself -against many Cuts and Thrusts, but assaulted the Murderers, and with -great Activity, wounded some, bore down others, and put the rest to -Flight, killing four. Nor had his Fury stopp'd there, but that the -King slipp'd away; tho' now his Wounds had weaken'd Amuxa by Reason of -the great Quantity of Blood that ran from them. He was left for dead; -but an Uncle of his, hearing the Noise, came in to his Assistance, -with his Followers; who all bound up his Wounds, and carry'd him to -his House, where he was cur'd, by the King's Permission. This was the -Effect of his Fear, rather than good Nature, for all his Kindred took -the Injury upon themselves, and began to meditate Revenge; which they -would certainly have compass'd, and made fair Way for the Pretension -of Spain, had not those who were apprehensive of another War soon -reconcil'd those Animosities. The Cachil was cur'd, but with such -Scars in his Face, and so many deep Gashes and Seams in his Head, -that he was nothing like the Man he had been before. So say they who -knew him, and have seen him in our Days at Manila and Ternate. He -was restor'd to the King's Favour, and both of them to that of their -Wives, without Notice taken of the Accident, or as if it had been a -Secret. So great is the Difference in the Humours of Nations. - - - The End of the Eighth Book. - - - - - - - - THE - HISTORY - OF THE - Discovery and Conquest - OF THE - Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. - - BOOK IX. - - -[Preparations in Spain against the Moluccos.] The continual -Application of the President and Council to expedite the Enterprize, -seem'd to be a Presage of the late ill Success at the Molucco -Islands. The true Account of it was brought in Don Pedro de Acunna's -Letters. The King and his Ministers were concern'd at it; but at -the same Time, it was a Motive to hasten the Preparations, recover -the lost Reputation, and put an End at once to that Strife. Some -attributed the Miscarriage to Disagreement between Gallinato and -Furtado; others suspected the Discord had been between the Spanish -and Portuguese Nations. None urg'd that it might be for Want of -Necessaries for carrying on the Work. These Debates ended, and -the President espousing the Business with the Resolution that was -requisite, represented the Matter in a lively Manner to the King, -recounting what the General Furtado had done, the Succours sent -by Don Pedro de Acunna under Gallinato, and how, tho' the Officers -and Soldiers [The Presidents Remonstrance to the King.] did their -Duty, the Success fail'd. That it was look'd upon as most certain, -That the Molucco Kings, who still continu'd under Subjection, had -acted coldly. That this Failure in them was occasion'd by a Sort of -State Policy, easy to be seen thro'; which was the Protracting of -the War, and making use of our Arms for their private Advantage, -without desiring it should be fully concluded. That if Means were -not us'd for expelling the Dutch out of Ternate, they would become -absolute Masters of the Archipelago of the Conception, and deprive -his Majesty of all the Revenue of the Spice, as they had almost done -in the most considerable Parts of India. - -[The King's Answer.] The King having consider'd it, approv'd of what -was laid before him; and being sensible of its mighty Importance, -judg'd the Number of Ships, Men and Arms demanded, too small; and -therefore added more with his own Royal Hand, without fixing a certain -Proportion; and order'd, that no Time should be lost, seeming very -earnest to have his Decree put in Execution. In the same Manner he -directed, thro' the Intervention of the Duke of Lerma, that the Design -in Hand should be carry'd on. Hereupon the Council pass'd the Necessary -Orders, and the President sent Letters and Instructions to the Viceroy -of New Spain, and the Governour of the Philippine Islands, that they -might with the same Diligence fulfil the Commands they should receive -as to this Point. The King in his Order sent to this Effect, declar'd -his Will, and the Method he was pleas'd should be observ'd as follows. - -Don Pedro de Acunna, my Governour, and Captain General of the -Philippine [The King's Letter to Don Pedro de Acunna.] Islands and -President of my Royal Court in them. On the 20th of September of the -last Year 1603, I writ to you by an Advice Boat, which carry'd Gaspar -Gomez, of the Society of JESUS, to New Spain, acquainting you with the -Resolution I had taken concerning what you writ to me from New Spain, -when you went to serve me those Posts, relating to the Expedition of -Ternate. Pursuant to it, I have order'd 500 Men to be rais'd in these -Kingdoms, who shall be sent aboard the Fleet that is to go this Year -to New Spain. I writ to the Viceroy, directing him to raise 500 more, -that so you may have at least 800 sent you for this Enterprize. I have -appointed four Captains to carry them from this Kingdom; one of whom -is the Vice-Admiral John de Esquivel, to be Commander in Chief of the -said Men; besides six in half Pay, who are skillful and experienc'd -Soldiers, that in Case any of the said Captains dye by the Way, they -may supply their Places; and that they may take Charge of the Companies -to be rais'd in New Spain, as I write to the Viceroy. I have appointed -the said Captains 40 [Captains and their Pay.] Ducats a Month Pay, -and the Vice-Admiral John de Esquivel 60. Those in half Pay are to -have 25 Ducats; and from that Time forward, the said John de Esquivel, -in Case I order him to have the Title of Collonel, shall have 120 -Ducats a Month; and whilst he serves under the Title of Commander -in Chief of the said Men, to have 90 Ducats a Month; the Captain: -60, and those in half Pay 40. The Soldiers, as well those rais'd in -Spain, [Soldiers Pay.] as those from New Spain, shall have Eight -Ducats a Month; the Viceroy being order'd to send to those Islands -as much Money as is requisite for a Years Pay, according to those -Rates. And, if they shall be longer detain'd upon other Occasions -of my Service, he shall also furnish what is Necessary, upon Advice -from you. Concerning which I have thought fit to acquaint, charge and -command you, that in Case this Pay of the Soldiers can be moderated, -[The Viceroy to furnish Money, Powder and Cannon.] with Regard -to what is usually paid there to Men of this Sort, you accordingly -reform it, as may be justifiable, acquainting me, and the Viceroy of -New Spain with it. However you shall make no Alteration in the Pay -of the Vice-Admiral John de Esquivel, nor of the Captains, Ensigns, -and those in half Pay. I have also directed the Viceroy to furnish -you with whatsoever shall be requisite, as far as 120000 Ducats you -have demanded for this Expedition, six Pieces of Battering Cannon, -and 500 Quintals, or hundred Weight of Musket Powder. The Men from -hence go arm'd with Muskets and Firelocks. You must be very careful -that there be due Order, Rule and Method in the Distribution of the -said Money, and every Thing besides. You shall endeavour to perform -what is intended, as I expect you [Don Pedro to go in Person.] will, -with the Men sent from hence and from New Spain, and those you may have -rais'd in those Islands for the Expedition against Ternate. If it be -possible you shall go in Person, as you have offer'd to do, leaving -those Islands in the best Order that may be. And in case the Affairs -there should be in such a Posture, that you cannot go in Person upon -this Expedition, you shall appoint another of sufficient Experience, -and well quallify'd, to take the whole Command, for I impower you so -to do. And it is my Will, That in Case you should miscarry, either -going upon the Expedition, or thro' any other Accident, or the Person -you shall appoint for it, that then the [John de Esquivel to succeed -Don Pedro.] Vice-Admiral John de Esquivel succeed and prosecute it; -and that all such as go upon the said Expedition, as well as Seamen -and Landmen, obey him, as they would you, if there. And I declare -that in this Case, and if you should miscarry, and the said John de -Esquivel succeed in the Command of the Expedition, he shall be subject -and subordinate to my Royal Sovereign Court of those Islands. I have -made Choice of the Captains, who have the Command of the Foot rais'd -in those Kingdoms, as Persons of Merit and Service; and therefore -do command you to honour and favour them as far as may be allowable, -and in so doing you will please me; and that you do not reform them, -nor take away their Companies, to give them to others, unless it be to -advance them to higher Posts. Nevertheless, if they shall be guilty -of any Crimes, you may punish them, as their Superior Officer. It is -to be suppos'd, That when these Men come to those Islands, and they -shall set out in the first Ships that sail from New Spain, after the -Arrival of the Flota, you will have all Things in such Forwardness, -that the Enterprize may be [Charge of Martial Discipline, &c.] -gone upon immediately. I charge you strictly to undertake it with -all the Precaution, Maturity, and Consideration I can expect from so -able a Soldier; and that the Men be well disciplin'd and exercis'd, -and all Things so well dispos'd, that you may meet with the wish'd -Success, which is of such Consequence, and you are sensible how much is -hazarded, and of the great Expence that is made. You are to take Care, -as I charge you, that the necessary Order be taken in the Distribution -and Management of my Treasure; and that all superfluous Charges be -avoided. You shall from Time to Time give me an Account of whatsoever -happens, as Occasion shall offer. When you have recover'd the Fort of -Ternate, you shall take the necessary Measures for the Security of the -same, and of the Island. I have order'd the Viceroy of New Spain to -send you Advice, as soon as the Men that go from hence arrive there, -if there be conveniency so to do; and that he particularly inform you -of what Force he has gather'd there, and will be effective any other -Way; as also when they shall sail thence, that you may dispose Things -there accordingly; and if you shall think fit that the Men be left any -where, before they come to Manila, you may order it, or do as you shall -think most Expedient in all Respects. Valladolid, June the 20th 1604. - -After the Dispatching of this Order, or Letter, the Contents of it -began to be executed in Spain. In the foregoing Year 1603, whilst -Don Pedro [Dreadful Fire at Manila.] de Acunna was busy in making -Preparations to this Effect, an Accident happen'd in the Philippine -Islands, which threatned the Ruin of them, and greater Calamaties. A -Fire broke out at Manila in April, which consum'd the best Part, -and above half the City, without being able to save the Goods, -which had been landed from the Ships newly arriv'd from New Spain, -and laid up in the safest Part of the Houses, whereof 270 of Timber -and Stone were burnt, as also the Monastery of S. Dominick, House -and Church, the Royal Hospital of the Spaniards, and the Magazines, -no Building that lay betwixt them escaping. Fourteen Spaniards were -burnt, and among them, the licenciate Sanz, a Canon of the Cathedral, -with some Indians and Blacks. The Loss was valu'd at a Million. It -seem'd to be an Omen of what was to follow, which agreed with the -Signs seen in the Sky. - -In the foregoing March, a Chinese Ship came into the Bay of Manila, -[Three Chinese Mandarines at Manila.] in which, as the Out-Guards gave -the Account, there came three great Mandarines, with suitable Pomp and -Retinue, about their Monarch's Business. The Governour gave them leave -to land, and come into the City. As soon as landed, they were carry'd -directly to the King's House, in Palankines of Ivory, and curious Sorts -of Wood gilt, on the Shoulders of their Servants, who were clad in -Red. There the Governour expected them, with the Members of the Royal -Court, and a great Number of Officers and Soldiers, who also lin'd the -Streets, and publick Places. When they came to the House, they were set -down by their Servants, and leaving their Colours, Umbrelloes, Launces, -and other Tokens of Grandeur, went into a spacious Room magnificently -adorn'd. As soon as they saw the Governour, who expected them standing, -the Mandarines, making their Obeysance, and performing Ceremonies of -Civility after the Chinese Fashion, made up to him. Don Pedro return'd -their Courtesy after the Manner of Spain. They, pursuant to their -Commission, with the Interposition [Their Extraordinary Message.] -of Interpreters, told him; "That their King had sent them with a -Chinese, they brought along with them in Chains, that they might -with their own Eyes see a Golden Island, call'd Cabit, near Manila, -of which that Subject of his had given him an Account, telling him, -it was not possess'd by any Body, and therefore ask'd of him a Number -of Ships, to seize it, promising to bring them back loaden with Gold, -and if he did not he should take his Head. That they were come to -fulfill that Promise to their King, and to satisfy him of the Truth -of the Existence of so strange an Island; which being an Affair of -such Consequence, their King would not commit it to any Persons of -less Note than themselves." Don Pedro de Acunna answer'd them in a -few [Don Pedro's Answer.] Words. "That they were Welcome; that they -might rest them in the House prepar'd for their Entertainment in the -City, and they would afterwards discourse about that Affair more at -Leisure. Thus they took their Leave, and at the Door got up again into -their Palankines, on the Shoulders of their Slaves, who carry'd them -to their Lodgings. There the Governour order'd them to be plentifully -furnish'd with Provisions, and all Dainties as long as they staid. - -It is a plain Case, that the coming of these Mandarines must raise -a Jealousy, [Jealousy of the Chineses.] and make it be concluded, -that they came upon another Design, than what they declar'd. The -Chineses are sharp and mistrustful, and it was not to be believ'd, -that their King should send them on that Errand, nor the Fiction -likely to be credited by the Spaniards. At the same Time, eight -Chinese Ships arriv'd at Manila with Merchandize, and declar'd, That -the Mandarines come as Spies, because the King of China intended to -break off all Trade with the Spaniards, and send over a mighty Fleet -of Ships that could carry an hundred Thousand fighting Men, to possess -himself of that Place, and that this Expedition would be some time that -Year. The Governour redoubled his Care for the Security of the City, -and order'd the Mandarines to be well treated, but not to be suffer'd -to go out of the City, nor to administer Justice among the Sangleys, -or Chineses, as they had began to do, which they seem'd to resent. Then -he sent them Word, that they must dispatch their Business, and return -speedily to China. All this was done, without any Signs of Jealousy -shown by the Spaniards, or that they saw into their private Designs. - -The Mandarines visited the Governour again, and then he was more -[Second Visit of the Mandarines, and the Governour's Answers.] -plain; and making something of a Jest of their Coming, said to them, -That he wonder'd their King should give Credit to the Chinese they -brought Prisoner; or if it had been true that any such Gold were -in the Philippine Islands, that he should think the Spaniards would -suffer it to be carry'd away, the Country belonging, as it did, to -the King of Spain. The Mandarines answer'd they believ'd as much; -but that their King had sent them, and they were oblig'd to come, -and to carry him an Answer. That having done their Part, according -to their Duty, they would return. The Governour being willing to make -short Work of it, sent the Mandarines, with their Prisoner and Servants -to the Port of Cabite, which is two Leagues from the City. There they -were receiv'd with the Noise of our Cannon, purposely fir'd at their -Landing, which they admir'd, and did not conceal their Surprise and -Fear. When landed they ask'd the Prisoner, [The Chinese Prisoner -prov'd a Cheat.] whether that was the Island he had told the King -of: He, nothing daunted, answer'd, It was. They reply'd, Then where -is the Gold? All that is in it, rejoyn'd he, is Gold, and I will -make it good. The same Answer he made to several other Questions -put to him; and all was writ down in the Presence of some Spanish -Commanders, and trusty Naguatatoes, or Interpreters. To conclude, -the Mandarines order'd a Basket made of Palm-Tree Leaves to be fill'd -with that Earth, to carry it to the King of China; and after dining -and resting, return'd to Manila. The Naguatatoes or Interpreters, -declar'd, That the Mandarines pressing the Prisoner to answer directly -to the Purpose, he told them, That the meaning of what he said to -the King was, that there was abundance of Gold, and other Wealth in -the [He explains himself.] Possession of the Spaniards and Natives -of the Philippine Islands; and if he would furnish him with a Fleet -well mann'd, he having been at Luzon, and knowing the Country, would -undertake to make himself Master of it, and return to China with the -Ships laden with Gold. This, with what the Chineses had said before, -seem'd more likely than the Invention of the Mandarines. - -Don F. Michael de Benavides, then Archbishop Elect of Manila, who -understood the Chinese Language, was of this Opinion. He had been in -their Country, was acquainted with the Subtilties of the Sangleyes, -and suffer'd their Torments and Cruelties. It was presently Judg'd, -that the Mandarines came under that Colour to view the Country, and -to lay the Foundation of their Insurrection and Mutiny there. These -certain Judgments are grounded on the Irrational Disposition of -the Sangleyes, or Chineses, which, not to mention other Proofs, -will sufficiently appear, by some few [Part of a Letter concerning -the Chineses.] Periods of the Long Letter Ferdinand de los Rios, -of whom we have spoken before, writ to Manila, from the Port of -Pinar in Canton, where he was upon the Service of the Church, and -of his King. For these Infidels, says he, have the Light of Nature -more clouded than any other People in the World, and therefore there -is need of Angels, and not Men, to deal with them. For the better -conceiving what a sort of Country 'tis we are in, I shall only say, -that this is the true Kingdom of the Devil, and where he may be said -to govern with absolute Power. Every Sangley, or Chinese, seems to -be possess'd by him; for there is no piece of Malice, or Fraud, but -what they attempt. The Government, tho' outwardly it appears good, -as to Order and Method, for its Security; yet when you once have -Experience of its Practice, you will find it is all a Contrivance of -the Devil. Tho' they do not here publickly rob, or plunder Strangers, -they do it another worse Way, &c. - -[Chineses design the Conquest of the Philippines.] This Jealousy -conceiv'd against the Sangleyes, who, once for all, are the Chineses so -call'd by the Spaniards at Manila, was verify'd; for it was afterwards -known, that the Captain of the King of China's Guards had begg'd of -him the Conquest of the Philippine Islands, at the Perswasion of that -Chinese they brought Prisoner. The Governour treated the Mandarines -civilly, and mistrusted their Designs, keeping a watchfull Eye over -them. However there wanted not some-body that ask'd them, what they -thought of that Fellow's Invention, since they had seen that the Place -he mention'd was so far from having any Gold, that there were not the -least Tokens of any such Thing to be found in it; and since it was so, -they ought to make him give it under his Hand, that he had told his -King a Lye. One of the Mandarines bid him do so, and he taking the -Pen form'd [The Prisoners Declaration.] three Characters, which, -explain'd in our Tongue, signify'd, If the King pleases, it is Gold; -and if not, it is Sand. Being press'd farther, he declared, That -he had inform'd his King that Gold was produc'd there to incline -his Majesty to entrust him with a good Fleet, wherewith he might -take Revenge of the Christian Sangleyes, who had done him many -Wrongs. Little Notice was taken of all this, and tho' the Authority -of the Mandarines seem'd to corroborate it, all was look'd upon as -Folly, for none believ'd that they design'd to carry on a War out of -their Country. The Mandarines return'd Home, having, as is believ'd, -communicated their Project to the Sangleyes that were settled there, -who at Manila, and in the other Islands, were above 30000. - -[Chineses take Aynan by Treachery.] The same was practis'd by the -Chinese King in the Island of Aynao, or Aynan, a most fruitful Country, -and near to his Kingdom, where the Chineses crept in under Colour of -Trade, as they did at Manila, and possess'd themselves of it to this -Day. This Island has such a plentiful Pearl Fishery, that in the Year -1600 the King caus'd 1500 Arrobas, that is, 375 Hundred Weight of -them to be taken up. This will not seem incredible to such as know, -that not long before, in four Months Time, he gather'd 1700 [Monstrous -Quantity of Pearls.] Vessels that row'd, for this Fishery, every one -being oblig'd to take a Pico, that is, five Arrobas, or Quarters of -an Hundred, to gather a sufficient Quantity of Pearls to rebuil'd a -Royal Apartment that had been pull'd down in that King's Palace. He -built it again, covering the Walls and Roofs with Clusters of Pearls, -and Birds, Beasts, Fruits, and Flowers, all made of that precious -Substance, set on Plates of Gold. The Truth of this Fact appears by -an Authentick Writing, which gives an Account of it; for being likely -to be judg'd Fabulous, it was requisite to authorize the Relation. - -[Precautions taken at Manila.] The Governour did not altogether look -upon the Design of the Mandarines as a Piece of Vanity and Folly, -tho' he conceal'd his Thoughts; for he made some Preparations, and -among the rest hasten'd the repairing of the Walls of the City; -which having suffer'd much by the Fire, when the Arms were also -lost, he made up that Defect the best he could, and the Sangleyes -were assisting in it. It is to be observ'd, that those People have -a separate Government among themselves, in the Philippine Islands. - -At the Time that Don Pedro, the Governour, was most intent upon the -War against the Molucco Islands, there happen'd such an Accident at -Manila, as [Encan a Chinese of great Subtilty.] might not only have -diverted it, but utterly destroy'd the whole Province. A Man was then -living, who stay'd at Manila, when the great Pyrate Limaon, of whose -Life and Actions there are Printed Relations, came to Manila. He was -then an Idolater, and, as was reported, serv'd the Pyrate in a leud -Capacity. His Name was Encan, born at Semygua, in the Province of -Chincheo; and was baptiz'd under the Government of Santiago de Vera, -who gave him his Surname, and he was call'd Baptist de Vera. He -prov'd a subtile Dealer, and successfully Active, by which Means, -following Trade, he gather'd immense Wealth, and was Great with -the Governours of the Philippines. Through his Interposition, the -Sangleyes propos'd to Don Pedro, that he should allow them to repair -a Parapet of the Wall, which was finishing, at their own Expence; -for that they, as a Part of the Publick, would do his Majesty that -Piece of Service; and every one of them offer'd four Royals, that is, -two Shillings, towards the Work. This Piece of Service, and the Favour -of the Citizens, Encan had purchas'd by good Turns, made the Suspicion -conceiv'd of their Conspiracy vanish, or at least be little regarded. - -[His crafty Practices.] He was respected by the Spaniards, and -belov'd by the Sangleyes, had been their Governour several Times, -and had many Godsons, and other Dependants. At this Time he cunningly -kept within the City, to secure Things by his Presence; but from -thence he stirr'd up the People, and laid his Design, by Means of his -Confidents. He thought fit to know what Number of People he should -find to put it in Execution, and that he might muster them in private, -order'd that every one of his Country-Men should bring him a Needle; -pretending he had Occasion for them for some Work. The Sangleyes, -either guessing at the End for which these Needles were gather'd, or -else ignorantly obey'd Encan. The Needles being put into a little Box, -the Number of them was so great, that it encourag'd him to undertake -a far different Work than he had propos'd. - -The Governour still forwarded the Work of the Walls; rais'd Men; -and directed the Justices to furnish themselves with Provisions, -and Arms, to relieve the City. Near the Parian, which is the Quarters -of the Chineses, [Don Pedro strengthens himself.] there was another -Ward, inhabited by Japoneses, who are Enemies to the Sangleyes, with -whom they are continually at War in their own Country. The Governour -summon'd the Heads of them, and artfully div'd into their Inclinations, -to discover, what Use he might make of them upon Occasion, and whether -they would assist him against the Chineses, in Case [Japoneses promise -to assist the Spaniards, and alarm the Chineses.] they came to a -War. The Japoneses, proud of the Confidence he repos'd in them, and -of an Opportunity of serving against their Enemy, answer'd, they were -ready to dye with the Spaniards. This discreet Precaution occasion'd -some Harm, for the Japoneses revealing the Secret, or adding some -Circumstances in the Relation, it was given out, that Don Pedro, -with their Assistance, intended to cut off the Sangleyes; and some -of the Japoneses told them as much, that they might fly, and reward -them for the Intelligence. Many of them had Thoughts of absconding -in the Mountains, the Rest were frighted, and those who intended -to revolt, found an Opportunity to perswade the others to joyn with -them, and encourag'd the unsettled with fair Promises. In short, most -of them consented to the Rebellion, and appointed S. Francis's Day, -when the Christians were all at Church, [Conspiracy of the Chineses.] -celebrating that Festival, for the Time of rising. Others were for -having it done at Night, when 25000 of them were to break in and -murder our Men. - -Notwithstanding their Secrecy some Discovery was made. John de -Talavera, [Discovery of it.] Curate of the Village of Quiapo, -inform'd the Arch-Bishop, that an Indian Woman, with whom a Sangley, -or Chinese, was in Love, had discover'd to him the Plot laid for -S. Francis's Day. It was also reported, that a Woman-Black had said, -there would be a great Slaughter, and another Conflagration, like the -former, on S. Francis's Night. These and other Advices were presently -made known to the Governour and Council. A sufficient Proof was to -see the Chineses sell all, to their very Shoes, and compound their -Debts, tho' this was rather lookt upon as a Design to [The Governour's -Precautions.] be gone, than to commit any Treason. To dispell their -Fear of the Spaniards and Japoneses, the Governour made them some -Speeches himself, and caus'd the same to be proclaim'd in all Parts, -ingaging the King's Faith and Security; but nothing was of Force -to quiet them. Three Days before the Feast of S. Francis, above 400 -Anhayes Merchants stay'd in the City, because they could not dispose -of their Goods. These seeing the others in Disorder, on Account of -the Report, that the Spaniards and Japoneses design'd to massacre -them, sent a Message to the Governour, by Chican, [Anhayes in Fear, -assur'd.] one of the Province of Anhay, or Chincheo, whereof that -City is Head. He came to him by Night, for Fear of the other Chineses; -and acquainted him with the Dread, and Confusion they were in, without -knowing what Course to take, and therefore they came to him for Advice -and Protection. He having hear'd him, gave all possible Security in -his Answer, and the next Day went himself to talk to his Companions, -whom he satisfy'd in a very obliging Manner, assuring them, that the -Spanish Nation never was guilty of executing, or consenting to such -Villanies. This Discourse satisfy'd them; but still those who had -Mischief in their Hearts did not desist. - -The Sangleyes, or Chineses live there in a separate Quarter, -which the Arabs call Alcayceria, and the People of the Philippines, -Parian. On S. Francis's Eve, a great Number of them met in a House -half a League from [Parian the Chinese Quarter.] the City, where -there is a Sugar Work: The House stands in a Thicket, which belongs -to the Sangley Governour. Those who began first to gather there, -were the Gardiners of the Quarter of Parian. Don Lewis Perez [First -meeting of the mutinous Chineses.] de las Marinhas had Advice of -it, from the Dominicans of Minondo. Don Lewis had Charge of the -Christian Sangleyes, and sent Word to Don Pedro de Acunna. Minondo -is a Town inhabited by Chineses opposite to Manila, the River only -parting them. From Minondo the Chinese Dwellings run on, as far as -another Town of the Natives, call'd Tondo; and in the [Minondo a Town -of Chineses.] Quarter of the Chineses, there is a strong Monastery -of Augustinians, all of Stone. Not far from it the Dominicans have -two, but wooden Buildings. The Governour, to be fully inform'd of -the whole Truth, sent thither Baptist [Tondo a Town of Natives.] -before mention'd, Governour of the Sangleyes, of whom he had a -great Opinion, and all Men lookt upon him as a sincere Christian, -and loyal Subject to the King. He charg'd him to speak to them in -his Name, and to convince [Baptist, the Chinese Governour sent to -appease them.] them how little Cause they had to fear, as knowing -how peaceable the Spaniards were. Baptist undertook this Commission, -went to the Sugar Work, which was his own, spoke to his People as -he thought fit, and return'd very late with the Answer, telling Don -Pedro, that he had been in Danger of being chosen their Chief, and -that his People would have forc'd him to accept of it. That it was -true, they were assembled together, and strong, but that it was all -occasion'd by the Fear they had conceiv'd of the Spaniards; and that -they had display'd several Colours with Chinese Characters on them, -which, being translated, contain'd these Words. - -[Inscription on the Chinese Rebels Colours.] 'The Chief and General of -the Kingdom of China, call'd Ezequi, and another of the Tribe of Su, -call'd Tym, following the Dictates of Heaven in this Affair, that all -the Chineses may unanimously joyn in this Work, and obey them, in Order -to root out these Enemy Robbers, are willing that Yochume and Quinte, -Japoneses, in Conjunction with us Sangleyes, do conquer this City, -and when we have subdu'd it, we will divide this Country, even to -the Grass of it, equally between us, as becomes loving Brothers. - -[Falshood of Baptist.] He pretended to be mightily concern'd, because -they would have proclaim'd him King, and he was forc'd to make his -Escape to save his Loyalty; and had deceiv'd them, promising to -return. Hereupon the Governour us'd several Means to appease them, -the Danger of so furious a Beginning increasing with the Number of -the Rebells. The first Mischief he endeavour'd to prevent was the -destroying of the Rice, which was then almost ripe. He appointed -Colonel Augustin de Arceo, Major Christopher de Azcueta, and Captain -Gallinato to go speak to them; but Don Lewis Perez de la Marinhas, -who liv'd at Minondo thinking the Rebellion now requir'd some harsher -Remedy, came at Night to advise the Governour to be more watchful, -and that all the City should do the like. He desir'd he would allow -him some Men to secure that Town, for he fear'd the Sangleyes would -burn it that Night, and it was now requisite to make open War; and he -must not believe they could be reduc'd by Messages, or fair Means. The -[Don Lewis Perez secures Minondo.] Governour being impos'd upon by -Baptist, still hop'd all would be compos'd without Effusion of Blood, -and at the Perswasion of Don Lewis gave him 20 Soldiers, his own -Servants, and some marry'd Spaniards, who were Inhabitants of the same -Town. He distributed these Men into the most dangerous Posts of it, -that the Enemy might not set Fire to it, and the Christian Sangleyes -when they lost their Goods, joyn'd the Rebels. On the other Hand, -the Governour privately posted his Troops, and Sentinels; and all -Men expected, or dreaded the Fate of that Night, particularly the -General John de Alcega, who, by the Governor's Command, was to follow -the Orders he receiv'd from Don Lewis. Proclamation was again made, -that all Men should be peaceable, under Penalty of being sent to the -Galleys for four Years. - -This avail'd so little, that, excepting 4000 Handicrafts Men, and the -Anhayes [1000 Sangleyes salley.] Merchants, all the Rest assembled -at the Sugar Work. At one in the Morning, a Party of about 1000 -Sangleyes march'd out of a Fort, with Catanas, or Cymiters, Halbards, -and other Weapons advanc'd, as also with long Staves, harden'd at the -Fire at the Points; which they use instead of Pikes, and are no less -serviceable. These are very frequent among them in their Country, -and are made of a solid Sort of Wood, call'd Mangle. They fell upon -the Farm, or Pleasure House of Captain Stephen de Marquina, not far -from their Parian, and murder'd him, his Wife, Children, Servants, -[They murder several and burn Houses.] and Slaves. They set Fire to -the House, and to those of other Spaniards, among which were those -of Colonel Peter de Chaves, and of two Clergymen, who liv'd a retir'd -Life, their Names Francis Gomez, and Ferdinand de los Rios. They also -kill'd F. Barnard de Santa Catalina, Commissary of the Inquisition, of -the Order of S. Dominick. All these defended themselves, as did many -more who escap'd, desperately wounded. Thence they drew towards the -Town of Tondo, which is divided into Quarters. They fell upon that -of Quiapo, and set Fire to it, after murdering 20 Persons. [More -Cruelties.] Among the Rest they burnt a Lady of Quality, and a -Boy, giving great Shouts, and boasting that from thence forward, -the Indians should pay Tribute to them, and the Castillas perish. - -News being brought on Saturday Morning, that the Sangleyes were going -to enter the Town, and that the Natives had withdrawn themselves in -their Vessels toward Manila, in Order to get in, or lye under the -Shelter of its Walls in the River, the Governour dispos'd the Regular -Troops, and those of the City Militia about the Walls, viewing the -Gates, and all weak Places. [Captain Perez sent to Tondo.] He sent -Captain Gaspar Perez with his regular Company to Tondo, and order'd -him to obey Don Lewis de las Marinhas, and to carry no Colours. As -soon as he came, the 20 Men sent the Night before, joyn'd him, and Don -Lewis thinking that too small a Force, sent to desire Succours. The -Governour knowing he was in the right, sent the Captain Don Thomas -Bravo, his own Nephew, 24 Years of Age, who serv'd at Ternate in the -[Captain Thomas Bravo Succours him.] Expedition of Andrew Furtado. He -went over to the Town of Tondo, with another Company of the regular -Forces, some Voluntiers, and seven of the Governour's Servants, -leaving the Colours in the City. After him he sent Captain Peter de -Arcea, an old Low-Country Soldier. Don Lewis sent Word again, that -the Chineses were marching towards Tondo, that they were Numerous, -and he fear'd they would burn the Town, and a stately Church of the -Augustinians. The Governour sent him 60 Men more, most of them arm'd -with Pikes, and Halbards, the first having been Musketiers. These -were commanded by Don John de Penna, till he deliver'd them to Don -Lewis. When this Company came, there had been an Ingagement at Tondo, -wherein Don Lewis slew abundance of Sangleyes, and oblig'd the rest to -retire; preventing their burning the Town, which began to take Fire, -and the Houses at the Entrance of it were consum'd. Don Lewis would -have pursu'd the Enemy, who retir'd to their Fort, and Don Thomas -Bravo endeavour'd to disswade [Chineses repuls'd.] him, saying, The -Men were all fatigu'd, and that as soon as out of the Town they would -meet with nothing but Bogs and Brambles; and since the Governor's -Orders extended no farther than to keep the Enemy off from thence, -and save the burning of the Church and Houses, and that had been -done, they ought to send him Advice of it, before they proceeded, -being only the River parted them, and in the mean while the Soldiers -would refresh themselves, and they might hear more of the Enemies -Design. Captain Alcega said the same, but Don Lewis being bent upon it, -and offended to be [Don Lewis upbraids Captain Alcega.] contradicted, -ask'd him, What Hen had cackled in his Ear? And bid them follow him, -for five and twenty Soldiers were enough to deal with all China. Alcega -answer'd, He was us'd to hear as good Game-Cocks as himself Crow; -yet he would do well to consider what he did. However, tho' F. Farfan, -an Augustinian, earnestly perswaded Don Lewis, falling on his Knees, -to do as they desir'd him, and not to go any farther, yet he could -not be prevail'd on; but having order'd the Captains, Gaspar Perez, -and Peter de Arceo, to secure some Posts with a few Men, he broke out -furiously, and [Pursues the Enemy against Advice.] began to march, -being follow'd by the Men, in Pursuit of the Enemy; who had already -gain'd the Road, and they overtook them near the Fort, between the -Bogs and the Fordable Shoals. When they came to the Fort, the Country -open'd a little more. Here they began to fall upon the Enemies Rear, -and they perceiving how few the Spaniards were, as not being above 130, -drew up in a Body with two Points, like a Half Moon, and lay in Ambush -among the Grass. The main Body of our Men march'd towards the Fort, -and then those who lay in Ambush rising, enclos'd our Men, and fell -upon them so furiously with sharp Stakes, Cymiters, and other Weapons, -that they cut them in Pieces. Head-Pieces of Proof were found batter'd -with a Stake. A Musketier, who serv'd Don Lewis, reported, that a -Company of [Is slaughter'd with his Men.] Sangleyes fell upon him, -who having enclos'd him, laid about so implacably, that they bruiz'd -and broke his Legs; after which he fought a considerable Time on his -Knees, till they stun'd him with their Staves, against which a strong -Helmet could not defend him. They left the Ensign Francis de Rebolledo -stun'd, for Dead, and when the Enemy drew off, he made a Shift to get -up and escape, with his Head cruelly cut, and was cur'd in the City, -where he told many Particulars of that miserable Slaughter, about 30 -more escap'd, and among them F. Farfan, who all got off by being in -the Rear, and light of Foot. Don Lewis was kill'd there by the same -People that had slain his Father, and with him the General Alcega, -Don Thomas Bravo, Captain Cebrian de Madrid, and only one of all the -Governor's Servants surviv'd. - -[Chineses rejoyce with the Spaniard's Heads.] The Sangleyes cut -off the Heads of the Slain, and hoisting them on the Points of -their Spears, run in at their Nostrils, carry'd them to present to -their Chinese General, who was in the Fort, and his Name Hontay. He, -and the Rest, view'd the Heads, and set them up with much rejoycing, -returning Thanks to Heaven, and the Earth, according to their Custom, -for that Victory; thinking they should meet with little Opposition -from the Spaniards after that. - -All this Day, being the Feast of S. Francis, and the next, the -Enemy spent in rejoycing. At Manila they were burning the Suburbs, -and Houses without the Walls, and consider'd what Order they should -take against the Parian; for tho' many Thousands of Sangleyes us'd -to inhabit it, there were not then 1500 remaining, and among them 500 -Anhayes Merchants, a peaceable and rich People, of whom there was no -mistrust; the rest were Handicrafts, no Way suspected. About 50 of the -others were secur'd, who had their Hair shorn, and were mix'd among -the Christian Sangleys. These gave Information, that they had burnt -Monasteries of Religious People in several Places. Some Clergy-Men, -with abundance of Women and Children, secur'd themselves in the -Church of S. Francis del [Christians defend themselves in a Belfry.] -Monte, and some Companies of Sangleyes coming to besiege them, they -went up into a Belfry, where having fixt a Sheet on a Staff, they -display'd it like Colours, the People appearing at the Windows, the -Women and Children ringing the Bells, rating the Enemy, and bidding -them come on. Our Men often firing two Muskets, which was all they -had, the Sangleyes durst not approach, being more afraid than they -had Occasion, and accordingly drew off to a strong Post, whence they -were to continue the War. - -[Francis de las Missas does the Rebels much Harm.] The Governour -endeavour'd to prevent the News of the Slaughter spreading abroad, -lest it should discourage the Country; and gave out, that the Slain -were at S. Francis del monte. He warn'd the Justices to get together -all the Indian Servants, because there were scarce any Spaniards left; -and sent the Factor Francis de las Missas to cruise upon the Coast, -with three Rowing Vessels, towards the Enemies Fort, to cut off all -their Provisions. The Factor perform'd his Part so well, that he sunk -some Vessels, and burnt those that carry'd them Provisions. He kill'd -many of their Men at the Mouth of a River that falls into the Sea, -about the Fort call'd Navotas; look'd for the Clergy-men they were -said to have kill'd in their Houses; and sent away to S. Francis -del monte, a Party of 500 Japoneses, with three Spaniards, and two -Franciscan Fryers, to gather the Remains of that Slaughter. In his Way, -he pass'd by the Enemy's Fort, with a Design to do them some Harm, -if he could, and found they had abandon'd it, retiring to the Parian, -to joyn the rest and besiege the City, being puff'd up with their -late Victory. This happen'd on Monday the 6th. The [Japoneses kill -200 Chineses, and burn their Fort.] Japoneses search'd the Fort, -where they found about 200 sick and wounded Chineses, whom they slew, -and saving abundance of Provisions, burnt the Fort with all their -Warlike Preparations, which could not be serviceable against the first -Owners. They went up to the Monastery, and return'd thence the same -Day to the City. - -The few Sangleyes in the Parian were no less apprehensive, than the -[Rebels send to stir up the others.] greater Number in the Fort, both -because they were so near, and for that it was suppos'd they would -joyn their Companions, when they saw the Spaniards decline. Besides, -it was known, that those in Rebellion had sent to desire them to -come over to their Party, giving them Notice of the Spaniards they -had kill'd. This was discover'd by a Sangley, who swimming over, -was taken by the Sentinel on the Vessels that were in the River, -who, having confess'd on the Rack, that he was a Spy, and went -[Spy executed.] forward and backward with Intelligence, was put to -Death. On the other Hand, it was consider'd, that though the safest -Way was to kill all those People, yet it was not just to execute -Men that were not convicted of any Crime; especially since they came -to the Philippine Islands, to trade upon the publick Faith, and the -Governour having engag'd for their Safety, in case they were quiet, -and intermeddled not in the Rebellion. For this Reason some Councils -of War were held among the Commanders, at which the Counsellors, and -the Archbishop, were also present; and considering, that the Rebels -earnestly applying to those in the Parian, to side with them, it was -possible they might be perverted, and in case they did not revolt, -[The Governour would secure the Anhayes.] those Mutiniers would kill -them, it was resolv'd, That the Anhayes Merchants should be perswaded -to retire with their Effects into the Monastery of S. Augustin, which -is a strong House within Manila. The Governour having himself in Person -acquainted them herewith, as also by some of the Counsellors and their -Friends, yet they were irresolute; and tho' some of them committed -the keeping of their Goods to others, they stay'd themselves to be -Spectators of the Event. The last Care taken of them, was Don Pedro's -going in Person to the Parian that same Day; and about an Hour after, -many of the Enemies Colours appear'd on the other Side of the River, -along the Bank of it. They came from the Fort, which was a quarter -of a League from the City. - -[Chineses pass over to Parian.] Some of the Sangleyes began to swim -over to the Parian, and others came in Boats and Floats provided -for that Purpose. Their Passage could not be obstructed, because -the Galiots and Carcoas belonging to the Navy were then among the -Pintados, to defend those Islands; Intelligence having been brought, -that a Fleet of Mindanaos and Ternates was coming to invade them. The -Rebels enter'd the Parian with great Cries, bringing the Heads of -the Spaniards they had kill'd on S. Francis's Day, run through the -Nostrils. The Governour observing their Resolution, order'd the -Captains, Gaspar Perez, and Peter de Arceo, who were at Tondo, -to come over to the City with their Companies. The Enemy being -return'd to the Parian, with that dismal Spectacle of the Heads, -began to perswade the Anhayes, who had not yet declar'd, but not -being able to prevail, and finding them positive on the contrary, -and that they blam'd what they had done, [The Chineses murder the -Anhayes.] they fell upon and butcher'd above 200 of them. Then -they plunder'd Part of their Silks, which made them Cloaths of -several Colours. They [Some hang themselves to avoid their Fury.] -also hang'd other Merchants, and some, being about 80 in Number, -hang'd themselves, to prevent falling into their Hands, which is very -frequent in that Country. One of these was the Sangley General himself, -call'd, Hontay. F. John Pobre, formerly a Captain, since a Franciscan -Fryer, and at this Time compell'd by Necessity to take up Arms again, -reported, That the mutinous Sangleyes, having perswaded the Anhayes -to follow their Example, they appointed Chican, a rich Sangley, and -Master of the Spanish Tongue, to answer for them. He, before he would -speak his Mind, told them it would be proper to set up a Gallows, and -the Heads of the Spaniards on it, that being in View, they might all -take Courage to fight manfully. They approv'd of his Counsel, and the -Gallows being set up, he [Strange Death of Chican.] went up himself -to range the Heads, and taking out a Rope he had carry'd up unseen, -put it about his own Neck, and hang'd himself in the Sight of them all. - -The same day Captain Peter de Brito, being with his Company in the -Cathedral, which had been assign'd him the Night before, for his Post, -and observing that a certain House was not uncover'd, contrary to -the Proclamation made the Day before, commanding them all to have -the Palm-Tree Leaves and Nipa, wherewith they are thatch'd, taken -off, for Fear of another Conflagration; he sent to take it off. The -Ensign Andrew Obregon went up to this Purpose to the very Top, and -there found Baptist hidden with his Sword and Dagger, whom some -Women endeavour'd to conceal. Being ask'd by the Ensign, what he -did there? he answer'd, He was [Baptist Chief of the Rebels taken.] -taking off the Nipa. The next Question he was quite dash'd, and -his own Conscience suddenly accusing him, he said, Do not kill me, -Sir. The Ensign mildly encouraging, bid him go to the Governour, who -expected him, and stay'd to take off the Covering of Nipa. Then coming -down saw some Soldiers, and went up again with them. By this Time -certain Indian Women had hid Baptist in a Chamber, where the Soldiers -entering by Force, bound him, and he was cast into Prison among other -Chineses. The Tryal was short, as is usual in the Martial Way, and -in the mean while the Prisoners were remov'd to Captain Gallinato's -House. Thither came a Japonese Boy, enquiring for Baptist. They -found his Pocket full of Squibs, and another Boy with a Piece of a -Wax-Candle, all which was given them by one of Baptist's Slaves. The -Squibs were all bloody, perhaps it was some Christian's Gore. He own'd -himself he had [His Confession.] so great a Hand in the Rebellion, -that it was not without good Reason they would have made him their -Chief. That the Sangleys call'd out upon his Name. That Hontay was -troubled at his Absence, saying, He [Why Hontay hang'd himself.] -must needs be in some Trouble, since he did not come to Head them; -and for this Reason he hang'd himself. Next appear'd the Ring-leaders -of the Mutiny, and it was prov'd against them, That they had set up -a Pole on the Place call'd el Cerro, or the Hill of Calocan, and on -it a black Flag, with two Chinese Characters on it, which imported -CUNTIEN, the Signification whereof is, IN OBEDIENCE TO HEAVEN. Other -Colours were found with the Army that fought at Dilao, with a Cut on -them containing the Chinese Figures of Encan, or Baptist. - -Several Religious Men, at this Time fought against the Mutiniers; -but [Brother Antony Flores, a brave Man.] among them all, special -Praise is due to the Valour of the Lay-Brother Antony Flores, of -the Order of S. Augustin. He was born in Estremadura, had serv'd in -Flanders, was a Slave in Turkey above 20 Years, and made his Escape -out of the Inland Country by his Valour and Industry. He went over to -the Philippine Islands, where he chearfully took the Habit, in the -Monastery of S. Augustin at Manila. He always show'd great Humility -in Obedience, and lost nothing of his Courage in the Simplicity of a -Religious Life. Him the Governour order'd to scour the River, in the -Galliot belonging to the Monastery, fighting the Ships and Champanes -of the Sangleyes. One Night after having drove from the Shore above -200 Vessels, [Does good Service.] burnt some large ones, and sunk -others, he stay'd in the Middle of the River Passig, to observe the -Sangleyes. Between eleven and twelve, he perceiv'd that one of the -Rebels was swimming over to the City, and the Darkness causing him -to mistake, he lighted upon brother Antony's Galliot. [Takes a Spy.] -He having seen him before, the Indian Servants had the Opportunity of -laying hold of him, drew him by the Hair into the Galliot, and carry'd -him to the Governour. He was put to the Rack, and there confess'd, -That he came to acquaint the Sangleyes of the Parian, that the next -Day those on the other Side would cross the River, and then they would -all together, with the Engines they had provided, attack the Wall, -put all the Spaniards to the Sword, and make themselves Masters -of the Islands. The Governour having this Intelligence, took the -necessary Precautions for the next Day, and Brother Antony return'd -to his Monastery, where he furnish'd himself with Meal and other -Provisions for his Galliot. He carry'd two Muskets for himself, and -drew his Vessel into a Creek the River makes, that runs by the Walls -of Manila, among abundance of Manglans, which are Trees growing in -any watrey land, and so thick, that Men may easily be hid among them, -without being perceiv'd. There Brother Antony lay in Ambush supposing, -or knowing, that the Sangleyes must of Necessity pass that Way, -[He alone kills 600 Chineses.] as being the narrowest in the River, -and nearest to the Wall. Nor was he deceiv'd in his Expectation, -for they came very early in the Morning, and were passing over in -great Numbers from the first Peep of Day, till very late. The Fryer -had put above 200 Bullets into two Pouches, and kept firing the two -Muskets from before five in the Morning, at break of Day till six in -the Evening, cooling them with Vinegar; nor did he ever fire at less -than a Company of 20 or 30 Sangleyes, that no Shot might be lost. It -was concluded for certain, that he alone that Day kill'd above 600 -of those Barbarians. The Governour afterwards sent him in pursuit of -those that remain'd, with a thousand Indians, and he slew above 3000 -Sangleyes, putting to flight the small Remains of them. - -[Desperate Sangleyes kill'd from the Wall.] At this Time many of -the Sangleyes that had cross'd the River, appear'd in the Streets -of the Parian; who standing in Sight of the Walls, with their own, -or the Weapons they had taken from the Spaniards they slew, call'd -upon those who defended the City, whence they made several Musket -Shot at them, wounding and killing many, for they came within good -Aim, after a desperate Manner. It was reported, they had taken their -Anfion, that is, a Composition of Opium, as the Turks do, and is also -us'd by the People of the Moluccos, when they are to give Battel; -for it doses and gives them a brutal Courage. A Piece of Cannon was -planted on the Gate of the Parian, and did considerable Execution, -and no Man [Opium gives Courage.] would have suspected that any had -been there. Some Japoneses and Natives of the Philippines sally'd -out upon the Sangleyes, with good Success; for they kill'd many of -them, and particularly such as had been wounded by the small Shot, -and Brass Guns on the Wall. They thinking the Parian [Japoneses and -Indians fight the Chineses.] was a Shelter for Cowards, set Fire to -it, and went out to fight the Japoneses and Indians. The Sangleyes from -the Houses, where they lay conceal'd, kill'd a Portuguese Captain, and -wounded three others, with small Shot. One of them was Ruy Gonzalez de -Sequeyra, Commander in Chief of the Moluccos. The Sangleyes remov'd -to the Monastery of Candelaria, that is of Candlemas, whence they -sally'd more furiously than from the Parian. - -[Fight of Spaniards and Chineses.] On Tuesday in the Morning, Captain -Gallinato march'd towards the Candelaria, with about 500 Spaniards, -and some Japoneses. The Enemy refus'd not the Engagement, but came -out above 4000 strong. Our Men made themselves Masters of a Bridge, -whence they pour'd some Volleys upon them. Perceiving the Loss they -sustain'd, they fell back, to draw the Spaniards into open Field, and -serve them as they had done Don Lewis; but tho' some Soldiers were so -bold as to go into the Church, and plunder Part of what the Sangleyes -had robb'd in the Parian, yet some of them [Slaughter of the Latter.] -retir'd hastily to the Bridge, with the Loss of three Spaniards, -and five Japoneses, besides the wounded, the Enemy charging them in a -Body. Of the Chineses 360 of the boldest were kill'd, which made them -flinch with Fear. The same Day in the Evening, a Party of them came up -to assault the Wall, where it was lowest, bringing scaling Ladders, -and other Necessaries, cover'd with Silk; but the Cannon play'd -so smartly on them, that they lost their Ladders, and many of them -their Lives. This same Afternoon there was an Engagement on the Side -of the Parian, where the Enemy brought on two great Machines, like -Carts, made the Night before, with Wheels, and stuff'd with Quilts, -Blankets, and such Materials, to defend them against the Cannon, -and small Shot. The Governour was apprehensive that they had some -Fire-works, they being great Masters at them; but was soon satisfy'd, -for having fir'd at them with the Piece that was over the Gate of -the Parian, where one of his Servants was Gunner, it carry'd away a -considerable Part of the foremost Machine, and with it a good Number -of the Sangleyes that drew underneath, and were on it. However they -advanc'd boldly, till the Gun tore others in Pieces, and they retir'd, -abandoning the Machine. Still the Fight grew hot about the River, -and several Men went out in Boats, and others did Execution thro' -the Loop-Holes. The Ensign John Guerra de Cervantes, [Their machine -destroy'd.] sent out the Japonese and Native Soldiers, and they drew -near to the Parian, under the Shelter of the Cannon on the Walls, so -courageously, that they set fire to the best of it, being the Houses -of the Anhayes; which quite discourag'd those that were in them, -especially when they observ'd they [The Spaniards fire the Parian.] -had secur'd the River, and the Boats, and taken their Musquetiers. It -was judg'd that above 2500 Sangleyes perish'd this Day by Fire and -Sword, besides those at the Candelaria, and other Straglers. Having -left the Shelter of the Parian, they took up in the Church of the -Candelaria, but the next Morning none of them appear'd. They cross'd -the River on Wednesday, [Kill 2500 Chineses.] and some of our Men -were drowned pursuing them too eagerly. They took the Way to the -Village call'd Tabuco, 5 Leagues from Manila, which is very populous, -and plentiful. Here Captain Don Lewis de Velasco found [They fly.] -them fortify'd, and defended with Doors and Boards, towards the Lake -[And are pursu'd with great Slaughter.] Vay; whence he ply'd them -with small Shot, and kill'd many, they no longer able to endure the -Damage they receiv'd, kindled many Fires in the Night, to prevent being -observ'd, and march'd away towards S. Paul's, a Village 16 Leagues from -Manila, where they came so thin, that they were not above 6000, having -lost very many in the Way to Tabuco. There [Capt. Velasco kill'd.] -Don Lewis fell upon them again; and pursuing them after they quitted -the Village, was so hot, that they kill'd him four Soldiers, and two -barefoot Fryers, the one a Priest, the other a Lay-Brother. - -They made a Halt at S. Paul's, intending to reap the Rice, which -was then almost Ripe, because that is a forwarder Country than -Pampangua. [Another Slaughter of Chineses.] Before they came to -S. Paul's, a Detachment of 1500 of them turn'd off from the main Body -towards the Mountains of Pace. The Spaniards and Natives overtook -them, and tho' they stood to it, our Men play'd their Parts so well, -that they cut them all off, and recover'd Part of their Booty. - -The Fort the Sangleyes had rais'd at S. Paul's was of Palm-Trees, -whence they made Excursions to fight, reap the Rice, and ravage the -Country. They thought it convenient to divide themselves into two equal -Bodies; the one stay'd in the Fort, the other went away to Vatangas, -seven Leagues distant towards the Sea-Coast, with a Design, as was -thought, to build Ships, for which Purpose they carry'd Carpenters, -Labourers, Tools, [Rebels design to build Ships.] Nails, and all -other Necessaries. The Governour reflecting on their Design, sent some -vigilant Persons towards the Bay of Vatangas, to secure the Vessels -on the Coast, that the Enemy might not make use of them, and get over -to other Islands, which would have been of ill Consequence. - -The Governour believing the Design of the Sangleyes was to gain Time, -[The Rebels press'd.] and perhaps to expect some Supplies from China, -which might be promis'd by the Mandarines, before they went away; -he thought it requisite to bring the War to a speedy Conclusion, -because the Enemy fortify'd themselves daily, and made Excursions from -their Forts, to scour the Country, and gather in the Rice; perswading -the Natives to joyn with them; tho' they were so far from complying, -that they kill'd all they could meet with. There were several other -Reasons which prov'd that the greatest Safety consisted in Expedition, -and therefore abundance of Spaniards and Natives, by the Governour's -Order, were always in Quest of the straggling Chineses. However it was -judg'd expedient to press them yet nearer, and not allow them Time, -as they wish'd, till the Rice was ripe, since Hunger must prove their -greatest Enemy. To this Purpose it was thought Expedient to make use -of trusty neighbouring People. - -Pampangua is a Province ten Leagues from Manila, beyond the Town of -[Pampangua describ'd.] Tondo, over the River Pasig, on which the -Citizens have convenient small Vessels. The Country is subject to -be overflow'd, by reason of the many Rivers, and because the Natives -draw Trenches from them, to water the Rice, and other Grain. The whole -District is of twelve Leagues, all inhabited, and has seven Churches, -belonging to the Order of S. Augustin. The Natives are Brave, Docible -and Loyal, receive the Christian Faith, and are steadfast in it; and -richer than those of other Parts of the Island. Captain Ferdinand -de Avalos was Alcalde mayor, or chief Governour of Pampangua, and -the Governour General having acquainted him by Letter [Service done -by the Alcayde of Pampangua.] with the Rebellion of the Sangleyes, -requiring him to send Provisions and Arms for the War, and not to -leave any Enemies behind, he perform'd both Things, with extraordinary -Care. He furnish'd him with great Store of Rice, Palm-Wine, and a -considerable Number of Cows and Calves; and took above 400 Sangleyes, -who being carry'd to a Creek in the River, bound two and two, and -deliver'd to the Japoneses, they slew them all. F. James de Guevara -of the Order of S. Augustin, Prior of Manila, who writ this Relation, -preach'd to them first, and only five of them forsook their Idolatry, -and were baptiz'd. At the same Time he sent the Governour 4000 -Pampanguos, arm'd after their Country Fashion, with Bows, Arrows, -Half-Pikes, Shields, and long broad Poniards. They came to Manila -with great Shouts, and as if sure of Victory, fell upon the Enemy, -who increas'd still, the more they were destroy'd. - -This obliged the Governour, notwithstanding some Opposition, to -send a Number of Spaniards, and Japoneses, with a strong Party of -the Pampangua Indians, well arm'd and provided, under the Command -of the Captain and Major Azcueta, a brave and vigilant Commander, -well acquainted with the [Major Azcueta sent against the Chineses.] -Country, ordering him to draw near the Enemy; yet not to engage, -because they were a desperate barbarous People in their first Onsets, -but to alarm them Day, and Night, on every Side, obstructing their -Excursions, that so they might want Provisions, and consequently be -oblig'd to dislodge, for if he could remove them but twice, he might -cut them off, as it happen'd accordingly. The Major departed Manila, -with these Orders, by the Way of the River. On Munday the 20th of -October, he came in Sight of the Enemy, who was still in the Fort at -S. Paul's, and there he had some Actions. Having cast up some Works, -for his greater Security, in the Quarters he took up, the Enemy's -sally'd out of their Fort, and some of those who valu'd themselves -on their Bravery advanc'd to fight the Spaniards in their Posts, -with as much Boldness, as could be expected from Men in Despair, -and quite distracted. Thus being cut off from Water, streightned, -often alarm'd, never suffer'd to rest, and such as ventur'd out cut -off, they dismay'd, and dislodg'd in the Night very silently, marching -towards Batangas, where their other Body was. However their Departure -could not be conceal'd from the Vigilany of our Men, who march'd after -them, Martin de Herrera, Captain of the Governours Guard, leading the -Van, which consisted of Spaniards, and the bravest of the Natives. He -overtook the Enemy, and began to fall so hard upon their Rear, that -they were [He cuts off one entire Body of them.] forc'd to face about; -and after killing above 800 of them as they pass'd a narrow but deep -River, our main Body coming up attack'd the rest three several Ways, -on an Eminency they had taken, and slew above 1000 more; those that -escap'd perishing the next Day, so that only one was taken alive, -tho' the Governour would have had many sav'd to serve in the Galleys; -but the Japoneses and Natives are so bloody, that neither his Orders, -nor Major Azcueta's Severity, or the other Commanders could curb them. - -The Men rested that Day, having travel'd above five Leagues over -Grounds full of Sedges, and Bogs; and prepar'd to proceed to Batangas, -to fight the other Body of Rebels, carrying some Fields Pieces. The -Major had dismiss'd the Japoneses, because they, alledging they were -not Soldiers in Pay, would return to Manila. He had only 50 Soldiers -left with him, and found the Enemy well fortify'd, and furnish'd -with Provisions, as having been Masters of the Country. He spoke -to them in peaceable Manner, as he had [Offers those at Batangas -Terms.] done before to the other Party, offering good Terms, if -they would submit to the Governour; but Obstinacy had stopp'd their -Ears, and excluded all Hopes, so that they would not admit of any -Accommodation. Our Men drew near, three several Ways with their -small Shot, and the Pampangua Indians, who were brave, supported -by the Spaniards, who led and encourag'd them, attack'd the Fort; -but the Defendants behav'd themselves so bravely, that they caus'd -them to retire, with the Loss of four or five Pampanguos kill'd, and -some wounded. Our Men came on again, and the Captain of the Guards, -who Commanded that Attack, with the Men under his Charge, and others -that joyn'd him, fell on with such Fury, that they enter'd [Destroys -them all.] the Fort, and put them to the Sword. About 600 escap'd -of whom they made an End a few Days after. Some few above a Hundred -were saved, who were carry'd alive to serve in the Galleys. Of our Men -eight Natives and six Japoneses were kill'd in those two Actions; but -never a Spaniard, tho' many were wounded, and among them the Captain -of the Guards, who had both his Thighs run through across with a Lance. - -[Encan and others Executed.] On the 22d Encan, otherwise call'd -Baptist, was executed, being hang'd and quarter'd, his Head set up -in the Parian, and his Goods confiscated. The following Days the -like Justice was executed on other guilty Chineses; and had the Laws -of their own Country been observ'd, the same Punishment had been -inflicted on their whole Families and Kindred. - -[End of the Chinese Rebellion. ] Thus was that Conflagration -suppress'd, which threatned the utter Ruin of the Philippine Islands, -and thus above 23000 Chineses perish'd, few above 500 being left -for the Galleys, and all those Isles being restor'd to unexpected -Peace. Some affirm, the Number of the Sangleyes slain was greater, but -that the Magistrates conceal'd it, for fear Notice should be taken of -their Fault in admitting so many to live in the Country, contrary to -the King's Prohibition; yet in vain does Subtilty contend with Truth. - -Don Pedro had receiv'd some Intelligence of his Majesties approving -of the Enterprize on the Moluccos; and whilst he expected to see the -Effect of that Resolution, writ all the Ways he could; as also through -India, to solicite those who were commission'd in that Affair. Being -deliver'd of the Trouble of the Sangleyes, he bent his Mind to provide -all Necessaries for the Fleet, against he should be commanded to set -out; but the End of this [Ill Effects of the Chinese Rebellion.] War, -was the Beginning of other Difficulties at Manila. All Handicrafts -ceas'd, Works were lay'd aside, and Provisions grew scarce; which -Scarcity made all Things dear; whereas before there was Abundance, -all Things laborious being done by the Sangleyes, by Reason that -the Native Indians are neither willing, nor industrious at such -Affairs. They had quite laid aside tilling the Land; breeding of -Fowl, and weaving of Blankets, all which they formerly us'd to do, -in the Time of their Infidelity. The Parian or Chinese Quarter was -particularly ruin'd with Fire and Sword. That Place us'd to be so -plentiful and advantageous, that when Don Pedro came first to Manila, -he writ concerning it to a Kinsman of his in Spain, as follows. [Wealth -of the Parian.] This City is remarkeable for stately Buildings, which -have astonish'd me. I shall only mention one Particular, which is the -chiefest, That it has a Suburb, or Quarter, full of all Sorts of Silks, -and Gold, and Mechanick Trades, and 400 Shops full of this Sort, with -above 8000 Men generally dealing in them; and at the Time when Fleets -come from China with Merchandize, which is at this Season there are -always above 13 or 14000 Men. They bring extraordinary Things, such -as are not in Europe. Don Pedro was also afraid that the Slaughter -lately made would obstruct the Trade, and that the Ships would not -come as usual, with Provisions, from China. But the greater and more -general Apprehension was that instead of Merchants, Ships of War -would come to revenge the Sangleyes. He therefore sent away F. James -[F. Guevara sent through India to Spain.] de Guevara, Prior of Manila, -into Spain, by the Way of India, with an Account of what had been done, -and of his Fears. The many Accidents that befell him in India, Persia, -Turkey, and Italy, made him spend three Years before he came to Court, -where he then found other fresher Intelligence. - -At the same Time Don Pedro sent Captain Mark de la Cueva, with -F. Lewis Gandullo, a Dominican, to Macao, a City in China, where -the Portugueses reside, with Letters for the Commander in Chief and -Council of that City, giving them an Account of the Rebellion of the -Sangleyes, and the Event of it, that they, upon any Rumour of a Fleet -providing in China, might [Message to China.] send him Notice of -it several Ways. They had also Letters for the Tutones, or Tsuntos, -Abytaos, and Visitors of the Provinces of Canton, and Chincheo, -acquainting them with the Guilt of the Chineses, which oblig'd the -Spaniards to punish them so severely. The Messengers at their Arrival, -found all the Country peaceably dispos'd, notwithstanding that some -Sangleyes flying from Manila in Champanes, had given an Account of -their Commotions. The Coming of these Spaniards to Macao was soon -known at Chincheo, and presently some of the richest Captains, who -us'd Manila most, came to visit them; their Names were Guansan, Sinu, -and Guachuan. They being fully inform'd of the Truth of the Fact, took -upon them to deliver the Letters Don Pedro sent to the Mandarines, -who receiv'd them by their Means. The Merchants of Chincheo took -Courage to trade in the Philippine Islands, and sail'd in their own -Ships from Macao, with our Messengers, carrying Abundance of Powder, -Saltpeter, and Lead, wherewith the [Chineses trade again at Manila.] -publick Magazines were stor'd. In May following 13 Chinese Ships -arriv'd at Manila, and many more after them, continuing that Trade. - -Don Pedro sent the Ships that had brought Supplies from the Islands, -to [Spanish Ship lost.] New Spain; the Commodore of them was cast -away, and not a Man nor a Plank sav'd. He ceas'd not at the same -Time to store the City with Provisions and Ammunition, that he might -be at Leasure to undertake the Expedition against the Moluccos. Now -arriv'd Colonel John de Esquivel, [Esquivel with 600 Men at Manila -from New Spain.] from Mexico, with 600 Soldiers, and Intelligence that -farther Provision was making in New Spain of Men, Stores, Ammunition, -and Money, by the King's Order. All came in due Season to Manila; -and there at that Time dy'd the Arch-Bishop Don Miguel de Benavides, -generally lamented by all the Country. The Chinese Ships that came -again to trade, brought the Governour the Answers to his Letters, -contain'd in three others, all to the same Effect, from the Tuton, -or Tsunto, that is, the Viceroy, the Hayton, and the Visitor General -of the Province of Chincheo. Being translated by the Interpreters, -they were found to this Effect. - -[Chinese Letter to the Governour.] To the Chief Commander of -Luzon. Having understood that the Chineses that went to Trade and -Trafick in the Kingdom of Luzon, have been kill'd by the Spaniards, -I have inquir'd into the Cause of that Slaughter, and intreated -the King to do Justice, on those who had been the Occasion of so -much Mischief, that the like may be prevented for the future, -and the Merchants enjoy Peace and Quietness. Some years since, -before I came hither as Visitor, a Sangley, whose Name was Tioneg, -went over to Cabit, in Luzon, with three Mandarines, and the King's -Leave, to seek for Gold and Silver, which was all a Cheat; for he -found neither Gold nor Silver, and therefore I beseech'd the King to -punish that Deceiver, Tioneg, that the [Discovery of the Cheat of the -three Mandarines above.] World might see how impartially Justice -is administer'd in China. It was in the Time of the late Viceroy, -and Eunuch, that Tioneg and his Companion, whose Name was Yanlion, -told the said Lye. Since then I intreated the King to cause all the -Papers relating to Tioneg's Case, to be copy'd, and the said Tioneg, -and the Proceedings against him, to be lay'd before his Majesty, and -I my self saw those Papers, and was sensible that all the said Tioneg -had said was a Lie. I writ to acquaint the King that the Castillas -suspected we intended [Chineses punish'd for Falshood.] to make War -on them, on Account of the Lyes Tioneg had told, and therefore they -had slain above 30000 Chineses at Luzon. The King did what I desir'd, -and accordingly punish'd the aforesaid Yanlion, ordering him to be -put to Death; and caus'd Tioneg's Head to be cut off, and hung up in -a Cage. The Chineses that Dy'd at Luzon were not to blame, and I, and -some others have acquainted the King with so much; as also with the -coming of two English Ships upon these Coasts of Chincheo, a Thing -very dangerous for China, that the King may resolve what is to be -done in two Affairs of such Consequence. We also Writ to the King, -to order two Sangleyes to be punish'd, for having shown the Harbour -to the English. And after having Writ as aforesaid to the King, he -answer'd, What did the English Ships come into China for? Whether -they came to Rob? That they should be order'd to depart thence -immediately to Luzon; and to tell those of Luzon that they should not -give Credit to the wicked and lying Persons among the Chineses; and -that they should immediately kill the two Sangleyes. As for the rest -we writ to him about, he answer'd that we should do our Wills. The -Viceroy, the Eunuch and I, after receiving this Order, do now send -these our letters to the Governour of Luzon, that his Lordship may -be acquainted with the Grandeur of the King of China; for he is so -Great that he governs all the Sun and Moon shine on; as also that the -Governour of Luzon may know how well this so large Kingdom is govern'd, -[Japoneses expell'd Corea.] whose King none has dar'd to offend this -long Time. And tho' the Japoneses have attempted to disturb Corea, -which belongs to the Government of China, that have not succeeded; -but have been expell'd thence, and Corea has remain'd very peaceable -and quiet, as is well known by Fame to the People of Luzon. - -The last Year, when we were inform'd, that so many Chineses were -slain at Luzon, on the Account of Tioneg's falshood, we met many -Mandarines of us to agree to propose to the King, that he would revenge -so great a [Spaniards charg'd with the Slaughter of the Chineses.] -Slaughter. We said, that the Land of Luzon is poor, of no Value, and -that formerly it was the Habitation of none but Devils and Snakes; -and that so many Sangleyes having of late Years gone to Trade with -the Castillas, they are now grown so great; the said Sangleyes having -labour'd so much there, building Walls, and Houses, making Gardens, -and other Things very Advantageous to the Castillas. And since -this is so, why had not the Castillas consider'd these Things, nor -been grateful for these good Turns, but on the contrary so cruelly -destroy'd so many Men? And tho' we, two or three Times, Writ to the -King as above, he being Angry for the aforesaid Things, answer'd us, -That it was not convenient to take Revenge, nor make War on the People -of Luzon, for three Reasons. First, Because the Castillas have for -many Years past, been Friends to the Chineses. Secondly, Because it -could not be known, whether the Victory would fall to the Castillas, -or the Chineses. Thirdly, and lastly, Because the People kill'd by -the Castillas were base, and ungrateful to their Native Country of -China, their Parents and Kindred, since they had not return'd to -China in so many years; which People the King said he did not much -value, for the aforesaid Reasons; and he only order'd the Viceroy, -the Eunuch, and me to Write this Letter by the Embassador; that the -People of Luzon may know the King of China has a great Soul is very -Patient and Merciful, since he has not order'd War to be made on the -Inhabitants of Luzon. And his Justice will appear, by his causing -the Falshood of Tioneg to be punish'd. And since the Spaniards are -a discreet People, how can they not be troubled for having kill'd -so many Men; and repent of it, and be kind to the Chineses that are -left. For if the Castillas bear the Chineses good Will, and restore -the Sangleyes that have remain'd of the War, and pay the Money that -is due, and restore the Goods taken from the Sangleyes, there will be -Amity betwixt this Kingdom, and that, and Trading Ships shall go every -Year; otherwise the King will not give Leave for any Ships to trade; -but on the contrary will cause 1000 Ships of [Mandarines Threats.] -War to be built, with Soldiers, and Kindred of the slain, and with -other Nations, and Kingdoms that pay Homage to China, and will make -war without sparing any Person, and then the Kingdom of Luzon shall -be given to those People that pay Acknowledgement to China. The -Visitor General's Letter was writ on the 12th of the second Month, -which, according to our Reckning, is March; the Eunuchs on the 16th, -and the Viceroys on the 22d of the same Month and Year. - -[The Governours Answer, to the Mandarines.] The Governour return'd -an Answer to these Letters by the same Messengers, in Terms full -of Civility, and Authority. He gave an Account of the Rebellion -of the Sangleyes from its first Rise; justifying the Spaniards for -their natural Defence, and the Punishment they had inflicted on the -Criminals. He tells them, no State can subsist without punishing the -Wicked, or rewarding the Good; and therefore he does not repent that -Execution, because it was to suppress those that would have destroy'd -us. That the Visitor ought to consider what he would do, in Case the -like had happen'd to him in China. That the only Thing which troubled -him was, that he could not save some Sangley Merchants Anhayes, who -dy'd among the guilty; but that it was not possible to prevent it, -because the severity of War will not allow the killing of some, and -exempting of others; especially, they not being known by the Soldiers -in the Heat of Action. That using Mercy towards those that were -taken alive, he condemn'd them to row in the Galleys, the Punishment -substituted among the Castillas for such as deserve Death. Yet if -it should be thought in China that it ought to be moderated, they -shall be set at Liberty. But let it be consider'd, said Don Pedro, -that the not punishing of so heinous an Offence, may be the Occasion -of their falling into it again, which would exclude all Mercy. The -Goods of the Chineses that were kill'd are safe laid up, and to show -I had no other Motive, but the Execution of Justice, I will order -them to be immediately deliver'd to their Heirs, or to such Persons, -as they of Right belong to. Nothing but Justice inclines me to any -of these Things. Your saying, that unless I release the Prisoners, -there will be Leave granted in China to the Kindred of the slain in -the Rebellion, to come in Arms to Manila, does not move me in the -least; because I take the Chineses to be so wise, that they will -not go upon such Undertakings upon a slight Occasion; especially, -when no Provocation has been given them on our Side. And in Case they -should be of another Mind there, we Spaniards are Men that know how -to defend our Right, our Religion, and our Territories. Let not the -Chineses think they are Lords of the World, as they pretend; for we -Castillas, who have measur'd every Foot of it, very well know the -Lands of the Chineses; and therefore they ought to understand, that -the King of Spain maintains Wars with Kings as powerful as theirs, -and checks, and gives them much Trouble. Nor is it any Thing new with -us, when our Enemies think they have brought us under, to be wasting -and destroying their Lands, and never give over till we have cast -them out of their Thrones, and wrested their Scepters out of their -Hands. I should be very sorry the Commerce should be interrupted; -but at the same Time, believe the Chineses are not willing to lose it, -since it is so advantageous to them, for they carry Home our Silver, -which never wastes, in Exchange for their Commodities, which are -slight Things, soon spoil'd. It was discreetly done, not to admit -the English Ships that appear'd upon the Coast, for they are not -Spaniards, but their Enemies, and Pyrates; for which Reason they -should have been punish'd, had they come to Manila. To conclude, -for as much as we Spaniards always justify our Proceedings, and -value our selves upon the Worlds not being able to say, we Usurp the -Right of others, or make War on our Friends, what is here promis'd -shall be perform'd. And the Chineses may take Notice, for the future, -that we never do any Thing out of Fear, or on Account of our Enemies -Threats. Don Pedro concludes, offering the Continuation of Friendship, -upon new Assurances of Peace, with the Kingdom of China; saying, he -would, at the proper Time, give Liberty to their Prisoners he had in -the Galleys; Tho' he design'd first to make Use of them, and did so -in his Expedition to the Moluccos, which he was then preparing for; -and all this was punctually perform'd. - -[The Emperour of Japan's Letter.] He receiv'd other Letters at the -same Time, from the Emperor of Japan, wherein, after returning him -Thanks for a Present of Wine of Grapes, which Don Pedro had sent him, -with other Things of Value, he Encourag'd him to Trade, and desir'd he -would not send him any Christian Preachers, without his Consent. For, -says he, this Country is call'd Xincoco, which signifies, Dedicated -to Idols; which have been honour'd with much Commendation by our -Fore-Fathers, whose Actions I alone can not reverse, and therefore -it is not convenient that your Law be spread abroad, or preach'd in -Japan; and if your Lordship is willing to entertain Amity with me, -and these Kingdoms, do as I would have you. So says the Japonese. Don -Pedro answer'd and appeas'd him, so that the preaching was continu'd -in his Dominions. - -[Dutch Squadron.] This same Year 1604, the Provinces of Holland -and Zealand, according to their Custom, fitted out a Squadron of -twelve tall Ships, well equipp'd, with some smaller Vessels, and, -as if they had been Lords of the Winds and of the Seas, set Sail -for India, the known Way, arriving prosperously, in a short Time, -at the Cape of Good Hope. All the Captains had been there before, -and the Pilots valu'd themselves upon no less Experience. The Admiral -was Stephen Drage. Beginning to visit their Forts, and Factories, in -Order to take some Prizes, as well as Trade, they met with two small -Ships, loaden with Ivory, at the Bar of Mozambique. They chas'd them, -and tho' [Takes two Portugues Ships.] they fled amain, being pursu'd -with no less Swiftness, the Dutch Robbers overtook, and after a sharp -Engagement enter'd them. They burnt the one, and mann'd the other, -which was a Reinforcement to prosecute their Robberies. All those -Kings, and the Commanders of our Forts, receiv'd them as Friends. In -September, they came to the Bar of Goa; and lay 15 Days at Bardes, -in as much Security as if they had been at Amsterdam, expecting the -India Ships. Thence they sent away a Ship to Cambaya, to exchange the -Ivory they had not long before robb'd our People of, acting not like -Pyrates, but Merchants who dispose of the Wealth they pick up by Trade, -and succeeded prosperously in all their Undertakings. They sent two -more Ships to Bengula, with other Commodities; all which return'd -in due Time considerably enrich'd. Perceiving that no Power oppos'd -them, they sailed [And a Foist.] down the Coast of Malabar, trading -wheresoever they thought fit, and took another Portuguese Vessel, -called a Foist, which had 21 Oars; and after unlading the Booty, -they lifted her up their Way, and took her along with them. - -[Zamori signifies Cæsar.] After this they bent their Thoughts upon -greater Matters, to which End they sent an Embassy to the Zamori, -which Name imports as much as Cæsar among us, and he is King of -Calicut, a Friend and Confederate with the Dutch. Having agreed upon an -Interview, they fell to Trade, and whilst the rest attended Commerce, -and private Gain, the Admiral consulted about State Affairs, concerting -to carry on the War against the Spaniards, and more particularly the -Portugueses. They settled the Time, and the Forces they were to joyn -for that Effect. Then they diverted themselves with Feasting [Joins -with the Dutch.] and Treats. At one of which, by way of Farewel, -Zamori gave Admiral Drage an Emeraud, thought to be the largest and -beautifullest in the World. They went on, and took some Prizes on the -Coast of Java, and among them a small Ship, in which were Don Manuel -de Melo, Commander in Chief of the Moluccos, and his Wife, who was -oblig'd to fight as well as her Husband, and yet they could not escape -Captivity. The nearer they drew to Ternate, the more considerable -Encounters they had, for in [They take a Portuguese Frigat at Amboyna.] -Sight of Amboyna they fell in with a Frigat coming from the Moluccos -to Anchor in that Island, which they took, and in her Captain Antony -Machado, her Commander. They stay'd at Amboyna, hoping to recover -what they had lost, either by Treachery, or Force. The Year 1605 had -now commenced, and they began their Work on the 23rd of February. - -[Drage takes Amboyna.] Eight Ships and six Tenders enter'd the -Port, and the Fort was surrender'd to them without much Difficulty, -or Opposition. They also possess'd themselves of the Portuguese -Colony. Those People seeing the Dutch so strong in Men and Cannon, -durst not, nor could they well oppose them. Forty Portugueses took an -Oath of Fidelity to the Prince of Orange's Bastard Son. They put the -Commander in Chief into Irons, and deliver'd the Fort to the Dutch, -alledging, for an Excuse, that they had not Ammunition to defend -themselves. There was another greater Mischief, which was, that the -Natives favour'd the Dutch, as their Deliverers from the Portuguese -Yoke; and they are well belov'd there, and in all Places where they -Trade, because [Fits out 40 Carcoas.] of late they have taken this -Course, not to meddle with their Religion, nor so much as mention it, -unless, where any will embrace Christianity on their own Accord. They -neither wrong'd nor distur'd any Body; and to show they would always -maintain them in that Security, within five Days, they fitted out 40 -Carcoas, to defend the Natives against any Enemy. - -[Indians well affected to the Dutch.] The Admiral pick'd out three -of the Ships, and went himself with them to the Islands of Banda, -to load Nutmeg, Mace, and Clove, there and at Amboyna. The Fame of -this Success, and the Hatred conceived against the Spaniards, were so -favourable to this Nation, that at this Time the People of Amboyna, -Ito, Veranula, and other Places, had their Embassadors at Sunda, to -expect this Fleet, which came from Home at their Request. Before they -set out from Holland they had receiv'd Embassadors from the King of -Achem in Sumatra, to the same End. For this Reason the Dutch give out, -that they come to revenge the Wrongs, the Portugueses and Spaniards -have done to the Natives, and to restore them to their Liberty. The -Designs of these perfidious People were no longer a Secret; for -the Admiral Drage refitted five of his Ships, and sent them to the -Moluccos, to take the Fort and Kingdom of Tydore, the only one that -continu'd in Subjection to Spain; and it was publickly reported, that -the King of Ternate would forward the Enterprize with his Ships and -Men. The Dutch Vice-Admiral sail'd with these Ships stopping by the -Way to make his Advantage, take in the Refreshments in their Factories, -and lade Pepper, and other Spice. Every Thing [The Dutch prosperous.] -succeeded as they could with, tho' they aspir'd to some Matters which -requir'd a greater Power than they brought. They intended to pass -by the Streight of Acapulco, and there to lie in wait for the Ships -belonging to the Philippines going and coming, because they knew -them to be Rich, and might take them. To this End they delay'd Time, -till they could be joyn'd by the two Ships they expected from Sunda, -laden with Pepper, from that plentiful, and secure Factory of theirs. - -Aboard the eight Ships there was great Store of Bricks, Lime, and -squared Stones, Wheele-Barrows, and other Tooles and Materials for -Building; [Materials for Building in the Dutch Ships.] all which -was to be carry'd from the aforesaid Streight, tho' they had already -began to build it at Amboyna, and landing a considerable Part of those -Materials, they left there 130 Soldiers, to carry on the Works, and -Garrison the Fort. At the Heels of this Fleet they expected another -to lay Siege to Malaca; designing from thence to Govern India, as -the Portugueses have [Their Design against Malaca.] done. In Order -to this, they had before confederated with the Kings of Jor, Achem, -and Sunda, with whose Assistance, and that of other Native Sangiacks, -they were to overthrow the Power of Portugal; for they were resolv'd -not to quit India, and since its Commodities enrich'd them, they would -pay for the Expence of the War; besides, that they were already so -wealthy, that even in Flanders the Soldiers deserted from the Arch-Duke -Albertus, to serve them. Notwithstanding this extraordinary Affection, -[The English give the Spaniards Intelligence.] wherewith the Dutch are -entertain'd in all those Countries, before they came to Amboyna, two -English Ships came to an Anchor near by, and acquainted the Natives, -that a Dutch Squadron was coming to possess itself of the Island; -but bid them not to fear, for it had none but poor scoundrel Men; -and therefore they should defend themselves, offering them their -Assistance, and acquainting them that the Crowns of Spain and England -were then in Amity; and therefore the Subjects of them both ought to -be so of Course. They slighting this favourable Opportunity, chose -rather to become [Their just Dealing after the Peace.] Subjects to -Prince Maurice, and undergo the Dutch Yoke. The English demanded -Clove, and offer'd them their own Price for it, and were so just, -that they never joyn'd with the Dutch. In short, Amboyna remain'd in -the Enemies Hands. The People dispers'd, many of them went to Malaca, -and among the rest, the Commander in chief, Don Emanuel de Melo, with -some Portugueses. Others repair'd to the Island of Cebu, part of the -Philippines and other Places, for they had all their Liberty. They -all departed Amboyna about the middle of May, but without their Goods, -or Spice; being positively forbid that Trade, the Dutch alledging it -was all their own. - -[They give Intelligence of the Dutch at Tydore.] One of those English -Ships sailing along those Coasts, and escaping the Ridges of Rocks, -got before-hand to the Port of Tydore. They call'd the Commander -in Chief of the Fort, Peter Alvarez Abreu, and inform'd him, that -they left the Dutch Squadron fortifying the strong Holds at Amboyna; -and that when they had reduc'd all in those Seas, they would come -to fall upon Tydore. The Commander in Chief return'd Thanks for that -friendly Intelligence; and among other Civilities that pass'd between -them, desir'd to know the Motive that induc'd them to show such -Kindness. Then the English told him, That their Kings were Friends, -and to convince him of it, and the Danger he was in, offer'd him as -much Ammunition as he stood in need of. They gave him Six Barrels -of Powder, 100 Cannon Balls, and a Number of Head-Pieces. This made -the Tydores and Portugueses begin to fortify themselves, and was the -Product of the late Peace. - -[Four Dutch Ships at Tydore.] A Month after, four great Dutch -Ships, and four Tenders, came to the Island, where two of the King's -Galleons lay at Anchor, with the Portuguese Ships laden with Goods and -Provisions. The Dutch Admiral sent the King of Tydore Word, That if -he would deliver him that Fort, and expell the Portugueses, he would -be his Friend; and desiring he would not [Their Message to the King.] -start any Difficulties, since he might easily do it, being a peaceable -King in his own Dominions; besides that, they had Men and Strength -enough aboard that Squadron, to force them to consent to what they now -courteously demanded. The King of Tydore sent him a Cow, and answer'd, -[His Answer.] That he neither could, nor ought to put the Portugueses -out of their Forts, nor to admit of any other Nation in their Place, -till they had either voluntarily, or by Force of Arms, abandon'd their -Possession. That whilst they [Bravery of the Portuguese Commander.] -two decided the Quarrel, he would look on as Neuter. The Portuguese -Commander in Chief, understanding what Messages pass'd, interrupted -them, sending to let the Dutch Men know. That it was in vain to talk of -surrendring the Fort, whilst he was alive, and present. That he was to -treat with him, and the marry'd Men that liv'd in it about that Affair. - -[Dutch take two Galleons.] Being come to this Resolution, the next -Morning the Dutch Ships remov'd, and went to board the Portugueses -that were at Tydore, two Cannon Shot from the Fort. They fought above -two Hours, and so constant was Fortune to one Side, that in so short a -Time, the Portugueses that remain'd alive were fain to throw themselves -into the Sea, and their Galleons [Bold Answer of the Portugueses.] -were taken, one of which they immediately burnt. The next Day another -Message was sent to Tydore, wherein the Dutch directed the King to -propose the surrendring of the Fort to the Portugueses, and he would -give them the Galleon he had spar'd, to carry them and their Effects, -wheresoever they should think fit. The Portugueses taking Courage, -[Dutch and Ternates joyn and burn a Town.] where others would be -dismay'd, answer'd, That the Loss of the Galleons had not daunted them; -for they would rather dye all of them, than deliver up the Fort. The -Dutch durst not batter it alone, but resolv'd to joyn the King of -Ternate, who was already set out with abundance of Carcoas to that -Effect. They met him a League from the Fort, and spending little Time -in Ceremonies return'd together, burning a Town of Tydore by the Way, -came the next Morning before the Fort. - -They landed 800 Dutch and Ternate Soldiers, and having made a Trench -with Barrels fill'd with Earth, batter'd the Fort for three Days -from that Work, with two Pieces of Cannon. At the same Time they -play'd upon it from their Ships, firing above 1500 Shot. The third -Day they [Batter the Fort and are repuls'd.] drew nearer; and the -fourth in the Morning began to batter more furiously. They kill'd -the Constable of the Castle, and in the midst of the Confusion, the -King of Ternate and the Dutch, that were ashore, advanc'd, drawing -the Cannon under the very Fort, having surpriz'd the Portugueses, -and falling on them unexpectedly. They soon recovering themselves, -attack'd the Dutch afresh, who turning their Backs, behav'd themselves -so basely, that they ran into the Water; abandoning the Guns they -had ashore. In the Height of this Success, many Dutch being slain, -and only four Portugueses, on a sudden they spy'd all the Fort in a -Flame, which roar'd from [The Fort Burnt.] the Ground to the Tops -of the Houses, till a considerable Part was blown up, and almost all -the rest consum'd, and lay'd flat. Six and twenty Portugueses were -burnt, and it could never be discover'd or guess'd, how, or which -Way the Powder was set a fire, to cause that mighty Destruction. The -Portugueses, who just before were joyful for their Victory, having no -Walls to shelter them, were forc'd to retire to the City of Tydore, -and the Dutch and Ternates rallying, pursu'd them thither. The King -receiv'd them in friendly Manner, and he himself went the same Day -[Tydore taken by the Dutch.] aboard the Dutch Ship that lay at Anchor -before it, and calling the Dutch Admiral, propos'd to him the Affair -of the Fort, and that if those who defended it had ships allow'd them, -they would go away to other Parts. He agreed to it, and though it cost -the Portugueses all they had, they accepted of three small Tenders, -a Galliot that had been the King's, and a Dutch Tender to secure them -against the Ternates. The Dutch settled Amity with the King of Tydore; -that they should continue in his Dominions; and erect Factories, -and Trade for Clove, as the Portugueses had done. Thus the Conquer'd -having bought some Ships dispers'd themselves about those Islands. Many -of them went to the Philippines, where Don Pedro, the Governour, -examin'd them, in order to get Information concerning the Moluccos. - -Antony de Silva, a Portuguese, was one of them that escap'd from the -[Dutch design to take the Ships of the Philippines.] Fort of Ternate, -and came to the Town of Arevalo in the Philippines; Besides being -a Soldier, he was also a Naguatato, or Interpreter. This Man gave -an Authentick Relation of that Affair, and added, That being brought -Prisoner from Amboyna, the Dutch Admiral having a Sea-Chart before him, -look'd for Mindoro, Manila, and for Cabite; and being ask'd by Silva, -why he look'd for it, was inform'd, That his Design was, in Case he -did not succeed at the Moluccos, to try to take some of the Ships -that trade betwixt New Spain, and the Philippines. Silva reply'd, -That [Silva gives Intelligence of it.] he had not the Time to meet -either; because those that come to the Philippines arrive about the -10th of May, and the others set out on the 10th of June. However that -was the Design of the Dutch Admiral, who intended to get Intelligence -at Mindoro, thence to sail to Macao, send an Embassador into China, -and revenge the Wrong Don Pablos de Portugal had done them in those -Countries. Then to load Pepper at Patane; next at the Streight of -Sincapura, to endeavour to take the Chinese Ships that resort to -Malaca; and whatever happen'd, to hold on his Voyage to Holland that -Way, loaden with Treasure. All this the Dutch Admiral communicated -to Antony de Silva, as to one that was to go with him into Holland, -because he was a Soldier, and able Interpreter in both Languages; -and therefore Stephen Drage made much of him. This Intelligence was -confirm'd [All the Moluccos lost to Spain.] by some others, who had -fought and escap'd the Slaughter at Tydore. Don Pedro hearing so much, -was concern'd, as a Man zealous for the Church, and for his King; -and it griev'd him to consider, that the Crown of Spain had not a -Foot of Land left it in the Moluccos; and that a Rebel was in quiet -Possession of them all. - -Prosperity having embolden'd, and strengthen'd the Dutch, Don Pedro -[Don Pedro's Precautions.] assembling his Council of War, order'd -that the Captains Antony Freyle, Commander of the Squadron belonging to -the Pintados, Peter Sevil, Stephen de Alcazar, and Bernardine Alfonso, -should repair to the Forts of the Pintados, and other Islands that were -in Danger, with their Companies. He refitted the Ships, and prepar'd -his Cannon, as being so near a victorious Enemy, who so successfully -put in Execution all their Threats. Antony [Dutch Letters and Present -to the King of Ternate.] de Sylva show'd an Original Letter, written -by another Dutch Admiral at the Island of Borneo, to the King of -Ternate, and sent by Philip Bissegop, Captain of a Ship, with a -Present of a Quantity of fine Holland; Six Bales of several Vessels -with Musk; Twelve Bottles of Rose-Water; Six Pounds of Dutch Anfion, -that is, Opium, which, as has been said, disturbs the Senses, and -is us'd by those People to encourage them to fight; and six Barrels -of Powder. He gave him an Account of Andrew Furtado's unfortunate -Voyage, the Obstacles, Storms, and Enemies he had met with, since -his Departure from Ternate, till he came to Malaca. He gave him the -Title of Most Serene Prince, and Potent King of the Moluccos, Bandas, -Amboyna, and innumerable other Islands. He congratulated with him for -the Event of his Arrival at the Moluccos; promising he would return -to Ternate with a greater Power, he expected from Holland, and take -Possession of the Forts, to extirpate the common Enemy, the King of -Spain; and encourag'd him with these Hopes, to hold out till then. He -assur'd him, that he should scour all those Seas from the Moluccos, -and extend his Dominions as far as China, without being hinder'd by -the Philippines or Japoneses. To this End, he desired him to renew his -Friendship with Mindanao, and to acquaint the King of those Islands, -that he was a Friend to the Dutch, so to give them Admittance to -those Ports, Freedom of Trade, and amicable Entertainment, as was -requisite for their Undertakings; this being a Thing most Expedient, -above all other Politick Considerations. He added, he might observe, -and be assur'd, that nothing was so little regarded in Spain, as -to contrive that their many Provinces should preserve some Sort of -Union. That therefore all those which are very remote, and subject -to that Crown, ought to take much Notice of the great Delays there, -in coming to a Resolution, and sending Succours from Spain; because -before they believe, or examine the News brought them in order to -believe them, Affairs have taken a new Turn, and consequently neither -the Spanish Councils, nor their Arms come seasonably. That Experience -had made most of these Things known to his Highness, and his Zeal for -his Service oblig'd him to mention them. Antony de Silva, added, that -he was very sure the King of Ternate had not omitted doing any Thing -of what the Dutch Man recommended to him; and that he had already -propos'd to his People to go abroad to fight, far from their own -Islands. Tho' it was never apprehended he would do so, yet at that -Time it much troubled Don Pedro, because he was so spent with the -Affair of the Sangleyes, the Want of whom he labour'd so to supply, -that no such Mischief might happen again, it being so necessary to -support the Trade of the Philippines another Way, and procure safety -at Home in Order to make War, and keep up a Reputation. - -Time, which sometimes gives Hope, and sometimes Dispair, comforted -Don Pedro in his Affliction, bringing in a few Months after some -Ships of private Persons from New Spain, and then in due Season -the usual Fleet. [Men, Money, &c. arrive at Manila from New Spain.] -They arriv'd at Manila, on the Eve of S. Matthias, and in them the -Spaniards sent from Spain, for the Expedition of Ternate, with above -200 more from the Marquess de Montesclaros, Viceroy of New Spain, -as also the other Necessaries, and Money, pursuant to the King's -Order. Part of this came committed to Brother Gaspar Gomez, who -was receiv'd with incredible Joy. He deliver'd all his Letters to -the Governour, and immediate Care was taken to quarter the Officers -and Soldiers, and to distribute them speedily, so that all Men might -believe there was no other Design in their coming, but the Security -of the Philippine Islands, threatned by the Emperor of Japan, and -the Conspiracies of the Sangleyes. This Report was industriously -so given out, that it might fly and spread abroad [Management of -the Governour.] without the Kingdom, lest they might receive any -Intelligence, who had cause to fear. Besides that, as the Fame of -those great Preparations was Advantageous to the Spaniards in Point -of Reputation, so the Reality of the Power they had, added to the -Opinion conceiv'd, prov'd the Defence and Security of them all. In -Japan, only the News that Manila was full of Men, and Ships of War, -allay'd, or quite banish'd the Disgust of that King, on Account of Don -Pedro's refusing him Ship-Wrights. The People of Chincheo also forbore -meditating Revenge against an Enemy, whose Victories were back'd with -such Succours. Don Pedro consider'd all these Particulars, and each -of them made him conclude, that he might with Safety be absent for -some Time from Manila. However the King of Ternate overjoy'd that he -had shaken off the Spanish Yoke, made little Account of all that was -told him, concerning its Neighbouring Kingdoms, believing they would -never recover their Ancient Possessions. The Dutch Commanders, who were -rebuilding the burnt Fort at Tydore, sent him a considerable Number of -Heavy Brass Cannon, of Drakes, and Muskets, and he hired some of the -Ingeniers, that came in those Ships, to look to his Fortifications, -and reside in them, and in his City. Some accepted of the Habitation, -approving of that disorderly, and irreligious Liberty of Life allow'd -in that Country; where considering the frequent Resort of Ships from -the North, and the many Factories, they reckon'd themselves as good -as at Home, since they could often meet with their Kindred or Friends, -or at least with their Country-Men. Banish'd Spaniards and Portugueses -arriv'd daily at the Port of Oton, in the Philippine Islands, and -among them Paul de Lima, a Person of great Experience, and still -General of the Artillery at Tydore, who, besides the News of the late -Destruction, brought an Account of the Joy wherewith the Dutch dug up -the Guns he endeavour'd to hide, and how much they were increased in -Strength and Shipping. He was receiv'd with much Honour, in regard to -his Quality, and because he was one of those who had lost Lands and -Goods, taken from him by the King of Ternate, and his Information, -and Counsel were of Use for what afterwards happen'd. All Men attended -the Warlike Preparations, in their several Stations, but with equal -Zeal; building Ships, and gathering Provisions, Arms, and Ammunitions; -and Don Pedro himself was so diligent and vigilant, that he attended -the meanest Employments, giving an Example, and encouraging; so that -it may be said, he did every Thing, for he ply'd all Hands. - - - The End of the Ninth Book. - - - - - - - - THE - HISTORY - OF THE - Discovery and Conquest - OF THE - Molucco and Philippine Islands, &c. - - BOOK X. - - -[Want of Political Reflections whence.] There is generally some -Moral Instruction, which lies couch'd under the Actions of Men, and -which Judicious Writers use to point at in the Relation of Events, -as the Advantage of History; but what civil Rules, or Precepts for -the forming of the Political Life, can we lay down, in writing the -Conquest and Defence of Barbarous Countries, which all depends on -Voyages, and reducing of Garrisons; notwithstanding State Craft has -somewhat inform'd those Nations? Or what can occur in this Subject, -which the Reader may not infer, as a necessary Consequence of the -foregoing Discourse? Since then the Matter in Hand does not afford -us such Reflection, let us draw to a Conclusion, in Pursuance of our -Promise made at the Beginning. - -[Yloilo Port the Rendezvous of The Navy.] Don Pedro de Acunna, now -Captain General of the Fleet that was assembled in the Philippine -Islands, at the same time took Care to see it fitted out with -Expedition, and to provide for the Security of the Province he was to -forsake, that he might go upon that so difficult Undertaking. Some -there were, who look'd upon it as Part of Don Pedro's good Fortune, -that the Molucco Islands had been utterly lost, that since he had the -more Matter to work upon, his Victory might be the more glorious. He -most industriously provided all Things requisite for the Use of War; -and even for all the Accidents it might be liable to. The Point, -or Promontory of Yloilo runs out into the Sea, not far from Arevalo, -in the Island of Panay, forming a Harbour proper and capacious enough -to be the Place of Arms, for the Preparations then in Hand. Here the -Fleet rendezvous'd, consisting [Particulars of the Fleet.] of Six Tall -Ships, Six Galleys, Three Galliots, like those they call Galizabras, -belonging to the Crown of Portugal; in one of which was Peter Alvarez -de Abreu, Commander in Chief of the Fort of Tydore; the other two, -under the Command of John Rodriguez Camelo, Commodore, sent from -Malaca, by the General Andrew Furtado de Mendoza, to be aiding with his -Courage and Conduct, and to carry him an Account of the Success. One -flat bottom'd Galliot, to land the Artillery, and in it 300 Baskets -of Rice. Four Foists built purposely for carrying of Provisions. Two -Champanes of Ten Tun Burden each, with 1600 Baskets of clean Rice. Two -Dutch Long-Boats, which carry'd over the Portugueses when the Fort of -Tydore was lost. Seven Frigats belonging to the King, and Seven more -to private Persons, and the like Number of Champanes, in all 36 Sail. - -[The Land Forces.] Colonel John de Esquivel brought 12 Companies -of Spanish Foot; four whereof were rais'd in Andaluzia, being his -own, and those of the Captains, Paul Garrucho, Peter Sevil, and Luke -de Vergara Gaviria. Six came from New Spain, under the Captains Don -Roderick de Mendoza, Son to Don John de Raeza y Castilla, and to Donna -Maria de Mendoza, and by her Grandson to the Marquess de Montesclaros, -and therefore, out of Respect to his Kinsman, the Viceroy of New Spain, -he came out of Italy to serve his Majesty in the Philippine Islands; -the others were Captain Pascual de Alarcon Pacheco, Martin de Esquivel, -Bernardine Alfonso, Peter Delgado, and Stephen de Alcazar. Two -other Companies commanded by the Captains John Guerra de Cervantes, -and Christopher de Villagra, belong'd to the Forces of Manila, and -the Province of the Pintados. All which, with [1423 Spaniards.] -their Officers, make up 1423 Spaniards. Under the Colonel Don -Guillermo, and the Captains Don Francis Palaot, Don John Lit, Don -Lewis and Augustin Lout, 344 Pampangua, and Tagalo Indians; besides -620 others of the same Nations, for the Sea and Land Service, and -649 Rowers. All the Men in the Fleet, besides the General's Household -and Family, amounted to 3095; with 75 Pieces of Cannon of all Sorts, -and all other Perquisites for Sea, Landing, Fight, and Battery. - -[The Fleet sails from Yloilo.] Don Pedro sail'd from the Port of -Yloilo, with all these Preparations, on the 15th of January, 1606, -the Weather being unsettled, but he as resolute as at other Times. He -arriv'd at the Island Mindanao, then in Enmity with the Spaniards, -and in Confederacy with the Ternates, and came to [Caldera Port.] -an Anchor in the Port of Caldera, to water, where the Admiral's Ship, -in which the Colonel Esquivel was, began to drag her Anchors, and was -forc'd to set her Sails to get off; but perceiving she could not, by -so doing weather a Point, she fired two Guns, in Token of Distress, -at the Time [Admiral Ship lost.] when her Rudder struck. The Galleys -made up to tow her off, and broke some Ropes to no Purpose, the Sea -and Wind being against them. Captain Villagra was entrusted to save -the Men and Provisions that were aboard; and he, tho' a considerable -Part belonging to the King and private Men was lost, with incredible -Industry sav'd the most of them, and the Goods, as also all the Men, -Cannon, Powder, Cables, Rigging, and Sails; and that the People of -Mindanao might not reap the Benefit of the Wreck, he set Fire to -the Vessel, after taking out all the Iron Work. This Accident was -much lamented, both for its own Consequence, and because the Men, -who are often vainly Superstitious, put an ill Construction upon it; -but the General's Wisdom made amends for all. - -[They sail from Caldera.] From the Port of Caldera, the General -order'd the Colonel to sail over to that of Talangame, which, as has -been said, is in the Island of Ternate; and bore him Company himself, -with the Galleys, till he was out of the Streight of Sabuanga, which is -dangerous by Reason of the Currents and Ridges of Rocks, wherefore they -tow'd the Ships, till they were out of Danger, as also because they -were becalm'd. The Fleet stood out to Sea; the Galleys coasted along -slowly to take in Water enough to last them to Ternate, the Men that -had been sav'd from abroad the Admiral being distributed among them, -and the other Vessels, so that their Burden and Labour [Through Mistake -fall in with Celebes.] was increased. The ablest pilots in those Seas, -had Charge of the Galleys, and yet notwithstanding all their Care, and -that of the Captains and expert Mariners, they mistook their Course, -and fell in among the islands of Celebes, otherwise call'd of Mateo, -above 60 Leagues to the Leeward of Ternate. The Wind was contrary, and -the Error was to be [Arrive at Ternate.] retriev'd by rowing. With -very much Labour they reach'd Ternate on the 26th of March, being -Easter-Day. That Day so joyful to all Mankind, made them forget past -Toils, and convert them into Pleasure and Delight. - -[Superstition of Moluccos as to Eclipses.] They were inform'd, that -the Day before, an Eclipse of the Moon had been observ'd at Ternate, -with the usual Concern. No sooner does the Darkness begin to cover the -Body of the Moon, than the People with Sighs and Tears begin also to -lament that Planet's Mourning; for they believe it forebodes the Death -or Captivity of their King, or of some eminent Person or some Calamity -to the Publick. If the Eclipse passes over without any of these Losses, -they Repair to their Mosque in Procession, Rank and File. Here the -foremost carry large China Dishes. Those are follow'd by others with -Launces, and Hatchets advanc'd, and Muskets rested. Next them follow -three Lamps, carry'd on Men's Shoulders, as common Pictures represent -the great Bunch of Grapes carry'd by the Discoverers, who went to -view the Holy Land promis'd by God to his People. Next comes a Boy, -in Royal Robes, and behind him another holding an Umbrello, made of -various Feathers, over the Head of the first. Then follow the Women, -set off with Flowers and Palm-Branches, without Order; and thus they -celebrate their Thanksgiving, in the Streets and Temples, because -the Eclipse pass'd over without any Detriment. The Dutch told them, -That Eclipses were commonly known in their Country, and throughout -all Europe; which those People either admir'd or did not believe. - -When our Galleys came to the Port of Talangame, Don Pedro expected to -have found the Colonel with the Fleet in it; but only saw a stately -[Dutch Ship at Talangame.] Dutch Ship, carrying 30 Pieces of Cannon, -and 12 Pedreroes. She fought our Ships as they pass'd by, and then -drew to the Shore, and defended herself with Part of the Artillery, -that was fittest for the Purpose, and being guarded by a great Number -of Ternate Soldiers, kept close in her Fortification. Don Pedro took -a View of her, as he pass'd by in the Galleys, tho' she made several -Shot at him, and threw 18 Pound Balls into the Admiral Galley, where -he was. He thought fit not to stay, till he heard of the Fleet which -was then at Tydore, little above two Leagues from that Port, as was -known by some Vessels of the Natives, that came up board and board, in -sailing by that Harbour. The Galleys directed their Course to Tydore, -led by the Joy of this good News, which eas'd Don Pedro of much Care -he was in, knowing there was a Scarcity of Seamen aboard the Fleet, -and he fear'd it might have been drove away elsewhere. - -[Dutch Men at Tydore.] Esquivel found four Dutch Men at Tydore. One -of them was the Factor who gather'd the Clove for a Company of his -Countrymen, that belong'd to the Factories of Ternate, Amboyna, Banda, -Sunda, and other Places about them; the other three were Sailers. He -examin'd all four, and they gave an Account of the Strength of that -Ship, and her Guns, saying, She was loden with Clove; and one of -the five that fought the Portugueses, when the Fort of Ternate blew -up. That they expected another Ship, which came [Intelligence they -give.] with her from Bantam, and was parted in foul Weather. That -the main Drift of the Agreement made between the King of Ternate -and the Dutch, was their Assisting him against the Spaniards, and -Portugueses. That there were Orders at Java and Sunda for the Dutch -Ships which pass'd by to enquire there, whether there were any News -from the Moluccos; and if Need were, that they should leave their -Loding there, and go succour the King of Ternate. - -[Ternate to be attack'd before the Dutch Ship.] Before Don Pedro -departed Talangame, he consulted with his Officers, whether it -were convenient to attack the Dutch Ship before they went upon -the Enterprize of Ternate. Opinions varied, but it was concluded, -that since his Majesties Design was to recover the Maluccos, and he -had order'd the Fleet to be provided for that Intent, it was not -expedient to prefer any other Action. Time is subject to change, -and sometimes an Accident overthrows the best concerted Designs. That -great Ship, so well stor'd with Guns, and Mann'd, might have sunk some -of ours, by which we should have lost our Cannon, and Provisions, -or some other Mischief, that could not possibly be foreseen might -have happen'd, to the obstructing of the main Design. Besides that -the Ternates being their Friends, in Case we had master'd the Ship, -the Men might fly and save themselves among their Confederates, and -thus the Enterprize be rendered more difficult by their Assistance; -and it was known by Spyes, that the King already had Dutch Gunners, -and Soldiers of Courage and Conduct. - -[King of Tydore and Don Pedro meet at Sea.] The King was not at -Tydore when our Fleet came into his Harbour, being gone to marry a -Daughter of the King of Bachian; and tho' the Colonel sent to acquaint -him with his Arrival, and to desire he would hasten his Coming, -as fearing Delays; yet perceiving the Time slipt away, he set out -on the last of March for Ternate, with his Fleet. When they were at -Sea, they heard the new marryed King's Bagpipes, Basons, Trumpets, -and Kettle-Drums. He having receiv'd the Spaniards Letters, imbark'd, -bringing the New Queen along with him, and joyn'd them with his Carcoas -full of Musick and Garlands of Flowers. They met with extraordinary -Joy, and the King of Tydore express'd it particularly for seeing of -Don Pedro de Accunna, with whom he had before frequent Communication -by Letters and Messengers. He show'd much Concern for the Streights he -had been reduc'd to by the King of Ternate, with the Assistance of the -Dutch. Don Pedro comforted him, declaring his Majesty's Intention, and -how he had order'd him to come to his Assistance, from the Philippine -Islands, whensoever he should require it. He visited the Bride, -paying her all possible Respect; and the King of Tydore, telling him, -he would attend the Fleet in Person, with his Ships and Men, went away -then to his Island, and the next Morning, at Break of Day, according -to his Promise, came into a Bay near [Orders for the Enterprize.] -Ternate, where our Fleet had anchor'd. The Rejoycings for his coming -did not delay the Consultations, and Orders for the Enterprize. The -Governour call'd a Council of War, where it was resolv'd, that all -the Strength of the Fleet should be reduc'd to only three great Ships, -to secure the Sea and Land. They were immediately sufficiently mann'd -with Sea-Men and Soldiers, under the Command of Bernardine Alfonso, -Antony Carrenno de Valdes, and Don Gil Sanchez de Carranza, all three -Commanders of Repute. Other Orders were issu'd out, and presently put -in Execution by the Officers. Of the three above nam'd, two dy'd in -their Return Home, and only Carreno out liv'd it. - -[The Forces land April the first.] Don Pedro, and the King of Tydore -landed their Men, on the first of April, at Break of Day; but it being -difficult, and even dangerous to march so near the Water, because -there was no more ground on the Shore than for five Men in Rank; it -was resolv'd to make the Attack with a small Number, gradually along -the Sea Coast, without ingaging too far; and at the same Time to make -Way over the Top of the Mountain, with some Pampanguo, and Tangalo -Indian Pioneers, and to send another Party of Men that Way, to give -the Enemy a Diversion, and oblige them to divide their Forces. The -King of Ternate, whom Experience and Fear had instructed in the -Art of War, perceiving what was aim'd at, to avoid being cut off in -[K. of Ternate retires to his Fort.] the Rear, retir'd to his Fort, -as soon as he discover'd our Army. This was the Reason why our Men -met with no Opposition, whereas the General Furtado found so much -Resistance there, three Years before, at the Seige we have spoken of, -when in gaining that Pass, he lost some Portugueses and Spaniards, -being assisted by Captain Gallinato. - -[Gallinato invests the Place.] He now put our Men into good Order, -leading the Van, and drew up within Musket Shot of the Wall. He told -Don Pedro, in the Presence of the King of Tydore, that some Soldiers -had, by his Command, taken a View of the Place, and that considering -the Nature of the Situation, it was requisite to maintain that Ground -till Night, when our Men should intrench, and bring up the Cannon -for Battery. His Advice was approv'd of, and put in Execution; and -in Regard that the Enemy did some Harm in the main Body, and Wings, -with their Cannon and small Shot; Don Pedro to prevent it, order'd the -Men to lye down. It was observ'd that there were [Sentinels on Trees -beaten off.] four Eminences cover'd with wild, and full headed Trees, -on which the Enemy had their Sentinels, who gave Intelligence how -the Spaniards mov'd, and of whatsoever they order'd, or perform'd. A -Captain went up to make himself Master of the Trees, and soon brought -down the Enemies Sentinels. Gallinato perfected that Work, commanding -our Sentinels to get up into those same Trees, as was done. The Enemy -endeavour'd to remove them with their Cannon and small Arms, firing -incessantly; but could never disturb either those that were on the -Top, among the Boughs, who gave the Information, not the others that -stood at the Foot, who receiv'd and carryed it to the Officers. The -Enemy was possess'd of a Post near the Bastion of Cachil Tulo, on the -right Hand of the Wall, a little beyond the Trees, and the General -thinking it necessary to be gain'd, commanded Captain John de Cubas, -an old Low-Country Soldier, to attack it with 30 Musketiers, and if -he thought himself too hard set, to send Word, and he should have a -good Supply of Pikes. The Captain went on by the Way of the Mountain, -and the Enemy to prevent him, sent a Body of Men out of the Fort next -the Sea, whom Captain Villagra charg'd. Whilst they were ingag'd, -the King of Ternate, perceiv'd that Cubas was marching to gain his -Post, and [Villagra and Cubas fight the Ternates.] being sensible -how prejudicial the Loss of it would be, sally'd out himself to -fight him, and the Spaniards had enough to do. Cubas gained the -highest Ridge; but so fatigued, that he was forc'd to send for the -Supply of Pikes. The Captains Vergara, Alarcon, and Don Roderick de -Mendoza supported him with 40 detatch'd Men; and before they came up -more Ternates and Javaneses sally'd out of the Fort, with whom the -fight was renew'd in more furious Manner. Another Party of Infidels -was presently discover'd next the Sea, for which Reason, and because, -if the Enemy had demanded more Succours, his Posts would be forsaken, -the King order'd those who fought with Villagra to retire, and went -himself with them, and some others to sustain the Rest. His coming on -like a brave, or rather a desperate [The Fight redoubl'd.] Commander, -oblig'd Cubas, to ask for another Supply which the Captains Villagra, -and Cervantes carry'd him, and charg'd the Enemy. Cachil Amuxa, of -whose Bravery Mention has been made, went up to Captain Cubas after -burning the Brims of his Hat, and the Feather in it, with a Musket -Shot, and they both fought Hand to Hand for a considerable Time, the -one with his Sword, and the other with his Campilane, or Cymiter. The -[Single Combat.] Sentinels on the Trees cry'd out, giving Notice of -the Troops on the Shore, and that they came on towards our Van-Guard, -and the Front of it. Captain Villagra was order'd to charge them with -a Division of Shot, belonging to Captain Cervantes, who commanded all -the Halbardiers. Both Parties fought with equal Tokens of Courage, -when the Sentinels from the Trees gave Notice, that John de Cubas, -on the Right, demanded more Succours. The Captains Don Roderick de -Mendoza, and Pascual de Alarcon went with it immediately, drawing -out two Divisions of Musketiers. The Sentinels cry'd out again, that -the Enemy, who fought with Captain Villagra were retiring towards -the Walls, and that John de Cubas demanded another Supply of Pikes -and Halbards. Captain Cervantes supported him with 50, and Villagra, -with the Men he commanded. - -[Ternates retire in Disorder.] Our Sentinels, to whose Vigilancy -a great Part of this Success is owing, gave Notice again, that -upon the Approach of our Supplies, the Enemy retired in Disorder, -and our Men made up to the Wall. The Event of the Battle began now -to be out of Doubt, and even in that Posture requir'd Diversity of -Conduct. Don Pedro therefore order'd the Colours with the Rest of the -Pikes to march, leaving one Division of Musquetiers, and the Heavy -Harquebussiers in the Rear, to face the Enemy, in Case they should -happen to sally out again toward the Sea. The other Captains and -Soldiers went on fighting, and at the set Time attack'd the Wall, -helping one another to climb to the Top. The two first that got -upon it were the Captains John de Cubas, and Cervantes, who having -receiv'd some Wounds on it, tumbled down again. The Difficulty of this -Enterprize increas'd as the Enemy renew'd their Efforts, doing us Harm -with their heavy and small Cannon, Muskets, sundry Sort of Fireworks, -Stones, and other Contrivances the Dutch furnish'd them with; but the -Attack was made so furiously, that the Spaniards gave not the King, -nor his Men Leisure enough to get into the old Portuguese Fort, within -the Wall; for had they done so, they might have defended themselves -some Time, and our Men would have been oblig'd to batter the Walls -with Cannon; and tho' the Fort is small, and built in more unskilful -Times, it would have cost Trouble. - -The Place was taken with little Loss, for we had but Fifteen Men -kill'd on our Side, among them was Captain Cervantes, who getting -up the first [The Place taken, and Number of the Slain.] upon the -Wall, with a Design to display the King's Standard on it, was run -into the Eye with a Launce, by a Barbarian, and others coming on, -they threw him down to the Ground, whereof he dy'd the seventh Day, -much regretted by all Men. He had before said publickly, offering -to give the Charge, Gentlemen, the Bull shall not make his Escape -my Way, unless it cost me my Life; alluding to keeping of him in -at the Bull-Feasts. He was as good as his Word both ways, since he -dy'd in Performance of it, with his Arms and Legs broken. No Man of -any Note, either among the Spaniards or Indians escap'd unhurt. Many -Ternates and Javaneses were slain, and some Dutch shed their Blood, -like brave or desperate Men, thinking it a Misfortune, as they said, -to owe their Lives to our Courtesy, or Mercy. - -It was never expected that the Success, would be in all Points -answerable to the Justice of the Cause. Don Pedro had design'd to -batter the Forts, wherein he would have met with mighty Difficulties, -because the Cannon was very heavy, and hard to be drawn to the -proper Posts for Battery; as also for that there was not Earth -to fill the Gabions, and the [Cannon found in it.] Rockiness of -the Ground obstructed the throwing up of the Trenches, which would -have occasion'd the Loss of many Men before the Artillery could be -planted. The Spaniards pursu'd their Success, and possessing themselves -of the Fort, found in it 43 large Brass Guns, abundance of Drakes, -and other Arms, besides Ammunition and Provisions. - -The Men having enter'd the City, every one fell to plunder, and commit -[Prisoners made Slaves.] Outrages. Don Pedro had made Proclamation, -that all the Enemies taken within four Days should be made Slaves. The -Commanders halted near the ancient Church of S. Paul, which was -fortify'd by the Enemy with Ramparts for this Service. Opinions -vary'd about what was next to be done; Some were for securing what -was already gain'd; Others for pushing on, to gain the main Fort. The -Captains Vergara and Villagra, went for the Latter, and the Soldiers -were so brisk and eager to run into any Danger, that one of them, -of the Province of Estremadura, and belonging [Eagerness of the Men.] -to the Company of Captain Sevil, an Aragonian, and notable Commander, -who was also for going on, took up Captain Villagra in his Arms, and -carry'd him above ten Paces, saying, Good Captain, fall on, fall on; -and then set him down. The Captain struck him, for having [They attack -and take the main Fort.] taken him up so rudely, at such a Time; and -the Soldier bowing, pleasantly and with a smiling Countenance, said -to him, God is my Life, strike again, and fall on. In short, Vergara -and Villagra, with a few Men attack'd the main Fort, and carry'd it, -being themselves the first that enter'd [They attack and take the main -Fort.] the Gates, but not the first that went up; for as they were -running up the Stairs hastily, and just going into the Hall, Barela, -an old Soldier, and Corporal to Captain Cervantes, thrust by their -Side, and getting in, took a gilt Ewre, made in the Shape of an Urn, -curiously ingrav'd, from off a rich Cupboard, or Side-board there was -in the Hall, saying to the Captains, [The King's Palace plunder'd.] -Gentlemen, I take this in Token that I came in here with you; and -carry'd it away, by their Consent. All the Palace was then expos'd to -the Avarice of the Soldiers. Don Pedro would have given a check to it; -but was not taken Notice of, till almost all was over. - -The King of Ternate had forsaken all, and some of the Dutch him, -when [The King &c. fly, to Gilolo.] they saw he was going down; -none follow'd him in this Confusion and Flight, but the Sangiack of -Mofaquia, his Kinsman, who encourag'd and advis'd him, his Queen -Celicaya, and some other Women. He embark'd with them all, Prince -Gariolano his Son, and a few Dutch, in great Haste, within the Wall, -aboard some Carcoas of Mofaquia, and plying the Oars, or rather -Flying, arriv'd in the Island of Gilolo, at a Fort there, built not -long before in Sabugu. The rest of the Dutch got off in other Vessels -to their Ship. - -The whole Body of the Army now rang'd the Towns and Houses of the -[The Dutch to their Ship.] Natives, wholly intent upon Plunder, -and Don Pedro went about, giving Orders, and checking the Soldiers, -that they might keep in a Body. - -The General went on to S. Paul's Church, which was unroof'd and -profan'd; he order'd it to be cleans'd, and immediately adorn'd -with [Possession taken of the Fort.] Boughs, and other Ornaments, -brought thither by the diligent Soldiers, where they devoutly, with -loud Voices, sang the Hymn, Salve Regina, which our Church uses to -call upon the blessed Virgin. For the compleating of this Victory, -they still wanted to seize the King, Prince, Sangiacks, and Commanders -that follow'd him. The General took Possession of the Forts, setting -up and displaying the Colours, with the Arms of the Crown of Spain, -and the Name of PHILIP THE THIRD, OUR SOVEREIGN, the Musick playing, -and Guns firing. He order'd, [King of Ternate pursu'd.] that the next -Day Captain Villagra should set out in Pursuit of the King of Ternate, -with 100 Men in two Galleys, and the King of Tydore, and the Prince -his Son, with their Fleet, consisting of two Janguas, and 15 Carcoas, -in which were 1000 Men. - -The King and Prince of Tydore, with Captain Villagra, came to the -[Tacome Fort surrender'd to Villagra.] Fort of Tacome, in Ternate, -on the third of April, where they found Cachil Amuxa, the bravest of -the Natives of Ternate, Cousin German to their King, and his Captain -General. Villagra sent him a Message by Antony de Silva, Interpreter of -their Language, and through his Means he surrendred, with some Dutch; -all whom he carry'd Prisoners to the City. He brought them in very -honourable Manner, and they had not the dejected Looks of Men that -were overcome. Being come to the City, he deliver'd them to Don Pedro -de Acunna, who observing the same Generosity, received and treated -them courteously, and commended their Valour. There the Cachil and -Captain John de Cubas knew one another again, remember'd the Wounds -they had given and receiv'd, and were good Friends. The Portuguese -Commanders visited him, and in his Presence, after commending the -Bravery they had shown in the War, the General, with his [The General -honours the Portuguese Commanders.] own Hands, put weighty Gold -Chains about their Necks, as was then us'd among Soldiers, desiring -they would accept of that Acknowledgement of their gallant Behaviour, -and excuse the Smallness of the Gift; and they on their Side, made -suitable Returns of Courtesy. - -Villagra went out again, and by the Way, took the Sangiack of -Mofaquia, and two of his Nephews, without any Opposition. All these -having desir'd Audience of Don Pedro, told him, they had always been -desirous to [Sangiack of Mofaquia taken.] return to their Subjection -under his Majesty, but that their Kinsman, the King, had obstructed -it, and ruin'd himself by adhereing to his own Opinion, rejecting -the safest and best, which was to recover their former Favour. This -Pride, said they, has reduc'd him to the miserable Condition he -[He proposes to bring over the King.] is now in. If you please we -will discourse, and perswade him to put himself into your Hands, -after you have taken such Security of us as becomes conquer'd Men, -and given Commission to such as you can confide in to Article with -the King. It is not the Change of our Fortune that moves us to this, -for none can daunt those who are prepar'd for the worst; but it is -that Fidelity, which the Circumstances of the Times would not permit -us to exert. [Don Pedro's Answer.] Don Pedro return'd Thanks for -their Zeal, and told them, The Method they had chosen was the best -to oblige the King of Spain to use that Victory with his innate royal -Goodness; and therefore empower'd them to assure the King, and his Son, -that their Lives should be safe. The two Cachiles embarking with Paul -de Lima, who, tho' a Native of Ternate, was discreet and a Master of -the Spanish Tongue, as also well known to the King, and with Captain -Villagra, they sail'd over together to the Fort of Sabubu, in the -Island Batochina. The King embrac'd, and receiv'd them with Tears; -but when they propos'd his surrend'ring himself, he would [The King -delivers himself up on a safe Conduct.] not consent without a formal -safe Conduct first granted. That Satisfaction was soon given him, for -Don Pedro sent it, with Assurance of his Life, in respectful Terms, -becoming the Person of a King, and all solid and safe, according -to the Power committed to him, the Rest being left at his Catholick -Majesty's Disposal. - -[Embarks for Ternate.] The Instrument, which the General had drawn -in Form, being read, the King resolv'd to repair to Ternate, with -the Prince, and the other Cachiles and Sangiacks; yet contrary to the -Advice of Celicaya, of whom he was always desperately in Love. In fine, -he put himself into the Hands of Don Pedro, and to this Effect embark'd -on three Janguas, and meeting with Villagra, they went over with all -the rest into his Galleys, to be carry'd to the General. The King -desir'd by the Way to visit his Mother, who was in the Fort of Tacome, -and having propos'd it to Captain Villagra, he comply'd with him, -and the Galleys made haste. They came to Tacome on the 8th of April, -where he landed, and his Mother coming out to meet him, encourag'd -him, without showing the least Dejectedness. [Visits his Mother.] -Nothing appear'd in the Discourse between them that could be heard, -that had a Womanish Air, or the Resemblance of a Motherly Tenderness, -as the Interpreters declar'd, nor did she comfort him with Hopes -of Revenge, but only with Reasons perswading to sute himself to his -Fortune, which is the Will of Heaven. - -From this Place Villagra sent Advice to Don Pedro, that the King was -come, and would soon be with him. He having receiv'd the News, sent -[The King brought to Ternate.] Major Ascueta to bid him welcome. He -order'd he should be treated with Respect, and that the Major should -in secret bid Captain Villagra make haste to Ternate, because there -was much still to do, and it was not proper to lose Time. The Progress -of Victory is not to be interrupted. They set out in the Evening for -Ternate, where they arriv'd late at Night, and therefore went not -into the City. The King stood as it were amaz'd when he saw the Place, -and heard the Drums, and other Martial Noises; being sensible of the -Yoke he had been so averse to bear. However he diverted [The King -of Tydore goes to visit him.] himself that Night, as a sick Person -uses to admit of the Entertainment he receives from those who are -in Health. The next Day the General came aboard, whilst the Army was -forming into one great Body, and the Companies were marching, that the -King might not stay; that Show being provided for him, and the Design -that he should be conducted in through the Midst of the Forces. Don -Pedro order'd, That before he landed, the King of Tydore, who attended -in the same Harbour, should go visit him. He refus'd to receive him, -as long as he could, and the Colonel and all the Captains intreated him -to admit of the Visit, which he at length consented to, either being -perswaded, or yielding to Importunity. The Galley made towards the -King of Tydore's Fleet, and as they drew near, the Cannon fir'd. The -King of Tydore stay'd aboard his Admiral, conceal'd between Curtains -of Crimson Damask, and when the two Galleys [Barbarous Ceremonies of -the Kings.] were come together board and board, after a long Silence, -the Curtains were drawn. Both the Kings appear'd in their Vessels, -looking at one another, for a considerable Time, without speaking -a Word. At length he of Ternate, as the conquer'd, call'd to one of -his Nephews, to whom kneeling, he deliver'd a Message in his Ear for -the King of Tydore. The Nephew [Zumbaya Ceremony.] went over to the -Carcoa, and having made the Zumbaya, according to their Ceremonies, -with great Tokens of Submission, kneeling, joyning his Hands, -and raising them up to his Face, kiss'd the King of Tydore's left -Foot. Then he deliver'd him his Message with much Deliberation, all -the Standers-by observing the knitting of his Brows, and all the other -Tokens of Admiration and Sorrow, wherewith he was heard. The Nephew -withdrew as soon as he had done speaking; and after the King of Tydore -had continu'd a while Thoughtful, he call'd another Cachil, who was his -Favourite, and Kinsman. He spoke to him in the same Manner, and gave -him another Message for the King of Ternate, with much Deliberation -and State. This Messenger paid him the same respectful Ceremonies, -and going over to our Galley, when he came into the Presence of the -King of Ternate, after performing the same Zumbaya, bow'd himself -down, and deliver'd the Answer. The King receiv'd it with as much -Grandeur as he could have done had he been Conqueror. Then he also -stood a while musing, and rising went over to the Admiral of Tydore, -which, as has been [Meeting of the two Kings.] said, was grappled -with the Galley. The Prince, his Son, and the Commanders attended -him. The King of Tydore stood up to receive him. When they met, -each of them us'd tedious Civilities, and Ceremonies towards the -other, about sitting. He of Ternate sat first, and the Prince, by -his Father's Order, paid him of Tydore, the Respect of the Zumbaya, -kissing his Foot. He to prevent obliging his Son to repay the like -Compliment to the other, before the King of Ternate came, had order'd -him aboard another Vessel, and to put out to Sea, that he might not -be present at the Interview. The two Kings discours'd about several -Affairs, and he of Ternate, of his Misfortune, tho' in manly Manner. - -[The two Kings land.] It being now Time for the King of Ternate -to land, both the Kings began to draw near it, but with different -Notions. The General waited in the Fort, and saw the Landing from -the Top of it. The King of Ternate came ashore between and led by the -Colonel, and Gallinato. After him follow'd the Prince, conducted by -Captain Villagra, and the Major. The King march'd thro' a Lane of our -Foot, and seem'd pleas'd to see them so gallant, and orderly. Thus -he came to the Fort, the ancient Residence of his Predecessors, -and not long since his own, Don Pedro, the Governour coming down to -the Gate to meet him, unarm'd, richly dress'd, and with [Don Pedro -receives the King.] such Decency as became his Person. He would -have kiss'd his Hand, but the King embrac'd him, and they went -up Hand in Hand to the Lodgings; in the Stateliest whereof, they -found three Chairs, with as many Cushions before them, plac'd on a -rich Carpet under the Canopy. The King sat on that in the Middle, -the Prince on the next, and the Governour on the third. After a -short Silence, the Discourse began, Don Pedro telling the King, -his Highness ought to bear his present Condition with Resolution, -remembering the long Prosperity he had enjoy'd. That he offer'd to -interceed, [Comforts him.] and use his Interest with his Majesty, -that he might be restor'd to his Kingdoms; and that the Subject in -Hand requiring longer and private Conferences, he for the Present -would cut it short, because the settling of weighty Affairs, is -not to be grounded on the Noise of Promises. [The King's Answer.] -The King return'd Thanks for the Kindness he show'd, in promising his -Restitution, and bewailing his present Condition, concluded, saying, -That he took Comfort in him, considering Heaven had reserv'd him to -be subdu'd by so great a Commander; in which particular he reckon'd he -was much oblig'd to his Fortune; and that he confided, he would treat -him with such Generosity and Goodness as was due on his own Account, -and his being the Minister of so great a Monarch, without calling to -mind that his own Pride had been his Ruin. The Governour satisfy'd him -as to all Points, and having order'd the best House in Ternate to be -furnish'd, and [A Spanish Company guards the King.] sent to it Plate, -Household Goods, Linnen, Beds, Pavillions, and all Things answerable to -such a Guest, he desir'd the King would be pleas'd to remove thither, -and with his leave he would wait on him; and that, with his good -liking, a Spanish Captain with his Company should guard his Person; -lest the Subjects of the Kingdom of Tydore, his natural Enemies, who -were then very Numerous in the City, seeing him alone, should offer -any Rudeness. The King accepted of it, smiling in a heavy Manner, to -signify that the Guard was appointed to secure him, and all the other -Prisoners, and that he was sensible of the false Gloss they gave it. - -[He desires the Company of Captain Villagra.] Captain Peter Delgado -was order'd with his Company to guard the King's House, and attend him, -till reliev'd. That Night the King was very melancholy, being among -so many Strangers, and though it was late, would not go to Bed, till -he had sent Sylva, the Portuguese Interpreter, to desire the General, -that for some Comfort in his Solitude, this being the Request of a -conquer'd Person, he would send him Captain Villagra, whom, as the -first Spaniard he had been acquainted with, he lov'd, call'd him -Father and delighted in his Company. The King is reported to have -said, that to converse with the Conquerors, is only to hasten being -overcome, and make the Change of Fortune Habitual. The Governour was -glad he could afford him that Satisfaction; and sending immediately -for Captain Villagra, desir'd he would go divert the King, and make -much of, and entertain him with Art, that he might be comforted. The -Captain readily comply'd, and the King express'd singular Satisfaction -in his Company. He supp'd, and went to Bed, discoursing all the while -with the Captain concerning Martial and Religious Affairs. - -Two Days after the Governour directed Colonel Gallinato and Captain -Villagra, together with Paul de Lima, to propose to the King to enter -into Treaty with him, in his Majesty's Name, for settling Things -in a State of Security, and Safety; and to perswade him, that was -the Way to deserve [Treaty set afoot with the King.] well, and put -himself into a better Condition. They three went to him, attended -by other Persons of Note, and among them some religious Men of the -Orders of S. Augustin, and S. Dominick, and the Society of Jesus, -who all behav'd themselves commendably in their Stations. The King -did not refuse to capitulate, and after settling the Form, by the -Interposition of Paul de Lima, and granting some Things he desir'd -of the King of Spain, the following Articles were drawn and sign'd. - -[Articles between the General and King of Ternate. The King to -deliver up all Forts.] The first Thing requir'd of Cachil Sultan -Zayde, King of Ternate, and of the rest who are Prisoners with his -Highness, is that he shall deliver up to his Majesty King Philip our -Sovereign, the Forts he is now possess'd of, being those of Gilolo, -Sabubu, Gamocanora, Tacome, those of Machian, those of Sula, and the -Rest. To this he answers, that he will deliver up to his Majesty the -aforesaid Forts, and to that Effect, will send the Prince his Son, -and His Kinsman Cachil Amuxa, with the Persons appointed to take -Possession of them, and that they shall be deliver'd up, with all -the Cannon, Ammunitions, Muskets, and Fire-Arms there are in them. - -[To release Prisoners.] Secondly, That he shall restore all the -Prisoners he has, either Christians, or Infidels, being our Subjects, -as well of the Provinces of the Pintados, as of the Rest that are -subject to the Spaniards in the Philippine Islands. He answer'd, -that all such as can be found at present shall be deliver'd, and the -Rest hereafter as they are discover'd. - -[To deliver up the Dutch.] Thirdly, That he shall deliver up the -Dutch he has in his Power. He answer'd, That when he departed the -Fort of Ternate, 13 or 14 that were with him fled; and he supposes -they repair'd to the Dutch Ship, because he has not seen them since; -but if they shall be found, he will deliver them immediately. - -[And Renegado Spaniards.] Fourthly, He shall deliver up the Renegado -Spaniards that were in the Fort of Ternate. He answer'd, that there was -but one, and he fled as well as the Rest the Day the Fort was taken; -that he knows not where he is, but will cause Search to be made, -and deliver him. - -[Also Batochina, Moratay, & Herrao.] Fifthly, That he shall deliver -up all the Towns which are in Batochina, and is call'd El Moro, they -having been formerly Christians; as also the Islands of Moratay, -and Herrao, which were also Christian, with all the Artillery and -Ammunition there is in them. He answer'd, he is ready to deliver up -all, as he had done his Person. - -[The Form of rendering the Capitulation authentick.] These Articles -Don Pedro de Acunna, Governour, and Captain General of the Philippine -Islands, President of the Royal Court residing in them, and General -of this Fleet in the Moluccos, committed to the General John Xuarez -Gallinato, and to Captain Christopher de Villagra, who concluded -them in the Form as above, by the Interposition of Paul de Lima, -a Portuguese born in these Islands, who serv'd as Interpreter of -the Languages. And the said King subscrib'd his Name, after his -Manner. Given in the Fort of Ternate, on the tenth of April, 1606. The -said General, and Captain also sign'd it with the said Paul de Lima. - -[How it was sign'd.] The King sign'd in Persian Characters, with -graceful Flourishes, and the Spaniards plainly; and this Original -Capitulation was brought into Spain, with the other authentick -Instruments. - -[Commanders go to take Possession.] In Pursuance to this Agreement, -the Commanders imbark'd to take Possession of the several Places, -carrying along with them the King and Prince, and other Prisoners in -two Galleys being the Admiral, and Vice-Admiral, with all Villagra's -Company, and Part of that of Cervantes. The first Place taken -Possession of was the Fort of Tacome, next that of Sula, both in the -Island of Ternate. Thence they sail'd to the great Batochina, where -are those of Gilolo, formerly a flourishing Kingdom; of Sabubu, and -Gamocanora, [Gamocanora what it signifies.] which we corruptly call -Gran Bocanora; but in that Country Language, Gamo signifies Middle, -and Canora Land, so that Gamocanora, altogether signifies, Mid-Land, -because it lies in the midst of Gilolo, and El Moro. Possession was -taken of all these Forts, none landing but Villagra, with Cachil Amuxa, -Antony de Sylva, and John de Vega, who did the Part of a Notary, being -appointed, and authoriz'd for that Time. The Cachil assembled the -People at all the Forts, acquainted them with the Success of Ternate, -and that all was now subject to the Spaniards, by whose Authority that -Captain [Manner of taking Possession.] came to take Possession, that -so all might pay their Obedience to his Majesty. The People having -been attentive to what was propos'd to them, knelt down, and raising -their voices made the Zumbaya. Then the Captain display'd the Standard -advancing it in his Majesty's Name, to denote Possession. Then he -commanded the Natives to bring out the Cannon, and draw it down to -the Shore, to be imbark'd aboard the Galleys. This was the Method -observed at Gilolo, and in other Places of less Note. - -[K. of Tydore recovers his Towns.] In the mean while, the King of -Tydore, making his Advantage of the Victory, sent the Prince his Son -with some Troops, to possess himself of the Towns the King of Ternate -had taken for him, as he actually did. Don Pedro being inform'd of -it, was offended that an Enterprize should be undertaken without his -Order, and thinking the King of Tydore had therein given Tokens of -Distrust, and Disrespect, had Thoughts of taking such Satisfaction, -as he judg'd the Matter deserv'd; but the King of Tydore reflecting -on his Misbehaviour, and that the Governours Resentment swell'd up to -absolute Indignation, he found Means to appease him, excusing himself, -and saying, that Invasion had been carry'd on without his Order, -or Knowledge; and desisting expected to be restor'd by Don Pedro, -as we shall soon see. - -The Method observ'd at other Forts, could not be followed at that of -Sabubu, where Queen Celycaya was, because Cachil Amuxa fell sick, -or pretended so to do. Villagra had Regard to the Circumstances of -Times. Cachil Rete, Sangiack of Gamocanora, the King's Nephew, and -a brave Soldier, [The People of Sabubu in Arms.] landed instead of -the other. The People of that Town imagin'd, that Villagra brought -considerable Forces, and therefore to secure the Queen, and themselves, -they gather'd above 2500 fighting Men, under Pretence they would not -suffer Celycaya to be taken away. They hid themselves with their Arms, -yet not so but that the Captain knew of it. He took no Notice, but -coming up to one of the Bastions of the Town, which were both next -the River, drew off the Cannon, some few of the Natives, and those -Boys helping him; the Rest waiting for more considerable Action, -in Arms. Then he disarm'd the other Bastion, assisted by Francis -Romanico, and John Rodriguez Bermejo, Captains of the Galleys. The -Town stands on the Bank of a River, up which they had run in their -Boats; but returning with the [Cachil Rete.] Men that row'd, the -Guns were loaded, the Sangiack Rete forwarding of it. He finding the -People in an Uproar, would not have had the Cannon carry'd away, at -that Time. Possession was not taken till afterwards, out of Respect -to the Queen, and by Reason of the Mutiny of the People, who escap'd -not unchastis'd. The Galleys return'd to Gamocanora, and not being -able to get into the River, nor to stay out, because of the Flats, -where an indifferent Wind may do much Harm, the least Part whereof -was the Loss of the Vessels; Gallinato therefore considering, that if -they should be cast away, the King was in his own Country, whence it -would be impossible to get him out again, tho' a greater Power should -be gather'd for that End, than what came from the Philippine Islands, -and having consulted with him about the Method to be us'd to get in -to Gamocanora, the Sangiack of that [His Advice to the Spaniards.] -Place said to him. Sir, if you have such Confidence in me, as I know -you may, and my Advice is of any Force with you, do not go thither with -these Galleys, for you will expose them to Shoals, and Winds. Since -therefore here are two Carcoas of Tydore, let the Captain Villagra, -the Notary, and the Interpreter go aboard them, and I will go along -with them to my Country, where the same shall be done, as if the -Galleys went in. - -[Villagra trusts the Sangiack.] Gallinato consulted with Villagra, -and they approv'd of the Method, setting out in the Carcoas on Saturday -in the Afternoon, and on Sunday Morning a League short of the River, -the Sangiack told the Captain, he well knew he had been long from his -Country, attending the King, and that his Subjects had no certain -Account of him, and therefore, they might then as they us'd to do -at other Times, come out to the Mouth of the River with a Fleet, -to guard the Entrance. That if it should so happen, he must not he -disturb'd, for they should all serve him. The Captain, told him, how -much he confided in him, since he had so easily follow'd his Advice, -and was come to his Country almost Naked; and that whatsoever happen'd -he would not [He appeases his Subjects.] mistrust him. Being come -near the Mouth of the River, they saw 13 Vessels come out, and when -in the Sea, they drew up in a half Moon, and made up to enclose the -Captain's Carcoa. The Sangiack seeing them near at Hand, went forward, -and calling out, commanded them to be peaceable. As soon as they knew -him, they obey'd, drew together their Vessels, and came to speak to -him. He enquir'd into the Posture of his Affairs, and ask'd whether -his Mother was there. They said she was, and gave him a long Account -of all Things. They went before to carry his Mother the News of his -Coming, and he order'd them to assemble all the People of the Town, -and that none should appear arm'd, for they never us'd to lay aside -their Campilanes. Being come in, they found all, and even the Women got -together, [A Vessel sail'd by none but Women.] and imbarking again, -met the Sangiacks Mother in the Middle of the River, she then coming -down, to see her Son, in a Vessel all full of Women, clad in several -Sorts of Silks, with high Feathers, and several of them arm'd. Some -handed the Sails, others ply'd the Oares, and others attended about -that Princesses Person, so that there was not one Man among them. - -[Meeting of the Sangiack and his Mother.] The Mother being impatient, -advanc'd as soon as ever she came to her Son's Carcoa; but he more -nimbly leap'd into that Vessel of Women, and after paying the due -Respect to his Mother, there pass'd extraordinary Demonstrations of -Love on both Sides, she imbracing, and kissing her Son. Thus they all -went up the River, against the Stream, till they came to the Town. On -both the Banks there appear'd People clad in gay Manner, with Feathers, -but unarm'd, and the Sangiack having desir'd his Mother to go ashore, -all the Prime Men to perswade her leap'd into the Water, and carryed -her in their Arms. The Sangiack and Villagra came to the Market-Place, -in the midst whereof they found an Arbour, or Hut made of Boughs, on -Timbers, and in it two Chairs, on a Carpet. They set down with the -usual Ceremonies, and the Sangiack declar'd to his Subjects, that -all the Dominions of the King of Ternate, and their Persons, were -then subject to the King of Spain, as he was himself. That hereupon -follow'd the Obligation of delivering up the Forts to him, and he was -possess'd of all the Rest, only that being wanting. That they should so -order that Captain Villagra [His great Submission to the Spaniards.] -might take Possession of it and the Artillery. Villagra intreated the -Sangiack to go see his Wife, and Children, and he would receive the -Surrender of the Fort, and Arms, in the Afternoon; but he answer'd, -that he came not to rejoyce with his Family, but to serve the King of -Spain. Afterwards he added, If you will have me see them I will make -Use of your Leave; and if you refuse it, will imbark without seeing -them. Villagra would not allow of such rigid Nicety, pressing him to -take the Satisfaction of his Family, before the Act of Possession, -and in the mean while, stay'd himself with John de Vega, and Antony -de Sylva. - -[His Noble Entertainment.] As soon as the Sangiack came Home, he sent -the Captain about 30 Indians loaded with Provisions, one after another, -but first they brought Tables, Chairs; and Table-Linnen in their great -Dishes, and Salvers, and on them the Salts, Knives, drinking Cups, -and Ewres, Variety of Fruit, Pullets roasted and fry'd, Goats Flesh -roasted and boil'd, and other Dishes, after the Fashion of their -Country. A little before the Dinner was ended they brought a Bed, -and Pillows of green Satin, which they laid upon Carpets, to take an -Afternoons Nap on. It was not long before the Sangiack himself came, -follow'd by all the People, leading his Mother, and [Arms deliver'd.] -with them many Men loaded with the Arms he was to deliver up, gather'd -from Private Men, as also Drakes, Muskets, and other Fire-Arms. Indians -brought them on their Shoulders, adorn'd with Boughs, in Token of the -Satisfaction they had in delivering them. The same was then done in -the Fort, as had been in the others. The Sangiack that Night gave the -Captain a Supper in the same Manner as the Dinner had been. The next -Day they breakfasted, and imbarking, return'd where Gallinato waited -for them in the Galleys, at Tacome, with some Indians of Sabubu, who -came with a Message to Villagra, inviting him to go take Possession -of the Fort. - -[Treacherous Design of the People of Sabubu.] He suspected they -had a treacherous Design, which was, that when they came to Sabubu, -they would endeavour to have the Galleys come into the River, the -Bar being proper for them, and having 1500 Men in Ambush, on both -Sides of it, they would at Night send down some Fire-Ships upon them, -then those that were in Ambush giving the Alarm, they might at least -rescue their King, and the other Prisoners that were aboard; and in -Case the Spaniards would not go in with their Galleys, they would -seize Captain Villagra, when he landed, that the Governour might, -in Exchange, for him deliver them the King of Ternate. A Portuguese -Woman, who retir'd to Tacome, flying from Ternate when it was taken, -and marry'd to a Renegado, tho' she was herself a Christian, gave -Gallinato [A Portuguese Woman discovers the Design.] Advice of this -intended Treachery. He took no Notice, but privately advis'd Villagra -to pretend he was sick. The Natives of Sabubu, again pressed for the -Captain, that they might deliver him the Fort, and Gallinato desiring -him to make ready to go thither, he excus'd himself, alledging his -Indisposition. Vega and Sylva, and some other Officers, went without -him, and did the same Thing he could have done, avoiding the Danger -of the Treason. - -[Don Pedro restores Towns to the Owners.] They return'd with the -Galleys to Ternate, where they found Don Pedro, who condescending -to some just Requests, and to others which depended on Courtesy, -being only Matter of Bounty, restor'd several Towns, wrongfully -taken. These were bestow'd on the Kings of Tydore, of Bachian, -and of Sian. The last of these, tho' he ought to have joyn'd the -Governour before the Expedition came late, by Reason of contrary -Winds. He restor'd eight Towns to the King of Tydore, Cachil Mole, -he having been before possess'd of them in the Island of Machian. On -Cachil Raxa Laudin, King of Bachian, who was always faithful to the -Spaniards, and wounded at the Siege Andrew Furtado lay'd to Ternate, -he bestow'd the Islands of Cayoa, Adoba, and Bayloro, which are near -Bachian, as also Lucabata, Palomata, and other Towns. He gave Ruy -Pereyra, the Sangiack of Labua, a notable Christian, and the King of -Spain's Subject, the Island of Gane to hold as Governour; and others -to Paul de Lima, which his Family had formerly been possess'd of. - -[Don Pedro resolves to carry the Prisoners to Manila.] Some Assemblies -were held, to consult, what was to be done with the King and his -Son. Upon summing up the Votes, it was Resolv'd that neither the one, -nor the other, or any of the Prisoners of Note, being his Kinsmen, -Cachiles and Sangiacks of Repute, should be left in the Moluccos; and -that, for considerable Reasons, then appearing, it was not convenient, -at that Time, to depose the King, but to allow him to appoint such -peaceable Persons as he thought fit, to Govern the Kingdom. Don Pedro -had, during this Time, writ to the King of Spain, acquainting him with -the [King of Ternate directed to appoint Governours.] Success of -the War, and approv'd of the Method of appointing Governours, and -accordingly order'd the Captive King and Prince should be told, that -this Form of Government was pitch'd upon to secure us against their -Confederacies, since it was certain that they expected the Dutch, and -had sent to invite them against the Spaniards. That the King was to -understand, that his Liberty, and Restoration to his Kingdoms, depended -on his good Behaviour for the future, and that of his Subjects; -and their assisting the Spaniards that were to be left at Ternate, -and their friendly Entertainment of them. This Message was deliver'd -to the King by F. Lewis Fernandez, of the Society [Cachil Sugui, and -Cachil Quipat Governours.] of Jesus, Gallinato, and Esquivel. They -did it with much Respect, adding, that he was to go to Manila, and -therefore he should appoint such Persons, as he would have to Govern -during his Absence. The King complying, submitted to every Thing, -and nam'd Cachil Sugui, and Cachil Quipat, both of them his Unkles, to -be Governours, because they were of a peaceable and honest Disposition. - -A Day was appointed for the solemn Act of doing Homage. The great Hall -in the Fort was hung with Silk, rich Canopys set up; the Governour -[Solemnity for swearing Fealty.] took his Seat under the chiefest -of them, all the Forces being at Arms; and then he declar'd to the -Kings the Occasion of assembling them together, which was to swear -Fealty to his Majesty, a Duty that had been so long put off, and at -the same Time so much labour'd for by War. - -[Persons that swore Fealty.] They swore Fealty to our Sovereign Lord -King Philip, in the Person of the Governour Don Pedro. The first -was Cachil Sultan Zayde Buxey, King of Ternate, and Cachil Sulamp -Gariolano, the Prince, his Son. Then Cachil Mole, King of Tydore; -Cachil Raxa Laudin, King of Bachian; Cachil Dini, King of Sian, who -had never done it before, but only profess'd Friendship. After them -swore the Sangiacks and Cachiles, Tulo, Codate, Amuxa, Rete, Ale, -Nayo, Quipate, Colambaboa, Dexebes, Pamuza, Babada, Barcat, Sugi, -Gugu, Boleyfe, Gulila, Maleyto, Banaba, all of them Princes, Kinsmen, -and Subjects to the Molucco King. They promis'd not to admit of the -Dutch, nor any other Nations, to the Trade of Clove, and to preserve -it entirely for his Majesty, and his Subjects; and to be assisting -with their Persons, Forces, and Ships, whensoever they should be call'd -upon by the Commander of the Fort of Ternate, or of the Philippines. It -was also agreed, that they should not any Way obstruct the Conversion -of the Gentils that were inclin'd to embrace Christianity. - -They were all satisfy'd with this Beginning of their new Subjection, -because the King of Ternate oppress'd them, as being the most potent, -and supported by the Dutch; nor had they any Security against his -Tyranny; especially since he caus'd the King of Tydore's Father to -be treacherously murder'd, [Another Fort built at Tydore.] the King -of Bachian's in War, and a Kinsman of his, which they both still -resented. Don Pedro order'd another Fort to be erected at Tydore, -and a Captain with 50 Men to Garrison it; at the Request of the -King, by whose Assistance it was finish'd. It was resolv'd, that -for the present, the [Ternate eas'd of Duties.] third Part of the -Duties the People of Ternate us'd to pay, should be taken off, so -to make them easy, that they might reap some Benefit of our Victory, -and not be perswaded it tended to increase their Oppression. The old -Fort being small, and unfit to make any considerable Defence, it was -thought fit to build one on a higher Ground, larger, and stronger. The -Plan was laid out, and Orders given for carrying on the Work. The -said old Fort was brought into a narrow Compass, whilst the new -one was raising, which the Governour, before he departed Ternate, -saw finish'd, quite enclos'd, and strengthned with Ramparts. Six -hundred Men, distributed into six Companies, [Men left at Ternate.] -were left in it, to defend the Island against any Invasion. Six other -Captains were reform'd. There were also twelve Gunners, 65 Pioneers, -35 Masons, and two good Brigantines, which, in Case of Necessity, -[Esquivel Governour.] might be mann'd with Pioneers. Colonel John -de Esquivel was appointed Commander in chief, and Governour of all -the Moluccos. - -Don Pedro, the Day before his Departure, gave the said Governour his -Instructions, which had been maturely weighed, and debated, after -several private Conferences with him, providing for all Accidents -that might happen. - -[Prisoners shipp'd for Manila.] All the Prisoners, being the King and -Prince of Ternate, and 24 Sangiacks and Cachiles, were put aboard the -Admiral Galley, under the Care of Captain Villagra, with particular -Orders to convey them to Manila. This done they set sail. Our Fleet -being departed with the Booty, and Prisoners, the Colonel, John de -Esquivel, apply'd himself diligently to the Affairs of his Charge, -and to hastning on the Fortifications begun in several Parts. Whilst -the Conquerors [King of Tydore sent to Sabubu.] sail'd away, on the -fourth of May, he order'd the King of Tydore, with his Fleet, and -in it some Spaniards, commanded by the Captains Pasqual de Aragon, -and Martin de Esquivel, to sail for Sabubu, to perswade the Cachiles, -Sugui and Quipati, to return to the City; because by their Examples -the Citizens and Multitude would do the like, they being fled to the -Mountains on Account of the War; for so they would quit those Deserts, -be encouraged to confide in the Conqueror, and settle in Peace. The -King of Tydore arriv'd at Sabubu, with his Company; sent Messengers -to them, who deliver'd what they were commission'd with, adding, -that if they requir'd Hostages for their safe coming, they should -have the Spanish Captains that were [The Governours refuse to come.] -in the Fleet deliver'd to them. The Governours were so far from -giving Ear to their Message, that they sent to conjure them to depart -Sabubu. Esquivel was concern'd at this mistrustful and rough Behaviour, -because the greatest Part of the People of the Island were in that -strong Hold, and in Gilolo, and that Repulse in the Presence of the -Natives that were fled, seem'd to threaten greater Opposition. Whilst -he prepar'd to reduce them, he endeavour'd by fair Means to attract -the Inhabitants of a Town, call'd Tacome, two Leagues from Ternate, -whither also some of those that had fled were retir'd. He sent them -a considerable Quantity of Plunder, plac'd Safeguards in Tacome and -Malayo, to quiet, and defend them against the Tydores, their Enemies -and Conquerors. - -The King of Tydore, and our Commanders, returning without any Effect -[Spanish Ships at Machian.] from Sabubu, they sail'd with the Fleet -to Machian, to recover peaceably that Part of the Island, which -the Governour, Don Pedro, took from the King [two Dutch Ships.] -of Ternate, to restore it to him of Tydore. At the same Time two -Dutch Ships arriv'd there; one of them was the same our Fleet found -some Days before in the Fort Talangame; which having been a Witness -to our Success, rejoyn'd the other, and both of them came together to -the Moluccos, by Order of the Dutch Commander residing at Amboyna, -to encourage the King of Ternate to persist in his Disobedience, -and assist him against our Fleet. Our Men sent the Colonel Advice, -who order'd our Galliots to set out, to find, and pursue those -Ships, that so their Boats might not offer to move far from them, -and to endeavour to obstruct their trading with the Natives. Tho' -the Orders were obey'd, the said two Ships appear'd before Ternate -the third Day after, and holding on their Course, anchor'd at Gilolo, -where most of the Natives of the Molucco Islands, who were fled, -had fortify'd themselves. These Guests, according to their Custome, -call'd together all the Inhabitants, who were dispers'd about in -other Towns, and resolv'd to go over to Gilolo and Sabubu. They -gather'd all their Vessels, and thought, with them, and the Dutch -Ships, to obstruct the Ravage our Galiots made, and to support their -Friends. This new Rebellion was carryed on in Sight of the Dutch -Ships lying at Anchor before Gilolo, and they secur'd, and defended -them against our Squadrons. - -[Rebellion at Gilolo.] The Colonel intreated the King of Tydore, who -was newly return'd from Machian, to gather a greater Number of arm'd -Carcoas, that our Infantry might be carry'd in them, and the Galiots, -to attack Gilolo, and Sabubu, in Order to suppress that Mischief -in its first Rise, there being other Places for our Vessels to put -into, besides the Harbour where the Enemies Ships lay at Anchor. The -King of Tydore started so many Difficulties, that Esquivel could not -prevail upon him. Another more effectual Method was found. [Methods -for suppressing it.] It being certain, that the Fugitives must bring -their Provisions, and particularly Rice, from the Province del Moro, -and Island of Moratay, where there is great Plenty; and that we having -burnt the Ships of the Moluccos, during that War, they would supply the -Want of them from those same Places; the Governour therefore resolv'd, -that Major Vergara, and the King of Tydore, should repair thither -with 120 Spaniards, to disappoint their Designs, that so Necessity -might reduce them to submit. - -[120 Spaniards sent to Gilolo.] Our Forces arriv'd at the -Island Batochina, which is the same as Gilolo, and where Sabubu -stands. Leaving the Shore, they march'd over extraordinary wooded -Mountains, along the Side of the River Gabocanora, to a great Town, -the Receptacle of many of the Fugitives. They met with no Opposition, -or other Obstacle in the Way, but only those sharp pointed Stakes they -use to drive into the Ground. The Enemy had plac'd their greatest -Defence upon the River; but abandon'd it upon the Approach of the -Spaniards, running up into the Mountains, and leaving their Houses -[They burn Towns and reduce the Island.] and Vessels. Our Men fell -upon both, burnt them, and took such as durst stay behind. In fine, -they all, dismay'd at the Sight of the Flames and Destruction, -embrac'd more submissive methods. The City Visoa underwent the same -Fate, and the Remains of it sued for Pardon, and comply'd. - -The King of Tydore went away from this Place with eight Carcoas, -leaving the rest, and the Galleys, with the Major. The City Mamuya, -having [Galela destroy'd.] made Resistance, was also burnt. Our Men -went over in small Vessels to Galela, a Town built in a large Lake, -which held out till reduc'd by Fire and Sword, the very Children -swimming away. Tolo, Chiava, and Camafo, [Tolo, Chiava and Camafo -submit.] which are three Leagues from Galela, and whose Inhabitants -had been formerly Christians, prevented Military Execution, by -sending Deputies from Tolo, the strongest of them, with Boughs of -Bonanas in Blossom, and Green, and White Cloves. They came unarm'd, -and with Musick, and express'd much Sorrow for their late Rebellion, -for which Sultan Zayde was to blame, and for having forsaken the -Christian Religion, which they were there ready to imbrace. The -Spanish Commander prais'd, and treated them Courteously. Our Men now -sickned a pace; for which Reason, as also because the westerly Winds -began to grow boisterous, he was oblig'd to defer the subduing of -Moratay. However he left some Men at Tolo, with the small Guns taken -at Gabocanora, to secure the Towns that were reduc'd, and defend them -against those of Galela and Tabelo, which are biger than they. This -done he return'd to Ternate, but not without Storms, and Dangers, -incurr'd by giving Credit to a Molucco Slave. - -The Governour mann'd a Galliot, a Brigantine, and some smaller Vessels -with Soldiers, and Chineses to row, under the Command of the Ensign -Christopher Suarez. He sail'd with a fair Wind for the Island Mateo, -[Message from Esquivel to the Heathen Kings of Bool, and Totoli.] -which we call Celebes, the nearest Part whereof is 30 Leagues West -from Ternate, and its Length above 150 Leagues. The furthest Part of it -is subject to the King of Macassar, a Mahometan Prince, with whom the -People of Malaca have Trade, as also with three other heathen Kings, -of whom there was a Report, that they desired to be Christians; but -they fell under the Tyranny of the King of Ternate, and suffer'd by -his Invasions and Burnings. Esquivel sent to acquaint them with the -King of Spain's Victories and Success; and exhorted them to come -under his Dominion, but above all to be united to the Church. He -made them Presents of European Commodities, which are as good as -Money with them, and offer'd the Protection of the Spanish Power, -which had pull'd down that Tyrant, to whom they were Tributary. He -said, he sent them Ships and Arms, and that for the Time to come, -they might safely repair to trade at the Moluccos. These Princes -were two Brothers, the one King of Bool, the other of Totoli. They -rejoyc'd at the coming of the Embassador Christopher Suarez, and he -presenting them some Pieces of Velvet, in Token of Friendship, they -return'd other Gifts, and Abundance of Provisions, and dismiss'd him, -with a Letter to the Governour. Queen Dongue of Cauripa, testify'd -to Esquivel no less Satisfaction, and Inclination to be united to -the King of Spain by Vassalage. - -[King of Tydore's Actions.] The Garrisons of the Rebellious Towns -were assaulted by the Spaniards, and compell'd to submit. The King -of Tydore made Havock on the Coast of Batochina, or Gilolo, where -he recover'd for his Majesty, and for himself, the Towns and Forts -that had been taken from him by the King of Ternate. He plunder'd the -great Town of Mira, in Moratay, and made Captives of many that oppos'd -him, who had also been Christians. Among the rest he took a Guimala, -which signifies, a Chief, or Head of a Quarter, or Ward, whom he again -set at Liberty, at the Request of our Men, sending him away with two -other Guimalas, in the Company of Captain John [Meaos Islands subdu'd.] -de la Torre. The Islands in those Parts were reducing by Degrees, with -little Opposition. Those of the Meaos, lying to the North-West, towards -Manila, being among, and full of large Towns, defended themselves, -with the Assistance, and Industry of the Dutch; but B. Antony Flores, -a Lay-Brother, of the Order of S. Augustin, who fought against the -Sangleyes of Manila, as has been said above, coming thither with the -Galleys, they submitted. The Ensign Lewis de Zuazo arriv'd after the -Business was over, and they being now successful, and understanding -that the Dutch Ship was sail'd from Gilolo, made after her. She was -so good a Sailer, [Reduction of other Islands.] that they labour'd -in vain; but carry'd on the War at Gilolo and Sabubu, which made -the Ternate Governours put up their Complaints, and lay aside their -Designs. They writ to the Governour, and he answer'd them, sending a -Copy of the Articles, upon which they offer'd to repair to Ternate, -in peaceable Manner. All our Commanders were dispers'd in several -Places, reducing the Islands of the Moluccos that had Rebell'd, -either by Force of Arms, or other Methods; and particularly those -belonging to the Sultan of Ternate, which are few under an hundred; -and thus Peace began to be establish'd, which if not Wish'd for, -was at least Tolerated, and accepted of with such Appearances as are -becoming to make it honourable. - -[The King and Molucco Prisoners attempt to escape.] Whilst the -Molucco Islands submitted by Force to receive the Yoke, the Governour, -Don Pedro de Acunna, was sailing for Manila. Captain Villagra was at -a Distance from the Fleet, with the King, Prince, and Sangiacks that -were Prisoners, aboard the Admiral Galley. This made them form a Design -to attempt to make their Escape to Mindanao, and they had succeeded, -if not prevented by the Soldiers that guarded them. Captain Villagra -either Suspected, or had Information of it, and therefore doubled -the Guards, and put eight of the most daring into Chains. Among -the most remarkable were Cachil Amuxa, the Sangiack Rete, and he of -Mofaquia. They all arriv'd at Manila, but their Fetters were taken off -before they came thither, after they had worn them ten Days, with much -Regret of the King, whom they satisfy'd with Hopes, and acquainting -him with some of the Grounds there were to suspect, till the Danger -of laying them aside ceas'd. The Hazard at Mindanao was, that those -Islands are not Tributary, yet they value themselves upon entertaining -Friendship with the King of Ternate; and it is most certain, that had -he attempted to fly, and succeeded in it, they would have supported -him there, and Villagra had Intelligence given him, that the King -either made, or approv'd of the Proposal; tho' there was no want of -Care and Vigilancy either in Don Pedro's Ship, or the Admiral Galley. - -During all this Time we have spoken of, the News of our Success was -not brought to the Philippine Islands. This long Silence, and Want of -Intelligence, became an Argument in those Parts, and particularly at -Manila, that Don Pedro and the Fleet were lost, or at least had met -with such [Don Pedro de Acunna suppos'd to be poison'd.] ill Success -as deserv'd to be generally lamented. Virtue never fail'd of envious -Persons to persecute it, and accordingly Don Pedro was not without -them at Manila; but tho' they were well known, in so much that in -the general Opinion of all Men, they are suppos'd to have given the -Poison, whereof that great Man was thought to have dy'd 22 Days after -his Return, we will nevertheless suppress their Names, since it is not -the Part of an Author, whose Duty it is to observe an exact Neutrality, -and not to be led any Way by Affection, to confirm that Deposition, -which, as yet, is no better grounded than on Suspicion. They are all -Dead long since, [False Reports abroad.] and have been try'd before -that great Tribunal, where the least thought cannot pass without being -accounted for. These Men gave out, That Don Pedro attacking Ternate, -enter'd it successfully; but that his Men had been too intent upon -Plunder, the Enemy rallyed, and falling upon the Spaniards, beat them -out again, killing most of them. And that the General being asham'd -of his ill Conduct, durst not return to Manila. - -[Indians begin to Mutiny.] This Report being spread abroad among the -Indians, did so much Harm, that they began to Mutiny, especially in -the Provinces of Camarines, and Pintados; in so much that the Fryers -who attended their Instruction, could not deal with them any longer, -for they said, That since the People of the Moluccos were victorious, -why should they be still subject to the Spaniards, who did not defend -them against the Moors, and these would now plunder them daily with -the Assistance of Ternate, and it would be worse for the Future. Nor -were they satisfy'd with muttering, but proceeded to confer Notes -together, and to contrive putting their Projects in Execution. But -all this vanish'd at the Sight of Truth, and the News of it, brought -in before the Arrival of the Conquerors, and the Preparations they -saw made for their Reception, and triumphant Rejoycings. The Weather -was seasonable, and favour'd them in all Respects, and they arriv'd -at Manila on the ninth of June, loaded with Honour and Victory, -after they had rested in the Port of Cabite, two Leagues distant. - -[Prisoners disconsolate.] The Captives diverted themselves with our -Men, to put off the Remembrance of past Times, whilst rich Garments of -several Sorts of Silks were provided for them at the Publick Charge, -which is the King's Treasury in the Philippine Islands. They look'd -dejectedly, and with Admiration, on the Harbour, Walls, Forts, and -Buildings of the City, the Sight whereof made them call to Mind the -last Day on which they fell from their boasted State of Liberty. Our -Commanders dropt some courteous Words of Comfort in their Discourse, -telling them, that as soon as the News could come to Spain of their -being reduc'd, and that good Order was taken against falling again -into the former Dangers, the King would order them to be restor'd -to their Liberty. All these Expressions were not of Force to satisfy -those Indians, who on the contrary began to complain of the General, -because they either suspected, or were told by some of our Men, -that he would not observe the safe Conduct, and promise he had made -them in the King's Name, and on which they had rely'd; and that -in Case Sultan Zayde were continu'd in the Philippine Islands, it -was certain they would send his Son, Prince Gariolano into Europe, -by the Way of New Spain. The general being acquainted with these -melancholly Reflections of theirs, thought it concern'd the Reputation -of the Christian Religion in general, and of the Spanish Nation in -particular, to dispell those Jealousies, and therefore he writ to -them, and directed the Captain, who carry'd the Letters, to perswade -the King not to conceive the least Mistrust of the King's Word, and -Security he had confided in. This compos'd their Thoughts, and they -either did, or pretended to take Comfort. - -[Don Pedro's Entry into Manila.] The Prisoners came with the Forces to -the City, which the Fleet saluted with its Cannon, and were answer'd -by the Artillery and small Shot from the Walls and Forts. The King -landed in a Garden the Governor had without the Walls, where he repos'd -himself that Night, and when Lodgings were provided for him, with -the greatest State that could be, and answerably for other Prisoners, -according to their Qualities, Don Pedro enter'd Manila with the Forces, -and Ostentation of Captives and Booty. There wanted not Triumphal -Arches, with such Inscriptions as are Generally [Description of the -King of Ternate.] set on them in Honour of Conquerors. The Habit of -the Prisoners, in rich Mantles, Turbants and Plumes, was not sutable -to their Fortune; as making their Countenances look more haughty, -and representing Arrogancy. That King was strong body'd, and his -Limbs well Knit; his Neck, and great Part of his Arms he wore naked; -his Skin being of the Color of a Cloud, rather inclin'd to Black than -Tawny. The Features of his Face were like an European. His Eyes large, -full, and sparkling, to which they add the Fierceness of long Eyebrows, -thick Beards and Whiskers, and lank Hair. He always wore his Campilane, -or Cimiter, and Criz, or Dagger; the Hilts of them both resembling the -Heads of Snakes gilt. This is affirm'd by Officers that attended, and -convers'd with him familiarly, to whom he was obligingly Courteous, -and it appears by Relations, and by the Picture drawn to the Life, -which the General sent into Spain for the King. - -[Rejoycings.] The Rejoycings for the Victory were continu'd with -much Solemnity, the Indians, who were the principal Subject of them, -being present. The King of Ternate understanding that Messengers -were sending away to Spain to carry the News of the Success, and -Account of the Prisoners, writ a short Letter to the King, intermixt -with Commendations of Don Pedro de Acunna and some other Spanish -Commanders. He represented the change of his Condition, with somewhat -of Submission, but not Humility, or rather Meanness; and intreated -his Majesty to extend his Royal Goodness towards the Conquer'd, for -his own Magnanimity's sake, and on Account of the perpetual Fidelity, -and Vassalage they had sworn to him. This Letter was writ by another -Hand, and in Spanish. When it was given him to sign, the King turn'd -the upside down, and Writ his Name on the white half Page in Persian -Characters, thinking he had sign'd at the Beginning, or Top of the -Letter, as is practis'd by the Princes of those Countries. The Moluccos -being Reduc'd, our Ministers and Preachers went over thither, and the -Voice of the Gospel resounded again in the utmost Borders of the Earth. - - - FINIS. - - - - - - - -DIRECTIONS FOR PLACING OF THE CUTS. - - -Place the Map before Page 1. The Cut of the Champan and Junk before -Page 5. The Melancholly Tree, and Molucca Habit, before Page 8. The -Carcoa and Almadia before Page 61. - - - - - - - -ERRATA - - -Page 4, Line 7, for 1404, read 1494. p. 4, l. penult, for Nagalhaens, -r. Magalhaens. p. 8, l. 28, for deserves r. deserve. p. 10, l. 13, -for roving r. rowing, p. 11, l. 4, for Caeiz, r. Caciz. p. 17, l. 8, -for Inlguez, r. Iniguez. p. 26, l. 3, in the Marginal Note, for mad -r. made. p. 33, in the first Marginal Note, for Portuguese Possession -r. Portugueses take Possession. p. 42, in the third Marginal Note, for -King of Tydore, r. King of Gilolo. p. 49, and elsewhere, for Mindanos -r. Mindanae. p. 54 l. 30, for Cachilas r. Cachiles. ibid. l. 44, -for Babre r. Babu. p. 49, l. 35, for Falcage r. Foliage. p. 60, -l. 16, for Reparations r. Preparations. p. 62, l. 37, for did -they not look, r. had they not look'd. p. 63, l. 4, for Advantages, -r. Advantageous. p. 77, l. 33, for caivl r. cavil. p. 97, in the second -Marginal Note, for Duenas from, r. Duenas sent from. p. 118, in the -third Marginal Note, for Cachil Mandrata, r. Cachil Mandraxa. p. 120, -in Marginal Note, for Nuno r. Duarte. p. 140, in the third Marginal -Note, for 820, r. and 20. - - - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Discovery and Conquest of the -Molucco and Philippine Islands., by Bartholomew Leonardo de Argensola - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DISCOVERY, CONQUEST PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** - -***** This file should be named 43451-8.txt or 43451-8.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/4/3/4/5/43451/ - -Produced by Tamiko I. Rollings, Jeroen Hellingman and the -Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net/ -for Project Gutenberg (This file was produced from images -generously made available by the Digital & Multimedia -Center, Michigan State University Libraries.) - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at - www.gutenberg.org/license. - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 -North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email -contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the -Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |